Skip navigation

Category Archives: Uncategorized

1
Cornerstone Narrative Chapter of the great Olivet prophesies of: Matthew 24
Second Coming: The Endtimes prophecy
By Rev. Prof. Barie Fez-Barringten 52,113 words on 155 pages
The sign of the second coming of Jesus, and of the end of the world;
is the rudder out of this world’s mess. Christ’s prophesies as written by Mathew, John, Isaiah, Daniel, David, Moses, Luke and others.
Prolog:
Not unlike the perceptions of the realities of the signs of our deteriorating mortal bodies we too see the signs of our deteriorating world. Not the planet (although ecologist, environmentalist and politicians see this as well) but the world’s social/political/economic structure balance and stability. But these are normal in the ebb and flow of life and the nature of world. However, it is the interventions, quirks and their dynamic and frequency which quicken our hearts and souls to believe the prophecy of the end of time.
Current world crisis:
Faced with a world which desensitizes about the person, works and purposes of Satan, cries for a new world order and rampant violations of the word of God this work is intended to refocus attention on the second coming of Jesus, and God’s vengeance on the sin, deception and lies of Satan. The world has accepted Satan as a condition of normal, so-called, modern life; life and the Godly as nonsense and abnormal The word of God is being perverted, misquoted and defaced by adept Satanist who hides behind church robes, national leaders and corporate management. Christians must have confidence in their salvation, and the truth of the word of God which is summed up in Jesus Sermon on the Mount of Olives: “The sign of the second coming of Jesus, and of the end of the world.”
Here is what former president Bush proclaimed: “Until now, the world we’ve known has been a world divided—a world of barbed wire and concrete block, conflict and cold war. Now, we can see a new world coming into view. A world in which there is the very real prospect of a new world order. In the words of Winston Churchill, a “world order” in which “the principles of justice and fair play … protect the weak against the strong …” A world where the United Nations, freed from cold war stalemate, is poised to fulfill the historic vision of its founders. A world in which freedom and respect for human rights find a home among all nations”
Here is what has been perverted:” Acts 1:14 says that Jesus’ disciples were praying with one accord after Jesus’ ascension to heaven. Also, Romans 15:6 says that Christians should glorify God with one accord”
2
The “so-called” one world is totally against the will of God which he made very clear in Genesis 11:1-9;
1 “Now the whole world had one language and a common speech”.
2 As people moved eastward, they found a plain in Shinar and settled there.
3 They said to each other, “Come, let’s make bricks and bake them thoroughly.” They used brick instead of stone, and tar for mortar.
4 Then they said, “Come, let us build ourselves a city, with a tower that reaches to the heavens, so that we may make a name for ourselves; otherwise we will be scattered over the face of the whole earth.”
5 But the LORD came down to see the city and the tower the people were building.
6 The LORD said, “If as one people speaking the same language they have begun to do this, then nothing they plan to do will be impossible for them.
7 Come, let us go down and confuse their language so they will not understand each other.”
8 So the LORD scattered them from there over all the earth, and they stopped building the city.
9 That is why it was called Babel—because there the LORD confused the language of the whole world. From there the LORD scattered them over the face of the whole earth”
Undoing this is obviously not the will of God! Rev. Adrian Dieleman writes (in part): “As man began to multiply in number they moved eastward from Ararat, the resting place of the ark.”They found a plain in Shinar and settled there” (Gen 11:2).
(Gen 11:3-4) “Come, let’s make bricks and bake them thoroughly; Come, let us build ourselves a city, with a tower that reaches to the heavens …”
Here man made an unholy alliance with fellow man. Here man proposed an ungodly covenant. More specifically, we can fault both the motive and the purpose for building the city with its tower. The motive for building the city with its tower was pride:
(Gen 11:4) Then they said, “Come, let us build ourselves a city, with a tower that reaches to the heavens, so that we may make a name for ourselves …”
The citizens of Babel wanted to build a monument to themselves. They wanted to be able to point to that high tower and say, “Look! Look at what we built – a tower that stretches to the heavens.” They wanted to be remembered for years to come for their engineering skill, intelligence, ambition, organization, and administration. In contrast to this, over and over again in Scripture we are given the message of Micah 6:8 – that man is to walk humbly with his God. Like the psalmist we are to look at the works of God’s hands – the sun, moon, stars, and vast reaches of outer space – and ask, “What is man?” (Ps 8:4). Man is transitory, merely a temporary resident of this earth.
3
(Gen 11:4) “Come, let us build ourselves a city, with a tower that reaches to the heavens, so that we may make a name for ourselves and not be scattered over the face of the whole earth.”
Man was afraid of being divided, separated, spread out, of being “scattered over the face of the whole earth.” The tower served, then, as a kind of landmark. But more than that, it also gave identity, a sense of belonging, a feeling of security.
God say to man, (Gen 1:28) “Be fruitful and increase in number; fill the earth and subdue it. Rule over the fish of the sea and the birds of the air and over every living creature that moves on the ground.”
In fact, God blessed man to do this. God’s grace and favor rests upon man so that man will go out and humbly fill and subdue the earth. Man’s purpose, then, in building the city and tower was in direct disobedience to the command God gave at the time of man’s creation. Now, at that time, according to Scripture, “the whole world had one language and a common speech” (Gen 11:1). Can you imagine a time when man was not divided into nations, tribes, peoples, and languages? Can you imagine a time when there existed only one culture, when all people shared a common heritage, history, and even thought patterns? In the days of Peleg, says Scripture, “the earth was divided” (Gen 10:25). At the time of Babel man was divided into different languages. This caused man to scatter over the face of the earth. This caused the formation of different cultures. Even thought processes were changed. It was at Babel, then, that man was separated and divided into different languages, tribes, peoples, and nations. This division was both a curse and a blessing for man. It was a blessing in that man was now obedient to God’s command to fill the earth and subdue it. It was a blessing in that the division of mankind made it possible for the many-sided abilities of the human race to come out. It was a blessing in that the division of mankind prevents all of humanity banding together in acts of evil. But, the division of mankind was also a curse in that mankind was no longer one even outwardly. Mankind was now marked by suspicion, estrangement, hostility, and even hatred towards those who were different in either language, race, nationality, or place of residence. It was at Babel, as Scripture says, that “the earth was divided” (Gen 10:25). What happened on Pentecost?
Luke’s intent is to reveal to us that Pentecost is the reversal of the curse of Babel. At Babel the earth was divided; God brought about the formation of different languages and cultures. But on Pentecost the unity of humanity was restored. For, notice what happens when the Spirit is poured out and indwells the disciples: they begin at once to address themselves to people of every nation and every tongue. The Spirit enabled them so to speak that all their listeners understood. At Babel “the Lord confused the language of the whole world” (Gen 11:9) so that man could no longer understand and communicate with each other. But on Pentecost a new language was spoken, a language they all could understand a language that united in spite of linguistic, cultural, and racial barriers. According to Acts2:41, some three thousand “from every nation under heaven” was joined together as part of the church that day.
4
In his book, “Pentecost and Missions”, Dr. Harry Boer has this to say,
“At Pentecost Babel was reversed. People of every language, tongue, tribe, and nation are now united by the Gospel of Jesus Christ. Their culture and language may be different but the message they hear is the same – the message of the wonders of God, of salvation in and through Christ. Through the Spirit this message calls upon all men to repent and believe so that sins may be forgiven. Pentecost has come but we wait with eager longing for the second coming of Christ.
For at that time a new language will be spoken: the language of all the redeemed. It is the language of the new heaven and new earth. It is the language spoken when sin with all its consequences is overcome by the power of God’s grace in Christ. The prophet Zephaniah speaks of that time. According to the prophet, the Lord says:
(Zeph. 3:9) “Yet, at that time I will change the speech of the peoples to a pure speech, that all of them may call on the name of the Lord and serve him with one accord.
Then, finally, there will be true and perfect unity between persons of every nation, tribe, language, and people”
And, until He comes again, scattered is how He wants us so that we turn toward Him and not the world for strength and survival. He is our sure security and source of for everything per John 15:
Crystal Mary Lindsey::artist
1 “I am the true vine, and my Father is the gardener.
4 “Remain in me, as I also remain in you. No branch can bear fruit by itself; it must remain in the vine. Neither can you bear fruit unless you remain in me.
5 “I am the vine; you are the branches. If you remain in me and I in you, you will bear much fruit; apart from me you can do nothing.
7 “If you remain in me and my words remain in you, ask whatever you wish, and it will be done for you.
5
8 “This is to my Father’s glory, that you bear much fruit, showing yourselves to be my disciples”; So many of God’s covenants with us are exactly what Satan “cons” us out of by beguiling, confusing, tempting and tricking.
Here is what Chip Berlet, an American investigative reporter specializing in the study of right-wing movements in the U.S., writes: “When President Bush announced his new foreign policy would help build a New World Order, his phrasing surged through the Christian and secular hard right like an electric shock, since the phrase had been used to represent the dreaded collectivist One World Government for decades. Some Christians saw Bush as signaling the End Times betrayal by a world leader. Secular anticommunists saw a bold attempt to smash US sovereignty and impose a tyrannical collectivist system run by the United Nations.
Hughes, a professor of religion, warns that no religious idea has greater potential for shaping global politics in profoundly negative ways than “the new world order”. He writes in a February 2011 article entitled Revelation, Revolutions, and the Tyrannical New World Order:
“The crucial piece of this puzzle is the identity of the Antichrist, the tyrannical figure who both leads and inspires the new world order. […] for many years, rapture theologians identified the Soviet Union as the Antichrist. But after Sept. 11, they became quite certain that the Antichrist was closely connected with the Arab world and the Muslim religion. This means, quite simply, that for rapture theologians, Islam stands at the heart of the tyrannical “new world order.” Precisely here we discover why the idea of a “new world order” has such potential to move global politics in profoundly negative directions, for rapture theologians typically welcome war with the Islamic world” . As Bill Moyers wrote of the rapture theologians, “A war with Islam in the Middle East is not something to be feared but welcomed—an essential conflagration on the road to redemption”.
“Further, rapture theologians co-opt the United States as a tool in their cosmic vision—a tool God will use to smite the Antichrist and the enemies of righteousness’. This is why Tim LaHaye, co-author of the best-selling series of end-times books, could lend such strong support to the American invasion and occupation of Iraq. By virtue of that war, LaHaye believed, Iraq would become “a focal point of end-times events.” Even more disturbing is the fact that rapture theologians blissfully open the door to nuclear holocaust. Rapture theologians have always held that God will destroy his enemies at the end of time in the Great Battle of Armageddon. But since World War II, they have increasingly identified Armageddon with nuclear weaponry, thereby lending biblical inevitability to the prospects of nuclear annihilation. As one prophecy writer put it: “The holocaust of atomic war would fulfill the prophecies.”[
The anti-globalization movement, or counter-globalization movement, is a social movement critical of the globalization of corporate capitalism. The movement is also commonly referred to as the global justice movement, alter-globalization movement, anti-globalist movement, anti-corporate globalization movement, or movement against neoliberal globalization.
6
Participants base their criticisms on a number of related ideas. What is shared is that participants oppose what they see as large, multi-national corporations having unregulated political power, exercised through trade agreements and deregulated financial markets.
Specifically, corporations are accused of seeking to maximize profit at the expense of work safety conditions and standards, labor hiring and compensation standards, environmental conservation principles, and the integrity of national legislative authority, independence and sovereignty.
As of January 2012, some commentators have characterized the unprecedented changes in the global economy as “turbo-capitalism” (Edward Luttwak), “market fundamentalism” (George Soros), “casino capitalism” (Susan Strange), “cancer-stage capitalism” (John McMurtry), and as “McWorld” (Benjamin Barber).
Many anti-globalization activists call for forms of global integration that better provide democratic representation, advancement of human rights, fair trade and sustainable development and therefore feel the term “anti-globalization” is misleading.
Add to all of this Atheistic Satanism (also known as LaVeyan Satanism or Modern Satanism) is a direction founded in 1966 by Anton Szandor LaVey. Its teachings are based on individualism, Epicureanism, and “eye for an eye” morality. Atheistic Satanists are rational thinking and consider the gods only as aspects of the unconscious mind which is the result of a natural force that controls the universe construction and destruction. According to religioustolerance.org, LaVeyan Satanism is a “small religious group that is unrelated to any other faith, and whose members feel free to satisfy their urges responsibly, exhibit kindness to their friends, and attack their enemies”. Its beliefs were first detailed in The Satanic Bible and it is overseen by the Church of Satan.
Even so, the more effective work of Satan, evil and the devil is in the unrecognized con men in every-day society that have been duped, conditioned and modified to follow the will of Satan.
They gain the world and lose their very soul
7
Table of contents:
Prolog
Current world crisis
Table of Contents
Preface
Relevance
Design of the Book
Understanding current events through Bible Prophesy. Overview Introduction:
General Characteristics of a prophet
A Prophet’s Strengths
Who are the Bible’s prophets?
What books in the bible will we study?
Woes”, “thing’s, “sorrows” and “birthpangs”
Isis: 2014
Syria 2013
Russia 2013
End time collapse of governments
Dake’s Dispensations
Preface
“Second Coming” is God’s guideline for us to understand the world’s current and coming events. The book is focused on the end times and the second coming of Jesus Christ. The book is written believing Paul ‘s saying: in Romans 13:11: “And do this, knowing the time, that now it is high time to awake out of sleep; for now our salvation is nearer than when we first believed.”
In the footnotes you will find Evidence of “woes” that we now live in the “end times”: The most important choice was to turn to Jesus himself to structure the chapters, topics and subjects then finding scripture to reify Jesus very own issue. So the sequence and the process is led by Jesus but the selection of biblical and theological divisions of the word were the authors and meant to faithfully reveal Jesus words and the Holy Spirits emphasis and illumination.
Relevance:
In Romans 8:32 Paul says that the redemption of our lives is not complete until we have, as it says in, our “adoption as sons, the redemption of our bodies.” And the redemption of our bodies happens, according to Philippians 3:21, when the Lord of glory comes back in his glorious body and gives us bodies like his glorious body. This will happen at the second coming, and so it is an absolutely essential doctrine. This fact is fundamental to our hope and in which we trust. Without this everything which we believe about the resurrection, eternal life and the very structure of heaven and earth depends.
8
Design of the Book
This book is based on the author’s notes from his Prophecy bible study and therefore each comment, conclusion and description is explained, supplemented or rooted in a specific and often quoted verse from the bible. All Bible addresses are noted in bold font and where appropriate the text has been quoted. The author has liberally changed versions from NIV, KJV, Hebrew and others. Excerpts quotations are liberally cited credited and footnoted allowing the reader to identify sources and authorities to supplement biblical quotations. The driving motivation is to give Christ’s second coming the scholarship, authenticity and realism warranted by the importance and weight of the topic which affects every person from every nation, social status, religion, denomination, belief and worship practice. Biblical quotations are in regular font while descriptions, narratives and opinions are in bold face type.
Understanding current events through Bible Prophesy.
This manuscript may answer how God judges our political, financial and social events of our time, including the future of Israel, Middle East, China and our own country, prepare us for the end of the age; which is why we read to help understand and grow in Christ. We can make metaphoric inferences from descriptions, characterizations, forecasts to our current times.
We can see the world today through the prism of the word of God.
This study includes Daniel and Revelation, themes from the Major Prophets, all in view of God’s dispensational truths. It will be simple and straight forward for everyone to understand.
Noteworthy, about the book of Revelation Jesus Christ said: “Blessed is he who reads aloud the words of the prophecy, and blessed are those who hear, and who keep what is written therein; for the time is near. (Rev 1:3)
About His return, our Lord Jesus Christ said: “No one knows about that day or hour, not even the angels in heaven, nor the Son, but only the Father.” “Therefore, keep watch, because you do not know on what day your Lord will come.” Mat 24:36-42
Our very own maturity, spiritual growth and readiness for meeting Christ are reckoning the world we inhabit with the word of God.
This work focuses on the end times; the second coming of Jesus Christ and Israel’s present and future. Our goal is that we may understand the Bible’s prophesies and better know God’s grand plan for all of us studying old and New Testament scriptures, foundationally: Mathew 24; Revelation 7, 19- 22 and Daniel 7- 12; Aside from hearing God, Bible prophecy is God’s guideline for us to understand the world’s current and coming events. Hence you will find the “woes” of our time in the footnotes. Again, our Cornerstone Narrative Chapter is: Mathew 24: Jesus Christ’s Sermon on the Mount of Olives/ Little Apocalypse because it includes Jesus’ descriptions of the end times. It is authentic to the topic and knowing reality. Overview Introduction: God, in His Love, gives us prophesy to remind us to be watchful in these end times and to look forward to His glorious second coming.
9
The bible has many prophecies; however this book will study those prophecies which tell us about: (1)The second coming of Jesus Christ; (2) The end of times and (3) Current events and the place Israel has in the present and future. We will rely on the prophecy of Jesus in Mathew Cornerstone Narrative Chapter 24, Daniel (7-12, Jesus & John in Revelations (19-22) and a variety of prophets and prophesies about Israel in both the old and New Testament. We should look to develop our own ability to discern the word of God by praying for wisdom to understand current times and prognostications, to know truth from fiction and be wary of the evil around us. This study should provide the scriptural tools to see the world compared to the spirit, to know truth from fiction. Remember, all bible studies are to know the will of God so that we may pray, believe and behave in God’s, and, not our own will. We divide, and, in the Lord’s progressions study the word.
Prophecy is a process in which one or more messages that have been communicated by God to a prophet are then communicated to others. Such messages typically involve divine inspiration, interpretation, or revelation of conditioned events to come (divine knowledge) the process of prophecy especially involves reciprocal communication of the prophet with God. Prophet: a prophet is an individual who has been contacted by God, and can speak for Him. He is serving as an intermediary with humanity, delivering this new found knowledge from God to other people. The message that the prophet conveys is called a prophecy. Prophecy is a Spiritual gift from the Holy Spirit and dispensed by Jesus Christ.
A Christian’s motivational spiritual gift represents what God does in him to shape his perspective on life and motivate his words and actions. Romans 12:3–8 describes “basic motivations,” which are characterized by inherent qualities or abilities within a believer—the Creator’s unique workmanship in him or her.
General Characteristics of a prophet
A prophet’s basic motivational drive is to apply the Word of God to a situation so that sin is exposed and relationships are restored. Prophets might be considered the “trumpets” of the Body of Christ who sound the alarm in the face of sin and compromise. A prophet calls attention to sin and wrong attitudes. The prophet is passionate about exposing sin, so that truth can be revealed and fellowship with God can be restored. For a prophet, any solution that involves compromise is unacceptable. The prophet often displays the spiritual gift of discerning of spirits; he is able to discern true motives as the Holy Spirit gives him divine insights. As a general rule, the prophet is more interested in whether or not the heart is pure than whether or not the activity in question is acceptable.
Prophets are usually outspoken, sometimes brash; they tell it like it is. They tend to see issues as “black or white,” not “gray.”
10
A Prophet’s Strengths
· A prophet is confident in his use of Scripture, because he regards Scripture as the only source of truth. A mature prophet easily discerns hypocrisy, because God has gifted him to discern Truth. The prophet accepts absolutes easily. The rest of us try to explain them away; prophets simply take God at His Word.
He is not easily swayed by emotions. A prophet has a deep capacity to trust God, based on what God has promised. This is the prophet’s attitude: “If it’s right, “do it”. Trust God for the outcome—it’s His responsibility.”
Who are the Bible’s prophets?
Minor Prophets of the Old Testament:
The term “Minor” relates to the length of each book not its importance ; even the longest is short compared to the three Major prophets, Isaiah, Ezekiel and Jeremiah. (Not about a book: Jesus, Moses, Elijah and Enoch)
The twelve minor prophets are in the Old Testament are:
Hosea;Amos;Micah;Joel;Obadiah;Jonah;Nahum;Habakkuk;Zephaniah;Haggai;&Malachi
The New Testament has 17 prophets: Jesus:Peter/Simon;Andrew;James;John;Philip;Nathaniel/Bartholomew;Matthew;Thomas;James;Simon;Jude/Judas (brother of James);Judas Iscariot; Matthias; Barnabas; Paul/Saul; and Agabus
What books in the bible will we study?
Mostly Mathew; Revelations; Daniel and some others (as Ezekiel, Thessalonians, Isaiah and Ephesians). May the love of God be with us all on this journey
Woes”, “thing’s, “sorrows” and “birthpangs” What things?: (What are “these things” of Math 24:1and “beginning of sorrows” or “birth pangs” (Mt 24:8 )
List of the “things”
“Great distress upon the land:
(Luke 21) “Jerusalem shall be trodden down of the Gentiles, until The times of the Gentiles be fulfilled; signs in sun and moon and stars; and upon the earth distress of nations, in perplexity for the roaring of the sea and the billows; men fainting for fear, and for expectation of the things which are coming on the world: for the powers of the heavens shall be shaken”.
Rom 11: 25, 26. “The next time the Lord Jesus sees the nation of Israel, is when the Deliverer comes out of Zion to turn ungodliness away from them and they, Israel, accept him as their King and Messiah”.
You must remember, that when this happens, they will be back in the Land
of Palestine but they will be still in a state of unbelief in Jesus as their
Messiah and Savior. Therefore their return to Palestine is not because they accept the Lord Jesus It is a requirement that they are unbelievers at this stage.
Finally they will repent and believe in the Lord Jesus and the Davidic
Kingdom will begin and the promises to Abraham will be fulfilled at last.
11
“The Time of the End” spoken of in the book of Daniel is referred to by
Jesus in the prophecies of Matt 24, Mark 13, and Luke 21.
“The Nation of Israel will have returned to Palestine with their capital in Jerusalem but still in unbelief of Jesus of Nazareth as their promised Messiah. At the appointed time they will be converted and accept Jesus as their Messiah” per Zech 12:8, 10. Matt 10.17 “Beware of men; for they will deliver you up to councils, and flog you in their synagogues, and you will be dragged before governors and kings for my sake, to bear testimony before them and the Gentiles”.
“When they deliver you up, do not be anxious how you are to speak or what you are to say; for what you are to say will be given to you in that hour; for it is not you who speak, but the Spirit of your Father speaking through you. Brother will deliver up brother to death, and the father his child, and children will rise against parents and have them put to death; and you will be hated by all for my name’s sake. But he who endures to the end will be saved. When they persecute you in one town, flee to the next” We experienced this in Saudi Arabia and other places as India, Paris, etc. “Beginning of sorrows” or “birthpangs” (Mt 24:8)
“Nation against nation, kingdom against kingdom” (World War III) (Mt 24:7)
“Earthquakes, famine and plagues in all places” (not “diverse” places) (Mt 24:7 HRV/Hebrew = Lk 21:11 YLT) (See below for details.)
“Terrifying sights and great signs from heaven” (Lk 21:11/Mt 24:7/Rev 6:12-8:13).
Isis: 2014: ISIS’ five year territorial expansion plan
These days it is ISIS the Islamic State in Iraq and the Levant (alternatively translated as Islamic State in Iraq and Syria or Islamic State in Iraq and al-Shām) is an unrecognized state and active jihadist militant group in Iraq and Syria influenced by Wahabism. In its unrecognized self-proclaimed status as an independent state, it claims the territory of Iraq and Syria, with implied future claims intended over more of the Levant, including Lebanon, Israel, Palestine, Jordan, Cyprus, and Southern Turkey.
No doubt the current political Isis finds its inspiration from the ancient form. (Ancient Greek: Ἶσις, original Egyptian pronunciation more likely “Aset” or “Iset”) is a goddess in Ancient Egyptian religious beliefs, whose worship spread throughout the Greco-Roman world.
12
She was worshipped as the ideal mother and wife as well as the patroness of nature and magic. She was the friend of slaves, sinners, artisans and the downtrodden, but she also listened to the prayers of the wealthy, maidens, aristocrats and rulers. Isis is also known as protector of the dead and goddess of children.
The name Isis means “Throne”. Some theologians say that Isis is the iconic model for all the female idols and icons of all religions, including the deification of the mother of Jesus:”Mary”. Others also claim the custom of women and men wearing makeup, masks and other paraphernalia are similarly inspired. Theater, Hollywood, etc are other such examples.
In any case, ISIS is now a new self proclaimed, sovereign political entity with which the GCU (Gulf Cooperative Council) OPEC (Oil Petroleum Exporting Countries); Egypt, Jordon, Saudi Arabia, Kuwait, Bahrain and others will contend. For the west in means a consolidated terrorist state whose primary mission is not to thrive as a populated state but to be the base to attack its proclaimed enemies. It is an extreme unfettered Wahhabi state. The west has just come off of wars in the area. These wars will eventually seem like “warm up” prelude to what is to follow.
Egypt and the Muslim Brother are a part of this upheaval.Joel Richardson writes: (Isaiah 19:2-3) “I will stir up Egyptian against Egyptian – brother will fight against brother, neighbor against neighbor, city against city, kingdom against kingdom. The Egyptians will lose heart, and I will bring their plans to nothing.”
This prophecy is also seen to flow together with Daniel 11, where the prophet follows the transition from the historical Medo-Persian Empire (11:2) to the Alexandrian Greek Empire (11:3), to the death of Alexander in 323 B.C. and the division of his empire among his generals (11:4).
Dan Knezacek writes: “The enmity between the Shiite and Sunni Muslim sects is so great that they cannot cooperate on anything, even when it comes to Israel, and that enmity is getting more intense by the day. Psalm 83 wars will occur before ISIS realizes the completion of their goals, and will take place in the middle of their conquests. Its result will cause ISIS to pretty much disappear as a political force. Israel will be left the dominant nation in the Middle East. From the map you can see that they intend to take Israel’s territory as a part of this plan. They are serious in this, and in all of their threats, but they are no match for the God of the bible. ISIS is even threatening nuclear war against Israel I believe the evidence is that the Psalm 83 war will end in nuclear destruction of several cities, including Damascus, Cairo, Baghdad, Riyadh, and possibly other Middle Eastern cities. (Isaiah 17:1, Ezekiel 30:1-9, Zechariah 11:1-2) The seriousness of ISIS’ threats will not leave Israel any choice…they will act on them”.
Dr. John McTernan writes in the Latter Times News:” Obadiah 1:15 “For the day of the LORD is near upon all the heathen: as thou hast done, it shall be done unto thee: thy reward shall return upon thine own head”. The establishment of an Islamic caliphate has the potential to be the most important fulfillment of Bible prophecy since Israel became a state in 1948 and Jerusalem’s unification in 1967. A caliphate would unite all the Arabs and perhaps even all of Islam against Israel. This is exactly what the Bible states is going to happen just prior to Armageddon.
13
What this caliphate needs to succeed and expand is a mass public uprising in its support. A war between Israel and the Palestinians could be this catalyst. It is easy to see Jordan fall to ISIS during a war with Israel and then Egypt. I have said all along that Syria is doomed and when ISIS consolidates power, they will turn on Syria. Syria is going to fall; there is no doubt about this.
It appears from here on out that incredible prophetic events will unfold before our eyes.
“The newly declared “Islamic State” is trying to reinforce its battlefield achievements in Syria and Iraq by creating a new Sunni Muslim religious entity to overturn the prevailing regional political order rooted in the Sykes-Picot Agreement (1916). The military capability of the “Islamic State” in Iraq to expand the territories under its rule is limited. Therefore, its leaders are directly appealing to Muslims all over the world to support the caliphate and to rebel against existing governments. The declaration of the caliphate escalates the conflict between Sunnis and Shiites and is likely to impact the Muslim communities in the West as well. As a new regional reality emerges in the Middle East, Israel faces new and more complex security challenges than in the past. These threats, once again, sharply focus the issue of defensible borders west of the Jordan River.”
Because we believe the Bible and understand prophecy, we know where this is all heading. After the war Israel is left standing and will become a world economic power. This coming war with Islam will trigger the prophetic events setting the stage for the antichrist, Armageddon and the Second Coming of Jesus Christ with His bride.”
Tomorrow’s World writes:” Bible prophecies indicate that before Christ’s return, a European Beast power will surround Jerusalem with armies (Luke 21:20-24). Those European forces could be sent to the Holy Land initially to stabilize the region and protect the Israelis in Jerusalem. Bible prophecies also reveal that the Beast or King of the North will prevail over the Arab King of the South in the Holy Land (Daniel 11:40-43). Groups like ISIS may fade, but their actions could lead to the emergence of the King of the South and bring a greater European presence in the Holy Land
Syria 2013
With U.S. warships looming offshore, reports of chemical weapons and saber-rattling from Iran about the coming of Armageddon, the nation of Syria and its capital, Damascus, are at the epicenter of what some suggest may become a prophesied battle of biblical proportions.“Many students of the Word of God see a major alignment of ancient prophecies regarding the end times being fulfilled right before our eyes,” “The ancient Hebrew prophecy contained in Isaiah 17 is presently poised to find final fulfillment, and it could easily be provoked by a poorly calculated political move by America “Current contemplations of the Obama administration to strategically strike Syria to punish the Assad regime for using chemical weapons on his Syrian countrymen could be the spark that sets the entire Mideast ablaze. President Assad has threatened to attack Tel Aviv on several occasions during the Syrian revolution, and his latest threats have prompted Israelis to scramble for gas masks. This has now spread to ISIS to cover parts of Iraq.
Isaiah 17: A prophecy against Damascus:
“See, Damascus will no longer be a city but will become a heap of ruins.
14
2 The cities of Aroer (in present day Jordon) will be deserted and left to flocks, which will lie down, with no one to make them afraid. 3 The fortified city will disappear from Ephraim, and royal power from Damascus; the remnant of Aram (a lost city on the Arabian Peninsula) will be like the glory of the Israelites,” declares the LORD Almighty
Russia 2013
Don Koenig claims that Russia will invade Israel in the end times. “The scriptures indicate that a northern army will invade Israel in the last days. Bible scholars have traced the tribes and have determined that this northern army is led by tribes that have settled in Russia. This prophecy has never been fulfilled so it will be fulfilled in the future.
The details of this invasion from the north are given in Ezekiel chapters 38 and 39. The allies that come with this northern invader are named by nation (tribe). Today most of these nations are Islamic and are enemies of Israel. Ezekiel even lists the countries that will question the reason for this invasion. These nations seem to be nations that come out of the old British Empire and oil rich nations aligned with the West. Ezekiel mentions these nations as Tarshish, all her young lions (English speaking nations), Sheba and Dedan (Saudi Arabia Kuwait). The alignment of nations predicted in Ezekiel is the alignment that we see in that region today.
God said He will destroy this northern army that comes against Israel and by doing so He will magnify Himself and become known to many nations.
It says in Ezekiel that at the time of this invasion God will send fire on Magog (Russia) and those that dwell securely in the isles (or coast lands), and from that day they shall know that the God of Israel exists.
There is lots of hearsay as Ezekiel’s prophecy of Gog and Magog (chapters 38 and 39.) does not apply to the Second Advent but to the end of the Millennium.
Russia is moving toward superpower status again and a new dictatorship Russia has emerged out of the depression it was in for many years after the fall of the Soviet Union. New growth in the economy due to Russia’s rich natural resources will soon bring Russia back to superpower status again. Nationalism, lawlessness and anti-Semitism are rising today in Russia. Most of the former Soviet bloc leaders of the old Soviet Union have come back into power. Over fifty percent of the positions of power in Russia including Putin are former KGB officers.
They lament the fall of the old Soviet Union and they wish to form a new union of nations led by Russia. Putin recently announced that there will be a new Eurasian union and it is expect to be in place by 2014.There is no longer freedom of speech in Russia. TV and other media are once again government controlled and enemies often end up dead. The new steps taken by Putin to regain centralized control are leading to a dictatorship.
15
Russia continues to modernize its nuclear weapons and to prepare underground facilities in case of war. Russia has successfully developed a new long range missile that can change directions after launch. These missiles can successfully penetrate the antimissile system shield that is being developed by the United States.
Russia also has strategic ties to regional Islamic countries. Russia is actively aiding Iran in building nuclear power plants that will give Iran nuclear material for nuclear weapons. The Arab/Islamic countries have one common enemy and at some point they will try to rid themselves of the Israeli presence with Russia as their protector. The prophecies in Ezekiel 38 and 39 indicate that God will put a hook in the jaw of Russia and bring her down against the land of Israel in the latter years. The hook could very well be the defense pacts and economic agreements that Russia has established with Syria, Iran and other Islamic nations. In the battle described in Ezekiel, Russia will be the leader of a regional coalition against Israel.”
End time Economic collapse
Inflationary depression worse than the great depression: two thirds of the families in the US are now invested in the stock market compared to three percent in the great crash of 1929. When the economic crash comes, retirement accounts, mutual funds and most paper wealth will be wiped out. Most banks and financial institutions will fail, be bailed out, or be taken over by the government (causing further devaluation of the dollar).
Most people making a living on the service sector of our economy will be unemployed. Prices on everything made in this country will either deflate or paper money will lose most of its value. The resultant depression will affect everyone and it will be the worst that this nation has ever known.
When the US economy goes down it will take the world economy with it. This economic collapse will cause great civil unrest all over the world; cities will be filled with riots and later with troops. Democracy will be dead and people will look to demigods to solve their problems. When the economy of the West crashes Russia may get ideas to invade the Middle East to seize its riches.
There is no precise definition of an economic collapse. The term has been used to describe a broad range of bad economic conditions from a severe, prolonged depression with high bankruptcy rates and high unemployment, such as the Great Depression, to a breakdown in normal commerce caused by hyperinflation (such as in Weimar Germany), or even an economically caused sharp increase in the death rate and perhaps even a decline in population (Former USSR). Often economic collapse is accompanied by social chaos, civil unrest and sometimes a breakdown of law and order.
End time collapse of governments
In his article “When Nations Fall” Noel Horner wrote: “The fall of nations and empires often takes place over several generations. Sometimes, however, it’s sudden and takes place virtually overnight, stunning the world. Are we on the verge of witnessing another collapse? Are we paying attention to growing warning signs?”
Historian Arnold Toynbee (1889-1975) wrote a classic analysis on the rise and fall of civilizations. In his 12-volume work, A Study of History, he examined 21 great civilizations. Of all these, the only one that survives intact to the present is the United States of America.
16
“If you were to poll Americans about whether they could envision the fall of their nation, most would probably react with a resounding negative answer.
Such a response would be no surprise. Citizens of some of the great empires of the past thought the same, but America would be wise to heed the lessons of history.
America has existed as a nation for less than two and a half centuries. Yet one of the longest-lasting civilizations of the past, ancient Rome, fell after more than 12 centuries. This was after standing first as a monarchy, then a republic, then an empire. America is more than united states, it is a as much an ideal as was the Egyptian, Greek and Roman Empires. It is the fulfillment of the covenants of God and words of Jesus in the Old and New Testament.”
Note in the preamble to the constitution that:” Blessings of Liberty” is capitalized. Most notably in Isaiah 61:1:” The Spirit of the Lord God is upon me, because the Lord has anointed me to bring good news to the poor; He has sent me to bind up the brokenhearted, to proclaim liberty to the captives, and the opening of the prison to those who are bound;” and Galatians 5:1:” For freedom Christ has set us free; stand firm therefore, and do not submit again to a yoke of slavery”. And, finally Romans 8:21:“That the creation itself will be set free from its bondage to corruption and obtain the freedom of the glory of the children of God”. Indeed, liberty is a divine blessing conveying sovereignty, authority and freedom from Satan, evil, enslavement, control, restraint and independence.
In the waning days of the Western Roman Empire, which came to an end in A.D. 476, how did the Romans themselves feel about their status? In his book:”The fall of Rome” Author Bryan Ward-Perkins wrote, “Romans before the fall were as certain as we are today that their world would continue forever substantially unchanged”.
Dake’s structure of theology is definitely dispensational.
He recognized 9 distinct dispensations in Scripture.
1. Dispensation of God’s rule in eternity past.
2. Dispensation of Innocence.
3. Dispensation of Conscience.
4. Dispensation of Human Government.
5. Dispensation of Promise.
6. Dispensation of Law.
7. Dispensation of Grace.
8. Dispensation of Divine Government.
9. Dispensation of God’s rule in eternity future.
17
Table of Contents
Chapter One: Unfulfilled Prophecy: When and Duration
Chapter two: Who
Chapter Three: Where
Chapter Four: Who Chapter Five: Who?
Chapter Six: When and by which signs? Deception! Rumors.
Chapter Seven: Travail of Israel
Chapter Eight: The sign of the actual start of The Tribulation
Chapter Nine: Flesh vs. Spirit
Chapter Ten: Birth Pains
Chapter Eleven: Mid-Tribulation
Chapter Twelve: Time
Chapter Thirteen: Sign of His second coming
Chapter Fourteen: Abomination of desolation
Chapter Fifteen: Babylon
Chapter Sixteen: Structural Planetary Topographical changes
Chapter Seventeen: When/Time
Chapter Eighteen: Duration
Chapter Nineteen: Katabole vs. Themelioo
Chapter Twenty: Mid-Tribulation
Chapter: Twenty One: The remnant
Chapter: Twenty Two: Satan’s Work
Chapter: Twenty Three: Discernment
Chapter: Twenty Four: Soul, Spirit and Body
Chapter: Twenty Five: A Supernatural Day
Chapter: Twenty Six: Spirit of Devils
Chapter: Twenty Seven: Marriage Supper of the Lamb
18
Chapter One: Unfulfilled Prophecy: When and Duration
The foundation of this book is what I call the Cornerstone Narrative Chapter of the great Olivet prophesies of: Matthew 24. Jesus refocuses from the transient mundane to the permanent ethereal reality of God’s creation. The purpose of this chapter is to plant God’s vocabulary of His dispensation of grace which includes our clear understanding. Deuteronomy 31:6 – “Be strong and of a good courage, fear not, nor be afraid of them: for the LORD thy God, He [it is] that doth go with thee; He will not fail thee, nor forsake thee.”
Math 24:1-3 prophesied the destruction of Jerusalem which was fulfilled. However these verses guide us into unfulfilled prophesy.
Mat 24:1. “And Jesus went out, and departed from the temple: and his disciples came to Him for to shew him the buildings of the temple. 2 And Jesus said unto them, See ye not all these things? Verily I say unto you, there shall not be left here one stone upon another that shall not be thrown down”. (This is the First prophecy of Math 24)
Mount of Olives Mat 243 “And as he sat upon the Mount of Olives (adjacent to the Jerusalem’s Old City), the disciples came unto him privately, saying, Tell us, when shall these things be? and what shall be the sign of thy coming, and of the end of the world? “
As they, we are today’s decuples to uncover the answers to their question where they distinguish between both His coming and the end of the world: the following are where the answers lie: Lu21:20-24 {Times of the gentiles is the brief time the Jewish temple [temple is occupied by the Gentiles and then exited by the second coming of Christ}) WHEN is a conditional prerequisites being the “time of punishment in fulfillment of all that has been written”. Jewish Temple
19
Hos 9: 7 “There will be a time which is now when Israel will get punished by God, yet there are many false prophets who will deny this during this time”. The time has come when I am going to punish you.
Mark Kirkpatrick writes:” The time has come when you will have to pay.
You will have to pay for what you have done.
Israel should know about this!
You have so many *sins. You are so angry with me.
This is why you think that the prophet is a stupid person.
You think that he has God’s Spirit but that he is crazy”. Dan 9:27 WHEN: (Amplified) “And he {Antichrist} shall enter into a strong and firm covenant with the many (Israel and surrounding tribes) for one week [seven years]. ) And in the midst of the week he (Antichrist) shall cause the sacrifice and offering to cease [for the remaining three and one-half years]; and upon the wing or pinnacle of abominations [shall come] one (“long before offering himself a sacrifice once and for all, he [Jesus], did already put an end to all the Levitical sacrifices.”) who makes desolate, until the full determined end is poured out on the desolator. The third period of one week (seven years) in which Antichrist will make and break a covenant with Israel ending with the second advent of the Messiah.( The ultimate in blasphemy is idolatry where the overspreading of wings and the replacing of the “mercy-seat” in the place of the temple with the image of the beast as statues. In Mark 13:14 Christ called this:”the abomination of desolation”. ) (Rev4:1-19:21{see later})
Rev11:1-3 ½ DURATION of tribulation and two witnesses
Rev11:2 “But the court which is without the temple (see below) leave out, and measure it not; for it is given unto the Gentiles: and the holy city shall they tread under foot forty and two months”(31/2 years; half of the seven years of the tribulation).
Bible Study Tools.com writes: “This casting out of the court of the Gentiles because it is the court of the Gentiles, proves the present dispensation at an end. Now Gentiles and Jews stand on the same level. The one has no prerogatives or rights above the other. In the Church there is neither Greek nor Jew, Barbarian, Scythian, neither bond nor free; but all nationalities and conditions in life yield to one common brotherhood and heirship. The text, therefore, tells of a new order of things. . . . The Jew is again in the foreground for the fathers’ sakes, and the Gentiles are thrust back”.
The Lord says: “When you come to appear before Me, who has required this from your hand, to trample My courts? Bring no more futile sacrifices; incense is an abomination to Me. The New Moons, the Sabbaths, and the calling of assemblies-I cannot endure iniquity and the sacred meeting. Your New Moons and your appointed feasts My soul hates; they are a trouble to Me, I am weary of bearing them. When you spread out your hands, I will hide My eyes from you; even though you make many prayers, I will not hear. Your hands are full of blood. (Isa. 1:12-15)”
Jeremiah explains the reason the times of the Gentiles will come to an end is so that the nation of Israel will be free to serve God under the Messianic economy of the Millennial Kingdom. It is God’s jealousy over His chosen nation which will bring this about. Woe to the nations who will fail to appreciate God’s zeal for Israel!
20
‘Therefore do not fear, O My servant Jacob,’ says the LORD, ‘Nor be dismayed, O Israel; for behold, I will save you from afar, and your seed from the land of their captivity. Jacob shall return, have rest and be quiet, and no one shall make him afraid. For I am with you,’ says the LORD, ‘to save you; Though I make a full end of all nations where I have scattered you, yet I will not make a complete end of you. But I will correct you in justice, and will not let you go altogether unpunished.’ (Jer. 30:10-11)
Read further in footnotes #4
21
Chapter two: Who Continuing with Cornerstone Narrative Chapter called the great Olivet prophesy of: Matthew 24:3 “And as he sat upon the Mount of Olives, the disciples came unto him privately, saying, Tell us, when shall these things be? And what shall be the sign of thy coming, and of the end of the world? Now we ask who?
From the Orthodox Jewish Bible (OJB): called “Hisgalus” (Rev.) 17:8-17
8 “The Chayyah: {the part of the soul that allows one to have an awareness of the divine life force itself.} (Anti-Mashiach {Anti-Christ}), which you saw, was, and is not, and is about to come up out of the Tehom (Abyss) and goes to destruction. And the ones dwelling on ha’aretz will be astonished, those whose names have not been found written in the Safer HaChayyim (Book of Life) from the hivvased tevel (foundation of the world), when they see the Chayyah (Anti- Mashiach) that was, and is not, and is to come” .Just suppose “the world” named in this verse does not mean the planet earth and its structure but “the world” referred in John 3:16: “For God so loved the world……………….”. This would mean that for God the world which He loves did not exist until there were believers and/or potential believers. There is no theology I know of that so explains these verses in this way but suppose it were true. That the verses with word “world referred to His created creatures and not the planet earth from which Adam was formed. It would totally mean the end of the world would be the end of believers upon this earth at the time of His second coming and His affinity toward his children from the very beginning of the time of grace until the time of grace ends. There is more about the word world in the foot notes.
9 “This calls for a mind having chochmah (wisdom). The sheva (seven) heads are sheva (seven) mountains. On these the Isha (woman) is sitting also, they are Shiva (seven) melachim (kings);
10 “Five of whom have fallen, one is living, and the other did not yet come; and when he comes, it is necessary for him to remain a little zman (time).
11 “And the Chayyah (beast) which was and is not, even he is an Eighth, but belongs to HaShivah (The Seven) and goes to Avaddon (Destruction).
12 “And the eser (ten) horns which you saw are asarah melachim (ten kings) who have not yet received a malchut, but they are to receive samchut (authority) as melachim (kings), for one hour, together with the Chayyah (Anti-Mashiach).{ Malkuth means Kingdom. It is associated with the realm of matter/earth and relates to the physical world, the planets and the solar system. It is important not to think of this sephirah as merely “unspiritual”, for even though it is the emanation furthest from the divine source, it is still on the Tree of Life. As the receiving sphere of all the other sephirot above it, Malkuth gives tangible form to the other emanations. It is like the negative node of an electrical circuit. The divine energy comes down and finds its expression in this plane, and our purpose as human beings is to bring that energy back around the circuit again and up the Tree.}
22
13 “These are united in yielding their ko’ach (power) and samchut (authority) to the Chayyah (beast; Anti- Mashiach).
14 “These with the SEH (Lamb, Mashiach) will make milkhamah (war), and the SEH (Lamb, Mashiach) will conquer them, because He is Adon HaAdonim and Melech HaMelachim;{King of kings and Lord of lords} and the ones with him are the Keru’im v’Nivcharim v’Ne’emanim (Called and Chosen and Faithful).”
15 And he says to me, “The mayim {girls name means “water”} (Rv.17:1) which you saw, where the zonah (prostitute) sits, are amim (peoples) and multitudes and Goyim (Nations) and leshonot (languages). [YESHAYAH 8:7; YIRMEYAH 47:2]
16 “And the eser (ten) horns which you saw and the Chayyah (Anti-Mashiach)‖these will have sin’ah (hatred) for the zonah (prostitute), and they will make her desolate and naked and will eat her basar (to gladden with good news) and will burn her up in eish.(surprise)
17 “For Hashem (God) has put it into the levavot (hearts) of them to accomplish his purpose by their acting with one mind and by giving their malchut (kingdom) to the Chayyah (Anti-Mashiach) until will be fulfilled the divrei Hashem. [YIRMEYAH :Jeremiah] WHO: “The beast: the satanic Prince of Grecia……………………” {demonic beings; territorial spirits; [The Prince of Grecia{Greece} {is one demonic being}
Dan 10: 12 Then he continued, “Do not be afraid, Daniel. Since the first day that you set your mind to gain understanding and to humble yourself before your God, your words were heard, and I have come in response to them. 13 “But the prince of the Persian kingdom resisted me twenty-one days. Then Michael, one of the chief princes, came to help me, because I was detained there with the king of Persia.” This ‘prince of Persia’ is a demonic angelic being that had been assigned to the Medo-Persian Empire to influence it… and not in a good way! It was obviously a powerful angelic being because it could prevent this other messenger getting through to Daniel.
He apparently detained him, proving that angelic beings can be detained; each verse has a symbol which explains the nations that are involved. Dan. 8:21-22, the shaggy goat is the king of Greece. Dan. 10:20 “The angel also knew that the Greek Empire was going to be raised up after the Medo-Persian Empire “…………………. had ceased to rule in the Apostle John’s day, but shall yet ascend out of the bottomless pit [the abyss] and shall be the demonic force behind the Antichrist—Revived Greece; this ruler of darkness.
23
(Eph 6:12) over the kingdom of Persia {demon} withstood God’s messenger angel, Gabriel, for 21 days” out the abyss (bottomless pit) who will revive the old Grecian Empire as the eighth kingdom of Rev17:8-11 where John explains
8 “The beast, which you saw, once was, now is not, and yet will come up out of the Abyss and go to its destruction. The inhabitants of the earth whose names have not been written in the book of life from the creation of the world will be astonished when they see the beast, because it once was, now is not, and yet will come.
9 “This calls for a mind with wisdom. The seven heads are seven hills on which the woman sits.
10 They are also seven kings. Five have fallen, one is, the other has not yet come; but when he does come, he must remain for only a little while.
11 The beast who once was, and now is not, is an eighth king. He belongs to the seven and is going to his destruction.
Eph 6:12; “For we wrestle not against flesh and blood, but against principalities, against powers, against the rulers of the darkness of this world, against spiritual wickedness in high places”. Rev 13:2:“And the beast which I saw was like unto a leopard(Syria/Lebanon/Greece), and his feet were as the feet of a bear (Medeo –Persia/Iran), and his mouth as the mouth of a lion (Babylon): and the dragon (Satan) gave him his power, and his seat, and great authority”. Revived Greece will be the 2nd of the future empires to oppress Israel in “the times of the Gentiles [the times of the Gentiles is primarily a political term and has to do with the political over lordship of Jerusalem; The times of the Gentiles will end only when Israel will permanently gain political control of Jerusalem at the second advent of Christ]” and the last world power to do so. Antichrist will come out of the 10 kingdoms and overthrow 3 of them. The others will submit to him, thus forming the eighth kingdom ………………Dan. 7:23-25; Rev. 17:8-17).” The beast: refer to two beasts described in the Book of Revelation. The first beast comes from “out of the sea” and is given authority and power by the dragon. This first beast is initially mentioned in Revelation 11:7 as coming out of the abyss. His appearance is described in detail in Revelation 13:1-10, and some of the mystery behind his appearance is revealed in Revelation 17:7-18. The second beast comes from “out of the earth” and directs all peoples of the earth to worship the first beast. The second beast is described in Revelation 13:11-18……”It will be defeated by Christ at His second advent. This will end the times of the Gentiles. We will seek further for the identity of the Antichrist” The Beast
24
Chapter Three: Where
Cornerstone Narrative Chapter
The great Olivet prophesy of: Mat 243: “And as he sat upon the Mount of Olives (adjacent to the Jerusalem’s Old City), the disciples came unto Him privately, saying, Tell us, when shall these things be”? and what shall be the sign of Thy coming and of the end of the world”?
Spirit of Babylon
Rev178 (of 17) “The beast that thou sawest was (was past when the angel spoke to St. John), and is not……………… (The fifth phial (shallow bowl, of Revelations) brought darkness upon his (beast) kingdom: the woman (spirit of Babylon) took this advantage to seat herself upon him (Beast). Then it might be said, He is not.)…………. and shall ascend out of the bottomless pit, and go into perdition (utter destruction): and they that dwell on the earth shall wonder, whose names were not written in the book of life (Christians are in the book of life) from the foundation of the world (Christians raptured before tribulation), when they behold the beast that was, and is not, and yet is
25
{Yet shall he afterwards ascend out of the bottomless pit – Arise again with diabolical strength and fury. But he will not reign long: soon after his ascent he goeth into perdition forever.} .
The beast (seven headed/ ten horned beast: the beast is a symbol of three things:
1) Supernatural angel;
2) A mortal man [demon] [13:1] {most likely since only a man and not a kingdom can come up from out of an abyss}; Rev13:1 “And I stood upon the sand of the sea, and saw a (there are two beasts) beast rise up out of the sea, having seven heads and ten horns, and upon his horns ten crowns, and upon his heads the name of blasphemy.
3) A kingdom; (some passages apply to all three while some to only one). Each of his horns represents a county)
Ten Horns are inferences by study of history, geography and political science to be the states of the former Holy Roman Empire {The Holy Roman Empire was a multi-ethnic and complex union of territories in Central Europe existing from 962(or 753) to 1806: including Germany; Bohemia {Czech, Poland, France, Hapsburg Austrian Empire; Italy; Burgundy {central France} and many smaller states)
and the Roman Empire as: Britain, France, Spain, Italy, Germany, Greece, Turkey, Syria, Egypt, and Iraq
And the eleventh Persia (Iran)
Seven heads are seven Kings.
A. Medeo Persian;
B. Greek; Roman;
D. Charlemagne (French. includes state of the church {Rome}; Holy Roman Empire (see below map)
E. Holy Roman Empire 1. Babylon (Dan 2:36-38); [Daniel was captive of Babylon] 2. Medes and Persians (Daniel 5:25-28); 3. Greece: (Daniel 8:20-22.); 4-7 are the European Union {including former {not The HOLY} Roman Empire and the earlier Greek Empires} [France; Germany; Italy; Greece] eventually we will study Revelations 13 to learn more about the beast and his identity. Timeline of the Holy Roman Empire was from 753 to 1806 from Pope Stephen the II in 753 to when Francis II (German: Franz II, Erwählter Römischer Kaiser) formally brings to an end the 1000-year-old Holy Roman Empire, to keep it from the clutches of Napoleon in 1806 and even to WW II.
Why Holy? The empire grew out of East Francia, a primary division of the Frankish Empire. On Christmas Day 800, Pope Leo III crowned the Frankish king Charlemagne as Emperor, reviving the title in Western Europe after more than three centuries..
The precise term Holy Roman Empire was not used until the 13th century, but the concept of translatio imperii (“transfer of rule”) was fundamental to the prestige of the emperor, the notion that he held supreme power inherited from the emperors of Rome.
26
The office of Holy Roman Emperor was traditionally elective, although frequently controlled by dynasties. Emperor Francis II dissolved the empire in August 1806 after its defeat by Napoleon at the Battle of Austerlitz.
Holy Roman Empire shown in light yellow above
Source: history.howstuffworks.com (may be subject to copyright.)
27
Chapter Four: Who
Cornerstone Narrative Chapter is the great Olivet prophesy of: Mat 243 : “And as He sat upon the Mount of Olives (adjacent to the Jerusalem’s Old City), the disciples came unto Him privately, saying, Tell us, when shall these things be? And what shall be the sign of thy coming, and of the end of the world? The apostle’ interrogatives were mainly spurred by concern for Jesus departure which were later answered to John through visions Jesus gave to him on the island of Patmos. These are recorded in the book of Revelations. They too had access to the book of Daniel and the others and so we shall piece together some of the answers they were seeking. They may not have been able to even imagine to ask about The Beast—the evil dictator—who will be worshipped because Satan will exalt and empower him. Rev 13:4.”People worshiped the dragon because he had given authority to the beast, and they also worshiped the beast and asked, “Who is like the beast? Who can wage war against it?” Rev.13:8 “All who dwell on the earth will worship him” Rev13:12 “And the other beast (the False Prophet) “causes the earth and those who dwell in it to worship the first beast”—much like the worship of the Roman emperors of old (Both the Beast and the False Prophet will be possessed by the spirit of “the dragon [Satan the devil],” which explains why they will have amazing power and charisma Rev 16:13; {the appearance of these frogs are evil miracles} Rev.12:7- 9;
7 “And there was war in heaven: Michael and his angels fought against the dragon; and the dragon fought and his angels,
8 And prevailed not; neither was their place found any more in heaven.
9 And the great dragon was cast out, that old serpent, called the Devil, and Satan, which deceiveth the whole world: he was cast out into the earth, and his angels were cast out with him.
Got Questions Ministries, Inc. writes: “The last great angelic battle and Satan’s ultimate expulsion from heaven is described in Revelation 12:7-12. In this passage, John sees a Great War between Michael and the angels of God and the dragon (Satan) and his fallen angels or demons that will take place in the end times. Satan, in his great pride and delusion that he can be like God, will lead a final rebellion against God. It will be a cosmic mismatch. Thus, the dragon and his demons will lose the battle and be thrown out of Heaven forever. A common misconception is that Satan and his demons were locked away in hell after the fall of Satan. It is clear from many Bible passages that Satan was not barred from heaven or the earth after his first rebellion, which predated the creation. In Job 1:1–2:8, he appears before God to accuse Job of ulterior motives in his worship of God. In Zechariah 3, he again appears before God to accuse Joshua, the High Priest. Indeed, the name Satan means accuser.
In Genesis, he visited the Garden of Eden and tempted Eve. He tempted Jesus in the wilderness before Jesus began His ministry, which is recorded in Matthew 4:1-11.
28
The question arises that if Satan had already rebelled and been cast from heaven before the world was created, why is he free to be in heaven and on earth? In 2 Corinthians 12:2-3, the apostle Paul provides a major revelation that there are three heavens. In this passage, he seemingly talks about himself being taken up to the “third heaven” where God the Father and Jesus dwell. The second heaven is the universe, outer space, and our atmosphere or air. The Bible indicates that Satan and some of his demons are allowed to move in this space
(Ephesians 2:1-2, 6:12)”.(God is indeed holy and separated from all of His creations, dwelling in the third heaven) Got Questions Ministries, Inc. continues” “In this age, Satan and his highest ranking angels can still oppose the work of God and hinder the angels of God (Daniel 10:10-14) within the boundaries of the middle or second heaven. The battle recorded in Revelation 12 removes Satan and his minions from this realm. When Satan is expelled from the middle heaven, there will be great rejoicing in heaven, since the age-old accuser will be forever banned from his mission of accusation and slander against the elect. Satan’s power and freedom will be seriously curtailed. However, the inhabitants of the earth will suffer terribly after this event, because Satan will be enraged. He will also be aware that he only has three and a half more years until he is bound and cast into the bottomless pit. This will usher in a period of intensified suffering on earth (Great Tribulation) during which the Antichrist violates his peace treaty with Israel, desecrates their temple, declares himself as god, and begins to systematically murder all those who refuse to worship him.”
The False Prophet is most often associated with the Antichrist. But in Rev.19:19 it is the Beast who will lead the armies of the earth to make war against Christ Since both men will be enemies of Christ—both will demand to be worshipped, both will persecute the saints, and they will be working together like a partnership—it is probably accurate to refer to them both as antichrists. They will receive the same ignominious punishment at the same time. Right after Christ returns, John sees in vision that Rev.19:20 “these two were cast alive into the lake of fire burning with brimstone.”
In Revelation 20:1-3 John writes that when Christ returns, all antichrists will be removed! And the ultimate Antichrist, Satan the devil, will be bound and put away {Holy Spirit and of Christ will rule at this time}
John’s vision continues in Rev.11:15 that “When the seventh angel blows his trumpet, there will be loud voices in heaven, saying, “The kingdoms of this world have become the kingdoms of our Lord and of His Christ, and He shall reign forever and ever!”{Only for millennium; then when universe is transformed and the earth is renewed.
Rev17: 9 (of 17) “And here is the mind which hath wisdom. The seven heads (see previous chapter ) are seven mountains {Babylon}, on which the woman (Babylon=evil) sitteth” . {Woman=Rev17: 18 “and the woman whom you saw is that great city which reigns over the kings of the earth”. Rev17:5: The woman is the great city of Babylon.} Rev18:9. Historically at the time of John it was thought of as Rome
29
godlikeproductions.com The woman is the great city of Babylon
Babylon
30
Chapter Five: Who?
Mat 24:3 : “ And as he sat upon the Mount of Olives the disciples came unto him privately, saying, tell us, when shall these things be? And what shall be the sign of thy coming, and of the end of the world? But , we want to know more. We look at our current tumultuous world and wonder if the enemy so described by Jesus, Daniel and John are now active and if so where are they and can we identify that person.
Rev17 10 (of 17) John explains:” And there are seven kings: five are fallen, and one is, and the other is not yet come; and when he cometh, he must continue a short space” (8 mountain kingdoms: Egypt, Assyria, Babylon, Medo-Persia, Greece, Rome, and Revised Rome (Not revived Rome but revised: called the “Satanic Trinity” :{ Satan, Antichrist and the Beast}).
(5 of the 7 heads are fallen: Egypt, Assyria, Babylon, Medo-Persia, and Greece. The seventh is yet to be formed inside the Roman Empire (Dan 7:23-24) and is Revised Rome).
Rev17 11 “And the beast that was, and is not, even he is the eighth” {Revived Greece; second future kingdom to suppress Israel; the Antichrist overthrows 3 of them; the others submit to Antichrist forming the 8th kingdom (time of the Gentiles) which then defeated by Christ at His second advent}, “and is of the seven, and goeth into perdition”.
Rev17 12 “And the ten horns” (probably OPEC {originally 5 now varies between 10 and 14}) “which thou sawest are ten kings, which have received no kingdom as yet; but receive power” (power brokers, multi-billionaires, politicians) “as kings one hour with the beast” .(with their mercenary armies)
Rev17 13 “These have one mind, and shall give their power and strength unto the beast”. (These will fight against Christ at Armageddon)
Rev17 14 “These shall make war with the Lamb, and the Lamb shall overcome them: for he is Lord of lords, and King of kings: and they that are with him are called, and chosen, and faithful”.
Rev17 15 “And he saith unto me, the waters (world population) which thou sawest, where the whore (world religious systems: Babylon) “sitteth, are peoples, and multitudes, and nations, and tongues” {the whole world: politicians: No kings, but presidents, dictators, rulers)}.
Rev17:16 “And the ten horns (people from different cultures) which thou sawest upon the beast, these shall hate (ignore or rebel) the whore, and shall make her desolate and naked, and shall eat her flesh, and burn her with fire” . (This is the apostate religious system which dominates the 10 kingdoms, this happens in the middle of Daniel’s seventieth week when the 10 kings give their (water) power to the Antichrist. (Antichrist uses religion to seize control, then double cross, destroying every religious artifact, symbol, ritual and philosophy).The politicians sell out to the Antichrist
Rev17 17 (17 of 17) “ For God hath put in their (the politicians of the 10 kingdoms) hearts to fulfill his will, and to agree, and give their kingdom unto the beast, until the words of God shall be fulfilled. (Rom9:17/ (God then removes His Holy Spirit from these politicians).
31
Ps76:10: “Surely the wrath of man shall praise thee: the remainder of wrath shall thou restrain.
Matthew Henry’s Concise Commentary on Psalm 76 explains:
“God’s people are the meek of the earth, the quiet in the land, that suffer wrong, but do none. The righteous God seems to keep silence long, yet, sooner or later, he will make judgment to be heard. We live in an angry, provoking world; we often feel much, and are apt to fear more, from the wrath of man. What will not turn to his praise, shall not be suffered to break out. He can set bounds to the wrath of man, as he does to the raging sea; hitherto it shall come, and no further. Let all submit to God. Our prayers and praises, and especially our hearts, are the presents we should bring to the Lord. His name is glorious, and he is the proper object of our fear. He shall cut off the spirit of princes; he shall slip it off easily, as we slip off a flower from the stalk, or a bunch of grapes from the vine; so the word signifies. He can dispirit the most daring: since there is no contending with God, it is our wisdom, as it is our duty, to submit to him. Let us seek his favor as our portion, and commit all our concerns to him”
Source of this image: nicolasdsampson.com Nicolas D. Sampson
32
Chapter Six: When and by which signs? Deception! Rumors. Continuing the Cornerstone Narrative Chapter of Jesus’ great Olivet prophesy of: Matthew 24:4: “And Jesus answered and said unto them, Take heed that no man deceive you. (Now unfulfilled and will be fulfilled in the Second Advent) (2 Thes. 2: 3-5) when and sign 2 Thes. 2 3 Again Paul writes:” Let no man deceive you by any means: for that day shall not come, except there come a falling away first, and that man of sin be revealed, the “son of perdition”(perdition is spiritual death; loss of soul; sent to damnation; lost/ruined. {Destruction}) (Antichrist) ( in John17:12; Jesus said: “While I was with them in the world, I kept them in thy name: those that thou gravest me I have kept, and none of them is lost, but the son of perdition; that the scripture might be fulfilled”) 2 Thes. 2 4 ” “Who opposes and exalted himself above all that is called God, or that is worshipped; so that he as God sitteth in the temple of God {the taking of the temple is The Pivotal event!} takes the seat {“gnadenstuhl”; seat of grace; or Greek “Hilasterion”} “ in the temple”/ temple means ”Naos” which is the inner most chamber in Greek temple; could be a shrine or any form, of tent over a Christian community; takes the seat in the temple, showing (sign) himself that he is God (sign).By the way Samuel wrote in 2Sam 7:4-7 that God said “don’t build a temple. The fruit picker, shepherd and prophet writes in Amos 9:11-12 to “ rebuild the temple”; Luke writes in /Acts 15:14-19. “Place of God’s seat:”Arc of Covenant: God was said to communicate from between the two Cherbums” . Where is God’s throne {glory seat}:It is John in Rev.4:2 that we learn that God’s throne is in heaven and Ezek 1:26 we learn of its beauty: “And above the firmament that was over their heads was the likeness of a throne, as the appearance of a sapphire stone: and upon the likeness of the throne was the likeness as the appearance of a man above upon it.”. [Then Christ comes] In 2 Thes. 25 Again Paul writes:“Remember ye not, that, when I was yet with you, I told you these things?” To avoid deception Luke writes in Luke 21: 8-11 “when ye shall hear of wars and commotions” :
8 And He (Jesus) said, Take heed that ye be not deceived: for many shall come in my name, saying, I am Christ; and the time draweth near: go ye not therefore after them.”
9 But when ye shall hear of wars and commotions, be not terrified: for these things must first come to pass; but the end is not by and by.
10 Then said he unto them, Nation shall rise against nation, and kingdom against kingdom:
11 And great earthquakes shall be in divers places, and famines, and pestilences; and fearful sights and great signs shall there be from heaven”.
33
Thus is the beginning of Sorrows (vs.5 and 6) continue with Mathew 24: Cornerstone Narrative Chapter and verse: Mat 245 : (1) “for many shall come in my name, saying, I am Christ; and shall (2) Deceive many. Mat246 and ye shall hear of
(3) Wars and rumors of wars: see that ye be not troubled: for all these things must come to pass, but the end is not yet”
Mat 247 Before Christ comes
(4) “Nation shall rise against nation, and
(5) “Kingdom against kingdom: and there shall be
(6) “Famines, and
(7) “Pestilences, and
(8) “Earthquakes, in divers place”.
These are the prophesies of Jesus Christ as told by Mathew, John, Daniel, and Isaiah,
34
Chapter Seven: travail of Israel Mat 24: 8 “All these are the beginning of birth pains” (Now in process) “All” (first eight signs as Mat 24:4-7 “ these are the beginning of sorrows”; (Birth pangs; this refers to the troubles of Israel long ago with the Israelis, and also just before the tribulation). Isa 66:7-9; predicts the travail of Israel in the last days under Christ.
Isa 66:7 “Before she ,(the woman is Israel {Jewish people} ) travailed, she brought forth; before her pain came, she (Israel) was delivered of a man child” (the country of Israel). The manchild here is returning Jews from captivity as Isa 66:7. The “children” were the hundreds of thousands of captives dragged away to other parts of Sennacherib’s (Sennacherib was the son of Sargon II, whom he succeeded on the throne of Assyria: as the Jewish Diaspora” {empire, especially Babylon, and of refugees who had fled in terror to surrounding countries to escape the Assyrian cruelties. Included in the Great Diaspora were: Ezra; Nehemiah; Esther; Job; Jeremiah; Ezekiel; and Daniel by Babylon, Persia and Egypt. And now — with the overthrown of the great host of God’s enemies — those captives would return, as though born again, immediately and without a struggle: the children of Zion; Jew’s name for the temple mount in Jerusalem!
Isa 66:8 “”Who hath heard such a thing? Who hath seen such things? Shall the earth be made to bring forth in one day?” “or shall a nation the remnant of Israel be born at once? For as soon as Zion” travailed, she (Israel) brought forth her children”. A promise is given of the great and sudden enlargement of Zion – an increase when conversions would be as sudden as if a child were born without the ordinary delay and pain of parturition; as great as if a nation were born in a day. It’s as though Israel is some supernatural place. And if you count the many reiterations of the covenant that God made to Abraham, Isaac and Jacob you will see that indeed Israel covered by God. Isa 66: 9 “Shall I bring to the birth, and not cause to bring forth? Saith the Lord: shall I cause to bring forth, and shut the womb? Saith thy God”. Rev 12: 1-17: Below are the troubles of Israel during the tribulation Rev 12: 1 “And there appeared a great wonder in heaven; a woman” (Israel: not Babylon as above) “clothed with the sun, and the moon under her feet, and upon her head a crown of twelve stars (Gen 37: 9-11) Rev.12:2 “and she being with child cried, travailing in birth, and pained to be delivered”. “Verse 5 (below in 8 of 34) says that the woman’s child was “a male child, who is to rule all the nations with a rod of iron; and her child was caught up to God and to His throne.” Clearly, this is describing Jesus. Jesus ascended to heaven (Acts 1:9-11) and will one day establish His kingdom on earth (Revelation 20:4-6), and He will rule it with perfect judgment (the “rod of iron”; see Psalm 2:7-9). Note: Verses 3 to 17 will follow in proceeding chapters
35
Chapter Eight: the sign of the actual start of the Tribulation
Cornerstone Narrative Chapter continues the great Olivet prophesy of: Matthew 24 Mat248 “ (continued from last chapter) “All these are the beginning of birth pains” (Now unfulfilled and will be fulfilled in the Second Advent)
Rev 12:3 “And there appeared another wonder in heaven; and behold a great red dragon (Satan) , having seven heads (symbols of the seven world empires that proceed the kingdom of the antichrist, which is the eighth) and ten horns (not crowned therefore his power over the 10 kingdoms will be given to the beast however heads of beast are crowned meaning that the antichrist will has not ruled the seven kingdoms proceeding the 8th kingdom) and seven crowns upon his heads” .
Rev 12:4“And his tail drew the third part of the stars of heaven………….”
( Symbolic of the of the third of God’s angles that rebelled with Lucifer and showing how many will be with him in the future war in heaven under the 7nth trumpet-because of the Devil’s doing) “………………….4 and did cast them to the earth: and the dragon stood before the woman…………………….” (This is the dragon’s first purpose- to destroy the manchild as soon as it is born. He fails in this because God takes the manchild {Jesus Christ} to heaven) “……………………..4 which was ready to be delivered, for to devour her child as soon as it was born” .
Rev 12:5“And she (woman) brought forth a man child (Christ) , who was to rule all nations with a rod of iron……………………….” (As with Christ {Ps.2}
And the Old Testament Saints (Jer 30:9),
The church saints (Mat19:28)
And the tribulation saints (Rev20:4-6)
This honor will be to all saints (Ps149:6-9);
“…………5and her child was caught up (raptured) unto God and to his throne”.
Rev 12:6 “And the woman fled (Christians from Palestine to the Mideast) into the wilderness (Saudi Arabia/Sinai), where she hath a place prepared of God, that they should feed her there a thousand two hundred and threescore days” . The woman’s flight into the wilderness for 1,260 days refers to the future time called the Great Tribulation. Twelve hundred, sixty days is 42 months (of 30 days each), which is the same as 3 1/2 years. Halfway through the Tribulation period, the Beast (the Antichrist) will set an image of himself up in the temple (he pretends to be God) that will be built in Jerusalem. This is the abomination that Jesus spoke of in:
Matthew 24:15 “When ye therefore shall see the abomination of desolation (Antichrist) spoken of by Daniel the prophet, stand in the holy place, (whoso readeth, let him understand” and Mark 13:14 : “But when ye shall see the abomination of desolation, spoken of by Daniel the prophet, standing where it ought not, (let him that readeth understand,) then let them that be in Judaea flee to the mountains:
36
.
Chapter Nine: Flesh vs. Spirit
Arabs caring for Jews: from chapter eight where Rev12:6 refers to Is21:10-17 (footnote #7); continued from chapter eight: Mat248 “All these are the beginning of birth pains” (Now unfulfilled and will be fulfilled in the Second Advent. When the Beast does this (stands in the holy place) , he breaks the peace pact he had made with Israel, and the nation has to flee for safety—possibly to Petra(Edom) Daniel 9:27). This escape of the Jews (Rev 12 6) is pictured as the woman fleeing into the wilderness
Rev 12 7 “ And there was war in heaven fought (angels have bodily contact the way men do against the dragon; and the dragon fought and his angels,
Rev 12:8 “And prevailed not; neither was their place found any more in heaven.
Rev.12:9 “And the great dragon was cast out, that old serpent, called the Devil, and Satan, which deceiveth (this is Satan’s chief business) the whole world: he was cast out into the earth, and his angels were cast out with him. (Middle of the tribulation)
(This war in heaven will be the last actual struggle between Satan and God over the possession of the heavenlies where Satan reigns . The Apostle Paul {Eph 2:2-3; Wherein in time past (before Christ) ye walked according to the course of this world, according to the prince of the power of the air, the spirit that now worketh in the children of disobedience”
About Ephesians 3:2 a bible scholar writes that Sins and transgressions are a road or path, in which all unconverted sinners walk; and this path is a dark, crooked, and broad one, which leads to destruction and death, and yet is their own way, which they choose, approve of, and delight to walk in; and walking in it denotes a continued series of sinning, an obstinate persisting in it, a progress in iniquity, and pleasure therein: and the time of walking in this path, being said to be in time past, shows that the elect of. God before conversion, walk in the same road that others do; and that conversion is a turning out of this way; and that when persons are converted, the course of their walking is altered, which before was according to the course of this world meaning this world, in distinction from the world to come, or the present age.
37
Eph6:12 “For we (Christians and Jews) wrestle not against flesh and blood, but against principalities (demons led by the devil) , against powers, against the rulers of the darkness of this world, against spiritual wickedness in high places”
Satan still has access to God’s heaven to accuse the brethren, but from the time of his casting out (mid tribulation) he will never again enter heaven. Job 1:6 & 2:1 “Now there was a day when the sons of God (There are beings in heaven which have a body like Jesus called “prince”) came to present themselves before the LORD, and Satan came also among them”. This war against Satan will be in the middle of Daniels 70th week fought by Michael and his angels
Dan 10:4-6”
4 “On the twenty-fourth day of the first month, as I was standing on the bank of the great river, the Tigris,
5 I looked up and there before me was a man dressed in linen, with a belt of fine gold from Uphaz (gold from India) around his waist.
6 His body was like topaz, his face like lightning, his eyes like flaming torches, his arms and legs like the gleam of burnished bronze, and his voice like the sound of a multitude.”
Dan 10: 10-14:”
10 A hand touched me and set me trembling on my hands and knees. 11 He said, “Daniel, you who are highly esteemed, consider carefully the words I am about to speak to you, and stand up, for I have now been sent to you.” And when he said this to me, I stood up trembling.12 Then he continued, “Do not be afraid, Daniel. Since the first day that you set your mind to gain understanding and to humble yourself before your God, your words were heard, and I have come in response to them. 13 But the prince of the Persian kingdom resisted me twenty-one days. Then Michael, one of the chief princes, came to help me, because I was detained there with the king of Persia. 14 Now I have come to explain to you what will happen to your people in the future, for the vision concerns a time yet to come.” (Persian princes’ will fight Christians).
The Prince of Persia is not referring to Cyrus or any earthly ruler because the opposing force is spiritual. The angel is spirit and he is being resisted in the spiritual realms. The angel is talking about a fallen angel who rules over the kingdom of Persia. The book of Ephesians explains this about the world we live in. Put on the whole armor of God that you may be able to stand against the wiles of the devil.
12 For we do not wrestle against flesh and blood, but against principalities, against powers, against the rulers of the darkness of this age, against spiritual hosts of wickedness in the heavenly places.
Ephesians 6:11-12
The “Flesh and blood” world is the result of spiritual battle, between heavenly forces, played out in the spiritual realms. Through our prayer and involvement God’s will is accomplished in the physical world. God allows his people to be part of his plan. Daniel 21-day period of prayer coincided with the spiritual resistance. A breakthrough came when Michael came to the aid of this angel.
38
Michael:, intervened against the rulers of Persia in the spiritual realms. Michael is only mentioned three times in the Old Testament (Daniel 10:13, 21; 12:1). Michael role is to watch over the descendents of Israel. When Michael intervened, this angel was freed to answer Daniel question.
Make you understand: The angel came to help Daniel what would happen to his people. From the context of the answer, we can deduce Daniel’s prayer was for the situation of his people.
Daniel, probably discouraged by news coming back from Jerusalem about opposition the returning Jews were receiving, mourned and prayed to God. The angel was sent to reveal to Daniel God’s plan and the eventual success of his people, the Jews and Israel.
Latter days: This phrase is used throughout the Old Testament meaning time at the end.
Four horseman of the Apocalypse
Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse, – Conquest, War, Famine & Death, an 1887 painting (above) by Victor Vasnetsov: The Lamb is visible at the top
39
Chapter Ten: Birth Pains
Cornerstone Narrative Chapter continues in the great Olivet prophesy of: Matthew 24
Jesus continues to prophesy in Mat248 : :“All these are the beginning of birth pains” (Now unfulfilled and will be fulfilled in the Second Advent) Rev 12 continues from chapter nine.
Rev12: 10 “And I heard a loud voice saying in heaven, now is come salvation, and [2]strength, and the kingdom of our God, and the power of his Christ: for the accuser of our brethren is cast down, which accused them before our God day and night. 11 “And they overcame him by the blood of the Lamb, and by the word of their testimony; and they loved not their lives unto the death. Rev 12 12 Therefore rejoice ye heavens, and ye that dwell in them. Woe to the inhabiters of the earth and of the sea! for the devil is come down unto you, having great wrath [ 10 things constituting the third woe {there are 3 woes} (Rev.9:12) , “because he knoweth that he hath but a short time”. Revelation 12:12-17 (footnote #8) speaks of how the devil will make war against Israel, trying to destroy her (Satan knows his time is short, relatively speaking: See Revelation 20:1-3,10 below:
Rev20:1 “And I saw an angel come down from heaven, having the key of the bottomless pit and a great chain in his hand.
Rev202 And he laid hold on the dragon, that old serpent, which is the Devil, and Satan, and bound him a thousand years,
Rev203 And cast him into the bottomless pit, and shut him up, and set a seal upon him, that he should deceive the nations no more, till the thousand years should be fulfilled: and after that he must be loosed a little season. Rev20:10 ” And I heard a loud voice saying in heaven, Now is come salvation, and strength, and the kingdom of our God, and the power of his Christ: for the accuser of our brethren is cast down, which accused them before our God day and night. Rev.12:10 also reveal that God will protect Israel in the wilderness. Revelation 12:14 says Israel will be protected from the devil for “a time, times, and half a time (“a time” = 1 year; “times” = 2 years; “half a time” = one-half year; in other words, 3 1/2 years).It means that Satan will not have any power on earth for the first part of the tribulation.
Rev 12 13 “And when the dragon (When he sees that he has failed to destroy the 144,000 or the manchild, he will turn on the woman or Israel {or the church} who has produced the manchild {Isa 66:7-9 see below} ) saw that he was cast unto the earth, he persecuted the woman which brought forth the manchild”.
40
Poetry/ Rap Genius
Rev 12 14 “And to the woman were given two wings of a great eagle, that she might fly”. Isa 16:1-5 predicts the flight of Israel into Moab and Edom, and mentions Sela or Petra, the ancient capital of Edom as their headquarters during the tribulation. {The church is not the subject of any O.T. prophesy} ………….into the wilderness, into her place, where she is nourished for a time, and times, and half a time {Dan 9:24; So on a literal level, time, times and half a time means time (1 year), times (2 years) and half a time (1/2 year) or 3 1/2 years.. The period is the last half of the 70th week of Daniel and the reign of the Antichrist, which is proposed to be fulfilled at some time in the future} , …………………..from the face of the serpent”.
Isaiah 66:7-9
7 Before she travailed, she brought forth; before her pain came, she was delivered of a man child.
8 Who hath heard such a thing? Who hath seen such things? Shall the earth be made to bring forth in one day? Or shall a nation be born at once? For as soon as Zion travailed, she brought forth her children”.
9 Shall I bring to the birth, and not cause to bring forth? Saith the LORD: shall I cause to bring forth, and shut the womb? Saith thy God.
41
Chapter Eleven: Mid-Tribulation
Mat248 “All these are the beginning of birth pains” (Now unfulfilled and will be fulfilled in the Second Advent)
Rev 12 15 And the serpent cast out of his mouth water as a flood (torrent of people deceit/evil that followed the dragon) after the woman(Israel/believers/Christians) , that he might cause her(believers) to be carried away of the flood.
Rev 12 16 And the earth helped the woman (believers), and the earth opened her mouth (earthquake) , and swallowed {Nu 16:30-34 just below} up the flood which the dragon cast out of his mouth”
Numbers 16:30-34
30 But if the LORD make a new thing, and the earth open her mouth, and swallow them up, with all that appertain unto them, and they go down quick into the pit; then ye shall understand that these men have provoked the LORD.
31 And it came to pass, as he had made an end of speaking all these words, that the ground clave asunder that was under them:
32 And the earth opened her mouth, and swallowed them up, and their houses, and all the men that appertained unto Korah, and all their goods.
33 They, and all that appertained to them, went down alive into the pit, and the earth closed upon them: and they perished from among the congregation.
34 And all Israel that were round about them fled at the cry of them: for they said, Lest the earth swallow us up also.
42
Rev 12 17 “And the dragon was wroth with the woman, and went to make war with the remnant which keep the commandments of God, and have the testimony (spirit of prophesy) of Jesus Christ.
The Israelis run into the wilderness at mid-tribulation.
The water of the serpent, Devil, or dragon is the evil of the world which is so bad especially in Israel that it divides the people into two parts:
1) The people who follow the Devil.
2) People who believe in God and Christ; this includes some Muslims, Jews and Christians.
When the Israelis run into the wilderness, the desert of Saudi Arabia, they will be pursued by the soldier’s military of the Antichrist which has now proclaimed that he is God. But the earth is swallowing them up; perhaps an earthquake. They will be stopped by God (NU16:30-34 above).
A remnant will remain in Israel but the 144,000 Messianic Jews whose name is in the book of life are raptured before the last 3 ½ years of tribulation.
When the Antichrist is now seen as God (the abomination) there is so much killing going on that the earth, not only Israel will turn into a state of desolation, destruction, the end; the believers during that time which will go to heaven. The Holy Spirit leaves the earth in mid tribulation with 144,000 Messianic Jews. What remains are people in Israel and the believers in the wilderness who will then form in the future the Nation of Israel.
Mat24
9 “Then (after the Holy Spirit leaves the earth) shall they (world people) deliver you
( Christians) up to be afflicted, and shall kill you: and ye shall be hated of all nations for my name’s sake”.
10 And then shall many be offended (all of Christ’s teachings will vanish) , and shall betray one another, and shall hate one another.
11 And many false prophets shall rise, and shall deceive many (new religions).
12 And because iniquity shall abound, the love of many shall wax cold.
13 But he that shall endure unto the end (“telos” the end of life or the ages as:
6. Grace,
7 Millennium,
8. Redeemed/age/eternity), the same shall be saved (saved from sin).
14 And this gospel (“evangaliso” good news), of the kingdom shall be preached in the entire world for a witness unto all nations; and then shall the end come”.
(All this prophesy from v.15 on must be full filled the last 3 ½ years of this age called the “great tribulation”)
43
Jesus continues in vs.15 “When ye therefore shall see the abomination of desolation spoken of by Daniel the prophet, stand in the holy place, (whoso readeth, let him understand 🙂 { “shíqqûç”, usually rendered by “abomination” ; “shômem” by the abstract word “desolation” The ultimate fulfillment of the abomination of desolation is not only the statue, it is the final leader of the religious system—the human personification of the Babylonish whore herself—who enters into Jerusalem and says, “I am God.” ; Some translations of the bible render this phrase the “abomination which causes desolation,” a more accurate depiction of the event; for this act of abomination, once committed, will literally cause the desolation (depopulation, ruin and devastation) of Israel. } It will move but will have no signs of life or soul; abominable because it is so hideous and empty of God, Spirit and soul. It is neither mechanical nor automatic nor a product of science e fiction. It is a pure manifestation of evil.
44
Chapter Twelve: Time Cornerstone Narrative Chapter continued Mat 24:15 “When ye therefore shall see the abomination of desolation spoken of by Daniel the prophet, stand in the holy place, (whoso readeth, let him understand :)” 70 weeks are actually seven years because the Heb. Word for weeks is shabua, (seven). 70 weeks of seven years was Daniels prayers for years not days. Seven is very number but it is used by several prophets in different ways as: Dan 9:2. (The last seven is divided into two parts, the last half explained to be 3 ½ years (the great tribulation). About time the 70th Week
45
Dan 9: 27 “And he (the ruler: the antichrist) shall confirm the covenant (agreement that they can practice their religion) with many (people) for one week (seven years) : and in the midst of the week he shall cause the sacrifice and the oblation to cease, and for the overspreading of abominations he shall make it (the temple) desolate, even until the consummation (end of the 70th week) , and that determined shall be poured upon the desolate”. (The awful horror will be placed on the highest point of the temple and will remain there until the one who put it there meets the end which God has prepared for him) (The end of the 70th week; the beast worship and abomination will continue from the middle of the 70th week through the judgment that will be poured upon the one making the temple desolate. (See below:”these judgments) The following is a prophecy of Daniel covers approximately 2,500 years. Until Daniel 9:26 the prophecy is fulfilled; whereas Daniel 9:27 is yet to come in the future. Dan 9 24 “Seventy ‘sevens are decreed for your people and your holy city to finish transgression, to put an end to sin, to atone for wickedness, to bring in everlasting righteousness, to seal up vision and prophecy and to anoint the Most Holy Place. 25 “Know and understand this: From the time the word goes out to restore and rebuild Jerusalem until the Anointed One, the ruler, comes, there will be seven ‘sevens,’ and sixty-two ‘sevens.’ It will be rebuilt with streets and a trench, but in times of trouble. Exactly what is meant by “seventy sevens”? The phrase by itself is ambiguous, but taken in context the meaning is clear. Daniel’s prayer in verses 3-19 of the chapter refers to the fulfillment of a specific seventy-year period, the seventy years of the Babylonian captivity (as prophesied by Jeremiah). Daniel received the seventy sevens prophecy in response to his prayer. The prophecy foretold a period of seven times seventy yet to come, or seventy seven-year periods. Seventy seven-year periods equal 490 years. The prophecy goes on to say that “from the issuing of a decree to restore and rebuild Jerusalem until Messiah the Prince there will be seven sevens (49) and sixty-two sevens (434). Then after the sixty-two sevens the Messiah will be cut off and have nothing.” 26 After the sixty-two ‘sevens,’ the Anointed One will be put to death and will have nothing. The people of the ruler who will come will destroy the city and the sanctuary. The end will come like a flood: War will continue until the end, and desolations have been decreed. 27 He (antichrist) will confirm a covenant with many for one ‘seven.’ In the middle of the ‘seven’ he will put an end to sacrifice and offering. And at the temple he will set up an abomination that causes desolation, until the end that is decreed is poured out on him.
46
The Antichrist by Rolen Romanes
47
Chapter Thirteen: Sign of His second coming
Narrated by Jesus, recorded in Chapter 24 by Mathew :The great Olivet prophesy Pattif
Mat24:15 “When ye therefore shall see the abomination of desolation spoken of by Daniel the prophet, stand in the holy place, (whoso readeth, let him understand 🙂 (Herod captured Jerusalem in autumn of 43 B.C.; on the fast day (Tishri 10), which fell in mid September that year. The work on the Temple of Jerusalem began in spring of Herod’s 11th year, which would be spring of 32 B.C. It has taken 46 years to build this Temple) Dan 9: 25 “Know and understand this”: From the time the word goes out to restore and rebuild Jerusalem until the Anointed One, the ruler, comes, there will be seven ‘sevens,’ and sixty-two ‘sevens.’ It will be rebuilt with streets and a trench, but in times of trouble; but again be destroyed”
Dan 9: 26 “The people of the ruler who will come (possibly the Antichrist); we have made a jump of 2000 years) will destroy the city and the sanctuary. The end (the rule of the Antichrist) will come like a flood: War will continue until the end, and desolations have been decreed”. (Now we go back to Jesus time) “The Messiah is cut off or crucified for men” (Dan 9: 25-26); The below is from the so-called “Complete Jewish Bible”.
“Dan 9:26 ”Then, after the sixty-two weeks, Mashiach will be cut off and have nothing. The people of a prince (the Jews surmised it would be Roman king but it is the Antichrist) yet to come will destroy the city and the sanctuary, but his end will come with a flood, and desolations are decreed until the war (battle of Armageddon) is over”. One seven,7 years, the last 7 years as of this age (tribulation) , ending with the 2nd advent(for the world) of Christ to fulfill the 6 events of Dan 9:24 (previous chapter) In the book of Revelations the seven seals, seven trumpets and seven bowls/vials (are three succeeding series of end-times judgments from God. The judgments get progressively worse and more devastating as the end times progress. In fact, Jesus comes three times: 1. His birth; 2. Rapture; 3. Return to the battle of Armageddon; for the world it is only twice; (no rapture)
48
Chapter Fourteen: abomination of desolation
Cornerstone Narrative Chapter continued of the great Olivet prophesy of: Matthew 24
Mat24 15
“When ye therefore shall see the abomination of desolation spoken of by Daniel the prophet, stand in the holy place, (whoso readeth, let him understand)” Abomination of Desolation (Dan 11:31&Dan12:11) is like the Golem or mummy; living dead, a body desolate of God’s life, soul or spirit but filled with evil of Satan. Too horrible, (The Awful Horror , atrocious, terrifying, putrid, monstrosity, anathema) to imagine and see. When he is on the throne (v.14) then Christ returns, we are caught up and the tribulation begins. About Dan 9:24 the seven seals, trumpets, and bowls are connected to one another. The seventh seal introduces the seven trumpets and the seventh trumpet introduces the seven bowls. These judgments will consist of the plagues caused by the two witnesses the vial judgments ending with antichrist’s defeat and destruction at: Armageddon (Rev.16:13-21}
non-living dead Rev.16 13 “ And I saw three unclean spirits like frogs(demons) come out of the mouth of the dragon( Satan) , and out of the mouth of the beast (Antichrist), and out of the mouth of the false prophet” (religious figure; they had many speeches/propaganda; beguiling the people with their words) .
14 “ For they are the spirits of devils, working miracles, which go forth unto the kings of the earth and of the whole world, to gather them to the battle of that great day of God Almighty” (v.13 and 14 describe dragon’s attempt to rally the forces to fight Christ)
15 Behold, I come as a thief.” (Christ again announces His second advent, which He here associates with Armageddon) “Blessed is he that watches, and kept his garments (be steadfast in our belief), lest he walk naked, and they see his shame”.
16 “And he (antichrist) gathered them together into a place called in the Hebrew tongue Armageddon” ( Is the key position for battle between Euphrates and the Nile is amount of Megiddo southwest of Mount Carmel on the main highway between Asia and Africa).
49
17 “And the seventh angel poured out his vial (this the seventh vial) into the air; and there came a great voice out of the temple of heaven, from the throne, saying, It is done.” (End of war in Israel)
Crystallike
Facebook.com/Crystallike Cosplay is a young Japanese female artist. Summary (The Seven bowls are a set of plagues. They are recorded as apocalyptic {affording a revelation or prophecy, esp. of destruction} events that were seen in the vision of the Revelation of Jesus Christ, by John of Patmos. Seven angels are thus given seven bowls of God’s wrath, each consisting of judgments full of the wrath of God. These seven bowls of God’s wrath are poured out on the wicked and the followers of the Antichrist (power expected to corrupt the world but be conquered by Christ’s Second Coming) after the sounding of the seven trumpets.)
50
Chapter Fifteen: Babylon
Jesus’ Cornerstone Narrative Chapter continued
Mat24 15
“When ye therefore shall see the abomination of desolation spoken of by Daniel the prophet, stand in the holy place, (whoso readeth, let him understand :)” Rev.16 18 “And there were voices, and thunders, and lightnings; and there was a great earthquake, such as was not since men were upon the earth, so mighty an earthquake, and so great”. Rev.1619 “And the great city (Jerusalem) was divided into three parts, and the cities of the nations fell: and great Babylon………… (Babylon will become the chief center of demon operation after the rapture. This is the chief cause of her fall.) …………came in remembrance before God, to give unto her the cup of the wine of the fierceness of his wrath”. Babylon occurs in the Christian New Testament both with a literal and a figurative meaning. The famous ancient city, located near Baghdad, was a complete unpopulated ruin by 275 BC, well before the time of the New Testament. In the Book of Revelation, the city of Babylon seems to be the symbol of every kind of evil.
Babylon was an ancient city in the Fertile Crescent that takes its name from the Hebrew verb “to confuse.” Ruins along the Euphrates River about 60 miles south of modern Baghdad mark the location of the city that played a significant role in the history of the nation of Israel as the destination of the Jewish captives taken by Nebuchadnezzar. It was the capitol of the Babylonian empire in the Old Testament, and is referred to in the New Testament with both a literal and a figurative meaning.
Even though the vast majority of the more than 250 scriptural references to Babylon clearly indicate a literal geographic location, it is also used as a symbol of harlotry and general evil.
Genesis 10.10 names Nimrod, the son of Cush, the founder of Babel, “in the land of Shinar,” which later became known as the city of Babylon, in what is now Iraq. Nimrod’s name means: rebellious, revolt, indignation, even disgraceful, was manifesting the rebellious heart of man without God.
51
(2000 years earlier; the seeds of evil were sown in Babel) In Genesis 11, the people of Babylon, who had the concept of self-redemption, built a city and a tower to accomplish unity, fame and prosperity. They cried out, “Let us build us a city and a tower, whose top may reach unto Heaven”
Genesis 11.4: Neither Nimrod nor any other strong personality is mentioned in Genesis 11. The people were in charge, as is evident from the repeated use of the word us in verse four. Uniformity apparently was the key to the city’s initial success. Even the building material, brick for stone and slime for mortar expresses the unifying of Babel. Stones come in different sizes and forms; therefore, they must have been difficult to work with. The slime they used may have been similar to our asphalt. Such mortar made separation almost impossible.
Isaiah 13:1-16 & Isaiah: 21:1-5; A prophecy against Babylon that Isaiah son of Amos saw:
Isaiah 13:1-16
1 “A prophecy against Babylon that Isaiah son of Amoz saw:
2 Raise a banner on a bare hilltop, shout to them; beckon to them to enter the gates of the nobles. 3 I have commanded those I prepared for battle; I have summoned my warriors to carry out my wrath— those who rejoice in my triumph.
4 Listen, a noise on the mountains, like that of a great multitude! Listen, an uproar among the kingdoms, like nations massing together! The LORD Almighty is mustering an army for war. 5 They come from faraway lands, from the ends of the heavens— the LORD and the weapons of his wrath— to destroy the whole country.
6 Wail, for the day of the LORD is near; it will come like destruction from the Almighty.[a] 7 Because of this, all hands will go limp, every heart will melt with fear. 8 Terror will seize them, pain and anguish will grip them; they will writhe like a woman in labor. They will look aghast at each other, their faces aflame.
52
9 See, the day of the LORD is coming —a cruel day, with wrath and fierce anger— to make the land desolate and destroy the sinners within it. 10 The stars of heaven and their constellations will not show their light. The rising sun will be darkened and the moon will not give its light. 11 I will punish the world for its evil, the wicked for their sins. I will put an end to the arrogance of the haughty and will humble the pride of the ruthless. 12 I will make people scarcer than pure gold, more rare than the gold of Ophir. 13 Therefore I will make the heavens tremble; and the earth will shake from its place at the wrath of the LORD Almighty, in the day of his burning anger.
14 Like a hunted gazelle, like sheep without a shepherd, they will all return to their own people, they will flee to their native land. 15 Whoever is captured will be thrust through; all who are caught will fall by the sword. 16 Their infants will be dashed to pieces before their eyes; their houses will be looted and their wives violated.
And,
Isaiah 21:1-5 A prophecy against the Desert by the Sea (Babylon):
1 Like whirlwinds sweeping through the southland, an invader comes from the desert, from a land of terror.
2 A dire vision has been shown to me: The traitor betrays, the looter takes loot. Elam, attack! Media, lay siege! I will bring to an end all the groaning she caused.
3 At this my body is racked with pain, pangs seize me, like those of a woman in labor; I am staggered by what I hear, I am bewildered by what I see.
53
4 My heart falters, fear makes me tremble; the twilight I longed for has become a horror to me.
5 They set the tables, they spread the rugs, they eat, they drink! Get up, you officers, oil the shields!
“So the Lord scattered them.”
From that point on, nothing is recorded in the Bible about Babylon until the end of the ten-tribe kingdom of Israel when Babylon assumes prominence with the ascension of King Nebuchadnezzar. This king’s rulership marks the beginning of Gentile world dominion and the golden age of Babylonia.
The prophet Daniel summarizes the significance of Babylon and its role in the Gentile world dominion. A classic example of this is Nebuchadnezzar’s image in the book of Daniel. World history, the present and the future are revealed in this image in Daniel 2.32-33,37-& 38:
Dan 2: 32 “The head of the statue was made of pure gold, its chest and arms of silver, its belly and thighs of bronze, (see illustrations) 33 “its legs of iron, its feet partly of iron and partly of baked clay. 37 “You, O king, are the king of kings. The God of heaven has given you dominion and power and might and glory; 38 “in your hands he has placed mankind and the beasts of the field and the birds of the air. Wherever they live, he has made you ruler over them all. You are that head of gold” .
54
The Scripture explains,
“Thou, O king, art a king of kings… thou art this head of gold.”
The golden head signifies Nebuchadnezzar’s superiority over any other Gentile empire.
Dan 2:37;” Thou, O king, art a king of kings: for the God of heaven hath given thee a kingdom, power, and strength, and glory.
55
Chapter Sixteen: Structural Planetary Topographical changes
Cornerstone Narrative Chapter continued
Math 24:15 “When ye therefore shall see the abomination of desolation spoken of by Daniel the prophet, stand in the holy place, (whoso readeth, let him understand :)”
During the “Great Tribulation” there will be many earthquakes:
(See “woes” in footnote #2)
Rev. 16 20 “And every island fled away, and the mountains were not found. Great changes in the geography/topography of the planet take place. Islands are the peaks of mountains.
To get to those events we have to go back to Rev. 16:1. There are 7 bowels of God’s anger, which are poured out during the ruling time of the Antichrist.
Rev. 16:2 resembles Moses’ Egypt of
Ex. 9:9-11 and Job. 2; 7-8.
Ex9:9-11:
9“And it shall become small dust in all the land of Egypt, and shall be a boil breaking forth with blains upon man, and upon beast, throughout all the land of Egypt.
10 And they took ashes of the furnace, and stood before Pharaoh; and Moses sprinkled it up toward heaven; and it became a boil breaking forth with blains upon man, and upon beast.
11 And the magicians could not stand before Moses because of the boils; for the boil was upon the magicians, and upon all the Egyptians.
Job2:7-8:
7 “So went Satan forth from the presence of the LORD, and smote Job with sore boils from the sole of his foot unto his crown.
8 “And he took him a potsherd to scrape himself withal; and he sat down among the ashes.
Rev 16: 2 “And the first went, and poured out his vial upon the earth; and there fell a noisome and grievous sore upon the men which had the mark of the beast, and upon them which worshipped his image”.
As it was then, so it will be in the future; God is constant in His judgments and provides his creations with signs and wonders of His will and dispensations.
56
The judgments of God get progressively more severe. Rev. 16: 4 -7, this is about the water. At that time it is springs and the river. It seems that the encounter between God, Moses and the Pharaoh was a rehearsal for what is to come.
Rev.16:4-7:
4 “And the third angel poured out his vial upon the rivers and fountains of waters; and they became blood.
5 And I heard the angel of the waters say, Thou art righteous, O Lord, which art, and wast, and shalt be, because thou hast judged thus.
6 For they have shed the blood of saints and prophets, and thou hast given them blood to drink; for they are worthy.
7 And I heard another out of the altar say, Even so, Lord God Almighty, true and righteous are thy judgments”.
Sola Scriptura writes: “You have given them blood to drink” = defines the audience of God’s wrath. “Them” refers to the beast-marked worshipers who are responsible for the death of God’s people addressed in Revelation 16:2. By turning the waters of the earth to blood, the beast-marked worshipers will drink blood since they have poured out the blood of God’s people. Now people do drink blood, but never of the dead. Bowl 2 indicates that the blood is “like that of a dead man.”
The author (Jesus through John) obviously intends a difference. Otherwise, there would no need to distinguish between the blood of the living and the blood of the dead. The blood of the living flows warm and oxygenated. The blood of the dead does not flow and is not oxygenated”.
Another example is Ps. 78:44. {“He turned their river into blood; they could not drink from their streams”.} In the war after the millennium it will be also the ocean (then there will only be many lakes and rivers).
In Rev. 16: 8-9, God uses the sun. Fire is often connected to judgment.
God does all that to bring people to repent.
8 “ The fourth angel poured out his bowl on the sun, and the sun was allowed to scorch people with fire.
9 “They were seared by the intense heat and they cursed the name of God, who had control over these plagues, but they refused to repent and glorify him”.
57
Rev. 16: 10-11 starts the great tribulation; these verses refer to the throne of the Devil and the religious leader. The Jerusalem and the world are plunged in to utter spiritual darkness.
10 “The fifth angel poured out his bowl on the throne of the beast, and its kingdom was plunged into darkness. People gnawed their tongues in agony 11 and cursed the God of heaven because of their pains and their sores, but they refused to repent of what they had done.”
Rev.16: 15; but if the waters are polluted, in today’s time’s, electricity is in jeopardy; so we are also in physical darkness as well.
We also know about the frogs already, the demon of deception. Propaganda speeches of the Antichrist cause the world leaders to make wrong decisions.
This angers God so much that He sends the 6th. Angel to dry out the Euphrates River so that the Persian King can send his tanks and troupes unhindered into Israel.
Rev. 16:12-14
Now God has enough (His patience runs out) of the disobedience of his people.
12 “The sixth angel poured out his bowl on the great river Euphrates, and its water was dried up to prepare the way for the kings from the East.
13 Then I saw three impure spirits that looked like frogs; they came out of the mouth of the dragon, out of the mouth of the beast and out of the mouth of the false prophet. 14 They are demonic spirits that perform signs, and they go out to the kings of the whole world, to gather them for the battle on the great day of God Almighty.
Rev.16:17-21
17 “The seventh angel poured out his bowl into the air, and out of the temple came a loud voice from the throne, saying, “It is done!”
18″Then there came flashes of lightning, rumblings, peals of thunder and a severe earthquake. No earthquake like it has ever occurred since mankind has been on earth, so tremendous was the quake.
58
19 The great city split into three parts, and the cities of the nations collapsed. God remembered Babylon the Great and gave her the cup filled with the wine of the fury of his wrath.
20 Every island fled away and the mountains could not be found.
21 From the sky huge hailstones, each weighing about a hundred pounds, fell on people. And they cursed God on account of the plague of hail, because the plague was so terrible.
The pouring out of the 7th vial is the destruction of literal Babylon. It continues in Rev. 18 (to be studied at another time)
Conflicts will be waged between the Antichrist and his political enemies at the same time. Battle between Syria and Egypt and the destruction caused by Antichrist
Dan. 11:40-45:
40 “And at the time of the end shall the king of the south, (Egypt )push at him (Syria), and the king of the north (Syria) shall come against him like a whirlwind, with chariots, and with horsemen, and with many ships; and he shall enter into the countries, and shall overflow and pass over Israel”.
41 “He (Antichrist) shall enter also into the glorious land (Palestine), and many countries shall be overthrown: but these shall escape out of his hand (power) , even Edom, and Moab, and the chief of the children of Ammon (Jordon)” .
(Antichrist breaks his covenant that he made with the Jews in Dan 9:27, entering into Palestine and taking over six kingdoms {see below map} of Revised Rome (Possibly:
1. Egypt;
2. Assyria;
3. Babylon;
4. Medo-Persia;
5. Greece;
6. Roman Empire; or Revived Roman Empire) .
59
ALL THESE GEOGRAPHICAL DESIGNATIONS (found in Ezk. 38-39, Daniel 11:40-45 and Isaiah 17:12 through 18:7) are in today’s modern Islamic States with the notable exclusion of JORDAN (Daniel 11:41); SYRIA/LEBANON/GAZA (PLO)
Dan. 11 42 “He Antichrist shall stretch forth his hand (power) also upon the countries: and the land of Egypt shall not escape”.
Dan. 11 43 “But he (Antichrist) shall have power over the treasures of gold and of silver, and over all the precious things of Egypt. (He is rich). And the Libyans and the Ethiopians shall be at his (Antichrist) steps.
Dan. 11 44 “But tidings out of the east, (China) and out of the north, (Russia) shall trouble him: therefore he (Antichrist) shall go forth with great fury to destroy, utterly to make away many.(Russia and China support Syria) (The Antichrist will be supported by his 6 kingdoms)
Dan. 11 45 “And he shall plant the tabernacles of his palace between the seas”
o Caspian and the Persian Gulf; or the o Mediterranean – the great sea – and the o Dead Sea – the Salt Sea in the glorious holy mountain Mount Zion; “yet he (Antichrist ) shall come to his end, and none shall help him. He will meet his end at the battle of Armageddon”.
o Syria is a Shi’ite country backed by Persia (Iran).
o Egypt is a Sunni country backed pays Saudi Arabia and the West. A war is possible as Dan 11:40-45 (above).
o Assad is an Alawite (followers of Ali [brother of Mohammed] {not Mohammed}) sect and leader of the Ba’ath party
60
Chapter Seventeen: When/Time
Jesus continues The great Olivet prophesy:
Mat24 15 “When ye therefore shall see the abomination of desolation spoken of by Daniel the prophet, stand in the holy place, (whoso readeth, let him understand 🙂 “ Jesus prophesies again to John in Rev.113 “And I will give power unto my two witnesses, and they shall prophesy a thousand two hundred and threescore days, clothed in sackcloth”.
(Could be Enoch and Elijah but there are many other interpretations). Dan 12: 1 “And at that time (Dan 11:40-45{see below}) shall Michael stand up, the great prince which standeth for the children of thy people: and there shall be a time of trouble” ……………….(This refers to the time of persecution for Israel and world calamity known as the Great Tribulation. This period is also called the time of Jacob’s trouble in (Jeremiah 30:7; “Alas! for that day is great, so that none is like it: it is even the time of Jacob’s trouble, but he shall be saved out of it.”)……….“such as never was since there was a nation even to that same time: and at that time thy people shall be delivered, every one that shall be found written in the book” Revelation 21:27 – “And there shall in no wise enter into it anything that defileth, neither [whatsoever] worketh abomination, or [maketh] a lie: but they which are written in the Lamb’s book of life”.
Very high standards per 1 Timothy 1:10 “for the sexually immoral, for those practicing homosexuality, for slave traders and liars and perjurers–and for whatever else is contrary to the sound doctrine” And:” fornications, thefts, false witness, blasphemies: these are the things which defile a man: but to eat with unwashed hands defileth not a man”. However in Math 26:28 Jesus assures” for this is My blood of the new covenant, which is shed for many
for the forgiveness of sins” and in Acts that Jesus Christ in the one and only one way to eternal life. Jesus promised the overcomer in the church at Sardis that his name would not be blotted out of the Book of Life. The Beast worshipers were never written in the book ( Rev. 13:8+; Rev. 17:8+). The unrighteous dead were judged by this book: those who were not written in the Book of Life were cast into the Lake of Fire at the passing away of the old order (Rev. 20:12-15+) Dan 127 “And I heard the man clothed in linen (Jesus, Michael or Gabriel), which was upon the waters of the river, when he held up his right hand and his left hand unto heaven, and swore by him that lived for ever that it shall be for a time, times, and an half (a year, two years and half a year); and when he shall have accomplished to scatter the power of the holy people, all these things shall be finished.” In Revelation 12: 5-6 and Revelation 12: 14, 17 a “woman” goes to the wilderness where she gives birth to a “man child” and her “remnant,” in verse 17. The wilderness is metaphoric for being outside of any organized group, and it is metaphoric for the people of God getting out of Egypt and going into the wilderness
61
“Egypt” is metaphoric for the apostate churches. So the end time Christian Remnant is not organized and not together in a physical place, though they are in substantial unity in Christ. The Remnant is scattered over the world. The scattered remnant agrees with the King James and Douay-Rheims (Catholic translation) scattering of the holy people. The Christian Remnant is the holy people of the very last days.
When will all this take place? See 2 Thes. 2:3-5
2 Thes2: 3 “Let no man deceive you by any means: for that day shall not come, except there come a falling away first, and that man of sin (Antichrist) be revealed, (as) the son of perdition”;
2 Thes2: 4 “Who opposed and exalted himself above all that is called God, or that is worshipped; so that he as God sitteth in the temple of God, showing himself that he is God”. (Abomination)
2 The2: 5 “Remember ye not, that, when I was yet with you, I told you these things”!
Dan. 11:40-45 {time}:
40 And at the time of the end shall the king of the south, (Egypt) push at him (Syria), and the king of the north (Syria) shall come against him like a whirlwind, with chariots, and with horsemen, and with many ships; and he shall enter into the countries, and shall overflow and pass over Israel.
41 He (Antichrist) shall enter also into the glorious land (Palestine), and many countries shall be overthrown: but these shall escape out of his hand (power) , even Edom, and Moab, and the chief of the children of Ammon (Jordon) .
Revised Roman Empire
(Antichrist breaks his covenant that he made with the Jews in Dan 9:27, entering into Palestine and taking over 6 kingdoms of Revised Rome (Possibly:
1. Egypt;
2. Assyria;
3. Babylon;
4. Medo-Persia;
5. Greece;
6. Roman Empire; or Revived Roman Empire) .
62
Dan. 11 42 He Antichrist shall stretch forth his hand (power) also upon the countries: and the land of Egypt shall not escape.
Dan. 11 43 But he Antichrist shall have power over the treasures of gold and of silver, and over all the precious things of Egypt. (He is rich). And the Libyans and the Ethiopians shall be at his (Antichrist) steps.
Dan. 11 44 But tidings out of the east, (China) and out of the north, (Russia) shall trouble him: therefore he (Antichrist) shall go forth with great fury to destroy, utterly to make away many.(Russia and China support Syria) (The Antichrist will be supported by his 6 kingdoms)
Dan. 11 45 And he shall plant the tabernacles of his palace between the seas Caspian and the Persian Gulf; or the Mediterranean – the great sea – and the Dead Sea – the Salt Sea in the glorious holy mountain Mount Zion; yet he Antichrist shall come to his end, and none shall help him. He will meet his end at the battle of Armageddon.
Syria is a Shi’ite country backed by Persia (Iran).
Egypt is a Sunni country backed by Saudi Arabia and the West. A war is possible as Dan 11:40-45 above). Assad is an Alawite (followers of Ali [brother of Mohammed] {not Mohammed}) sect and leader of the Ba’ath party. Now there is ISIS an Islamic State made of radical Wahhabi Sunnis.
63
Chapter Eighteen: Duration
Jesus’ Cornerstone Narrative Chapter continued
Mat24 15
“When ye therefore shall see the abomination of desolation spoken of by Daniel the prophet, stand in the holy place, (whoso readeth, let him understand 🙂
How long will the tribulation last?
(Rev11: 1-2) 1 “And there was given me a reed like unto a rod: and the angel stood, saying, Rise, and measure the temple of God, and the altar, and them that worship therein”. Determining the extent of the Jew’s belief; sponsored by the false prophet unbelieving Jews (Pharisees) were building the temple . 2.”But the court which is without the temple leave out, and measure it not; for it is given unto the Gentiles: and the holy city shall they tread under foot forty and two months” (During the tribulation God is not concerned with non-Christians and Jews) ;
Old Roman Empire
Rev. 13:1 “And I stood upon the sand of the sea, and saw a beast rise up out of the sea, having seven heads and ten horns, and upon his horns ten crowns, and upon his heads the name of blasphemy.
64
2 “And the beast which I saw was like unto a leopard, and his feet were as the feet of a bear, and his mouth as the mouth of a lion: and the dragon gave him his power (20 different powers), and his seat, and great authority.
3 “And I saw one of his heads as it were wounded to death” ; …………………….
The elimination of all pagan religions; The Christians which were watered down (whitewashed) to ecumenical religion (in its new form adores its new leader (papacy) and is soon a subject of the Devil. There all false doctrines against the will of God but subject to men’s will instead. One of these manifestations is “Theosophy”:
The Theosophical Society was officially formed in New York City, United States, in November 1875 by Helena Blavatsky, Henry Steel Olcott, William Quan Judge and others. Its initial objective was the “study and elucidation of Occultism, the Cabala etc.” After a few years Olcott and Blavatsky moved to India and established the International Headquarters at Adyar, in Madras (Chennai).
They were also interested in studying Eastern religions, and these were included in the Society’s agenda.[3] After several iterations the Society’s objectives evolved to be: to form a nucleus of the universal brotherhood of humanity without distinction of race, creed, sex, caste, or color.
 To encourage the study of comparative religion, philosophy, and science.
 To investigate the unexplained laws of nature and the powers latent in man.
 The Society was organized as a non-sectarian entity.
Rev13:3 continued “ ………….and his deadly wound was healed: and all the world wondered after the beast. 4 And they worshipped the dragon (Satan) which gave power unto the beast: and they worshipped the beast, saying: “Who is like unto the beast?” who is able to make war with him?”
One Bible scholar says he (Antichrist) is a man not now prominent in any world affairs and
other says he a kingdom) (He will have characteristics of Medo-Persia
(the bear) and
Babylon (the lion)( he will receive his power, throne and great authority from
Satan (2 Th2:8-12)
 (One of the heads on the beast is wounded to death and then healed, not the Beast itself)
 (He will have the entire world wondering after him)(He will be an object
of worship)
 (He will be a supernaturally gifted orator)
65
 (He will be given power and success for 42 months)
 (He will defy God and claim to be God himself)
 ( He will make war on the Jews and the Christians and multitudes will be
killed by him)
 ( He will be given power over all the nations of the old Roman
Empire territory)
 ( He will have a religious leader in the false prophet)
 (He will cause the mark or emblem of his kingdom, or his name, or the
number of his name to be branded upon the right hand or forehead of
his followers)
As Jesus, the Devil had two witnesses;
1. Antichrist: political leaders;
2. Religious leader of the Revived Roman Empire [possibly the pope-because everything is ecumenical].It is a time of religion with all its symbols; but without spirituality.
There are no Christians [as such] ALL are so-called “Ecumenical”.
The world will suffer under the power of the revived Roman Empire, which we now call “New World Order”. The one member nation which makes the whole world suffer the most is the revived Roman Empire (forth beast) the first beast makes the Christians suffer. Theosophy: Blavatsky held that “the very root idea of the Society is free and fearless investigation.” She addressed the question “What is a theosophist?”:
“One need not necessarily recognize the existence of any special God or a deity. One need but worship the spirit of living nature, and try to identify oneself with it…. Be what he may, once that a student abandons the old and trodden highway of routine, and enters upon the solitary path of independent thought — Godward — he is a Theosophist; an original thinker, a seeker after the eternal truth with ‘an inspiration of his own’ to solve the universal problems.” — The Theosophist, October 1879, p. 6
66
The Toronto Theosophical Society was one of the most notable of the Theosophical groups, and Gillian McCann’s forthcoming book, Vanguard of the New Age:
Chapter Nineteen: Katabole vs. Themelioo
The great Olivet prophesy of: Matthew 24
Mat24 15 “When ye therefore shall see the abomination of desolation spoken of by Daniel the prophet, stand in the holy place, (whoso readeth, let him understand 🙂
Rev. 135 “ And there was given unto him {beast out of the sea Rev. 135 “a mouth speaking great things and blasphemies” {slander, evil speaking,,; “to speak lightly or amiss of sacred things”} and power was given unto him to continue forty and two months {3 1/2 years}
Rev.13: 6 and he {beast} opened his mouth in blasphemy against God, to blaspheme his name, and his tabernacle {tent, temporary dwelling of God}, and them that dwell in heaven (heaven is now inhabited. God himself that formed the earth and made it; He hath established it, He created it not in vain, he formed it to be inhabited: Col.1:15-18). 7 And it was given unto him to make war with the saints, and to overcome them: and power was given him over all kindred, and tongues, and nations”.
Katabole vs. Themelioo
Rev. 138 “And all that dwell upon the earth shall worship him, whose names are not written in the book of life of the Lamb slain from the foundation (disruption of the pre-adamite world is called katabole (overthrow), refers to the overthrow of the pre-adamite world by the flood of Gen 1:2 and the defeat of Lucifer and his earthly kingdom before Adam {Isa 14:12-14}) of the world.
Isa14:12-14 prophesized 12 “How art thou fallen from heaven, O Lucifer, son of the morning! How art thou cut down to the ground, which didst weaken the nations!
67
13 For thou hast said in thine heart, I will ascend into heaven, I will exalt my throne above the stars of God: I will sit also upon the mount of the congregation, in the sides of the north:
14 I will ascend above the heights of the clouds; I will be like the most High”
Foundation’: ’Katabole’, overthrow or disruption of a Pre-Adamite world. “Katabole” is not the ordinary word for founding or foundation. A reference to founding of the world would require the use of themelioo {foundation} . Katabole therefore means the disruption, overthrow, or ruin of the social system before Adam.
In Genesis 1:1 we have themelioo, (founding of the earth). In Genesis 1:2, we have katabole we have overthrow of the social system on the earth by a flood.
Hebrews 1:10 10 “And, Thou, Lord, in the beginning hast laid the foundation (themelioo) of the earth; and the heavens are the works of thine hands”: Thus in the N.T it is very clear that the earth became desolate and empty before it was recreated in the 6 days of Genesis 1:3-31.
Rev. 13 9 “ If any man has an ear let him hear.
10 “He that leadeth into captivity shall go into captivity: he that killeth with the sword must be killed with the sword. Here is the patience and the faith of the saints”
Rev. 13 11 “And I beheld another beast coming up out of the earth; and he had two horns like a lamb, and he spake as a dragon”. This means that the second beast appears to be good and righteous, or perhaps even claims to be Jesus (two horns like a lamb), but in fact is controlled by devilish powers (speaking as a dragon). We know that the devil can transform himself into an angel of light:
2 Corinthians 11:14 “And no marvel; for Satan himself is transformed into an angel of light”. (He will come with a lamb-like appearance to deceive, but will speak like
68
the dragon. He will have many powers and work miracles. He will send out demon spirits, He will be in the lake of fire in conscious torment one thousand years later.)
Rev.13: 12 “And he exerciseth all the power of the first beast before him, and causeth the earth and them which dwell therein to worship the first beast, whose deadly wound was healed”.
Rev.13: 13 “And he doeth great wonders, so that he maketh fire come down from heaven on the earth in the sight of men”
14 “ and deceiveth them that dwell on the earth by the means of those miracles which he had power to do in the sight of the beast; saying to them that dwell on the earth, that they should make an image to the beast, which had the wound by a sword, and did live”.
15 “And he had power to give life unto the image of the beast, that the image of the beast should both speak, and cause that as many as would not worship the image of the beast should be killed”.
16 “And he causeth all, both small and great, rich and poor, free and bond, to receive a mark in their right hand, or in their foreheads” (he is not a world-wide dictator):
Rev. 1 7“and that no man might buy or sell, save he that had the mark, or the name of the beast, or the number of his name”.
Rev. 18 “Here is wisdom. Let him that hath understanding count the number of the beast: for it is the number of a man; and his number is Six hundred threescore and six (666)” (It is widely thought among dispensationalists that the mark will take the form of a number or symbol that will be revealed only during the End Times).
69
Daniel 2:31-45 “Thou, O king, sawest, and behold a great image .. This image’s head was of fine gold, his breast and his arms of silver, his belly and his thighs of brass, His legs of iron, his feet part of iron and part of clay. Thou sawest till that a stone was cut out without hands, which smote the image upon his feet … Thou art this head of gold … And after thee shall arise another kingdom inferior to thee, and another third kingdom of brass, which shall bear rule over all the earth. And the fourth kingdom shall be strong as iron … And whereas thou sawest the feet and toes, part of potters’ clay, and part of iron, the kingdom shall be divided … Forasmuch as thou sawest that the stone was cut out of the mountain without hands, and that it brake in pieces the iron, the brass, the clay, the silver, and the gold; the great God hath made known to the king what shall come to pass hereafter.’
Chapter Twenty: Mid-Tribulation
Jesus continues to prophesize in Mat 24 16 “………………. then let them which are in Judea flee into the mountains” (Verses 16- 20 describe the recommended response of the faithful who see the abomination of desolation in Jerusalem. They are to “get out of Dodge” as fast as they can. Why? It is because the second-half of the
70
tribulation will be a time of persecution and great tribulation for the Jewish remnant.
Mat24 17 “Let him which is on the housetop not come down to take anything out of his house:
Mat24 18 “neither let him which is in the field return back to take his clothes.
19 And woe unto them that are with child and to them that give suck in those days! 20 But pray ye that your flight be not in the winter, neither on the Sabbath day: (Micah 2:12; “I will surely assemble, O Jacob, all of thee; I will surely gather the remnant of Israel; I will put them together as the sheep of Bozrah, as the flock in the midst of their fold: they shall make great noise by reason of the multitude of men”.
Mat24 21 “for then shall be great tribulation” Daniel heard from God and wrote in Dan 9:27, “He will confirm a covenant with many for one ‘seven.’ (7 years) In the middle of the ‘seven’ (3 ½ Years, mid-tribulation) he will put an end to sacrifice and offering. And at the temple[ he will set up an abomination that causes desolation, until the end (Armageddon) that is decreed is poured out on him. Already Daniel talked about that. Rev. 12: 7: “Then war broke out in heaven. Michael and his angels fought against the dragon, and the dragon and his angels fought back” Rev 12:11” They triumphed over him by the blood of the Lamb and by the word of their testimony; they did not love their lives so much as to shrink from death., and (Rev. 12:12- 13) “Such as was not since the beginning of the world (see below about pre-adamites) to this time, no, nor ever shall be.
Mat24:22 “And except those days should be shortened, there should no flesh be saved: but for the elect’s sake those days shall be shortened. (Jews, not the church: acts 1:6) Jesus is answering Jews question)
71
Great tribulation, such as has not been since the beginning of the world until this time: Jesus said that this will be the most awful time in all of human history.
Mat24 23 “Then (during the “great tribulation {”second half second 3 ½ years) “if any man shall say unto you, Lo, here is Christ, or there; believe it not.”
24 “”For there shall arise false Christ’s, and false prophets, and shall shew great signs and wonders” (Satanic powers will be manifest in the tribulation);
(Great deceptions will be made believable even for Christians and Jews)
2 Thes 2:7-12; (false Christ’s) (One thing, must precede the revelation of the antichrist; the rapture first, AND THEN the revelation of the antichrist). Similarly; this happened to the pre-adamites; Lucifer sat in the temple and made himself to be a god; after that came a world-wide flood; after the ice- time or ice age. And, after that God recreated the world. He moved the sun back in its place.(or the earth back to the sun) and, there was light.
2 Thes 2:7-12
7 For the mystery of iniquity doth already work: only he who now letteth will let, until he be taken out of the way.
8 And then shall that Wicked be revealed, whom the Lord shall consume with the spirit of his mouth, and shall destroy with the brightness of his coming:
9 Even him, whose coming is after the working of Satan with all power and signs and lying wonders,
10 And with all deceivableness of unrighteousness in them that perish; because they received not the love of the truth, that they might be saved.
11 And for this cause God shall send them strong delusion, that they should believe a lie:
12 That they all might be damned who believed not the truth, but had pleasure in unrighteousness.
Twenty One: The “remnant”
The end-time remnant is based primarily upon Revelation 12:17, which states: “And the dragon was wroth with the woman, and went to make war with
72
the remnant of her seed, which keep the commandments of God, and have the testimony of Jesus Christ.”
Jeremiah 23:3 …’And I will gather the remnant of my flock out of all countries whither I have driven them, and will bring them again to their folds; and they shall be fruitful and increase.’
Jeremiah 31:7 …’For thus saith the LORD; Sing with gladness for Jacob, and shout among the chief of the nations: publish ye, praise ye, and say, O LORD, save thy people, the remnant of Israel.’
Joel 2:32 …’And it shall come to pass, that whosoever shall call on the name of the LORD shall be delivered: for in mount Zion and in Jerusalem shall be deliverance, as the LORD hath said, and in the remnant whom the LORD shall call.’
Romans 9:27 …’Esaias also crieth concerning Israel, Though the number of the children of Israel be as the sand of the sea, a remnant shall be saved.’
There are about 13 million Jews in the world at this time, who will return to Israel in the last days. Only 144,000 young Jewish men are selected by God to be sealed before the tribulation. What about the rest of the Jews?
The 144,000 are mentioned three times in the Book of Revelation:
Rev 7:9 “After this I beheld, and, lo, a great multitude, which no man could number, of all nations, and kindreds, and people, and tongues, stood before the throne, and before the Lamb, clothed with white robes, and palms in their hands”;
Rev 7:14 “And I said unto him, Sir, you know. . And he said to me, These are they which came out of great tribulation, and have washed their robes, and made them white in the blood of the Lamb”.
So we see, that not just 144,000 Jews “make it to heaven,” as some people think, but many more do also. They have been persecuted or put to death as martyrs of the faith. They have been tested as faithful during the tribulation, and made it to heaven.
Revelation 14:1
“Then I looked, and behold, on Mount Zion stood the Lamb, and with him 144,000 who had his name and his Father’s name written on their foreheads”.
Revelation 14:3-5
“And they were singing a new song before the throne and before the four living creatures and before the elders. No one could learn that song except the 144,000 who had been redeemed from the earth. For it is these who have not defiled themselves with women, for they are virgins. It is these who follow the Lamb wherever he goes. These have been redeemed from mankind as firstfruits for God and the Lamb, 5 and in their mouth no lie was found, for they are blameless”.
Who are they?
From some interpretations, one gets the impression that the entire population of Jews in the world will return to Israel, and only 144,000 get saved when the tribulation comes. This is not what it says above.
Special points about this group:
1. they are young men only
2. they are not defiled with women – virgins
73
3. they follow the Lamb (Messiah) wherever He goes
4. they are first fruits to God and to the Lamb
5. they have a special song they sing that only they could learn at the time it was given
6. the tribulation is about to begin, but they will not be harmed.
Obviously, God will not ignore innocent men, women and children whose hearts cry out to God for salvation, and accept their Messiah.
The point of the tribulation is to give mankind one last chance to repent, before the wrath of God hits. God would be wasting his time doing this, if He had already picked out the only ones to be saved before the tribulation starts.
The 144,000 just happens to be a special group – the first to be saved in the land of Israel, that God sets aside as his first fruits. FIRST fruits means there is MORE fruits to come.
The Bible NEVER says the first fruits (144,000), were the ONLY ones saved during this time, only that they were selected out, sanctified, away from others, marked and sealed for special service unto the Lord.
Mat.24: 24 Jesus prophesied: “ For there shall arise false Christs (counterfeits, pretenders, of the Messiah Jesus), and false prophets, and shall shew great signs and wonders” {counterfeits}
2 Thes 2 7 “For the mystery of iniquity (Romans 5 and 7) doth already work: (the hinderer of lawlessness: One of three things:
1. Government (1Pet 2:13);
2. The church ( Mt.5:13);
3. The Holy Spirit: (Jn16:7-15) “only he (Holy Spirit) who now letteth will let, (rapture before antichrist) until he be taken out of the way.” When the Holy Spirit, as the Restrainer, is taken out of the way, the Body of Christ will go with Him, but He will still minister on the earth to save souls during the Tribulation to follow. In the same way He participated in regenerating people prior to Pentecost, so will He after the Rapture.
Rev. 7 : (144,000 Sealed)
74
1 “After this I saw four angels standing at the four corners of the earth. ”, { The significance of their position is seen in the fact that they control the whole earth} “holding back the four winds” In the figurative language of Scripture, the blowing of the four winds together, means a dreadful and general destruction.} {of the earth to prevent any wind from blowing on the land or on the sea or on any tree.
2 “Then I saw another angel coming up from the east, having the seal of the living God. He called out in a loud voice to the four angels who had been given power to harm the land and the sea”:
3 “Do not harm the land or the sea or the trees until we put a seal on the foreheads of the servants of our God.”
4 “Then I heard (given to John by an audible voice) the number of those who were sealed: 144,000 from all the tribes of Israel.{ physical descendants of Abraham, Isaac and Jacob. }
5 “From the tribe of Judah 12,000 were sealed,
from the tribe of Reuben 12,000,
from the tribe of Gad 12,000,
6 from the tribe of Asher 12,000,
from the tribe of Naphtali 12,000,
from the tribe of Manasseh 12,000,
7 from the tribe of Simeon 12,000,
from the tribe of Levi 12,000,
from the tribe of Issachar 12,000,
8 from the tribe of Zebulon 12,000,
from the tribe of Joseph 12,000,
from the tribe of Benjamin 12,000. (12×12=144)
The Great Multitude in White Robes
9 “After this I looked, and there before me was a great multitude (huge crowd) that no one could count, from every nation, tribe, people and language, standing before the throne and before the Lamb. They were wearing white robes and were holding palm branches in their hands”.
75
10 And they cried out in a loud voice:
“Salvation belongs to our God, who sits on the throne, and to the Lamb.”
11 “All the angels were standing around the throne and around the elders and the four living creatures. They fell down on their faces before the throne and worshiped God,
12 saying:
“Amen! Praise and glory and wisdom and thanks and honor and power and strength be to our God forever and ever. Amen!”
13 “Then one of the elders asked me, “These in white robes—who are they, and where did they come from?”[In English, a “where” question usually anticipates a specific location. However, a specific place is not given but a specific time is indicated. The great tribulation has one parallel in Scripture—Matthew 24:21. In that specific passage, the definite article “the” is not used. As one of the original recipients of the Olivet Discourse (Mark 13:3), John, the apostle, heard Jesus use this very specific term. Therefore, his use reflects previous knowledge. The great tribulation is not a place, but a specific time.]
14 “I answered, “Sir, you know.”
“And he said, “These are they who have come out of the great tribulation; they have washed their robes and made them white in the blood of the Lamb. {This is in harmony with Daniel 12:1, which also calls this period “a time of distress.” This universally innumerable multitude will arrive in heaven during the period of the great tribulation.}
15 “Therefore “they are before the throne of God and serve him day and night in his temple; and he who sits on the throne will shelter them with his presence.”
16 ‘Never again will they hunger; never again will they thirst. The sun will not beat down on them, ‘nor any scorching heat.
76
Agnus Dei has been set to music by many composers, usually as part of a Mass setting
17 “For the Lamb (John 1:36) at the center of the throne will be their shepherd;” ‘He will lead them to springs of living water”.’ (Psalm 23:1-6) ‘And God will wipe away every tear from their eyes” (Rev.21:4)
It should be evident that the Holy Spirit will be still at work in the Tribulation, for the work of regeneration is His particular ministry. While the work of restraining evil is removed, allowing the Antichrist to begin his evil rise to power, the Holy Spirit Himself will still be in the world and will have an active ministry. While He will no longer be baptizing (for that is a special ministry for the Church only), He will be performing some of His other ministries, such as regeneration, filling, sealing, etc. In all this, the second purpose of the Tribulation will be accomplished: that of bringing about a worldwide rev
77
Twenty Two: Satan’s Work
In Mat.24: 24 Jesus prophesized that:“there shall arise false Christs, and false prophets, and shall shew great signs and wonders”
And the Apostle Paul prophesized in 2 Thes 2 8 “And then shall that Wicked (Antichrist) be revealed, whom the Lord shall consume with the spirit of his mouth, and shall destroy with the brightness of his coming”:
And the WHEN? “ When he (the Church) who hinders will be taken out of the way (He goes to heaven), then shall the wicked be revealed”.
Antichrist cannot possibly come until after the rapture of
1 Thes. 4:13-16 (just below). 13 “Brothers and sisters, we do not want you to be uninformed about those who sleep in death, so that you do not grieve like the rest of mankind, who have no hope. 14 “ For we believe that Jesus died and rose again, and so we believe that God will bring with Jesus those who have fallen asleep in him. (Early Christians {not born-again Christians}) 15 According to the Lord’s word, we tell you that we who are still alive, who are left until the coming of the Lord, will certainly not precede those who have fallen asleep.
16 For the Lord himself will come down from heaven, with a loud command, with the voice of the archangel and with the trumpet call of God, and the dead in Christ will rise first”. (These are those who are not born-again)
All who go in the rapture will not be here during the days of Antichrist and during the tribulation of Rev 6:1-19; Mat.24-15-21, and
Dan 12:1 ‘And at that time shall Michael stand up, the great prince which standeth for the children of thy people: and there shall be a time of trouble, such as never was since there was a nation even to that same time: and at that time thy people shall be delivered, every one that shall be found written in the book”. (The first born of Satan; miracles are not real (not of our God) , they are only tricks. His (Satan’s) nemesis is Jesus Christ. ) (Many people do not want to believe on the truth; they want to believe on what they like to have. So, God steps aside. The apostasy is today already on its way) (Modern Israel prefers carnal delusion to spiritual truth, a world view without a creator so that they can be sexually liberated. God gives them that so they can receive the awful consequences.)
78
2 Thes 2 9 “Even him, whose coming is after the working of Satan with all power and signs and lying wonders”,
(His preparation and revelation will be a work of Satan. The Satanic angel in the abyss will come out and use the human Antichrist to fulfill Satan’s-will in these last days. He will be endued with satanic powers.)
2 Thes 2 10 “And with all deceivableness of unrighteousness in them that perish; because they received not the love of the truth, that they might be saved”.
However, the Holy Spirit reminds in 2 Peter 3:9 that : “The Lord is not slack concerning His promise, as some men count slackness; but is long suffering to us-ward, not willing that any should perish, but that all should come to repentance.”
2 Thes 2 11 “And for this cause God (God cannot save men who persist in damming their own souls) shall send them strong delusion, that they should believe a lie”:
2 Thes 2 12 “That they all might be damned who believed not the truth, but had pleasure in unrighteousness.
(The groundwork of this, Satan’s: delusion is a confused world as we experience now. Nothing on TV is the truth. People search for a world leader. ) (There are multitudes of doctrinal changes in church now. Concentration on self is very subtle but is distracting from God. )
(Emerging religions; tolerance of beliefs of every stripe; new age religions. Already now there is too much information which manipulates all.
The famine is not of words but of hearing it. )
The ignorant fishermen .. “ but had pleasure in unrighteousness
(2 Thess. 2:10-12). “We have just looked at some of the unimaginable and EXPONENTIAL horrific catastrophes which will …”
Note: how they run in the WRONG direction.
79
Twenty Three: Discernment
We will further divide the great Olivet prophesy of Jesus Christ recorded in Matthew 24.
Mat.24: 24 “For there shall arise false Christs………………………” (“pseudochristos”= false anointed; A false Christ is a false anointed one. It is not the anointing that is false but the anointed one. Jesus said the Holy Spirit would be of the integrity of their hearts (Luke 11:13). We must understand that just because no one can be saved without the Spirit, we cannot conclude that everyone with the Spirit is saved. God sends the rain of the Spirit on the just and the unjust alike (Matthew 5:45). The false Christs that Jesus warned of will come close to deceiving even God’s elect. This is not because their anointing is false, but because they are false. It is not judgmental to insist on seeing fruit. Paul was certainly an anointed man of God; yet when he wrote to God’s people, he said nothing about how anointed he was but instead reminded them of his Christlike character, writing, “You are witnesses, and God also, how devoutly and justly and blamelessly we behaved ourselves among you who believe”
(1 Thessalonians 2:10).
Jude wrote that certain men had crept in unnoticed, which turn the grace of God into lewdness and deny the only Lord God and our Lord Jesus Christ (Jude 4). Paul warned that in the last days, “Evil men and impostors will grow worse and worse, deceiving and being deceived” (2 Timothy 3:13). Peter stated flatly, “There will be false teachers among you, who will secretly bring in destructive heresies, even denying the Lord who bought them, and bring on themselves swift destruction.” He warned that “many will follow their destructive ways, because of whom the way of truth will be blasphemed.” He explained that “by covetousness they will exploit you with deceptive words” (2 Peter 2:1-3). These are all descriptions of the false anointed ones. In connection with the days surrounding the coming of the Lord, Malachi the prophet declared, “Then you shall again discern between the righteous and the wicked, between one who serves God and one who does not serve Him” (Malachi 3:18). Oh, that God would grant His people this power of discernment today.
Mat.24: 24 . ……………..“and false prophets”, The false prophet comes out of the earth. This could mean he comes up from the pit of hell with all the demonic powers of hell at his command.
80
The false prophet comes like a lamb, winsomely, with persuasive words that elicit sympathy and good will from others. He may be an extraordinary preacher or orator whose demonically empowered words will deceive the multitudes. But he speaks like a dragon, which means his message is the message of a dragon. The false prophet’s mission on earth is to force humanity to worship the Antichrist. He has all the authority of the Antichrist because, like him, the false prophet is empowered by Satan.
Mat.24: 24 “………………………….and shall shew great signs and wonders”
There is a difference between a miraculous sign and a miracle: A Miracle always brings lasting change, change that will always lead to a decision about Jesus Christ; a miraculous sign never really lasts for long, and often is used to trick or trap a person. The latter is what the devil and his followers will and do perform. We see a few of the signs that the devil, the beast, and the false prophet will be able to perform. We see that the devil and the beast will appear to rise from the dead, after suffering a death wound In Revelation 13.3 John said: “And I saw one of his heads as it were wounded to death; and his deadly wound was healed: and all the world wondered after the beast. The false prophet, in turn, will also appear to be able to make a statue or image of the beast to live (Revelation 13.15; “And he had power to give life unto the image of the beast, that the image of the beast should both speak, and cause that as many as would not worship the image of the beast should be killed.), and to call down fire from heaven in the presence of the beast
Revelation 13.12-13;
12 And he exerciseth all the power of the first beast before him, and causeth the earth and them which dwell therein to worship the first beast, whose deadly wound was healed.
13 And he doeth great wonders, so that he maketh fire come down from heaven on the earth in the sight of men,)
However, we need to understand that these miraculous signs are designed only to deceive, trick, and cause a person to give up the most precious thing he or she possesses: his or her mortal soul. This is the sole reason that the devil and his angels and willing human followers appear to have power and the ability to perform miracles.
Rev.16:13-16; The false trinity
Rev16:13 “Then I saw three impure spirits that looked like frogs; they came out of the mouth of the dragon, out of the mouth of the beast and out of the mouth of the false prophet”.
81
The false trinity. Satan has prepared the three religious forces after the pattern of the divine three-member team, these three forces, dragon, beast, and false prophet.
The evil forces decree death and prohibition to buy and sell for those who refuse to worship beast and image. God responds in by warning that those who accept the false worship also receive His unmixed wrath.
The false prophet pretends to be the prophet Elijah and does miracles. Power comes from the mouths of the false trinity; the spirits work miracles to get the kings to fight. They are the driving force of the three-part coalition. Frogs were pests in the second plague on Egypt. Pharaoh’s occult priests copied the plague. “And the magicians did so with their enchantments, and brought up frogs upon the land of Egypt. They were able to mimic only the first two plagues. An Egyptian goddess, Heqa, was represented as having a frog head. The plague showed that no god was blessing the people and that the Hebrew God was powerful. Dragon, beast, and false prophet are able to perform real miracles, too. They produce evil spirits which go out to direct the military might of the world. Frogs link the end-time plagues to the Egyptian plagues in another interesting way. Both scenes start with a river, the Nile in Egypt and the Euphrates in Babylon. From the Nile, frogs came out on the land and went even into the bread dough! God uses the Euphrates, in a different way. He dries it up to make way for the kings of the East who help deliver God’s people. Frogs come out of the mouths of the God’s three enemies. In both frog scenes, the occult or supernatural is at work.
Rev 16:14 “They are demonic spirits that perform signs, and they go out to the kings of the whole world, to gather them for the battle on the great day of God Almighty”.
Jesus Christ prophesied to John which John recorded in Rev 16:15“Look, I come like a thief! Blessed is the one who stays awake and remains clothed, so as not to go naked and be shamefully exposed.”
Rev 16:16 “Then they gathered the kings together to the place that in Hebrew is called Armageddon.
Armageddon: Tel Megiddo is not actually a mountain, but a tell (a hill created by many generations of people living and rebuilding on the same spot)
82
Rev.19:20; “But the beast was captured, and with it the false prophet who had performed the signs on its behalf. With these signs he had deluded those who had received the mark of the beast and worshiped its image. The two of them were thrown alive into the fiery lake of burning sulfur.”
Mat 24 v.24 continued “…………………………….insomuch that, if it were possible, they shall deceive the very elect” (Jewish elect: Jews which believe on Jesus Christ who are saved. Saved Jews are not the elect because they are Jews; they are the elect because they are saved!).
Mat24 25 “Behold, I have told you before”.
Mat 24: 26 “Wherefore if they shall say unto you, Behold, he (anyone claiming to be Christ) is in the desert; go not forth: behold, he is in the secret chambers
(believe it not.)”
2 Thes 2:4; “He will oppose and will exalt himself over everything that is called God or is worshiped, so that he sets himself up in God’s temple, proclaiming himself to be God”.
Antichrist on throne
The antichrist is the enemy of God who appears during the final years of the world’s existence and takes over the world.
He is a very powerful and evil ruler who pretends
83
Twenty Four: Soul (,imperishable thing). Spirit and Body
Cornerstone Narrative Chapter continued.
Mat 24: 27 “For as the lightning cometh out of the east, and shined even unto the west; so shall also the coming” (Parousia: personal visible presence) “of the Son of man be. Rapture (caught up)-“parousia”; coming in the air, not to earth, for the saints; Physical presence, arrival – The main use is the physical presence of a person, which where that person is not already present refers to the prospect of the physical arrival of that person, especially the visit of a royal or official personage and sometimes as an extension of this usage, a formal “occasion”. In astrological usage it refers to the presence of a planet at a point on the zodiac.
St. Paul mentions an ecstatic experience in which he was “caught up even to the third heaven”, but, as he says, “whether in the body, I know not, or whether out of the body, I know not; God knoweth.” And this is the dilemma confronting many otherworld journeyers. (source of image) deoxy.org
84
Relevance: below consolidated from various scriptures as: Luke 12:35, Mat.24:42., Rev 12:9. 1 Cor 15:23; Rev20:5 1. Watch for your life’s sake. Let not your lamps be quenched, nor your loins unloosed; but be ye ready, for ye know not the hour in which our Lord cometh. 2. But often shall ye come together, seeking the things which are befitting to your souls: for the whole time of your faith will not profit you, if ye be not made perfect in the last time. 3. For in the last days false prophets and corrupters shall be multiplied, and the sheep shall be turned into wolves, and love shall be turned into hate; 4. For when lawlessness increaseth, they shall hate and persecute and betray one another, and then shall appear the world-deceiver as the Son of God, and shall do signs and wonders, and the earth shall be delivered into his hands, and he shall do iniquitous things which have never yet come to pass since the beginning. 5. Then shall the creation of men come into the fire of trial, and many shall be made to stumble and shall perish; but they that endure in their faith shall be saved from under the curse itself. 6. And then shall appear the signs of the truth; first, the sign of an out-spreading in heaven; then the sign of the sound of the trumpet; and the third, the resurrection of the dead; 7. Yet not of all, but as it is said: The Lord shall come and all His saints with Him. 8. Then shall the world see the Lord coming upon the clouds of heaven.
Below 1Thes 2:19; 3:13; 4:13-17; 5:23, 1Thes 219 “For what is our hope, or joy, or crown of rejoicing? Are not even ye in the presence of our Lord Jesus Christ at his coming? (Rapture and second coming) 1 Thes 3:13 “To the end he may establish your hearts unbelievable in holiness before God, even our Father, at the coming of our Lord Jesus Christ (v.4:16-17{below}) with all his saints.
1Thes4:13 “But I would not have you to be ignorant, brethren, concerning them which are asleep, that ye sorrow not, even as others which have no hope”
1Thes4 14 For if we believe that Jesus died and rose again (Rom5:6-11), even so them also which sleep (body sleep not soul sleep) in Jesus will God bring with him”.
“Soul” : It has been said that there are only two things that last: the Word of God (Mark 13:31) and the souls {Immaterial aspect or essence of a person, conjoined with the body during life and separable at death}. of men. This is because, like God’s Word, the soul is an imperishable thing. That thought should be both sobering and awe-inspiring.
85
Every person you meet is an eternal soul. Every human being who has ever lived has had a soul, and all of those souls are still in existence somewhere. The question is, where? The souls that reject God’s love are condemned to pay for their own sin, eternally, in hell Romans 6:23. The soul is immortal! But the souls that accept their own sinfulness and God’s gracious gift of forgiveness will live forever beside still waters with their Shepherd, wanting for nothing Psalm 23:2 . Psalm 103: “Bless the Lord oh my soul and all that is within me”. And vice versa Romans 8:3: we were made in God’s image (Gen 1:27) and our flesh (mortal self) can command our soul; Simply stated, the human soul is the part of a person that is not physical. It is the part of every human being that lasts eternally after the body experiences death. Gen. 35:18 describes the death of Rachel, Jacob’s wife, saying she named her son “as her soul was departing.” From this we know that the soul is different from the body and that it continues to live after physical death. The human soul is central to the personhood of a human being. As C. S. Lewis said, “You don’t have a soul. You are a Soul. You have a body.” In other words, personhood is not based on having a body. A soul is what is required. Repeatedly in the Bible, people are referred to as “souls” (Exodus 31:14; Proverbs 11:30), especially in contexts that focus on the value of human life and personhood or on the concept of a “whole being” (Psalm 16:9-10; Ezekiel 18:4; Acts 2:41; Revelation 18:13). Matthew 11:29 tells us that we can turn to Jesus Christ to find rest for our souls and Psalm 16:9-10 is a Messianic psalm that allows us to see that Jesus also had a soul. David wrote, “Therefore my heart is glad, and my whole being rejoices; my flesh also dwells secure. For you will not abandon my soul to Sheol, or let your holy one (Jesus) see corruption.” This cannot be speaking of David (as Paul points out in Acts 13:35-37; 35 Wherefore he saith also in another psalm, Thou shalt not suffer thine Holy One to see corruption.
36 For David, after he had served his own generation by the will of God, fell on sleep, and was laid unto his fathers, and saw corruption:
37 But he, whom God raised again, saw no corruption. Because David’s body did see corruption and decay when he died. But Jesus Christ’s body never saw corruption (He was resurrected), and His soul was not abandoned to Sheol. Jesus, as the Son of Man, has a soul! {and we are made in the God’s image}
86
Rom 8:11,13 “But if the Spirit of Him who raised Jesus from the dead dwells in you, He who raised Christ Jesus from the dead will also give life to your mortal bodies through His Spirit who indwells you… for if you are living according to the flesh, you must die; but if by the Spirit you are putting to death the deeds of the body, you will live”. The best and most clear explanation I could give you is that you do not have a soul, you are a soul. You may or may not have a live body, and you may or may not have a live spirit (more on this in a moment). But in either case you are a soul. Your soul is your eternal self that will spend eternity in heaven or hell. It is you. It is not necessarily good; it needs to be transformed and healed.
So what does it mean for our spirits to be “alive” or “dead”?
Before we are “born again”,(John 3:1-18) our spirits are dead in the sense that we cannot perform the function for which we were designed. An analogy would be a car without gas in it. It would still be a car (spiritless humans are still human) but it would be dead for the use an owner bought it for. In the same way, we are dead to be able to do anything useful to God without His Spirit quickening us to life.
1 Cor 15:45 So also it is written, “The first man, Adam, became a living soul.” The last Adam [Christ] became a life-giving (quickening) spirit.
So what is the difference between a living soul and a quickening spirit?
Shaun D. McMillan writes that “the Greek word here used is employed nowhere else in the New Testament, but is the very one used by the Septuagint translators of Gen 2:7: ‘And the Lord God formed man of the dust of the ground(stardust) , and breathed into his nostrils the breath of life; and man became a living soul.’ There, man’s original creation was completed by this act of God; who, then, can fail to see that here in John 20, on the day of the Savior’s resurrection, the new creation had begun, begun by the Head of the new creation, the last Adam acting as ‘a quickening spirit’ (1Cr 15:45)!”
John Gill, on the phrase “quickening” or “life-making spirit,” writes,
“though rather I think it is to be understood of his spiritual body, of his body, not as it was made of the virgin, for that was a natural, or an animal one; it was conceived and bred, and born as animal bodies are; it grew and increased, and was nourished with meat and drink, and sleep and rest; and was subject to infirmities, and to death itself, as our bodies be; but it is to be understood of it as raised from the dead, when it was made a spiritual body, for which reason it is called a “spirit”:
87
John Gill, continues: “not that it was changed into a spirit, for it still remained flesh and blood; but because it was no more supported in an animal way; nor subject to those weaknesses that animal bodies are, but lives as spirits, or angels do; and a quickening one, not only because it has life itself, but because by virtue of the saints’ union to it, as it subsists in the divine person of the Son of God, their bodies will be quickened at the last day, and made like unto it, spiritual bodies; also because he lives in his body as a spiritual one, they shall live in theirs as spiritual ones: and so the apostle shows, that there is a spiritual, as well as an animal body; that as the first man’s body, even before the fall, was an animal or natural one; the last Adam’s body upon his resurrection is a spiritual and life giving one, as the Syriac version renders it. (footnote #5)
As Paul quoted from Genesis 2:7, “Man became living soul” which means that he is created with an animal soul – the body with a life and soul, the living principle of his body.
Quickening spirit would mean not only living soul but the soul which makes alive or the soul which has the power/authority to give life. The gospel of John has more textual evidence of quickening spirit, the one which is alive and gives life
( John 5:21 , John 6:33, John 6:39, John 6:40, John 6:54, John 6:57, John 6:62 and John 6:63).
Shaun d McMillan writes: “Soul” is a religious term but it includes our mind, from which we derive our thoughts, our mentality, and our heart. The soul is in constant interaction with your body. For example, the physical body lets us know when it’s hungry and craves certain tastes. These signals are sent to the brain and the mind tries to work out a solution to answer that need. A more developed mind can overcome the immediate desires of the body in favor of long-term health.
There are the parts of our mind that deal with daily life decisions, but there are also the deeper parts of our soul that deal more with our higher level subconscious self. This part of us becomes fully active when our body sleeps and reaches the dream state. Though our body appears to be doing nothing except maybe breathing, our soul is extremely active having its own experiences.
Spirit:
All flesh is not the same: Men have one kind of flesh, animals have another, birds another and fish another. There are also heavenly bodies and there are earthly bodies; but the splendor of the heavenly bodies is one kind, and the splendor of the earthly bodies is another. – 1 Cor 15:39-40
If there is a natural body, there is also a spiritual body. – 1 Cor 15:44 (“It is sown a natural body; it is raised a spiritual body. There is a natural body, and there is a spiritual body”)
Just as surely as you have a physical body that lives in the physical world, you also have a spiritual body which lives in the spiritual world. Just as there is both male and female, there is also both physical and spiritual. While you are physically alive in this world the body, soul, and the spirit are all connected.
Your spirit resembles your physical body just like your physical body resembles your parents. The spirit has an extremely heightened sense of touch, smell, taste, and hearing.
88
Your spirit feels things very intensely at the spiritual level which is by far the deepest level. Ultimately the fate of eternity is determined by how well you develop your spirit through your daily life.
If you regularly take action on the word of God, take joy in honoring God through expressions of love, and grow into a loving relationship with God, then your spirit will grow strong and healthy. But if you live only to satisfy physical desires then your spirit will suffer from malnourishment and easily succumb to selfish, hateful, or wicked influences.
Having a spirit is what separates us from the animals. It is our spirit that lives forever and desires to know about and connect with God in the spiritual world. It is our spirit within us that desires to be good and to see good done for others. It is our spirit that is righteous or wicked, and ultimately it is our spirit that goes to either Heaven or Hell.
“I tell you the truth, whatever you bind on earth will be bound in heaven, and whatever you loose on earth will be loosed in heaven”. – Mathew 18:18
Just as you inherit the genes of your parents and learn from the behaviors of those whom you observe, your spirit inherits everything that your physical body does. You can’t take money, fame, or anything physical with you after you die but your spirit inherits the attitudes, tendencies, character, and mentality with which your body lived. In religious terms, your spirit will have either sins or righteousness depending on how you chose to live you The soul is the mediator between the body and the spirit and it constantly gets pulled in either direction. The body has its own wants and needs, and the spiritual body too has its own will and desire. The body wants to eat and sleep, but the spirit wants learn the Word of God and grow. The spirit wants to go to church, but your body wants to sleep in. I’m sure you have experienced this. This is the battle for your soul where ultimately your mind must regularly decide whether to take the physical path or the more spiritual path for life. How you live your physical life will determine your spiritual fate.
Paul writes in Romans 12:2: “And be not conformed to this world: but be ye transformed by the renewing of your mind, that ye may prove what is that good, and acceptable, and perfect, will of God. To have God’s Spirit in us, whatever our views of the nature of the human spirit, is a great privilege indeed. Jesus makes this possible; for the Holy Spirit would never dwell in carnal, sinful me unless Jesus had died in my place and made me acceptable to be brought into God’s presence; or rather in this instance, for God’s presence to be brought into me. Now my soul is saved forever, even though the body is doomed to die. And our souls have been promised new bodies. Relevance: Not only so, but we ourselves, who have the firstfruits of the Spirit, groan inwardly as we wait eagerly for our adoption to sonship, the redemption (exchanging one for another; usually for a better thing) of our bodies. (Philippians 3:20, 21) And, Paul writes in Romans 8:23 “ And not only they, but ourselves also, which have the firstfruits of the Spirit, even we ourselves groan within ourselves, waiting for the adoption, to wit, the redemption of our body
89
1cor 15: 51 “Behold, I show you a mystery; We shall not all sleep, but we shall all be changed”,
52 In a moment, in the twinkling of an eye, at the last trump: for the trumpet shall sound, and the dead shall be raised incorruptible, and we shall be changed.
53 For this corruptible must put on incorruption, and this mortal must put on immortality.
54 “So when this corruptible shall have put on incorruption, and this mortal shall have put on immortality, then shall be brought to pass the saying that is written, Death is swallowed up in victory.”
The Watchtower Library says: “ The Greek word translated “immortality” (athanasia) is formed from the negative “a” and from thanatos, meaning “death.” Immortality thus has the basic sense of ‘without death,’ or deathlessness. Understandably, Jehovah is the absolute source of all life and is immortal. (Psalm 36:9; 90:1, 2) This is confirmed by the fact that his glorified Son, who now “is the reflection of [God’s] glory and the exact representation of his very being,” is described as “the King of those [men] who rule as kings and Lord of those who rule as lords, the one alone having immortality.” (Hebrews 1:3; 1 Timothy 6:15, 16) No creature can take Jesus’ life as an immortal, which makes him different from humans or spirits that can die. Further, we read in : Romans 6:9. “Now that [Christ] has been raised up from the dead, [he] dies no more; death is master over him no more.”— This is the core of the “Good News”!
90
Though immortality is, in a sense, everlasting life, immortality apparently implies more than that its possessor will live forever. It seems to indicate a particular quality of life, and it is linked with incorruption. The Bible says about spirit-anointed Christians who receive the heavenly reward: “This which is corruptible [in its human body] must put on incorruption, and this which is mortal must put on immortality. But when this which is corruptible puts on incorruption and this which is mortal puts on immortality, then the saying will take place that is written: ‘Death is swallowed up forever.’”—1 Corinthians 15:53, 54.
1Thes4:15 “For this we say unto you by the word of the Lord, that we which are alive and remain unto the coming “(The coming in the air (v.17) (not His second advent) (to come: the coming of Christ into the world) {Zech 14} “to the earth of the Lord shall not prevent them which are asleep”. {the dead saints will rise before the living ones are changed, and both will be caught up together to meet the Lord, as is said in the following verses; so that the one shall not come or go before the other, or come at, or into the enjoyment of Christ first, but both together.}
16 “For the Lord himself shall descend from heaven with a shout, with the voice of the archangel, and with the trump of God: and the dead in Christ shall rise first”:
17 “Then we (2 Cor. 5:17-18) which are alive and remain shall be caught up .(harpazo {Greek}: snatch; seize and carry off; rapture could mean transforming, joyful ecstasy bliss, beatitude; transport, or exaltation.) “……………..together with them in the clouds, to meet the Lord in the air: and so shall we ever be with the Lord”. (Hebrew: “So we will be with the Lord forever.” (Not in the air but with Him) 1Thes 5: 23 “And the very God of peace sanctify you wholly; and I pray God your whole spirit and soul and body be preserved blameless unto the coming of our Lord Jesus Christ”. (The body is the house of the soul and spirit and goes back to dust again at death. {Gen 3:19} and becomes immortal in the resurrection. {1 Cor 15:54-58 as above}It is in the rapture that saints will be set apart wholly unto God and His eternal will and made whole in the body, soul, and spirit . [Phil 3:21]. Striving against sin means SOUL managing flesh and not vice versa……God wants a reckoned being…….at least being perfected with Jesus through His Holy Spirit.
91
Apostolic prophet
92
Twenty Five: A Supernatural Day Cornerstone Narrative Chapter continued of the great Olivet prophesy of: Matthew 24
Mat 24: 27 “For as the lightning cometh out of the east……………” (“But those that encamp before [i.e. at the front of] the Tabernacle toward the east, even before the Tabernacle of the congregation eastward, shall be Moses, and Aaron and his sons, keeping the charge of the sanctuary for the charge of the children of Israel” (Numbers 3:38) Then, according to The Lord’s instructions, The Temple in Jerusalem, that replaced the Tabernacle In the Wilderness, faced east, toward The Mount Of Olives that will be “ground zero” for The Return Of Jesus Christ (prophetically symbolized by The Feast Of Trumpets):
, ……………………… and shined even unto the west; so shall also the coming of the Son of man be (Parousia: personal visible presence)”. Isaiah 6:1
Christ’s coming will be terrible as lightning to His enemies. Nothing is more terrific than the lightning. It is so powerful, so sudden, and so deadly in its stroke. The strongest man is like a straw before it. Much more terrible will Christ’s appearing be to all unbelievers. To His own dear people it will be like the approach of summer. When they see the signs of His coming, they will say to one another, “the summer is nigh” (Mat.24:32). “He shall come down like rain on the mown grass, as showers that water the earth” (Psalm 72:6). To poor waiting believers “He shall be as the light of the morning when the sun riseth, even a morning without clouds” (2 Samuel 23:4). To those that fear God’s name in this dark world, “The Sun of righteousness shall rise with healing in his wings” (Malachi 4:2). The cry shall be one of ineffable joy to them, “Behold the Bridegroom cometh”.
How different that day shall be to unconverted souls! “Woe unto you that desire the day of the Lord. To what end is it for you? The day of the Lord is darkness, and not light” (Amos 5:18). That day shall burn as an oven to you. “The Lord Jesus shall be revealed from heaven with his mighty angels, in flaming fire, taking vengeance on them that know not God, and that obey not the gospel”
93
(2 Thessalonians 1: 7-8). Then will be fulfilled that awful word,
“All kindreds of the earth shall wail because of him” (Revelation 1:7), O! thou that obeyest not the gospel, where wilt thou hide from the lightning of His eye? Thou wilt say, Ah! There He is—the crucified One—whom I lightly esteemed. O! mountains and rocks fall on me and hide me from Him that sitteth on the throne, and from the wrath of the Lamb.
(Rapture:”harpazo”: snatch; seize and carry off; rapture could mean transforming, joyful ecstasy bliss, beatitude; transport, or exaltation.)
2. (#1.was the rapture) Second Advent to earth with His saints to reign:
{Getting ready for the battle of Armageddon
Jude 14, “ And Enoch also, the seventh from Adam, prophesied of these, saying, Behold, the Lord cometh with ten thousands of his saints” Enoch is the oldest living person in heaven: Hebrews 11: 5 it says “By faith Enoch was translated that he should not see death; and was not found, because God had translated him: for before his translation he had this testimony, that he pleased God.” suggesting he did not experience the mortal death ascribed to Adam’s other descendants and that he is still alive to this very day. Some Evangelical commentators consider Enoch to be one of the Two Witnesses in the Book of Revelation due to the fact that he did not die according to Genesis 5:24.Alos, before Noah and the flood and the Bible The Book of Enoch was widely read as the word of God.
94
Zech. 14:1-5: Second Advent) (These follow)
Zech. 14:1 “Behold, the day of the LORD (Second Advent)) cometh, and thy spoil shall be divided in the midst of thee”.
{The phrase “day of the Lord” usually identifies events that take place at the end of history (Isaiah 7:18-25) and is often closely associated with the phrase “that day.” One key to understanding these phrases is to note that they always identify a span of time during which God personally intervenes in history, directly or indirectly, to accomplish some specific aspect His plan. Day of the Lord: endtimes.blogspot.com
Most people associate the day of the Lord with a period of time or a special day that will occur when God’s will and purpose for His world and for mankind will be fulfilled. Some scholars believe that the day of the Lord will be a longer period of time than a single day—a period of time when Christ will reign throughout the world before He cleanses heaven and earth in preparation for the eternal state of all mankind. Other scholars believe the day of the Lord will be an instantaneous event when Christ returns to earth to redeem His faithful believers and send unbelievers to eternal damnation}. (The day of the Lord begins with the second advent of Christ and lasts to the end of the Millennium, at which time “the day of God” begins and continues through eternity). Isaiah 13:6 { The day of God shall come as a destruction from the Almighty: – cruel both with wrath and fierce anger, to lay the land desolate: Isaiah 13:9 “ “God hath not appointed us unto wrath”:
We will be raptured before the tribulation 9 For God hath not appointed us to wrath, but to obtain salvation by our Lord Jesus Christ, per 1Thessalonians 5:9
95
Isaiah 34:8’ “For it is the day of the LORD’s vengeance, and the year of recompences for the controversy of Zion” Vengeance is of Moses’ law: Hebrews 10:28-30; “
28 “He that despised Moses’ law died without mercy under two or three witnesses:
29 “Of how much sorer punishment, suppose ye, shall he be thought worthy, who hath trodden underfoot the Son of God, and hath counted the blood of the covenant, wherewith he was sanctified, an unholy thing, and hath done despite unto the Spirit of grace?
30 For we know him that hath said, Vengeance belongeth unto me, I will recompense, saith the Lord. And again, The Lord shall judge his people” – day of vengeance}
1Cor15:24-28 (Second Advent)
1Cor1524 “Then cometh the end (Second Advent) when he shall have delivered up the kingdom to God, even the Father; when he shall have put down all rule and all authority and power”.
Isaiah 9:7 “Of the increase of his government and peace there shall be no end, upon the throne of David, and upon his kingdom, to order it, and to establish it with judgment and with justice from henceforth even forever. The zeal of the LORD of hosts will perform this”
It is not a physical kingdom on a physical earth that lasts a certain number of years. There is no end to his spiritual kingdom. However, even though we are in the kingdom now, we are told to watch and to lay up treasure in heaven to keep our eyes on things above. So the spiritual kingdom inside us is not all there is; but will continue after our physical bodies are no longer.
1Cor1525 “For he must reign, till he hath put all enemies under his feet.
96
1 Cor 15:26 “The last enemy that shall be destroyed is death”.
The below are excerpts written by C. H. Spurgeon on February 14, 2011:
“Death may well be considered as a foe, because it entered into the world and became the master over the race of Adam through our worst enemy, that is, sin. It did not come in accordance to the course of nature, but according to the course of evil.
Death did not come in by the door, but it climbed up some other way, and we may therefore rest assured that it is a thief and a robber. It was not in the natural constitution of humanity that man should die, for the first man, Adam, was made a living soul. Death itself is at the last to be vanquished by Christ, indeed, it is to be utterly destroyed by him, so that it shall cease to be. In handling the text, there are four things which at once strike you.
Here is death an enemy; but,
secondly, he is the last enemy; and,
thirdly, he is an enemy to be destroyed; but,
fourthly, he is the last enemy that shall be destroyed.
Death is an enemy because it is always repugnant to the nature of living creatures to die. Flesh and blood cannot love death. God has wisely made self-preservation one of the first laws of our nature; it is an attribute of a living man to desire to prolong his life. “Skin for skin, yes, all that a man has he will give for his life”; it is our dearest heritage. To throw away life by suicide is a crime, and to waste life in folly is no little sin. We are bound to prize life. We must do so: it is one of the instincts of our humanity, and he would not be greater but less than man who did not care to live. Death must always, then, by creatures that breathe, be looked upon as a foe.
He is an enemy to us in that he has taken away from us One who is dearer to us than all others. Death has even made a prey of him who is immortality and life. On that cross behold death’s most dreadful work. Could it not spare him? Were there not enough of us? Why should it strike our David, who was worth ten thousand of us? Did it not suffice that we, the common men who had been tainted by sin, should fall by a doom that was justly due to our sin; but must the virgin born, in whom there was no sin—the immaculate Savior—must he die? Yes, death’s vengeance was not satisfied until out of his quiver had been drawn the fatal arrow which should pierce the heart of the Son of God. Behold he dies! Those eyes that wept over Jerusalem are glazed in death’s deepest darkness. Those hands that scattered blessings hang as inanimate clay by that bloodstained but lifeless side.
The body must be wrapped in spices and fine linen, and laid within the silent tomb. Weep, heaven! Mourn, earth! for your King is dead, the Prince of life and glory is a prisoner in the tomb. Death, all conquering tyrant, you are an enemy indeed, for you have slain and led our dearest one into your gloomy cell.
97
Oh the sweet gains of death! “It is sown in corruption, it is raised in incorruption.” Oh the interest, which we shall win from that arch usurer who thought to claim both principal and interest! “It is sown in weakness, it is raised in power”; it is sown a natural body, it is raised a heavenly and spiritual body.
Oh death! you are no gainer by us, but we shall be mighty gainers by you, for although this poor body shall become worms meat, and through and through and through this mortal frame, decay shall drive its tunnels and make its solemn ways; though back to dust, eye and arm and hand and brain must moulder, yet not lost, nor in any degree injured, shall the whole fabric be; but as it were filtered, purified by the grave, the fair body shall emerge again. The grave shall be to the believer’s body as the bath of spices in which Esther bathed herself to make herself ready to behold the great King. Corruption, earth, and worms only refine this flesh, and make it pure according to God’s will, until we shall put it on afresh at his bidding.
We throw aside a work day dress, all torn, and crumpled and dusty; we are glad to put it off, glad that evening time has come, and that it is time to undress; but when we awaken, we shall find instead of that worn out vesture, a noble change of clothing. The same dress will be there, but marvelously changed,—the great Fuller shall have exercised his art upon it, and made it like the array which Moses and Elijah wore on Tabor.
How goodly will our royal robes be, how decked with pearls, how stiff with threads of gold, and studs of silver, how fitted for God’s priests and kings, how suited for those who shall enter the pearly gates, and tread the golden streets of the heavenly Jerusalem, how good for those who shall walk in the golden light of the city that has foundations, whose maker and builder is God!
Death is thus to be destroyed by the resurrection of the body, when our Lord shall descend from heaven with a shout; a resurrection which shall prove to assembled worlds, that to those who are in Christ Jesus, “to die is gain.”
THAT DEATH IS THE LAST ENEMY THAT WILL BE DESTROYED. Do not, therefore, give yourself so much concern if you do not feel death to be destroyed in you at present. Supposing that it does cause you pain and fear, remember that dying grace would be of no value to you in living moments. Expect that if your faith is not faith enough to die with, yet if it is faith as a grain of mustard seed it will grow; and, growing, it will in a more developed state enable you to die triumphantly when dying time comes. When I looked at the Book of Martyrs and noticed the fearful pictures of saints in their dying agonies, I asked myself, “Could I bear all that for Christ?” and I was compelled to say, “No, I know I could not as I am now.” But suppose I was called to martyrdom should I bear it? and I thought I could say without presumption I could, for Christ would give me grace when grace was needed. Now, death is to be destroyed, but not until the last.
98
Spurgens concludes: “Now, remember, the enemy is not destroyed, and that he will still make inroads into our family circle. And then remember that you too must die. Bring yourself frequently face to face with this truth that you must die. Do not forget it, Christian friend. No man knows whether his faith is good for anything or not if he does not frequently test that faith by bringing himself right to the edge of the grave. Picture yourself dying, conceive yourself breathing out your last breath, and see whether then you can look at death without quaking, whether you can feel, “Yes, I have rested upon Jesus, I am saved, I will go through death’s tremendous vale with his presence as my support, fearing no evil.” If you have no good hope, may God give you grace at this moment to flee to Jesus, and to trust in him, and when you have trusted in him death will be a destroyed enemy for you. May God grant his blessing for Jesus’ sake! Amen”.
1 Cor 15: 27 “For He hath put all things under his feet. But when he saith all things are put under him, it is manifest that he is accepted, which did put all things under him”.
1 Cor 15: 28 “And when all things shall be subdued unto him, then shall the Son also himself be subject unto him that put all things under him that God may be all in all.
Zech. 14 2 (Second Advent) “For I will gather all nations against Jerusalem to battle (mobilization of the nations to Armageddon); and the city shall be taken……………” The city will be taken a second time by Antichrist at the very end of the tribulation period just before the second advent of Christ. Suddenly Christ will appear with His armies and defeat the Antichrist in a one day battle at this time He will take over the kingdom of this world to reign forever on earth.”
(Isa 63:1-6), “………….and the houses rifled, and the women ravished; and half of the city shall go forth into captivity, and the residue of the people shall not be cut off from the city.
99
Twenty Six: Spirit of Devils
Cornerstone Narrative Chapter continued of the great Olivet prophesy of: Matthew 24
Mat 24: 27 For as the lightning cometh out of the east, and shined even unto the west; so shall also the coming (parousia: personal visible presence) of the Son of man be”. As any good military attack it will be very swift, harsh, sudden and unannounced.
Rev. 16: 13 Then I saw three impure spirits that looked like frogs; they came out of the mouth of the
1) dragon, out of the mouth of, and
2) the beast out of the mouth of, and
3) the false prophet.
Rev.1614 “For they are the spirits of devils, working miracles, which go forth unto the kings of the earth and of the whole world, to gather them to the battle of that great day of God Almighty”.
When Satan rebels against God, the rebellion is not just Satan alone.
Perhaps as many as a third of all the Angels (as we’ve seen above). Like Satan, they had free will and chose to leave God and follow Satan
These rebellious (or ‘fallen’ angels) are known as demons, evil spirits or unclean spirits.
They now serve Satan and, like him, are evil and hate God and all people. Remember, demons were once God’s Angels and so they can make themselves look attractive and claim to have more knowledge than they really do, but they only want to cause misery and chaos
So there is a battle going on in the world, and it’s far from just being a physical one
But like their leader, Satan, the demons will lose and share the same fate as Satan
Nowhere in the Bible are Satan and his demons current physical appearance fully described. In this quote from Ezekiel, which describes what Satan originally looked like, being covered in jewels and gold?
Whether this is what he still looks like we don’t know. What Satan and his demons now look like is not described in the Bible. But we are told that he (and his demons) can make themselves look very attractive, so they can try to trick and tempt people (remember Satan’s original ‘Angelic’ name Lucifer means ‘Light Bearer’). He certainly not described as being big and red with a tail and pitchfork
The Bible (and Jesus) warns not to get involved with Satan and his demons! For more on the subject,
100
This chapter might have seemed gloomy and even frightening; but remember God, Jesus, the Holy Spirit are their Angels are far more powerful than Satan and his demons and the love of God just can’t be beaten physical and mental illnesses
Rev.1615 “Look, I come like a thief! Blessed is the one who stays awake and remains clothed (covering that which is shameful {not yet repented of) , so as not to go naked and be shamefully exposed.”.
This is when the deception and confidence manner of evil which has beset our generation and is the cause of our political, social and economic woes. Often what the world calls beautiful is the mask of Satan (our adversary in disguise. Bating us to become one of his chattels. His team of fallen angels is designed to entrap, misdirect, guide to incorrect demons, and prevent acting out the great commission and often stifling our confession of salvation. While we are alive now in the age of grace Satan and his army are on a heightened state of active duty to rod, distract and dampen any of the “good “God dispenses. It is only by our closeness to the word can we overturn this evil propensity . A propensity in our flesh as well as external by demonic interventions form which we must be awake and clothed.
Eph 6: 10 “Finally, my brethren, be strong in the Lord, and in the power of his might.
11 Put on the whole armor of God that ye may be able to stand against the wiles of the devil.
12 “For we wrestle not against flesh and blood, but against principalities, against powers, against the rulers of the darkness of this world, against spiritual wickedness in high places”.
13 “Wherefore take unto you the whole armor of God that ye may be able to withstand in the evil day, and having done all, to stand”.
14 “Stand therefore, having your loins girt about with truth, and having on the breastplate of righteousness;
Being surrounded, engulfed and immersed in worldly contexts it is no wonder we are often weary and in need of refreshment. The Holy Spirit is the one who provides the fruits, gifts, authority, love and power to be “in but not of” the world.
101
15 “And your feet shod with the preparation of the gospel of peace;
16 Above all, taking the shield of faith, wherewith ye shall be able to quench all the fiery darts of the wicked.
17 And take the helmet of salvation, and the sword of the Spirit, which is the word of God:
18 Praying always with all prayer and supplication in the Spirit, and watching thereunto with all perseverance and supplication for all saints;
19 “And for me, that utterance may be given unto me, that I may open my mouth boldly, to make known the mystery of the gospel”,
20 “For which I am an ambassador in bonds: that therein I may speak boldly, as I ought to speak”.
Rev.1616 “Then they gathered the kings together to the place that in Hebrew is called Armageddon”.
Zech. 14 3 “Then shall the LORD go forth, and fight against those nations, as when he fought in the day of battle” (Then suddenly Christ will appear with His armies and defeat the Antichrist in a one day battle at this time. He will also take over the earth to reign forever on earth (Rev 19:11-21 below)
Zech14. 4 And his feet shall stand in that day upon the mount of Olives, which is before Jerusalem on the east, and the mount of Olives shall cleave in the midst thereof toward the east and toward the west, and there shall be a very great valley; and half of the mountain shall remove toward the north, and half of it toward the south.
(The lord God and Christ will come with all the resurrected saints and angels of heaven):
Math 25: 31 When the Son of man shall come in his glory, and all the holy angels with him, then (after the second advent) shall he sit upon the throne of his glory)
102
Ezekiel 1:
26 And above the firmament over their heads was the likeness of a throne, in appearance like a sapphire stone; on the likeness of the throne was a likeness with the appearance of a man high above it.
27 Also from the appearance of His waist and upward I saw, as it were, the color of amber with the appearance of fire all around within it; and from the appearance of His waist and downward I saw, as it were, the appearance of fire with brightness all around.
28 Like the appearance of a rainbow in a cloud on a rainy day, so was the appearance of the brightness all around it. This was the appearance of the likeness of the glory of the LORD.
103
Chapter Twenty Seven: Marriage Supper of the Lamb
The great Olivet prophesy of: Matthew 24
Mat 24: 27 For as the lightning cometh out of the east, and shined even unto the west; so shall also the coming (Parousia: personal visible presence) of the Son of man be”.
Zech 14 5 “ “And ye shall flee to the valley of the mountains; for the valley of the mountains shall reach unto Azal: yea, ye shall flee, like as ye fled from before the earthquake (Amos1:1) in the days of Uzziah king of Judah: and the LORD my God shall come, and all the saints with thee.” And when that happens
6 And it shall come to pass in that day, that the light shall not be clear, or dark:
7 “But it shall be one day which shall be known to the LORD, not day, nor night: but it shall come to pass, that at evening time it shall be light”.
8 “And it shall be in that day, that living waters shall go out from Jerusalem; half of them toward the former sea, and half of them toward the hinder sea: in summer and in winter shall it be”.
9 “And the LORD shall be king over all the earth: in that day shall there be one LORD, and his name one”.
10 “All the land shall be turned as a plain from Geba to Rimmon south of Jerusalem: and it shall be lifted up, and inhabited in her place, from Benjamin’s gate unto the place of the first gate, unto the corner gate, and from the tower of Hananeel unto the king’s winepresses”.
11 “And men shall dwell in it, and there shall be no more utter destruction; but Jerusalem shall be safely inhabited”.
104
Rev. 19:11-21 Armageddon (Second Advent) (These follow)
In Rev. 19:11-13 John says,
11`”And I saw heaven opened, and behold a white horse; and he that sat upon him was called Faithful and True, and in righteousness does he judge and make war. His eyes were as a flame of fire, and on his head were many crowns; and he had a name written, that no man knew, but he himself. And he was clothed with vesture dipped in blood: and his name is called the Word of God.”
Jesus will return to the earth one day, and this is a description of His return. When He returns to the earth He will be coming from heaven”. Some people ask, “Where is heaven?” It’s up there. You cannot see it now because when you look up to the skies, you are looking with physical eyes, and heaven is a spiritual place. It cannot be seen with physical eyes. But one day heaven will be opened, not for us to look in, but for Jesus to step out and return to the earth.
He was in heaven from the beginning of time, and He came to the earth once before, but He was unjustly judged and He was killed by those whom He came to save. The next time Jesus comes to the earth He will come as a judge.
John saw Jesus and he saw Him on a white horse. The horse is white in order to be symbolic of truth and goodness. John said that Jesus was called Faithful and True. In this world it’s difficult to find someone who even comes close to being faithful or true.
If someone is faithful, then they can be counted on and depended on. Jesus is faithful to His promises. That’s why one day He will mount upon a great white horse and He will ride into this world to conquer the enemies of truth and justice. If someone is true, then they are genuine. They are not phony. They are what they are with no pretence or deception. One of the problems with this world is the amount of people who so willingly lie. People will lie in order to gain money from you or to get an advantage over you. People will lie when they think it’s in their best interest to do so. It’s possible in this world that you might go your entire life and never meet an honest person. The good news is that if you know Jesus, then you know the One who is called Faithful and True.
Jesus will mount upon a white horse. So we know that there are horses in heaven. This is good news to horse lovers, and if there are horses maybe there are other animals also. After all, God created the animals. It should not be surprising that there would be some in heaven. Maybe animals do go to heaven when they die. They certainly are fitter for it than some humans. Here in Revelation Chapter 19 when Jesus is shown returning to the earth, He is shown riding upon a white horse.
105
This is the second white horse spoken of in the Book of Revelation. We remember the white horse that was described in Rev. 6:2, and we remember that the best explanation for the one riding on a white horse in Revelation Chapter 6 was that it was the antichrist, attempting to be a substitute for the Messiah.
12 “His eyes were as a flame of fire, and on his head were many crowns; and he had a name written, that no man knew, but he himself.”
dailymedit.wordpress.com
His eyes match the description which John saw in his first vision of the glorified Christ . His gaze is absolutely piercing and impossible to hide from. His absolute righteousness and the justice of His judgment would be impossible to endure except through identification with Him as one of His own: “Who can endure the day of His coming? And who can stand when He appears? For He is like a refiner’s fire and like launderers’ soap” ( Mal. 3:2).
He no longer wears the crown of thorns .He is crowned with glory and honor and has been set by the Father over the works of His hands
106
Heb2: . 7 You made them a little lower than the angels; you crowned them with glory and honor 8 and put everything under their feet.
In putting everything under them,[God left nothing that is not subject to them. Yet at present we do not see everything subject to them.
9 But we do see Jesus, who was made lower than the angels for a little while, now crowned with glory and honor because he suffered death, so that by the grace of God he might taste death for everyone.
A Bible scholar suggests the many crowns are an indication of the crowns He will gather when He vanquishes the kings of the earth:
Also, many indicate His collecting of all the rulers’ crowns, signifying that He alone is the sovereign ruler of the earth. Collecting the crown of a vanquished king was customary in the ancient world. After defeating the Ammonites, David “took the crown of their king from his head . . . and it was placed on David’s head” .
More likely, the many crowns worn by Christ are an indication of His right to rule and the many facets of the character of His rule. Zechariah saw two of these crowns: His simultaneous role as priest and king. Only in Messiah, the BRANCH, will these two rules coincide:
Then take silver and gold, and make crowns,2 and set them upon the head of Joshua the son of Josedech, the high priest; and speak unto him, saying, thus speaketh the LORD of hosts, saying, behold the man whose name is The BRANCH; and he shall grow up out of his place, and he shall build the temple of the LORD: Even he shall build the temple of the LORD; and he shall bear the glory, and shall sit and rule upon his throne; and he shall be a priest upon his throne : and the counsel of peace shall be between them both.
( Zech. 6:11-13)
The high priest wore a crown above the miter Messiah shall wear many crowns, one surmounting the other (Rev. 19:12) . It was a thing before unknown in the Levitical priesthood that the same person should wear at once the crown of a king and that of a high priest Messiah shall be revealed fully in this twofold dignity when He shall “restore the kingdom to Israel” (Acts 1:6).
The plurality of crowns also indicates He is the King par-excellence, the “KING OF KINGS”
Had a name written is [gegrammenon] , perfect passive participle: a name having been written. The name was written upon Him in the past. Having many names written, but one specific name which no man has known. No one knew except Himself: no one knew if not Him All the guessing of men throughout history will prove to no avail in identifying this name or else the Word of God would be broken.
His unknown name is the subject of a proverb written by Agur the son of Jakeh:
107
“Surely I am more stupid than any man, and do not have the understanding of a man. I neither learned wisdom nor have knowledge of the Holy One. Who has ascended into heaven, or descended? Who has gathered the wind in His fists? Who has bound the waters in a garment? Who has established all the ends of the earth? What is His name, and what is His Son’s name, if you know?”
13 John writes:“And he was clothed with vesture dipped in blood: and his name is called
The Word of God.
Rev. 19: 14 “ And the armies which were in heaven followed him upon white horses, clothed in fine linen, white and clean.
These armies include all the redeemed and resurrected saints of all ages and all the angles in heaven. This is proof that the raptured saints go to heaven after meeting Christ in the air and that the marriage supper is held in heaven and not in the air.
Rev 19:5-21 : “And from the throne came a voice saying, “Praise our God, all you his servants, you who fear him, small and great.” Then I heard what seemed to be the voice of a great multitude, like the roar of many waters and like the sound of mighty peals of thunder, crying out, “Hallelujah! For the Lord our God the Almighty reigns. Let us rejoice and exult and give him the glory, for the marriage of the Lamb has come, and his Bride has made herself ready; it was granted her to clothe herself with fine linen, bright and pure”— for the fine linen is the righteous deeds of the saints. And the angel said to me, “Write this: Blessed are those who are invited to the marriage supper of the Lamb.” And he said to me, “These are the true words of God “
Rev 19:9 “And he said unto me, Write, ‘Blessed are they which are called unto the marriage supper of the Lamb.’”
108
Marriage Super of the Lamb
There is a marriage that is always 100% successful. It is an eternal marriage, made not between a man and a woman, but between the one would believers and receives Jesus Christ as their Savior. Matthew 12:25 tells us that there is no marriage in heaven and believers are like the angels who have no marriage relationship. But there will be a bride in heaven and that bride will be believers who by faith were saved by the grace of God and who the Bible says are the Bride and Body of Jesus Christ.
Today, we come to an event in the future when Jesus will receive His bride. It will happen after the BEMA judgment and it will involve all of God’s children who have been saved since Acts 2 and the Day of Pentecost. This event is commonly referred to as The Marriage Super Of The Lamb. It will be a time of great joy for all the redeemed people of God! You see, for those saved in this the Church Age, the end times shape up like this:
In the Rapture, we will be Caught Up; at the BEMA Judgment Seat of Christ, we will be rewarded; and at the Marriage Supper of the Lamb, we will be Given the special place God has for us!
The marriage takes place in heaven when Jesus takes believers to be with Him in the Rapture.
The marriage supper takes place after the Second Coming of the Lord Jesus and the invited guests are Old Testament and the Tribulation saints. The marriage supper takes place in the Millennium, the one thousand year reign of the Lord Jesus on the earth.
It will be a glorious time for those who have believed and accepted the Bridegroom the Lord Jesus Christ.
What a wonderful thing it will be to have this special relationship and place of service to the Lord throughout eternity.
Like the biblical marriage the wife is to be the help meet of her husband. In her special relationship she has the privilege to serve Him. The bride is a joy to the bridegroom and she is an honor to him.
109
Chapter Twenty Eight “Marriage Supper” Cornerstone Narrative Chapter continue The great Olivet prophesy of: Matthew 24 Mat 24: 27 “For as the lightning cometh out of the east, and shined even unto the west; so shall also the coming (Parousia: personal visible presence) of the Son of man be”.
C. H. SPURGEON preached: “He comes out, again, in this highest and noblest of Characters— especially glorious as a Lamb! It is as a Lamb that He celebrates the marriage supper with His Bride, the Church. It is very appropriate for Christ to appear in Glory as a Lamb, because it is as the Lamb that He has most fully displayed His love to His Church, to which He is espoused, and to which He is to be married at that Last Great Day. Beloved, the marriage supper is a feast of love—there, love is at home.”
The meaning of the marriage supper —“Blessed are they which are called unto the marriage supper of the Lamb.” What will that marriage supper be? There will come a time when all God’s redeemed shall be saved.
“There will come a day when all who have died shall have been raised, again, from the tomb, and those who remain alive shall have been changed, so that their corruption shall have put on incorruption, and mortality shall have put on immortality”.
Then will the Church be perfect and complete. No one member will be missing. There will be no spot or wrinkle remaining in her. Then it shall come to pass that Christ will celebrate this marriage supper, which will be the bringing of the people of God into the closest and happiest union with Christ their Lord in Glory”.
Rev. 19 15 “And out of his mouth goeth a sharp sword………………………….
(Eph 6:17; “Take the helmet of salvation and the sword of the Spirit, which is the word of God) , )
…………………………………that with it he should smite the nations: and he shall rule them with a rod of iron
“ Revelation 2:26-28 “The one who conquers and who keeps my works until the end, to him I will give authority over the nations, and he will rule them with a Rod of Iron, as when earthen pots are broken in pieces, even as I myself have received authority from my Father. And I will give him the morning star.” – and he treadeth the winepress of the fierceness and wrath of Almighty God.
110
(Isa 63:1-6 )
Isaiah 63:
1. “Who is this Who comes from Edom, with garments of glowing colors from Bozrah, this One Who is majestic in His apparel, marching in the greatness of His strength? “It is I who speak in righteousness, mighty to save.” 2 Why is Your apparel red, and Your garments like the One Who treads in the winepress? 3 “I have trodden the wine trough alone, and from the peoples there was no man with Me. I also trod them in My anger and trampled them in My wrath; and their lifeblood is sprinkled on My garments, and I stained all My raiment. 4 “For the day of vengeance was in My heart, and My year of redemption has come. 5 “I looked, and there was no one to help, and I was astonished and there was no one to uphold. So My own arm brought salvation to Me, and My wrath upheld Me. 6 “I trod down the peoples in My anger and made them drunk in My wrath, and I poured out their lifeblood on the earth”
Isaiah 63:1-6 (above) is a fascinating back and forth conversation between the prophet Isaiah (a “watchman” on the wall – of Isa 62:6 “I have set watchmen upon thy walls, O Jerusalem, which shall never hold their peace day nor night: ye that make mention of the LORD, keep not silence,” ), and the Messiah. The Spirit of God in some way has “transported” the prophet to a time future to himself and even future to today (2014). Clearly Isaiah 63:1-6 (above) is prophetic or eschatological and is one of the most majestic, intriguing descriptions of the Messiah at His Second Coming. While it is a passage addressed to Israel, it is a passage filled with great hope of a great future redemption by our Great God, Who alone is mighty to save. Paul writes these encouraging words regarding this grand future event at the consummation of the history of the earth as we know it today…
111
For the grace of God has appeared (Messiah’s humble First Coming as the Sacrificial Lamb of God), bringing salvation to all men (to all who believe in Him), instructing (child rearing) us to deny ungodliness and worldly desires and to live sensibly, righteously and godly in the present age (preceding the Messianic Age), looking for the BLESSED HOPE (Messiah’s triumphant Second Coming as King of kings) and the appearing of the glory of our great God and Savior, Christ Jesus; 14 who gave Himself for us, that He might redeem us from every lawless deed and purify for Himself a people for His own possession, zealous for good deeds.
Edom was the land originally inhabited by Jacob’s older twin brother Esau. Recall that Jacob (= heel-catcher, supplanted,
(Ge 27:36 ) tricked Isaac into bestowing the blessing on him rather than Esau who was the rightful heir by birth order Jacob’s trickery led to lifelong enmity between the offspring of the twins And so when Israel (Jacob) had been released from Egyptian bondage and was seeking safe passage through Edom, the king of Edom would not allow it, instead attacking Israel,
Later the Edomites opposed King Saul fought against King David (opposed King Solomon opposed King Edom, although a brother nation, personifies the unrelenting hostility of the pagan world toward Israel In later rabbinical literature Edom became symbolic of Rome and all oppressive, pagan power….the name Edom, the other name of Esau
comes from “adom” — “red,” suggesting blood. Bozrah is related to the word “Bazir” — “a vintage.” Rev. 19 16 “And he hath on his vesture and on his thigh a name written
112
“KING OF KINGS, AND LORD OF LORDS.” (Commander-in- chief of the heavenly armies at Armageddon; A commander-in-chief is the person or body exercising supreme operational command and control of a nation’s military forces or significant elements of those forces. As a practical term it refers to the military competencies that reside in a nation-state’s executive leadership; either a head of state, a head of government, a minister of defense, or a national cabinet. Jesus is supreme over all the kings and is the Lord over all the lords. In states this is often referred to as emperor.)
Rapture
113
Chapter 29: Marriage supper of the lamb
Jesus Christ’s Cornerstone Narrative Chapter continues of The great Olivet prophesy of: Matthew 24
Mat 24: 27 “For as the lightning cometh out of the east, and shined even unto the west; so shall also the coming (Parousia: personal visible presence) of the Son of man be”.
Rev. 19 17 And I saw an angel standing in the sun; and he cried with a loud voice, saying to all the fowls that fly in the midst of heaven, Come and gather yourselves together unto the supper of the great God;
“The supper of the great God” of verse 17 as something quite different to “the marriage supper of the Lamb” in verse 9. The devouring of the flesh of men by birds that is depicted in the latter part of the chapter is seen as a gruesome judgment of the wicked. (Source http://www.revelation4today.com)
114
The birds are taken to be vultures. The scriptures interpret the sword of the Spirit as the word of God, and so “the sword of him that sat upon the horse, which sword proceeded out of his mouth” can be none other than the words of Christ. At the supper of the great God Israel’s enemies will be eaten by birds and wild animals. This not to be confused with the marriage supper of the lamb. The marriage supper of the lamb is a very nice banquet where all Church age believers are presented to all faithful Old Testament Jews. All of whom have been resurrected from the dead, and will be very hungry. The marriage supper of the lamb happens on earth after the Great Tribulation. This is where Christians will eat steak with Ezekiel. (Ez39:17; “And, thou son of man, thus saith the Lord GOD; Speak unto every feathered fowl, and to every beast of the field, Assemble yourselves, and come; gather yourselves on every side to my sacrifice that I do sacrifice for you, even a great sacrifice upon the mountains of Israel, that ye may eat flesh, and drink blood.”)
The supper of the great God foretold: (Ezek38:17-23)
17 “ Thus saith the Lord God; Art thou he (perhaps Isaiah under the name of Leviathan, ( Isaiah 27:1) and by Micah under the name of the Assyrian, ( Micah 5:5 ) and there are several other possibilities) “ of whom I have spoken in old time by my servants the prophets of Israel, which prophesied in those days many years that I would bring thee against them?”
18 “And it shall come to pass at the same time when Gog shall come against the land of Israel, saith the Lord God, that my fury shall come up in my face. (the identity of Gog-Magog According to the Encyclopedia Britannica (1957) and The International Standard Bible Encyclopedia, the Scythian people lived to the north of the Black Sea and north of the Caucasus Mountains. This area today is part of Russia. Gesenius, the Hebrew scholar, says that the descendants of Magog were “a great and powerful people, inhabiting the extreme recesses of the north.”)
19 “For in my jealousy and in the fire of my wrath have I spoken, surely in that day there shall be a great shaking in the land of Israel;
20 So that the fishes of the sea, and the fowls of the heaven, and the beasts of the field, and all creeping things that creep upon the earth, and all the men that are upon the face of the earth, shall shake at my presence, and the mountains shall be thrown down, and the steep places shall fall, and every wall shall fall to the ground.
21 And I will call for a sword against him throughout all my mountains, saith the Lord God: every man’s sword shall be against his brother.
22 And I will plead against him with pestilence and with blood; and I will rain upon him, and upon his bands, and upon the many people that are with him, an overflowing rain, and great hailstones, fire, and brimstone.
23 Thus will I magnify myself, and sanctify myself; and I will be known in the eyes of many nations, and they shall know that I am the Lord.”All of creation must know that God is sovereign, almighty, sanctified , pure, omnipotent and totally separate and distinct from all of His creation.
115
. Alternatively, Gog’s identity (Hesiod, “the father of Greek didactic poetry” identified Magog with the Scythians and southern Russia in the 7th century B.C. As well, Hesiod was a contemporary of Ezekiel (as). The term “Rosh” employed by Ezekiel (as) is the etymological root of “Russia. Others identify Gog and Magog as sons of Japheth and thus the originators of the European races therefore indicates all Europe. Others identify Gog as Arab Nations/ Hashemite Kingdom (Hashemite Kingdom of Jordon).
To demonstrate the truth of that, the nations of Ezekiel 38 must also be taken literally. When that is the case, you find that Magog, the place where Antichrist comes from, is right in the heart of the territory that Satan has always controlled. That territory has come down through history in the hands of many nations;
 Assyria,
 Babylon,
 Medo-Persia,
 Grecia,
 Rome,
Muslim and Hashemite. Those are the Empires and Kingdoms that have occupied the land of the Bible. And finally as Syria
Syria/ISIS
116
Chapter 30: The Final Resurrection of all the dead
Cornerstone Narrative Chapter continued of the great Olivet prophesy of: Matthew 24
Mat 24: 27 For as the lightning cometh out of the east, and shined even unto the west; so shall also the coming (parousia: personal visible presence) of the Son of man be”.
Rev.17:18 & 19; “ Then I saw an angel standing in the sun, and he cried out with a loud voice, saying to all the birds which fly in midheaven, “Come, assemble for the great supper of God, That ye may eat the flesh of kings, and the flesh of captains, and the flesh of mighty men, and the flesh of horses, and of them that sit on them, and the flesh of all men, both free and bond, both small and great”.
“With such violence the great city of Babylon will be thrown down, never to be found again. The music of harpists and musicians, flute players and trumpeters, will never be heard in you again. No workman of any trade will ever be found in you again. The sound of a millstone will never be heard in you again. The light of a lamp will never shine in you again. The voice of bridegroom and bride will never be heard in you again. Your merchants were the world’s great men. By your magic spell all the nations were led astray. In her was found the blood of prophets and of the saints, and of all who have been killed on the earth.” (Rev. 18:11-24)
Everyone of Earth’s current evils had its origin in Babylon, and finally the utter and permanent destruction man’s religious, governmental and commercial systems has come.
Wake up call;” .”to all the birds that fly in the midst of heaven “Come and gather for the supper of the great G-d, “that you may eat the flesh of kings”
Ezekiel 39:17 “Son of man, this is what the Sovereign LORD says: Call out to every kind of bird and all the wild animals: ‘Assemble and come together from all around to the sacrifice I am preparing for you, the great sacrifice on the mountains of Israel. There you will eat flesh and drink blood.”
117
Rev. 19 19 “And I saw the beast, and the kings of the earth, and their armies, gathered together to make war against him that sat on the horse, and against his army.
The Beast reigns but a short time, but in that brief period, he gathers tremendous military power—provided by the ten rulers who use him as a front man for their predatory purposes. He uses this power to conquer everything in his path. He even thinks that he is powerful enough—with the combined armies of all mankind at his back—to take on Jesus Christ when He returns to earth!
What arrogance! And as it turns out, what folly! This is the mind of a man who places all his bets on his abilities as a military genius.
The supper of the great God gathered:
The invitation to eat flesh alludes to the cleansing of men, in the judgment. The metaphor is somewhat similar to the idea underlying Peter’s vision when the first Gentiles were brought into the church.
Acts 10:9-16 “Peter went up upon the housetop to pray about the sixth hour: And he became very hungry, and would have eaten: but while they made ready, he fell into a trance, And saw heaven opened, and a certain vessel descending upon him, as it had been a great sheet knit at the four corners, and let down to the earth: Wherein were all manner of fourfooted beasts of the earth, and wild beasts, and creeping things, and fowls of the air. And there came a voice to him, Rise, Peter; kill, and eat. But Peter said, not so, Lord; for I have never eaten anything that is common or unclean. And the voice spake unto him again the second time, what God hath cleansed, that call not thou common. This was done thrice: and the vessel was received up again into heaven.
In Peter’s vision the various creatures represented Gentiles, who had been made clean”
In John’s prophecy the kings, captains, mighty men, and horses also represent people who have been cleansed by God. Just as Peter was invited to eat, the fowl that fly in the midst of heaven represent the saints, who like Peter, are invited to eat at a great supper.
118
Obviously Peter did not literally eat any of the creatures offered to him. He understood that the creatures in the vision were symbolic of Gentile converts, who Christ had cleansed, and who were then accepted into the fellowship of the church as brethren.
This suggests how John’s prophecy may be interpreted. The invitation to the birds to feast upon the flesh of men does not mean that men are to be literally eaten. In John’s prophecy, as well as Ezekiel’s, Peter’s vision has been turned around; instead of the saints being invited to eat creatures of all kinds, the saints are represented by birds, who are then invited to eat the flesh of men.
As in Peter’s vision of the great sheet, the meaning is that men of all kinds are to be included in the church, as they will be cleansed by God.
The expression “…all the fowls were filled with their flesh” implies they are included in the church, which is “the mother of us all.” [Galatians 4:26] The heavenly Jerusalem will become the spiritual mother of men. [Revelation 21:24-25]
The battle of Armageddon
This will happen when Antichrist conquerors Russia, Germany, and other countries north and east of the 10 kingdoms and has mobilized the nations at Armageddon against Jerusalem.
Dan 11:44
{Syria and not Russia is proposed to be the king of the north
(Having updated the story flow in verses 40-43 to show the Roman dominance of Judea and the end of the “king of the South,” the prophecy now reverts back to its earlier subject, Herod the king. What news came “from the east” to trouble Herod? Clearly, it was the arrival of the magi heralding the birth of the one “who had been born King of the Jews”
(Matt. 2:2). As the next verse in Matthew’s Gospel states, “When Herod the king heard this, he was troubled, and all Jerusalem with him”
119
(Matt. 2:3).Antichrist from Syria will get power over the 10 kingdoms of Revised Rome in the first 3 ½ years of Daniel’s 70th week and then the war between him and the 10 kingdoms and countries east and north of the old Roman empire territory will be fought Antichrist will conquer and become the ruler of Russia and coming from her
(Dan11:44) At that time Antichrist will become Cog, the chief prince of on Meshach and Tubal of Ez 38-39, at the end of this war or near the end of the last 3 ½ years of Daniel’s seventieth week.
Then and only then will Ezek 38-39 be fulfilled.
The Coming Global Islamic Invasion: The Study of Ezekiel 38-39 by Dr. Gene A. Youngblood.
The Antichrist will lead them to their destruction to the end of Armageddon.
The Antichrist and the false prophet will be two mortal men killed at Armageddon
Rev. 19 20 “And the beast (Satanically controlled man) was taken, and with him the false prophet (One of the little horns)) that wrought miracles before him, with which he deceived them that had received the mark of the beast, and them that worshipped his image. These both were cast alive into a lake of fire burning with brimstone”.
120
(Dan7:11), “Their bodies will be resurrected and cast into eternal hell. They are the goat nations (Mt.25:31-34; “………..but the goats on the left.”) will be in the second resurrection which, like the resurrection, has several parts and covers a period of time. This will make the first resurrection before the millennium. The second resurrection will be after the millennium (Rev20).
For the great multitudes of humanity, the second resurrection will be a dividing line between eternal life and eternal damnation.
The second resurrection, or resurrection of judgment, occurs after the resurrection of the righteous, and is the greater of the two in terms of the numbers of people involved. It will include not the redeemed ones, but the unjust ones that Paul speaks of when he says, “And have hope toward God, which they themselves also allow, that there shall be a resurrection of the dead, both of the just and unjust” (Acts 24.15). Thus, the great masses of individuals who are not sanctified to partake in the first will be raised in the second resurrection.
Jesus would say regarding the second resurrection, “Marvel not at this: for the hour is coming, in the which all that are in the graves shall hear his voice, And shall come forth; they that have done good, unto the resurrection of life; and they that have done evil, unto the resurrection of damnation” (John 5.28-29 ). Here Jesus is not referring to any of the redeemed ones, but to the ones who dwell spiritually in the graves.
At the second resurrection, all of the nonbelievers will be raised up from the graves or dust of the earth. For the ones who make it into eternity, it will be a resurrection of life, but for the ones who are cast into Gehenna; it will be a resurrection of damnation.
The Final Resurrection of all the dead
The nature of the second resurrection is brought forth in Revelation, which depicts the dead being released from the power of death for the purpose of a final judgment, “And the sea gave up the dead which were in it; and death and hell [Hades] delivered up the dead which were in them: and they were judged every man according to their works…And whosoever was not found written in the book of life was cast into the lake of fire” Revelation 20.13,15 So the second resurrection is a day of judgment for the unsanctified multitudes, when the wicked are weeded out from among the righteous, and cast into eternal damnation).
In speaking of the second resurrection, Jesus warns of the condemnation to come, “The queen of the south shall rise up in the judgment with the men of this generation, and condemn them: for she came from the utmost parts of the earth to hear the Wisdom of Solomon; and, behold, a greater than Solomon is here”
121
(Luke 11.31). At this final hour of judgment, the more righteous among the nonbelievers will also rebuke the wicked, because there is nothing that is hidden that will not be revealed.
We can further understand this decisive event with the gospel of Matthew. Here Jesus portrays the second resurrection as a gathering together of the nations, “(Matthew 25.32-34, 41).
Thus, the second resurrection will be a time of judgment and reckoning, when the dead are raised up from Hades, some to receive eternal life, but others eternal condemnation in Gehenna.
122
Chapter 31: Jesus Returning
Cornerstone Narrative Chapter continued of Jesus Christ’s Great Olivet prophesy as written by Matthew in Chapter 24
Mat 24: 27 “For as the lightning cometh out of the east, and shined even unto the west; so shall also the coming (Parousia: personal visible presence) of the Son of man be”.
The First and Second resurrections The first resurrection, then, is the raising of all believers. It corresponds with Jesus’ teaching of the “resurrection of the just” (Luke 14:14) and the “resurrection of life” (John 5:29)
”The rapture of the saints including the resurrection of the just in the pre-tribulation”: illustration credit to: New Covenant Ministries Luke 14:14; “and you will be blessed. Although they cannot repay you, you will be repaid at the resurrection of the righteous.”
Resurrection of the Righteous
Oil Paintings in the Chapel Gallery from Gentle Shepherd Ministries
Dead arise suddenly as the sky erupts in a blaze of color with while jagged fingers of lightning
It is impossible by sound exegesis to make the clause, “even so in Christ shall all be made alive,” embrace the wicked. The wicked will not be made alive “in Christ.” Their resurrection is a matter of justice and not something that accrues from the atonement. If there had been no atonement, the same justice that now demands their resurrection would have demanded it just the same
123
The language of the entire verse has its parallel in Rom. 5:18, where the “all men,” upon whom the judgment came, are all descendants of Adam; while the “all men,” upon whom the free gift unto justification of life came, are all believers.
The apostle Paul describes the resurrection of the righteous in:
1 Corinthians 15:21-23; 1 Thessalonians 4:14-16 (below)
The first passage here treats the subject of the resurrection as though only the righteous will be resurrected. This is understandable on one ground only, and that is that there is a resurrection in which the righteous alone participate.
The second passage speaks of the resurrection of the righteous only and leaves no place at the time for the resurrection of the wicked. The righteous dead are to be brought forth in immortal bodies and are to be caught up immediately with the translated living saints to meet the Lord in the air. There is no indication that Christ comes to the earth at this time, as would be necessary if the wicked dead are to be raised and judged at this point.
Corinthians 15:21-23;
21 “For since by man came death, by man came also the resurrection of the dead.
22 For as in Adam all die, even so in Christ shall all be made alive.
23 But every man in his own order: Christ the firstfruits; afterward they that are Christ’s at his coming”
1 Thessalonians 4:14-16:
14 “ We believe that Jesus died and rose again and so we believe that God will bring with Jesus those who have fallen asleep in him.
15 “According to the Lord’s own word, we tell you that we who are still alive, who are left till the coming of the Lord, will certainly not precede those who have fallen asleep.
16 “For the Lord himself will come down from heaven, with a loud command, with the voice of the archangel and with the trumpet call of God, and the dead in Christ will rise first.”
The righteous are those that belong to Christ by means of their free will choice receive salvation.
The Millennial Kingdom on Earth: illustration credit: Arnold G. Fruchtenbaum,
The Footsteps of Messiah, (Tustin, CA: Ariel Ministries) John 5:29 “and come out—those who have done what is good will rise to live, and those who have done what is evil will rise to be condemned.”
124
The second resurrection, then, is the raising of all unbelievers; the second resurrection is connected to the second death. It corresponds with Jesus’ teaching of the “resurrection of damnation”
The event which divides the first and second resurrections seems to be the millennial kingdom. The last of the righteous are raised to reign “with Christ a thousand years” (Revelation 20:4 below), but the “rest of the dead [that is, the wicked] lived not again until the thousand years were finished” (Revelation 20:5).” The rest of the dead did not come to life until the thousand years were ended.) This (Rev20:4 below) is the first resurrection”
Thrones 1Co 6:2 saints judge the world
Rev. 20:4” I saw thrones on which were seated those who had been given authority to judge. And I saw the souls of those who had been beheaded because of their testimony about Jesus and because of the word of God. They had not worshiped the beast or its image and had not received its mark on their foreheads or their hands. They came to life and reigned with Christ a thousand years”
Rev. 19 21 “And the remnant was slain with the sword of him that sat upon the horse, which sword proceeded out of his mouth: and all the fowls were filled with their flesh.”
Mathew 24 (continued from above) Mat24:: 27 “……………………………….For as the lightning comes from the east and flashes to the west, so also will the coming of the Son of Man be”.
In Rev. 19: 11 John prophesizes: “And I saw heaven opened, and behold a white horse; and he that sat upon him was called Faithful and True, and in righteousness he doth judge and make war”. When the Second Coming of Christ takes place (Jesus return to earth with the speed of lightning as he prophesized in (Matt. 24: 27), the speed of thought? Yes! The Lord will travel from Heaven (the third heaven) to the sky in a moment’s time. But not coming “In a moment, in the twinkling of an eye…” as I Corinthians 15: 52 describes. That verse applies to the Rapture only, however Matthew 24: 27 (above) is referring to the Second Advent (the Second Coming, the Revelation) when the Heavenly Warrior (Jesus) defeats the beast Again, Rev.19:11 “I saw heaven standing open and there before me was a white horse, whose rider is called Faithful and True. With justice he judges and wages war”
125
Jesus returning on His white horse
Chapter 32 Pretribulation rapture scripture
Cornerstone Narrative Chapter continued as the great Olivet prophesy of: Matthew 24
Mat 24: 27 For as the lightning cometh out of the east, and shined even unto the west; so shall also the coming (Parousia: personal visible presence) of the Son of man be”.
Some believe Rapture or being caught up will be before (pre-tribulation) some believe after (post-tribulation) tribulation. In the rapture, the true Church of God is removed so they will not go through the trial that will come upon all the earth to try men’s souls (they have no need to). Christ does not come back to take possession of the earth at that time.
The rapture is just another phase of the first Resurrection that began with Jesus Christ. Jesus is the body of Christ and the true Church is also the body of Christ. The total membership making up the body of Christ must arise like Jesus to unite with Jesus. We must go before the bema seat judgment to be given the crowns that will allow us to rule and reign with Jesus when we return. If the rapture and second coming were at the same time you would have to make this judgment and the giving of the crowns an instantaneous event in the clouds at the second coming of Jesus. In the Jewish harvest, you have the first fruits, the general harvest and the gleaning.
The harvest is not one event and neither is the resurrection of the saints. Revelation makes it clear that the 144,000 Israelites who have a ministry in the tribulation are still first fruits, so this would indicate that those in the true Church before the tribulation are also first fruits of this harvest.
There are well over a score of biblical passages that indicate that the return of Jesus for the Church is imminent.
126
An imminent return is quite impossible if the tribulation has to happen first. Why would Jesus direct his people to be always ready and watching for His coming if they were meant to go through the tribulation and thus would be aware of His coming as much as seven years before He actually came?
Jason Hommel writes:
In 2 Thess. 2:6-7, Paul says “the one who restrains will be taken out of the way” before the Antichrist can be revealed. We believe this refers to the rapture because the Church is clearly the biggest obstacle to the Antichrist becoming a world ruler.
Who will populate the Millennium? If the rapture occurs at the second coming and the wicked are cast into hell at that time, who will be left to populate the millennium? Only people in their natural (non-resurrected) bodies will be able to have children
Matt. 22:30. (“For in the resurrection they neither marry, nor are given in marriage, but are as the angels of God in heaven”.) With a Pre-Tribulation rapture, the people saved after the rapture who are alive at the second coming will populate the earth during the Millennium.
Enoch – the 6th from Adam – walked with God for 300 years, was taken, and did not see death. Could this be a picture of the sixth church being raptured after a similar period of evangelism? Enoch knew when the judgment would come. He named his son Methuselah. The meaning of the name Methuselah is “when he is dead it will come”. The year Methuselah died is also the year of the great flood. When the Church is taken out the judgment will shortly follow.
Those who are born of the Spirit and who are ready, will go in the pretribulation rapture and escape the time of the tribulation. People who identify themselves as Christians by tradition and culture but who do not have the indwelling Holy Spirit will go through the great trial on earth. Going through the tribulation will cost most of those who continue to identify with Jesus after the rapture their lives. It will be a trial by fire; those who overcome by losing their life for His namesake will be saved. Those cowards that seek to save their lives by denying Him will lose their souls.
All prior believers have tasted death of the flesh. Will Jesus actually deliver those who are living in spiritual adultery and who are faithless from physical death? Enoch, as our example, was taken and did not taste death because he pleased God, but without faith it is impossible to please God.
Jesus tells us to remember Lot’s wife. Lot’s wife looked back to Sodom. Israel also looked back to Egypt after God delivered them out of Egypt. Those who did so were not spared, so why should the Gentiles be spared who are displeasing to God? Those in the Church that look back and get entangled in the world will not be watching and waiting for His return and they also will not be delivered in the rapture of the faithful that are identified as Philadelphia (Revelations).
With the Jesus said it would be like in the time of Noah and Lot.
 Fire destroyed Sodom the day Lot was led out by angels
 The flood came after Noah entered the ark
127
 God’s wrath for the world in the future will come after the believers are removed. Below are also other picture stories worth finding in scripture that proclaim a removal of God’s people before the rapture:
John 11:25-26 “Jesus said unto her, I am the resurrection, and the life: he that believeth on me though he die, yet shall he live: and whosoever liveth and believeth on me shall never die. (Here Jesus in part is talking about the believers who are translated at his coming.) Judgment. first coming of Christ. When Jesus returns to the sky (the first heaven) everyone on earth will see Him at the same time no matter what side of the world he or she is on.
1 Thes. 4:14-18 “For if we believe that Jesus died and rose again, even so them also that are fallen asleep in Jesus will God bring with him. For this we say unto you by the word of the Lord, that we that are alive, that are left unto the coming of the Lord, shall in no wise precede them that are fallen asleep”.
“For the Lord himself shall descend from heaven, with a shout, with the trump of God: and the dead in Christ shall rise first: then we that are alive, that are left, shall together with them be caught up in the clouds, to meet the Lord in the air: and so shall we ever be with the Lord. Wherefore comfort one another with these words”
1 Th. 5:1-6 “But concerning the times and the seasons, brethren, ye have no need that aught be written unto you. For you yourselves know perfectly that the day of the Lord so cometh as a thief in the night when they are saying, Peace and safety, then sudden destruction cometh upon them, as travail upon a woman with child: and they shall in no wise escape. But ye, brethren, are not in darkness, that that day should overtake you as a thief: for ye are all sons of light, and sons of the day: we are not of the night, nor of darkness; so then let us not sleep, as do the rest, but let us watch and be sober. For they that sleep in the night: and they that are drunken are drunken in the night. But let us, since we are of the day, be sober, putting on the breastplate of faith and love; and for a helmet, the hope of salvation.
For God appointed us not into wrath, but unto the obtaining of salvation through our Lord Jesus Christ, who died for us, that, whether we wake or sleep, we should live together with him. Wherefore exhort one another, and build each other up, even as also ye do”.
2Th 2:1-12 “Now we beseech you, brethren, touching the coming of our Lord Jesus Christ, and our gathering together unto him; to the end that ye be not quickly shaken from your mind, nor yet be troubled, either by spirit, or by word, or by epistle as from us, as that the day of the Lord is just at hand; let no man beguile you in any wise: for it will not be, except the falling away come first, and the man of sin be revealed, the son of perdition, he that opposeth and exalteth himself against all that is called God or that is worshipped; so that he sitteth in the temple of God, setting himself forth as God. Remember ye not, that, when I was yet with you, I told you these things? And now ye know that which restraineth, to the end that he may be revealed in his own season. For the mystery of lawlessness doth already work: only there is one that restraineth now, until he be taken out of the way. And then shall be revealed the lawless one, whom the Lord Jesus shall slay with the breath of his mouth, and bring to nought by the manifestation of his coming; even he, whose coming is according to the working of Satan with all power and signs and lying wonders, and with all deceit of unrighteousness for them that perish; because they received not the love of the truth, that they might be saved.
128
And for this cause God sendeth them a working of error, that they should believe a lie: that they all might be judged who believed not the truth, but had pleasure in unrighteousness.”
Word of God clearly states that believers will escape the
Tribulation bloodbath.
Paul writes: “For God hath not appointed us to wrath, but to obtain salvation by our Lord Jesus Christ” (1 Thes. 5:9 KJV)
John writes in Rev 3:10 “Because thou hast kept the word of my patience, I also will keep thee from the hour of temptation, which shall come upon all the world, to try them that dwell upon the earth”
Ps 97:10 “Ye that love the LORD, hate evil: he preserveth the souls of his saints; he delivereth them out of the hand of the wicked”
Rom 5:9 “Much more then, being now justified by his blood, we shall be saved from wrath through him.”
Isa 57:1 “The righteous perisheth, and no man layeth it to heart: and merciful men are taken away, none considering that the righteous is taken away from the evil to come”
Mal 4:1 “For, behold, the day cometh, that shall burn as an oven; and all the proud, yea, and all that do wickedly, shall be stubble: and the day that cometh shall burn them up, saith the LORD of hosts, that it shall leave them neither root nor branch.
2Tim 4:18 “And the Lord shall deliver me from every evil work, and will preserve me unto his heavenly kingdom: to whom be glory forever and ever”
Revelation 1:7 says, “…every eye shall see Him…”
Phil. 2: 5 – 9, 10 – 11 This will take a supernatural act on the Lord’s part. Paul speaks about the wicked [one] (the Antichrist) and tells us that the Lord will destroy him “…with the brightness of His coming:”
II Thes. 2: 8. “The Lord’s coming will be quite visible to every being. So, I believe, the part where it says, “…as the lightning cometh out of the east, and shineth even unto the west…”, which is mentioned in the above passage as the Lord returns to earth, is associated with how every person on earth will see Jesus as He descends from the sky (some 200 miles above the earth) after entering earth’s atmosphere, the first heaven.
129
For the Lord only comes in a moment’s time (at the speed of thought) as far as the sky. Then He descends reasonably slow compared to what He did at the first part (the beginning) of His return”.
Manner and time of the Second Advent:
Mt.25:31; “When the Son of Man comes in his glory, and all the angels with him, he will sit on his glorious throne”
Lk17:22;21:25;” 22 “Then he said to his disciples, “The time is coming when you will long to see one of the days of the Son of Man, but you will not see it..”
2Thes1:7, 2:8; 25 “There will be signs in the sun, moon and stars. On the earth, nations will be in anguish and perplexity at the roaring and tossing of the sea”.
Rev1:7; “Look, he is coming with the clouds, and “every eye will see him, even those who pierced him”; and all peoples on earth “will mourn because of him” In Dan7: 13 prophesies given to Daniel by God Daniel writes “ I saw in the night visions, and, behold, one like the Son of man came with the clouds of heaven, and came to the Ancient of days, and they brought him near before him”. Daniel saw means he perceived , understood and realized the contents and meanings of his “night vision” (vision s are “chazon” in Hebrew meaning mental sight dream; could come as a mental picture while awake, or divine utterance of words and “the Hebrew:”chezev” meaning sight or vision; these visions are usually in night dreams while asleep. In Daniel the Hebrew “chalom” is something seen while asleep. There are 24 dreamers and 34 recorded dreams in scriptures; 22 in the O.T. and 12 in the N.T. Paul cries: “Come soon; Lord Jesus”; “Maranatha” 1 Corinthians 16:22The 1985 New Jerusalem Bible translates 1 Cor 16:22, “If there is anyone who does not love the Lord, a curse on such a one. Maran atha.” In the context of First Corinthians, understanding the Greek “Maranatha” as Aramaic “Maran atha” in the preterite sense would provide substantiation for the preceding anathema. That is, one who does not love the Lord is accursed because our Lord has ascended and come unto his throne (e.g., Dan 7:13) and wields power to implement such a curse. It would also substantiate the following prayer for grace from the ascended Lord Jesus, who has come to his throne and then sends the Holy Spirit.
130
Maranatha!
“So shall it be! Amen.”
131
Chapter 33: Dispensations
Cornerstone Narrative Chapter continued/The great Olivet prophesy of: Matthew 24
Mat 24: 27 “For as the lightning cometh out of the east, and shined even unto the west; so shall also the coming (Parousia: personal visible presence) of the Son of man be”.
Manner and time of the Second Advent (continued):
Mark 13:1-37 especially noting:
Mark 13 30 “Verily I say unto you that this generation (Age of “grace”) shall not pass, till all these things be done.”
Finis Dakes writes: “If you want a clear, sane, and harmonious understanding of Scripture, let yourself become well acquainted with God’s plan of the ages and dispensations together with their outstanding features. Get an idea of the history of the past connected with the present, and also understand all the prophecies of the future. Then and then alone can you be “a workman that needeth not to be ashamed, rightly dividing the word of truth” (2 Tim. 2:15). Along with a clear knowledge of the Bible as a whole, you will learn the right use of the Scriptures in your daily life. You will learn how to receive healing, health, prosperity and happiness here and now. After all, that is what you need now, is it not? You will not only gain knowledge of God, but you will learn how to appropriate the full blessings of life, by the proper use of this knowledge.
Dispensation: The Greek word oikonomia means “an administration,” “a stewardship of a household or estate,” “a dispensation.” We could speak of it as a guardianship. In 1 Cor. 9:17; Eph. 3:2; Col. 1:25, (Footnote #9) Paul speaks of his responsibility or trust in preaching the Gospel as a “dispensation of the gospel,” and as “the dispensation of the “grace” of God.” The Millennium is called “the dispensation of the fullness of times,” during which time God is to gather together all things in Christ, and put all enemies under His feet
(as 1 Cor. 15:24-28; Eph. 1:10) (Footnote #10)
The word “dispensation” comes from two Greek words, oikos, “a house,” and nomos, “a law.” As applied to the various ages, it means “a moral or probationary period in human and angelic history.” In each period, God tests free moral agents according to a fixed standard of conduct or responsibility, under which they are supposed to remain true to God and rule for Him on the Earth, or elsewhere in the universe.
Each dispensation has its own beginning and ending; each is characterized by certain distinctive principles of God’s dealings with men; each begins under favorable circumstances and a particular test and ends in failure and judgment. Nothing but confusion can arise from reading certain meanings into Scripture that do not apply to a particular age. In each age God has a different purpose and what He has said during one dispensation may or may not apply to another.
132
Present Age: This Age of “Grace,” between the first and second comings of Jesus Christ, is referred to many times in Scripture as, “this world” (Greek, age, Mt. 13:22); “end of this world” (age, Mt. 13:39-40; Mk. 4:19; Lk. 16:8; 20:34; Rom. 12:2; 1 Cor. 1:20); “end of the world” (age, Mt. 13:49; 24:3; 28:20); and “present evil world” (age, Gal. 1:4; 2 Tim. 4:10; Titus 2:12). In another sense the phrase “present age” refers to the period from the flood of Noah to the Millennium,
Mt. 13:39 “The enemy that sowed them is the devil; the harvest is the end of the world; and the reapers are the angels.
Mt. 13:40: “As therefore the tares are gathered and burned in the fire; so shall it be in the end of this world.”
Mk4: 19 “And the cares of this world, and the deceitfulness of riches, and the lusts of other things entering in, choke the word, and it becometh unfruitful”
Rom.12: 2 “And be not conformed to this world: but be ye transformed by the renewing of your mind, that ye may prove what is that good, and acceptable, and perfect, will of God.
Mat.13: 49” “So shall it be at the end of the world: the angels shall come forth, and sever the wicked from among the just,
Gal.1: 4 “”Who gave himself for our sins, that he might deliver us from this present evil world, according to the will of God and our Father:
2Tim4: 10” “For Demas hath forsaken me, having loved this present world, and is departed unto Thessalonica; Crescens to Galatia, Titus unto Dalmatia.
Titus2: 12 “Teaching us that, denying ungodliness and worldly lusts, we should live soberly, righteously, and godly, in this present world;”
The above Clarence Larkin chart is not under copy protection
The Seven Dispensations of Man between the Two Eternities
133
There are seven dispensations in human history between the eternal past and the eternal future; between the creation of man in the six days of Gen. 1-2 and the final restoration of man in the New Heavens and the New Earth of Rev. 21-22.
Finis Dake writes about the seven dispensations as follows:
1. THE DISPENSATION OF INNOCENCE (Gen. 2:15-3:21). This age was from the creation of man and his commission to rule the restored Earth and all things therein, to the fall of man and his expulsion from the new Garden of Eden.
134
2. THE DISPENSATION OF CONSCIENCE (Gen. 3:22-8:14). This age was from the fall of man and his expulsion from the Garden of Eden to the flood of Noah, a period of 1,656 years.
Tower of Babel and the city of Babylon.
3. THE DISPENSATION OF HUMAN GOVERNMENT (Gen. 8:15-11:32).
This age was from the flood of Noah to the call of Abraham, a period of 427 years.
God’s covenant with Abram
4. THE DISPENSATION OF PROMISE (Gen. 12:1-Exod. 12:37). This age was from the call of Abraham to the exodus of Israel from Egypt under Moses, a period of 430 years.
135
Balanced scales of justice, with Holy See emblem overlaid.
5. THE DISPENSATION OF LAW (Exod. 12:38; Mt. 2:23; 11:10-13; Lk. 16:16). This age was from the exodus of Israel from Egypt under Moses to the preaching of the kingdom of Heaven by John the Baptist; or from Moses to the first coming of Jesus Christ, a period of over 1,718 years.
Lu16:16; “The law and the prophets were until John: since that time the kingdom of God is preached, and every man presseth into it”.
6. THE DISPENSATION OF GRACE (Mt. 3:1-Rev. 19:10). This age has already lasted nearly 2,000 years from the first coming of Christ, and it shall continue until the Second Coming of Christ in the near future. How much longer the age will last is not known.
136
7. The Dispensation of Divine Government—The Millennium
(Rev. 19:11-20:15). This age will cover the period from the Second Coming of Christ to the last rebellion of Satan and man on the Earth, a period of 1,000 years.
Mark 13:31” Heaven and earth shall pass away: but my words shall not pass away”.
There are three heaven and earth time periods in 2 Peter 3, and the change from one epoch of time to another was referred to as a passing of heaven and earth. The object of that expression was to show a change in God’s dealings with man rather than a change in the literal, material constitution of the world itself.
32 “But of that day and that hour knoweth no man, no, not the angels which are in heaven, neither the Son, but the Father.”
The family and colleague of Professor Horace David Ritchie write:’No one has known’ or ‘Nobody has seen’ has a whole different connotation from ‘no one knows’ or ‘nobody knows’; because it is actually saying ‘nobody has known in the past’. So with the exact translation, it is evident that Jesus was simply saying that no creation had yet been granted a knowledge of the day or the hour from time indefinite up to that time, which was Nisan 11, 33 CE. In any event these two scriptures, seeing as they are written in the past tense cannot be a prohibition on future knowledge of that ‘day’ and that ‘hour’.
33 Take ye heed, watch and pray: for ye know not when the time is.
34 “For the Son of Man is as a man taking a far journey, who left his house, and gave authority to his servants, and to every man his work, and commanded the porter to watch”.
35 Watch ye therefore: for ye know not when the master of the house cometh, at even, or at midnight, or at the cockcrowing, or in the morning:
36 Lest coming suddenly he finds you sleeping.
37 And what I say unto you I say unto all, Watch.
137
Aurora borealis display
Mat24 28 “For wheresoever the carcass is, there will the eagles be gathered together.” (Jesus was warning His followers NOT to follow false Christs, or false prophets, even if they show great signs and wonders. He was comparing people who seek after false prophets to buzzards who seek after dead carcasses. The VULTURES are the pathetic people who chase after the false prophets, false Christs and false religionists).
138
Chapter 34: Anointing So concludes the Cornerstone Narrative Chapter of Christ’s great Olivet prophesy of: Matthew 24
Mat24 28 “”For wheresoever the carcass is, there will the eagles be gathered together.”(Image by Ken Raggio)
(“The saints shall be gathered to him; as the eagles are to the carcass by natural instinct, and with the greatest swiftness and alacrity imaginable. Saints, when they shall be fetched to glory, will be carried as on eagles’ wings (Ex19:4), as on angels’ wings.
Photo by Daria Sockey
Is40:31: “They shall mount up with wings, like eagles, and like them renew their youth”.
“Your dead shall live; together with my dead body they shall arise. Awake and sing, you who dwell in dust; for your dew is like the dew of herbs, and the earth shall cast out the dead. Come, my people, enter your chambers, and shut your doors behind you; hide yourself, as it were, for a little moment, until the indignation is past. For behold, Yahweh comes out of His place to punish the inhabitants of the earth for their iniquity; the earth will also disclose her blood, and will no more cover her slain.” – Isaiah 26:19-21)
2nd Advent
Mat. 24 29”Jesus continues: “Immediately after the tribulation of those days (great tribulation) shall the sun be darkened” (Rev.6:12 Later John says: “I watched as he opened the sixth seal. There was a great earthquake. The sun turned black like sackcloth made of goat hair, the whole moon turned blood red,”), Jesus Continues: “and the moon shall not give her light, and the stars shall fall from heaven, and the powers of the heavens shall be shaken:
30 “and then (immediately after the tribulation) shall appear the sign of the Son of man “(Jesus speaking of Himself)
139
“Rev 1:7: “Behold, He is coming with clouds, and every eye will see Him, even they who pierced Him” It says of the same event He is coming in the clouds, with clouds, and on the clouds; and the world will see this event as Hs glory will accompany His return to earth.}
“……………….in heaven: and then shall all the tribes (Zech 14:1-5 already studied above) of the earth mourn, and they shall see the Son of man coming in the clouds of heaven with power and great glory.
31 “And he shall send his angels with a great sound of a trumpet, and they shall gather together his elect from the four winds, from one end of heaven to the other.”
The blowing of trumpets was anciently the signal for the host of Israel on their march through the desert. It summoned to war, and proclaimed public festivals, and marked the beginnings of months; Hence the symbolism of the New Testament. Jehovah’s people shall be summoned before their king by sound of trumpet.
Mat24 32 Now learn a parable of the fig tree; When his branch is yet tender, and putteth forth leaves, ye know that summer is nigh:
33 “so likewise ye, when ye shall see all these things, know that it (the Second Advent) is near, even at the doors”.
Image from coveredbaptists.proboards.com
140
34 “Verily I say unto you, this generation ……………………….
(The blowing of trumpets was anciently the signal for the host of Israel on their march through the desert. It summoned to war, and proclaimed public festivals, and marked the beginnings of months; Numbers 10:1-10;
Psalm 81:3. Hence the symbolism of the New Testament; Jehovah’s people shall be summoned before their king by sound of trumpet. ) “…………..shall not pass, till all these things be fulfilled”.
35 “Heaven and earth shall pass away…………………” (“Parerchomai”
2Cor 5:17{“Therefore, if anyone is in Christ, the new creation has come: The old has gone, the new is here!”}; to change from one state to another; pass away, as a person passes away in death, or as old things pass away as in the new birth. The heavens and earth are eternal will never pass out of existence. They will be changed. (Heb 1:10-12; be renovated by fire (2 Pet 3:5-13) and be renewed” (Rev.21:1“Then I saw “a new heaven and a new earth,” for the first heaven and the first earth had passed away, and there was no longer any sea.”),
“but they will never pass out of existence. “They will be changed but my words will not be changed”.(see footnote #6)
“………………. but my words shall not pass away”.
Andre Masson – Surrealist, Survivor, Sage. by Martin Ries c2010 http://www.martinries.com
Andre Masson, Goethe and the Metamorphosis of Plants 1940. Goethe and the Metamorphosis of Plants, 1940, oil on canvas, 28¾x45⅝, Vera and Arturo Schwarz
Mat24 36 “But of that day and hour knoweth no man, no, not the angels of heaven, but my Father only. (It will be sudden therefore watch and be ready).
For us who are not asleep: Many people believe there is nothing that can be known about the timing of the Lord’s return because Jesus said He would return like a “thief in the night” (Matthew 24:42-44).
But Paul makes it clear in 1 Thessalonians 5:1-6 that Jesus’ statement does not apply to believers:”But you, brethren, are not in darkness, that the day should overtake you like a thief…” He then proceeds to explain why: “for you are all sons of light and sons of day. We are neither of night nor of darkness; so then let us not sleep as others do, but let us be alert and sober.”
141
Paul is referring, of course, to the light of the Holy Spirit who indwells all true believers and who can enlighten us through our study of Scripture to know the season of the Lord’s return.
The apostle John in 1 John 2:27 says “But the anointing which ye have received of Him abideth in you, and ye need not that any man teach you: but as the same anointing teacheth you of all things, and is truth, and is no lie, and even as it hath taught you, ye shall abide in Him.” .
The anointing is the indwelling of the Holy Spirit.
John 14:26” But the Comforter, which is the Holy Ghost, whom the Father will send in my name, he shall teach you all things, and bring all things to your remembrance, whatsoever I have said unto you”
John 16:13 “Howbeit when he, the Spirit of truth, is come, he will guide you into all truth: for he shall not speak of himself; but whatsoever he shall hear, that shall he speak: and he will show you things to come.”
2 Corinthians 3:5-6” not that we are sufficient of ourselves to think anything as of ourselves; but our sufficiency is of God; who also hath made us able ministers of the new testament; not of the letter, but of the spirit: for the letter killeth, but the spirit giveth life.”
1 Corinthians 2:10-12 “But God hath revealed them unto us by his Spirit: for the Spirit searcheth all things, yea, the deep things of God. For what man knoweth the things of a man, save the spirit of man which is in him? even so the things of God knoweth no man, but the Spirit of God. Now we have received, not the spirit of the world, but the Spirit which is of God; that we might know the things that are freely given to us of God”
142
“It is finished”
(Time’s UP
Postscript:
Observations on prophesying, the end times and the second coming: by
Charles Spurgeons
“I am not given to prophesying, and I fear that the fixing of dates and periods has been exceedingly injurious to the whole system of premillennial teaching; but I think I clearly see in Scripture that the Lord Jesus Christ will come—so far I go, and take my stand—that he will come personally to reign upon this earth. At his coming it appears clear to me that he will gather together the Jewish people that Jerusalem shall become the metropolis of the new empire which shall then extend from pole to pole, from the river even to the ends of the earth. If this be a correct interpretation of prophecy, you may read the whole of Zechariah 2 through and understand it; you have the key to every sentence: without such a belief; I see not how to interpret the prophet’s meaning. Dear friends, we may sometimes refresh our minds with a prospect of the kingdom which is soon to cover all lands, and make the sun and moon ashamed by its superior glory.
We are not to indulge in prophesying as some do, making them our spiritual food, our meat and drink; but still we may take them as choice morsels, and special delicacies set upon the table; they are condiments which may often give a sweeter taste, or, if you will, a greater pungency and savor to other doctrines; prophetic views light up the crown of Jesus with a superior splendor; they make his manhood appear illustrious as we see him still in connection with the earth:
143
to have a kingdom here as well as there; to sit upon a throne here as well as in yonder skies; to subdue his adversaries even upon this Aceldama, as in the realm of spirits; to make even this poor earth upon which the trail of the serpent is so manifest, a place where the glory of the Lord shall be revealed and all flesh shall see it together.
If our view of prophecy be the correct one, it seems to be in perfect harmony with all the doctrines of the gospel. God certainly did elect his people the Jews; he made a covenant with his servant Abraham, and albeit you will remind us that this was only a temporal covenant, I would remind you that it was the type of the spiritual one, and it would be an unhappy reflection for us if the typical covenant should prove to be only temporary as well as temporal; if that came to an end, and if God cast away, in any sense, the people whom he did foreknow, it might augur to us the ill foreboding that mayhap he might cast away his spiritual seed also, and that those who were chosen as the spiritual seed of Abraham, might yet be cut off from the olive into which they had been grafted. If the natural branches are cast away forever, why not the grafted branches too?
But here is our joy, the God who sware unto his servant Abraham that to him and to his seed would he give the land for ever, hath not gone back from his word; they shall possess the land; their feet shall joyously tread its fruitful acres yet again; they shall sit every man under his own vine and under his own fig tree, and none shall make them afraid; and so the spiritual seed to whom the spiritual heritage is given as by a covenant of salt, they also shall possess their heritage forever, and of their rightful portion no robber shall despoil them.”
144
Sources:
References and Citations
1. Wikipedia
2. Bibles from on-line “Bible Gateway” and Dakes KJV.
3 Orthodox Jewish Bible (OJB
4. New International Version
5. Tim LaHaye, co-author of the best-selling series of end-times books,
6. Chip Berlet, an American investigative reporter
7. Hughes,
Feb. 2011 article entitled Revelation, Revolutions, and the Tyrannical
New World Order
8. Edward Luttwak, “market fundamentalism”
9. George Soros “casino capitalism”
10. Susan Strange “cancer-stage capitalism”
11. John McMurtry
12. Benjamin Barber
13. Clarence Larkin
14. Finis Dakes
15. Chip Berlet,
16. Bill Moyers
17. Tim LaHaye,
18. Edward Luttwak
19. George Soros
20. John McMurtry
21. Benjamin Barber
22. Anton Szandor LaVey.
23. Rev. Adrian Dieleman
24. Dr. Harry Boer
25. Joel Richardson
26. Dan Knezacek
27. Dr. John McTernan
28. Tommorrow’s World
29. Noel Horner
30. Don Koenig
31. Bryan Ward-Perkins
32. Mark Kirkpatrick
33. Bible Study Tools.com
34. Got Questions Ministries, Inc.
35. Matthew Henry
36. Sola Scriptura; (revelation commentary.org)
37. The Bible Study Tools Staff
38. The Theosophist, October 1879, p. 6
39. Marianne (Jewish site)
40. John Gill,
41. Shaun d McMillan ( @gmail.com)
42. Watchtower Library
145
Illustrations
All the illustrative artwork contained in this book is found on the world wide web (www) at various sites; most of which are listed below. Each work has been credited by the work in the text so far as is found from its site along with the work. The works were selected for their beauty, relevance and manner in which they illustrated the topic in which they each appear. Readers wishing to contact each source may find the below list useful. Often one picture is worth a thousand words and many of the illustrations is a supernatural creative metaphor for the chapter in which it appears. No commercial use of these illustrated works is intended. All gratitude and God’s best blessings to each and every artist and source.
1. church-of-the-firstborn; IVAN J. BARRETT; Brigham Young University;
2. P.O. Box 26800, Provo, UT 84602-6800
3. Stephen Haskell; Seventh-day Adventist Church
4. The ignorant fishermen; Ignorant Fishermen Blog
5. .Rob Bell; Mars Hill Bible Church;
6. foundations in Christianity; http://foundationsinchristianity.org/ ?
7. church in Colorado springs ?
8. http://www.photobible.info endrtimes.blogspot.com ?
9. theworddetective.wordpress.com; Jupiter images/Photos.com/Getty Images.
10. raptureimminent.wordpress.com; HLMM, P.O. Box 470470, Tulsa, OK 74147 email: comments@hallindsey.com
11. dailymedit.wordpress.com
12. /www.worldarchitecture.org/svs/net/mim.aspx?file=889629.jpg&wi=730&he=40
13. Flammkohle Hotel and Casino
14. Gentle Shepherd Ministries
15. New Covenant Ministries
16. Arnold G. Fruchtenbaum,
17. The Footsteps of Messiah, (Tustin, CA: Ariel Ministries
18. saints judge the world
19. Jason Hommel writes:
20. dailymedit.wordpress.com
21. coveredbaptists.proboards.com
22. Crystal Mary Lindsey
23. timbob.wordpress.com/
24. Victor Vasnetsov
25. rolen romanes
26. Antichrist on throne
27. deoxy.org
146
Footnotes:
1. End Times: Dan 11:35,40:
“And some of them of
understanding shall fall, to try
them, and to purge, and to make them white, even to the time of the end: because
it is yet for a time appointed “and “And at the time of the end shall the king of the south push at him: and the king of the north shall come against him like a whirlwind, with chariots, and with horsemen, and with many ships; and he shall enter into the countries, and shall overflow and pass over”
2. Dan 12:4 and 9
“But thou, O Daniel, shut up the words, and seal the book, even to the time of the end: many shall run to and fro, and knowledge shall be increased.” And “9 And he said, Go thy way, Daniel: for the words are closed up and sealed till the time of the end.”
Luke 21:25-26 …’and upon the earth distress of nations, with perplexity; the sea and the waves roaring; Men’s hearts failing them for fear, and for looking after those things which are coming on the earth: for the powers of heaven shall be shaken.’
3. Evidence of “woes” that we now live in the “end times”:
Ten deadliest natural disasters (10 of many) Rank Death toll (estimate) Event Location Date 1 1,000,000–4,000,000*[1] 1931 China floods China July, August, 1931 2 900,000–2,000,000[2] 1887 Yellow River flood China September, October, 1887 3 830,000[3] 1556 Shaanxi earthquake China January 23, 1556 4 242,000–779,000 1976 Tangshan earthquake China July 1976 5 500,000-1,000,000[1] 1970 Bhola cyclone East Pakistan (now Bangladesh) November 13, 1970 6 300,000[4] 1839 India India November 25,
147
Rank Death toll (estimate) Event Location Date Cyclone 1839 6 300,000[5] 1737 Calcutta cyclone India October 7, 1737 8 273,400[6] 1920 Haiyuan earthquake China December 16, 1920 9 250,000–300,000[7] 526 Antioch earthquake Byzantine Empire (now Turkey) May 526 10 260,000[8] 115 Antioch earthquake Roman Empire (now Turkey) December 13, 115
List of deadliest floods (6 of 182) Rank Death toll Event Location 1 2,500,000–3,700,000[1] 1931 China floods China 2 900,000–2,000,000 1887 Yellow River (Huang He) flood China 3 500,000–700,000 1938 Yellow River (Huang He) flood China 4 231,000 Banqiao Dam failure, result of Typhoon Nina. Approximately 86,000 people died from flooding and another 145,000 died from subsequent disease. China 5 145,000 1935 Yangtze river flood China 6 100,000+ St. Felix’s Flood, storm surge Netherlands
Tsunami and Hurricanes
The day after Christmas 2004, the massive Indian Ocean tsunami swept her away from her mother and two sisters in Ujong Baroh, Aceh, on the island of Sumatra.
Hurricane Katrina passed southeast of New Orleans on August 29, 2005
August 1992, Hurricane Andrew was the costliest hurricane in United States history; changed everything in Florida and US building design.
Hurricane Charley was the third named storm, 2004 Atlantic hurricane season. Charley lasted from August 9 to August 15, and at its peak intensity it attained 150 mph (240 km/h) winds, making it a strong Category 4 hurricane
148
List of wars and anthropogenic disasters by death toll (6 of many) Lowest estimate Highest estimate Event Location From To See also 40,000,000[2] 72,000,000[3] World War II Worldwide 1939 1945 casualties and Second Japanese War[4] (this includes worldwide Holocaust and Concentration deaths) 30,000,000[5] 70,000,000[citation needed] Mongol conquests Eurasia 1206 1368 Mongol Empire 30,000,000[5] 30,000,000 Late Yuan warfare and transition to Ming Dynasty China 1340 1368 Ming Dynasty 25,000,000[6] 25,000,000 Qing dynasty conquest of the Ming Dynasty China 1616 1662 Qing Dynasty 20,000,000[7] 100,000,000[8][9][10][11][12] Taping Rebellion China 1851 1864 Dungun revolt 15,000,000[13] 65,000,000 (this estimate includes worldwide flu deaths)[14] World War I Worldwide 1914 1918 World War I casualties
Wars and armed conflicts (5 of many)
Matthew 24:6-7 …’And ye shall hear of wars … For nation shall rise against nation and kingdom against kingdom
List of wars by death toll The deaths of civilians from diseases, famine, Lowest estimate Highest estimate Event Location From To See also
40,000,000[2] 72,000,000[3] World War II Worldwide 1939 1945 World War II casualties and Second Sino-Japanese War[4] (this estimate includes worldwide Holocaust Concentration deaths)
30,000,000[5] 70,000,000[citation needed] Mongol conquests Eurasia 1206 1368 Mongol Empire
30,000,000[5] 30,000,000 Late Yuan warfare China 1340 1368 Ming Dynasty
149
Lowest estimate Highest estimate Event Location From To See also
and transition to Ming Dynasty 25,000,000[6] 25,000,000 Qing dynasty conquest of the Ming Dynasty China 1616 1662 Qing Dynasty
20,000,000[7] 100,000,000[8][9][10][11][12] Taiping China 1851 1864 Dungan revolt
Footnote # 3
About the world:
World is a common name for the whole of human civilization, specifically human experience, history, or the human condition in general, worldwide, i.e. anywhere on Earth or pertaining to anywhere on earth.
1 Peter 1:20 “He was foreknown before the foundation of the world but was made manifest in the last times for the sake of you” What was the foundation of all people on this earth? Were there created beings before Adam and Eve? The foundation was Adam and Eve; Noah and the survivors on the Ark; the Jews who entered into Canaan, and then those that accepted and followed Jesus.
There was a foundation prior to Adam and Eve but is not necessarily considered Biblical; Biblical meaning the Bible with Genesis referencing the beginning and including Adam and Eve. However there is lots of archeological science and even Biblical contexts which are best explained by pre-adamite civilizations.
In Christianity, the term often connotes the concept of the fallen and corrupt world order of human society, in contrast to the World to Come. The world is frequently cited alongside the flesh and the Devil as a source of temptation that Christians should flee. Monks speak of striving to be “in this world, but not of this world”—as Jesus said, and the term “worldhood” has been distinguished from “monkhood”, the former being the status of merchants, princes, and others who deal with “worldly” things.
In a theological context, world usually refers to the material or the profane
sphere, as opposed to the celestial, spiritual, transcendent or sacred. The “end of the world” refers to scenarios of the final end of human history, often in religious contexts. World history is commonly understood as spanning the major geopolitical developments of about five millennia, from the first civilizations to the present. It is not about the age or condition of the planet.
150
World population is the sum of all human populations at any time; similarly, world economy is the sum of the economies of all societies (all countries), especially in the context of globalization. Terms like world championship, gross world product, world flags etc. also imply the sum or combination of all current-day sovereign states.
In terms such as world religion, world language, world government, and world war, world suggests international or intercontinental scope without necessarily implying participation of the entire world.
The English word world comes from the Old English weorold (-uld), world, world (-uld, -eld), a compound of wer “man” and eld “age,” which thus means roughly “Age of Man.” The Old English is a reflex of the Common Germanic *wira-alđiz, Also reflected in Old Saxon werold, Old High German weralt, Old Frisian world and Old Norse verǫld (whence the Icelandic veröld).
The corresponding word in Latin is mundus, literally “clean, elegant”, itself a loan translation of Greek cosmos “orderly arrangement.”.
While the Germanic word thus reflects a mythological notion of a “domain of Man” (compare Midgard), presumably as opposed to the divine sphere on the one hand and the chthonic sphere of the underworld on the other, the Greco-Latin term expresses a notion of creation as an act of establishing order out of chaos. It is this in particular which persuades me that Jesus and the apostles referred to the world as its people and believes in particular.
‘World’ distinguishes the entire planet or population from any particular country or region: world affairs pertain not just to one place but to the whole world, and world history is a field of history that examines events from a global (rather than a national or a regional) perspective. Earth, on the other hand, refers to the planet as a physical entity, and distinguishes it from other planets and physical objects.
‘World’ can also be used attributively, to mean ‘global’, ‘relating to the whole world’, forming usages such as world community or world canonical texts This view is clearly expressed by king Alfred the Great of England (d. 899) in his famous Preface to the Cura Pastoralis:
“Therefore I command you to do as I believe you are willing to do, that you free yourself from worldly affairs (Old English: woruldðinga) as often as you can, so that wherever you can establish that wisdom that God gave you, you establish it. Consider what punishments befell us in this world when we neither loved wisdom at all ourselves, nor transmitted it to other men; we had the name alone that we were Christians, and very few had the practices.”
The exception is terms such as world map and world climate, where world is used in the sense detached from human culture or civilization, referring to the planet Earth physically. Certainly the story of creation in Genesis is not about the planet but its reconstitution of the disfigured planet and creation of people.
We are urged to be in but not of the world; (1 John 2:15-17) So, to be ‘no part of the world’ means to stay separate from all parts of human society that conflict with God’s will, while fulfilling the commission to lovingly preach and teach unbelievers about God’s purpose.
151
Rom12:2 “And be not conformed to this world (certainly not the earth) : but be ye transformed by the renewing of your mind, that ye may prove what is that good, and acceptable, and perfect, will of God.
Footnote: #4
Bible Study Tools.com writes: “In the Temple which had been built by Herod, in which Jesus walked when He was here upon earth, the outer court was marked off from the inner one where Israel was permitted to go and it was separated by “the middle wall of partition” (Eph. 2:14). Beyond this no Gentile could go. Paul, accused of breaking this rule, and bringing Gentiles into the holy place, was almost destroyed by angry Jews (Acts 21:28)
In the time of the Second Temple [the Jews] had erected a boundary fence, the Soreg , between the Court of the Gentiles and the Court of the Israelites, with a warning inscription promising death to any non-Israelite who passed beyond it into the Court of the Israelites.
The New Testament (Acts 21:27-28) records a Jewish crowd’s violent reaction to Paul when they mistakenly believed that he had taken a Gentile proselyte (Titus) into the Temple to offer sacrifice. It has been given the portion of the temple which is not under the control of the Jews has been given to the nations to tread. Once again, we see the sovereign purpose of God in the events surrounding the temple during the Tribulation. It is He who has ultimately given control of the outer court to the Gentiles. When Asaph contemplated the apparent success of the wicked, he lamented how God’s “enemies roar in the midst of your meeting place; they set up their banners for signs . . . They have defiled the dwelling place of your name to the ground” (Ps. 74:1-7). Elsewhere, he decries, “the nations have come into your inheritance; Your holy temple they have defiled” (Ps. 79:1). In the setting of Asaph, the temple had been completely destroyed (Isa. 63:18). Here, only a portion of the temple is in the hands of the nations.
Footnote #5
Syriac is a dialect of Aramaic spoken in Syria until about the 13th century ad and still in use as a liturgical language of certain Eastern churches
Footnote #6
(Metamorphosis ( a similar change) is a biological process by which an animal physically develops after birth or hatching, involving a conspicuous and relatively abrupt change in the animal’s body structure through cell growth and differentiation. Some insects, amphibians, molluscs, crustaceans, cnidarians, echinoderms and tunicates undergo metamorphosis, which is usually accompanied by a change of habitat or behavior.
Scientific usage of the term is exclusive, and is not applied to general aspects of cell growth, including rapid growth spurts. References to “metamorphosis” in mammals are imprecise and only colloquial, but historically idealist ideas of transformation and monadology, as in Goethe’s “Metamorphosis of Plants”, influenced the development of ideas of evolution.
152
Footnote #7
All of the below takes place in the Western Province of Saudi Arabia.
Isaiah 21:10-17
10 O my threshing, and the corn of my floor: that which I have heard of the LORD of hosts, the God of Israel, have I declared unto you.
11 The burden of Dumah. He calleth to me out of Seir, Watchman, what of the night? Watchman, what of the night?
12 The watchman said, The morning cometh, and also the night: if ye will enquire, enquire ye: return, come.
13 The burden upon Arabia. In the forest in Arabia shall ye lodge, O ye travelling companies of Dedanim.
14 The inhabitants of the land of Tema brought water to him that was thirsty, they prevented with their bread him that fled.
15 For they fled from the swords, from the drawn sword, and from the bent bow, and from the grievousness of war.
16 For thus hath the LORD said unto me, Within a year, according to the years of an hireling, and all the glory of Kedar shall fail:
17 And the residue of the number of archers, the mighty men of the children of Kedar, shall be diminished: for the LORD God of Israel hath spoken it.
Footnote #8
Revelation 12:12-17
12 Therefore rejoice, ye heavens, and ye that dwell in them. Woe to the inhabiters of the earth and of the sea! for the devil is come down unto you, having great wrath, because he knoweth that he hath but a short time.
13 And when the dragon saw that he was cast unto the earth, he persecuted the woman which brought forth the man child.
14 And to the woman were given two wings of a great eagle, that she might fly into the wilderness, into her place, where she is nourished for a time, and times, and half a time, from the face of the serpent.
15 And the serpent cast out of his mouth water as a flood after the woman, that he might cause her to be carried away of the flood.
16 And the earth helped the woman, and the earth opened her mouth, and swallowed up the flood which the dragon cast out of his mouth.
17 And the dragon was wroth with the woman, and went to make war with the remnant of her seed, which keep the commandments of God, and have the testimony of Jesus Christ.
Footnote #9
1 Cor. 9:17; “ For if I do this thing willingly, I have a reward: but if against my will, a dispensation of the gospel is committed unto me.”
Eph. 3:2; “ If ye have heard of the dispensation of the grace of God which is given me to you-ward”
Col. 1:25,“Whereof I am made a minister, according to the dispensation of God which is given to me for you, to fulfill the word of God”;
153
Footnote #10
1 Cor. 15:24-28; 24 “Then cometh the end, when he shall have delivered up the kingdom to God, even the Father; when he shall have put down all rule and all authority and power.
25 For he must reign, till he hath put all enemies under his feet.
26 The last enemy that shall be destroyed is death.
27 For he hath put all things under his feet. But when he saith all things are put under him, it is manifest that he is excepted, which did put all things under him.
28 And when all things shall be subdued unto him, then shall the Son also himself be subject unto him that put all things under him, that God may be all in all.”
Eph. 1:10: “That in the dispensation of the fullness of times he might gather together in one all things in Christ, both which are in heaven, and which are on earth; even in him”
154
About the author:
Rev. Barie Fez-Barringten: Professor: Global University
Good Shepherd United Methodist Church
doveslanding@email.com
http://www.bariefez-barringten.com *Barie Fez-Barringten: See www for other information and
Chairperson: Education Committee: Good Shepherd United Methodist Church and Professor: Global University: Springfield, Missouri
Formerly: Former Contact pastor to the USAF
National director Global University for Saudi Arabia
Founding pastor: Christian Fellowship at Del Tura
Author: ”Where Christ is forbidden”; “Architecture: the making of metaphors” “Pastor’s Sketch book”;”Gibe”; co-author:”Legend”
(See Fez-Barringten’s Illustrated Saudi Arabia Mission Report and many articles and “Where Christ is forbidden” and
http://writethevision.webs.com
Blogger.com AuthorsDen.com Academia.Edu
Architecture: The Making of Metaphors is his latest secular book which can be ordered at Amazon.com and/or Cambridge Scholars Publishing Ltd, England; and most national book stores such as Barnes and Noble.
Currently Barie is researching, writing and speaking on the end times, Christ’s second coming, the old testament, architecture, urbanism and Saudi Arabia including monographs on architecture: the making of metaphors; and, recently published two books: Gibe and Legend which may be purchased on Amazon.com. Barie is often invited to present his inspiring life’s story to students in colleges and universities.
In 2008, he was Design Manager for Barwa City in Qatar and twenty years as an architect, business manager and project manager; and in Saudi Arabia including teaching for five years at KFU. While as professor at King Faisal University he wrote over twenty monographs on metaphors and architecture, which were widely published in Turkey, Saudi Arabia, England, America, Finland and Lebanon.
All his secular writings were based on his lecture series he presented 1968 at Yale University called “Architecture: the making of metaphors” which was then published in part by “Main Currents in Modern Thought”, and various research into the works of Paul Weiss, Andrew Ortony, David Zarefsky and W.J.J. Gordon; and most recently others were published by the MIT Press, the Journal of Enterprise Architecture by the University of Syracuse; Cardiff University, Brunnel University, Reconstruction, University of Alaska Fairbanks; University at Brighton; and published by Springer of London and New York.
Earlier in Houston, Texas where he was Director of Special Projects for the Gulf Oil Corporation he wrote the policies and procedures for all of Gulf Oil’s non-oil design and construction activities which was then published by John Wiley and sons in a book called Project Manual Standards(PMS). In Saudi Arabia he founded a chapter of the American Institute of Architects.
He is an ordained as minister of the gospel by the Assemblies of God and a Registered Architect in the State of Florida and certified by the National Council of Architectural Registration Boards.
155
Born and raised in New York City, Barie has completed his memoir of the first 21 years of his life called “Bronx Stardust” which includes his early years as a radio broadcaster at Pratt Institute Radio Station, which he founded while studying design. To support his studies at Yale University he worked as an announcer at WLAE-FM in Hartford and owned his own design business in New Haven.
He earned his Masters of Architecture degree at Yale University and is now a trustee of the Yale Alumni association of Southwest Florida formerly helping new aspiring students to apply for education of that prestigious university.
His monographs include: Schools and metaphors”; User’s metametaphoric phenomena of architecture and Music”; Metametaphors and Mondrian; The metametaphor theorem”; Multi-dimensional metaphoric thinking”; “Metaphors and Architecture.”; Teaching the techniques of making architectural metaphors in the twenty-first century.”; “Urban Passion”:;Metaphor as an inference from sign”; “A partial metaphoric vocabulary of Arabia”;”The Aesthetics of the Arab architectural metaphor”;“Framing the art vs. architecture argument; An architectural history of metaphors”: and “The sovereign built metaphor”. Recently he received The Florida AIA’s Presidential Honor Award “for volunteerism over multiple years to inform, guide or contribute to the AIA’s board’s mission “and his lecture is available at this link: http://globaluniversity.academia.edu/BarieFezBarringten/Books/1449761/Architecture_The_Making_Of_MetaphorsFor more about his various monographs, careers, art work, building designs, and city plans please visit many links by his name on the www and his website at http://www.bariefez-barringten.com

Advertisements

14 March 1996 EnsambleCopy (2) of Look of the Endtimes by Barie Fez-Barringten 002Cornerstone Narrative Chapter of the great Olivet prophesies of: Matthew 24
Second Coming: The Endtimes Olivet prophecy of Jesus Christ: Maranatha!
By Rev. Prof. Barie Fez-Barringten 52,156 words on 155 pages (include illus)
The sign of the second coming of Jesus, and of the end of the world;
is the rudder out of this world’s mess. Christ’s prophesies as written by Mathew, John, Isaiah, Daniel, David, Moses, Luke and others.
Prolog:
Not unlike the perceptions of the realities of the signs of our deteriorating mortal bodies we too see the signs of our deteriorating world. Not the planet (although ecologist, environmentalist and politicians see this as well) but the world’s social/political/economic structure balance and stability. But these are normal in the ebb and flow of life and the nature of world. However, it is the interventions, quirks and their dynamic and frequency which quicken our hearts and souls to believe the prophecy of the end of time.
Current world crisis:
Faced with a world which desensitizes about the person, works and purposes of Satan, cries for a new world order and rampant violations of the word of God this work is intended to refocus attention on the second coming of Jesus, and God’s vengeance on the sin, deception and lies of Satan. The world has accepted Satan as a condition of normal, so-called, modern life; life and the Godly as nonsense and abnormal The word of God is being perverted, misquoted and defaced by adept Satanist who hides behind church robes, national leaders and corporate management. Christians must have confidence in their salvation, and the truth of the word of God which is summed up in Jesus Sermon on the Mount of Olives: “The sign of the second coming of Jesus, and of the end of the world.”
Here is what former president Bush proclaimed: “Until now, the world we’ve known has been a world divided—a world of barbed wire and concrete block, conflict and cold war. Now, we can see a new world coming into view. A world in which there is the very real prospect of a new world order. In the words of Winston Churchill, a “world order” in which “the principles of justice and fair play … protect the weak against the strong …” A world where the United Nations, freed from cold war stalemate, is poised to fulfill the historic vision of its founders. A world in which freedom and respect for human rights find a home among all nations”
Here is what has been perverted:” Acts 1:14 says that Jesus’ disciples were praying with one accord after Jesus’ ascension to heaven. Also, Romans 15:6 says that Christians should glorify God with one accord”
The “so-called” one world is totally against the will of God which he made very clear in Genesis 11:1-9;
1 “Now the whole world had one language and a common speech”.
2 As people moved eastward, they found a plain in Shinar and settled there.
3 They said to each other, “Come, let’s make bricks and bake them thoroughly.” They used brick instead of stone, and tar for mortar.
4 Then they said, “Come, let us build ourselves a city, with a tower that reaches to the heavens, so that we may make a name for ourselves; otherwise we will be scattered over the face of the whole earth.”
5 But the LORD came down to see the city and the tower the people were building.
6 The LORD said, “If as one people speaking the same language they have begun to do this, then nothing they plan to do will be impossible for them.
7 Come, let us go down and confuse their language so they will not understand each other.”
8 So the LORD scattered them from there over all the earth, and they stopped building the city.
9 That is why it was called Babel—because there the LORD confused the language of the whole world. From there the LORD scattered them over the face of the whole earth”
Undoing this is obviously not the will of God! Rev. Adrian Dieleman writes (in part): “As man began to multiply in number they moved eastward from Ararat, the resting place of the ark.”They found a plain in Shinar and settled there” (Gen 11:2).
(Gen 11:3-4) “Come, let’s make bricks and bake them thoroughly; Come, let us build ourselves a city, with a tower that reaches to the heavens …”
Here man made an unholy alliance with fellow man. Here man proposed an ungodly covenant. More specifically, we can fault both the motive and the purpose for building the city with its tower. The motive for building the city with its tower was pride:
(Gen 11:4) Then they said, “Come, let us build ourselves a city, with a tower that reaches to the heavens, so that we may make a name for ourselves …”
The citizens of Babel wanted to build a monument to themselves. They wanted to be able to point to that high tower and say, “Look! Look at what we built – a tower that stretches to the heavens.” They wanted to be remembered for years to come for their engineering skill, intelligence, ambition, organization, and administration.
In contrast to this, over and over again in Scripture we are given the message of Micah 6:8 – that man is to walk humbly with his God. Like the psalmist we are to look at the works of God’s hands – the sun, moon, stars, and vast reaches of outer space – and ask, “What is man?” (Ps 8:4). Man is transitory, merely a temporary resident of this earth.
(Gen 11:4) “Come, let us build ourselves a city, with a tower that reaches to the heavens, so that we may make a name for ourselves and not be scattered over the face of the whole earth.”
Man was afraid of being divided, separated, spread out, of being “scattered over the face of the whole earth.” The tower served, then, as a kind of landmark. But more than that, it also gave identity, a sense of belonging, a feeling of security.
God say to man, (Gen 1:28) “Be fruitful and increase in number; fill the earth and subdue it. Rule over the fish of the sea and the birds of the air and over every living creature that moves on the ground.”
In fact, God blessed man to do this. God’s grace and favor rests upon man so that man will go out and humbly fill and subdue the earth. Man’s purpose, then, in building the city and tower was in direct disobedience to the command God gave at the time of man’s creation.
Now, at that time, according to Scripture, “the whole world had one language and a common speech” (Gen 11:1). Can you imagine a time when man was not divided into nations, tribes, peoples, and languages? Can you imagine a time when there existed only one culture, when all people shared a common heritage, history, and even thought patterns?
In the days of Peleg, says Scripture, “the earth was divided” (Gen 10:25). At the time of Babel man was divided into different languages. This caused man to scatter over the face of the earth. This caused the formation of different cultures. Even thought processes were changed. It was at Babel, then, that man was separated and divided into different languages, tribes, peoples, and nations.
This division was both a curse and a blessing for man. It was a blessing in that man was now obedient to God’s command to fill the earth and subdue it. It was a blessing in that the division of mankind made it possible for the many-sided abilities of the human race to come out. It was a blessing in that the division of mankind prevents all of humanity banding together in acts of evil. But, the division of mankind was also a curse in that mankind was no longer one even outwardly. Mankind was now marked by suspicion, estrangement, hostility, and even hatred towards those who were different in either language, race, nationality, or place of residence. It was at Babel, as Scripture says, that “the earth was divided” (Gen 10:25). What happened on Pentecost?
Luke’s intent is to reveal to us that Pentecost is the reversal of the curse of Babel. At Babel the earth was divided; God brought about the formation of different languages and cultures. But on Pentecost the unity of humanity was restored. For, notice what happens when the Spirit is poured out and indwells the disciples: they begin at once to address themselves to people of every nation and every tongue. The Spirit enabled them so to speak that all their listeners understood.
At Babel “the Lord confused the language of the whole world” (Gen 11:9) so that man could no longer understand and communicate with each other. But on Pentecost a new language was spoken, a language they all could understand a language that united in spite of linguistic, cultural, and racial barriers. According to Acts2:41, some three thousand “from every nation under heaven” was joined together as part of the church that day.

In his book, “Pentecost and Missions”, Dr. Harry Boer has this to say,
“At Pentecost Babel was reversed. People of every language, tongue, tribe, and nation are now united by the Gospel of Jesus Christ. Their culture and language may be different but the message they hear is the same – the message of the wonders of God, of salvation in and through Christ. Through the Spirit this message calls upon all men to repent and believe so that sins may be forgiven. Pentecost has come but we wait with eager longing for the second coming of Christ.
For at that time a new language will be spoken: the language of all the redeemed. It is the language of the new heaven and new earth. It is the language spoken when sin with all its consequences is overcome by the power of God’s grace in Christ. The prophet Zephaniah speaks of that time. According to the prophet, the Lord says:
(Zeph. 3:9) “Yet, at that time I will change the speech of the peoples to a pure speech, that all of them may call on the name of the Lord and serve him with one accord.
Then, finally, there will be true and perfect unity between persons of every nation, tribe, language, and people”
And, until He comes again, scattered is how He wants us so that we turn toward Him and not the world for strength and survival. He is our sure security and source of for everything per John 15:
Crystal Mary Lindsey::artist
1 “I am the true vine, and my Father is the gardener.
4 “Remain in me, as I also remain in you. No branch can bear fruit by itself; it must remain in the vine. Neither can you bear fruit unless you remain in me.
5 “I am the vine; you are the branches. If you remain in me and I in you, you will bear much fruit; apart from me you can do nothing.
7 “If you remain in me and my words remain in you, ask whatever you wish, and it will be done for you.
8 “This is to my Father’s glory, that you bear much fruit, showing yourselves to be my disciples”; So many of God’s covenants with us are exactly what Satan “cons” us out of by beguiling, confusing, tempting and tricking.
Here is what Chip Berlet, an American investigative reporter specializing in the study of right-wing movements in the U.S., writes: “When President Bush announced his new foreign policy would help build a New World Order, his phrasing surged through the Christian and secular hard right like an electric shock, since the phrase had been used to represent the dreaded collectivist One World Government for decades. Some Christians saw Bush as signaling the End Times betrayal by a world leader. Secular anticommunists saw a bold attempt to smash US sovereignty and impose a tyrannical collectivist system run by the United Nations.
Hughes, a professor of religion, warns that no religious idea has greater potential for shaping global politics in profoundly negative ways than “the new world order”. He writes in a February 2011 article entitled Revelation, Revolutions, and the Tyrannical New World Order:
“The crucial piece of this puzzle is the identity of the Antichrist, the tyrannical figure who both leads and inspires the new world order. […] for many years, rapture theologians identified the Soviet Union as the Antichrist. But after Sept. 11, they became quite certain that the Antichrist was closely connected with the Arab world and the Muslim religion. This means, quite simply, that for rapture theologians, Islam stands at the heart of the tyrannical “new world order.” Precisely here we discover why the idea of a “new world order” has such potential to move global politics in profoundly negative directions, for rapture theologians typically welcome war with the Islamic world” . As Bill Moyers wrote of the rapture theologians, “A war with Islam in the Middle East is not something to be feared but welcomed—an essential conflagration on the road to redemption”.
“Further, rapture theologians co-opt the United States as a tool in their cosmic vision—a tool God will use to smite the Antichrist and the enemies of righteousness’. This is why Tim LaHaye, co-author of the best-selling series of end-times books, could lend such strong support to the American invasion and occupation of Iraq. By virtue of that war, LaHaye believed, Iraq would become “a focal point of end-times events.” Even more disturbing is the fact that rapture theologians blissfully open the door to nuclear holocaust. Rapture theologians have always held that God will destroy his enemies at the end of time in the Great Battle of Armageddon. But since World War II, they have increasingly identified Armageddon with nuclear weaponry, thereby lending biblical inevitability to the prospects of nuclear annihilation. As one prophecy writer put it: “The holocaust of atomic war would fulfill the prophecies.”[
The anti-globalization movement, or counter-globalization movement, is a social movement critical of the globalization of corporate capitalism. The movement is also commonly referred to as the global justice movement, alter-globalization movement, anti-globalist movement, anti-corporate globalization movement, or movement against neoliberal globalization.

Participants base their criticisms on a number of related ideas. What is shared is that participants oppose what they see as large, multi-national corporations having unregulated political power, exercised through trade agreements and deregulated financial markets.
Specifically, corporations are accused of seeking to maximize profit at the expense of work safety conditions and standards, labor hiring and compensation standards, environmental conservation principles, and the integrity of national legislative authority, independence and sovereignty.
As of January 2012, some commentators have characterized the unprecedented changes in the global economy as “turbo-capitalism” (Edward Luttwak), “market fundamentalism” (George Soros), “casino capitalism” (Susan Strange), “cancer-stage capitalism” (John McMurtry), and as “McWorld” (Benjamin Barber).
Many anti-globalization activists call for forms of global integration that better provide democratic representation, advancement of human rights, fair trade and sustainable development and therefore feel the term “anti-globalization” is misleading.
Add to all of this Atheistic Satanism (also known as LaVeyan Satanism or Modern Satanism) is a direction founded in 1966 by Anton Szandor LaVey. Its teachings are based on individualism, Epicureanism, and “eye for an eye” morality. Atheistic Satanists are rational thinking and consider the gods only as aspects of the unconscious mind which is the result of a natural force that controls the universe construction and destruction. According to religioustolerance.org, LaVeyan Satanism is a “small religious group that is unrelated to any other faith, and whose members feel free to satisfy their urges responsibly, exhibit kindness to their friends, and attack their enemies”. Its beliefs were first detailed in The Satanic Bible and it is overseen by the Church of Satan.
Even so, the more effective work of Satan, evil and the devil is in the unrecognized con men in every-day society that have been duped, conditioned and modified to follow the will of Satan.
They gain the world and lose their very soul

Table of contents:
Prolog
Current world crisis
Table of Contents
Preface
Relevance
Design of the Book
Understanding current events through Bible Prophesy.
Overview Introduction:
General Characteristics of a prophet
A Prophet’s Strengths
Who are the Bible’s prophets?
What books in the bible will we study?
Woes”, “thing’s, “sorrows” and “birthpangs”
Isis: 2014
Syria 2013
Russia 2013
End time collapse of governments
Dake’s Dispensations

Preface
“Second Coming” is God’s guideline for us to understand the world’s current and coming events. The book is focused on the end times and the second coming of Jesus Christ. The book is written believing Paul ‘s saying: in Romans 13:11: “And do this, knowing the time, that now it is high time to awake out of sleep; for now our salvation is nearer than when we first believed.”
In the footnotes you will find Evidence of “woes” that we now live in the “end times”: The most important choice was to turn to Jesus himself to structure the chapters, topics and subjects then finding scripture to reify Jesus very own issue. So the sequence and the process is led by Jesus but the selection of biblical and theological divisions of the word were the authors and meant to faithfully reveal Jesus words and the Holy Spirits emphasis and illumination.
Relevance:
In Romans 8:32 Paul says that the redemption of our lives is not complete until we have, as it says in, our “adoption as sons, the redemption of our bodies.” And the redemption of our bodies happens, according to Philippians 3:21, when the Lord of glory comes back in his glorious body and gives us bodies like his glorious body. This will happen at the second coming, and so it is an absolutely essential doctrine. This fact is fundamental to our hope and in which we trust. Without this everything which we believe about the resurrection, eternal life and the very structure of heaven and earth depends.
Design of the Book
This book is based on the author’s notes from his Prophecy bible study and therefore each comment, conclusion and description is explained, supplemented or rooted in a specific and often quoted verse from the bible. All Bible addresses are noted in bold font and where appropriate the text has been quoted. The author has liberally changed versions from NIV, KJV, Hebrew and others. Excerpts quotations are liberally cited credited and footnoted allowing the reader to identify sources and authorities to supplement biblical quotations. The driving motivation is to give Christ’s second coming the scholarship, authenticity and realism warranted by the importance and weight of the topic which affects every person from every nation, social status, religion, denomination, belief and worship practice. Biblical quotations are in regular font while descriptions, narratives and opinions are in bold face type.
Understanding current events through Bible Prophesy.
This manuscript may answer how God judges our political, financial and social events of our time, including the future of Israel, Middle East, China and our own country, prepare us for the end of the age; which is why we read to help understand and grow in Christ. We can make metaphoric inferences from descriptions, characterizations, forecasts to our current times.
We can see the world today through the prism of the word of God.
This study includes Daniel and Revelation, themes from the Major Prophets, all in view of God’s dispensational truths. It will be simple and straight forward for everyone to understand.
Noteworthy, about the book of Revelation Jesus Christ said: “Blessed is he who reads aloud the words of the prophecy, and blessed are those who hear, and who keep what is written therein; for the time is near. (Rev 1:3)
About His return, our Lord Jesus Christ said: “No one knows about that day or hour, not even the angels in heaven, nor the Son, but only the Father.” “Therefore, keep watch, because you do not know on what day your Lord will come.” Mat 24:36-42
Our very own maturity, spiritual growth and readiness for meeting Christ are reckoning the world we inhabit with the word of God.
This work focuses on the end times; the second coming of Jesus Christ and Israel’s present and future. Our goal is that we may understand the Bible’s prophesies and better know God’s grand plan for all of us studying old and New Testament scriptures, foundationally: Mathew 24; Revelation 7, 19- 22 and Daniel 7- 12; Aside from hearing God, Bible prophecy is God’s guideline for us to understand the world’s current and coming events. Hence you will find the “woes” of our time in the footnotes.
Again, our Cornerstone Narrative Chapter is: Mathew 24: Jesus Christ’s Sermon on the Mount of Olives/ Little Apocalypse because it includes Jesus’ descriptions of the end times. It is authentic to the topic and knowing reality.
Overview Introduction:
God, in His Love, gives us prophesy to remind us to be watchful in these end times and to look forward to His glorious second coming.
The bible has many prophecies; however this book will study those prophecies which tell us about:
(1)The second coming of Jesus Christ;
(2) The end of times and
(3) Current events and the place Israel has in the present and future. We will rely on the prophecy of Jesus in Mathew Cornerstone Narrative Chapter 24, Daniel (7-12, Jesus & John in Revelations (19-22) and a variety of prophets and prophesies about Israel in both the old and New Testament.
We should look to develop our own ability to discern the word of God by praying for wisdom to understand current times and prognostications, to know truth from fiction and be wary of the evil around us. This study should provide the scriptural tools to see the world compared to the spirit, to know truth from fiction. Remember, all bible studies are to know the will of God so that we may pray, believe and behave in God’s, and, not our own will. We divide, and, in the Lord’s progressions study the word.
Prophecy is a process in which one or more messages that have been communicated by God to a prophet are then communicated to others. Such messages typically involve divine inspiration, interpretation, or revelation of conditioned events to come (divine knowledge) the process of prophecy especially involves reciprocal communication of the prophet with God. Prophet: a prophet is an individual who has been contacted by God, and can speak for Him. He is serving as an intermediary with humanity, delivering this new found knowledge from God to other people. The message that the prophet conveys is called a prophecy. Prophecy is a Spiritual gift from the Holy Spirit and dispensed by Jesus Christ.
A Christian’s motivational spiritual gift represents what God does in him to shape his perspective on life and motivate his words and actions. Romans 12:3–8 describes “basic motivations,” which are characterized by inherent qualities or abilities within a believer—the Creator’s unique workmanship in him or her.
General Characteristics of a prophet
A prophet’s basic motivational drive is to apply the Word of God to a situation so that sin is exposed and relationships are restored. Prophets might be considered the “trumpets” of the Body of Christ who sound the alarm in the face of sin and compromise. A prophet calls attention to sin and wrong attitudes. The prophet is passionate about exposing sin, so that truth can be revealed and fellowship with God can be restored. For a prophet, any solution that involves compromise is unacceptable. The prophet often displays the spiritual gift of discerning of spirits; he is able to discern true motives as the Holy Spirit gives him divine insights. As a general rule, the prophet is more interested in whether or not the heart is pure than whether or not the activity in question is acceptable.
Prophets are usually outspoken, sometimes brash; they tell it like it is. They tend to see issues as “black or white,” not “gray.”

A Prophet’s Strengths
• A prophet is confident in his use of Scripture, because he regards Scripture as the only source of truth. A mature prophet easily discerns hypocrisy, because God has gifted him to discern Truth. The prophet accepts absolutes easily. The rest of us try to explain them away; prophets simply take God at His Word.
He is not easily swayed by emotions. A prophet has a deep capacity to trust God, based on what God has promised. This is the prophet’s attitude: “If it’s right, “do it”. Trust God for the outcome—it’s His responsibility.”
Who are the Bible’s prophets?
Minor Prophets of the Old Testament:
The term “Minor” relates to the length of each book not its importance ; even the longest is short compared to the three Major prophets, Isaiah, Ezekiel and Jeremiah. (Not about a book: Jesus, Moses, Elijah and Enoch)
The twelve minor prophets are in the Old Testament are:
Hosea;Amos;Micah;Joel;Obadiah;Jonah;Nahum;Habakkuk;Zephaniah;Haggai;&Malachi
The New Testament has 17 prophets: Jesus:Peter/Simon;Andrew;James;John;Philip;Nathaniel/Bartholomew;Matthew;Thomas;James;Simon;Jude/Judas (brother of James);Judas Iscariot; Matthias; Barnabas; Paul/Saul; and Agabus
What books in the bible will we study?
Mostly Mathew; Revelations; Daniel and some others (as Ezekiel, Thessalonians, Isaiah and Ephesians).
May the love of God be with us all on this journey
Woes”, “thing’s, “sorrows” and “birthpangs”
What things?: (What are “these things” of Math 24:1and “beginning of sorrows” or “birth pangs” (Mt 24:8 )
List of the “things”
“Great distress upon the land:
(Luke 21) “Jerusalem shall be trodden down of the Gentiles, until The times of the Gentiles be fulfilled; signs in sun and moon and stars; and upon the earth distress of nations, in perplexity for the roaring of the sea and the billows; men fainting for fear, and for expectation of the things which are coming on the world: for the powers of the heavens shall be shaken”.
Rom 11: 25, 26. “The next time the Lord Jesus sees the nation of Israel, is when the Deliverer comes out of Zion to turn ungodliness away from them and they, Israel, accept him as their King and Messiah”.
You must remember, that when this happens, they will be back in the Land
of Palestine but they will be still in a state of unbelief in Jesus as their
Messiah and Savior. Therefore their return to Palestine is not because they accept the Lord Jesus It is a requirement that they are unbelievers at this stage.
Finally they will repent and believe in the Lord Jesus and the Davidic
Kingdom will begin and the promises to Abraham will be fulfilled at last.

“The Time of the End” spoken of in the book of Daniel is referred to by
Jesus in the prophecies of Matt 24, Mark 13, and Luke 21.
“The Nation of Israel will have returned to Palestine with their capital in Jerusalem but still in unbelief of Jesus of Nazareth as their promised Messiah. At the appointed time they will be converted and accept Jesus as their Messiah” per Zech 12:8, 10. Matt 10.17 “Beware of men; for they will deliver you up to councils, and flog you in their synagogues, and you will be dragged before governors and kings for my sake, to bear testimony before them and the Gentiles”.
“When they deliver you up, do not be anxious how you are to speak or what you are to say; for what you are to say will be given to you in that hour; for it is not you who speak, but the Spirit of your Father speaking through you. Brother will deliver up brother to death, and the father his child, and children will rise against parents and have them put to death; and you will be hated by all for my name’s sake. But he who endures to the end will be saved. When they persecute you in one town, flee to the next” We experienced this in Saudi Arabia and other places as India, Paris, etc.
“Beginning of sorrows” or “birthpangs” (Mt 24:8)
“Nation against nation, kingdom against kingdom” (World War III) (Mt 24:7)
“Earthquakes, famine and plagues in all places” (not “diverse” places) (Mt 24:7 HRV/Hebrew = Lk 21:11 YLT) (See below for details.)
“Terrifying sights and great signs from heaven” (Lk 21:11/Mt 24:7/Rev 6:12-8:13).
Isis: 2014: ISIS’ five year territorial expansion plan

These days it is ISIS the Islamic State in Iraq and the Levant (alternatively translated as Islamic State in Iraq and Syria or Islamic State in Iraq and al-Shām) is an unrecognized state and active jihadist militant group in Iraq and Syria influenced by Wahabism. In its unrecognized self-proclaimed status as an independent state, it claims the territory of Iraq and Syria, with implied future claims intended over more of the Levant, including Lebanon, Israel, Palestine, Jordan, Cyprus, and Southern Turkey.
No doubt the current political Isis finds its inspiration from the ancient form. (Ancient Greek: Ἶσις, original Egyptian pronunciation more likely “Aset” or “Iset”) is a goddess in Ancient Egyptian religious beliefs, whose worship spread throughout the Greco-Roman world.
She was worshipped as the ideal mother and wife as well as the patroness of nature and magic. She was the friend of slaves, sinners, artisans and the downtrodden, but she also listened to the prayers of the wealthy, maidens, aristocrats and rulers. Isis is also known as protector of the dead and goddess of children.
The name Isis means “Throne”. Some theologians say that Isis is the iconic model for all the female idols and icons of all religions, including the deification of the mother of Jesus:”Mary”. Others also claim the custom of women and men wearing makeup, masks and other paraphernalia are similarly inspired. Theater, Hollywood, etc are other such examples.
In any case, ISIS is now a new self proclaimed, sovereign political entity with which the GCU (Gulf Cooperative Council) OPEC (Oil Petroleum Exporting Countries); Egypt, Jordon, Saudi Arabia, Kuwait, Bahrain and others will contend. For the west in means a consolidated terrorist state whose primary mission is not to thrive as a populated state but to be the base to attack its proclaimed enemies. It is an extreme unfettered Wahhabi state. The west has just come off of wars in the area. These wars will eventually seem like “warm up” prelude to what is to follow.
Egypt and the Muslim Brother are a part of this upheaval.Joel Richardson writes: (Isaiah 19:2-3) “I will stir up Egyptian against Egyptian – brother will fight against brother, neighbor against neighbor, city against city, kingdom against kingdom. The Egyptians will lose heart, and I will bring their plans to nothing.”
This prophecy is also seen to flow together with Daniel 11, where the prophet follows the transition from the historical Medo-Persian Empire (11:2) to the Alexandrian Greek Empire (11:3), to the death of Alexander in 323 B.C. and the division of his empire among his generals (11:4).
Dan Knezacek writes: “The enmity between the Shiite and Sunni Muslim sects is so great that they cannot cooperate on anything, even when it comes to Israel, and that enmity is getting more intense by the day. Psalm 83 wars will occur before ISIS realizes the completion of their goals, and will take place in the middle of their conquests. Its result will cause ISIS to pretty much disappear as a political force. Israel will be left the dominant nation in the Middle East. From the map you can see that they intend to take Israel’s territory as a part of this plan. They are serious in this, and in all of their threats, but they are no match for the God of the bible. ISIS is even threatening nuclear war against Israel I believe the evidence is that the Psalm 83 war will end in nuclear destruction of several cities, including Damascus, Cairo, Baghdad, Riyadh, and possibly other Middle Eastern cities. (Isaiah 17:1, Ezekiel 30:1-9, Zechariah 11:1-2) The seriousness of ISIS’ threats will not leave Israel any choice…they will act on them”.
Dr. John McTernan writes in the Latter Times News:” Obadiah 1:15 “For the day of the LORD is near upon all the heathen: as thou hast done, it shall be done unto thee: thy reward shall return upon thine own head”. The establishment of an Islamic caliphate has the potential to be the most important fulfillment of Bible prophecy since Israel became a state in 1948 and Jerusalem’s unification in 1967. A caliphate would unite all the Arabs and perhaps even all of Islam against Israel. This is exactly what the Bible states is going to happen just prior to Armageddon.
What this caliphate needs to succeed and expand is a mass public uprising in its support. A war between Israel and the Palestinians could be this catalyst. It is easy to see Jordan fall to ISIS during a war with Israel and then Egypt. I have said all along that Syria is doomed and when ISIS consolidates power, they will turn on Syria. Syria is going to fall; there is no doubt about this.
It appears from here on out that incredible prophetic events will unfold before our eyes.
“The newly declared “Islamic State” is trying to reinforce its battlefield achievements in Syria and Iraq by creating a new Sunni Muslim religious entity to overturn the prevailing regional political order rooted in the Sykes-Picot Agreement (1916). The military capability of the “Islamic State” in Iraq to expand the territories under its rule is limited. Therefore, its leaders are directly appealing to Muslims all over the world to support the caliphate and to rebel against existing governments. The declaration of the caliphate escalates the conflict between Sunnis and Shiites and is likely to impact the Muslim communities in the West as well.
As a new regional reality emerges in the Middle East, Israel faces new and more complex security challenges than in the past. These threats, once again, sharply focus the issue of defensible borders west of the Jordan River.”
Because we believe the Bible and understand prophecy, we know where this is all heading. After the war Israel is left standing and will become a world economic power. This coming war with Islam will trigger the prophetic events setting the stage for the antichrist, Armageddon and the Second Coming of Jesus Christ with His bride.”
Tomorrow’s World writes:” Bible prophecies indicate that before Christ’s return, a European Beast power will surround Jerusalem with armies (Luke 21:20-24). Those European forces could be sent to the Holy Land initially to stabilize the region and protect the Israelis in Jerusalem. Bible prophecies also reveal that the Beast or King of the North will prevail over the Arab King of the South in the Holy Land (Daniel 11:40-43). Groups like ISIS may fade, but their actions could lead to the emergence of the King of the South and bring a greater European presence in the Holy Land
Syria 2013
With U.S. warships looming offshore, reports of chemical weapons and saber-rattling from Iran about the coming of Armageddon, the nation of Syria and its capital, Damascus, are at the epicenter of what some suggest may become a prophesied battle of biblical proportions.“Many students of the Word of God see a major alignment of ancient prophecies regarding the end times being fulfilled right before our eyes,” “The ancient Hebrew prophecy contained in Isaiah 17 is presently poised to find final fulfillment, and it could easily be provoked by a poorly calculated political move by America “Current contemplations of the Obama administration to strategically strike Syria to punish the Assad regime for using chemical weapons on his Syrian countrymen could be the spark that sets the entire Mideast ablaze. President Assad has threatened to attack Tel Aviv on several occasions during the Syrian revolution, and his latest threats have prompted Israelis to scramble for gas masks. This has now spread to ISIS to cover parts of Iraq.
Isaiah 17: A prophecy against Damascus:
“See, Damascus will no longer be a city
but will become a heap of ruins.

2 The cities of Aroer (in present day Jordon) will be deserted
and left to flocks, which will lie down,
with no one to make them afraid.
3 The fortified city will disappear from Ephraim,
and royal power from Damascus;
the remnant of Aram (a lost city on the Arabian Peninsula) will be
like the glory of the Israelites,”
declares the LORD Almighty
Russia 2013
Don Koenig claims that Russia will invade Israel in the end times. “The scriptures indicate that a northern army will invade Israel in the last days. Bible scholars have traced the tribes and have determined that this northern army is led by tribes that have settled in Russia. This prophecy has never been fulfilled so it will be fulfilled in the future.
The details of this invasion from the north are given in Ezekiel chapters 38 and 39. The allies that come with this northern invader are named by nation (tribe). Today most of these nations are Islamic and are enemies of Israel. Ezekiel even lists the countries that will question the reason for this invasion. These nations seem to be nations that come out of the old British Empire and oil rich nations aligned with the West. Ezekiel mentions these nations as Tarshish, all her young lions (English speaking nations), Sheba and Dedan (Saudi Arabia Kuwait). The alignment of nations predicted in Ezekiel is the alignment that we see in that region today.
God said He will destroy this northern army that comes against Israel and by doing so He will magnify Himself and become known to many nations.
It says in Ezekiel that at the time of this invasion God will send fire on Magog (Russia) and those that dwell securely in the isles (or coast lands), and from that day they shall know that the God of Israel exists.
There is lots of hearsay as Ezekiel’s prophecy of Gog and Magog (chapters 38 and 39.) does not apply to the Second Advent but to the end of the Millennium.
Russia is moving toward superpower status again and a new dictatorship Russia has emerged out of the depression it was in for many years after the fall of the Soviet Union. New growth in the economy due to Russia’s rich natural resources will soon bring Russia back to superpower status again. Nationalism, lawlessness and anti-Semitism are rising today in Russia. Most of the former Soviet bloc leaders of the old Soviet Union have come back into power. Over fifty percent of the positions of power in Russia including Putin are former KGB officers.
They lament the fall of the old Soviet Union and they wish to form a new union of nations led by Russia. Putin recently announced that there will be a new Eurasian union and it is expect to be in place by 2014.There is no longer freedom of speech in Russia. TV and other media are once again government controlled and enemies often end up dead. The new steps taken by Putin to regain centralized control are leading to a dictatorship.

Russia continues to modernize its nuclear weapons and to prepare underground facilities in case of war. Russia has successfully developed a new long range missile that can change directions after launch. These missiles can successfully penetrate the antimissile system shield that is being developed by the United States.
Russia also has strategic ties to regional Islamic countries. Russia is actively aiding Iran in building nuclear power plants that will give Iran nuclear material for nuclear weapons. The Arab/Islamic countries have one common enemy and at some point they will try to rid themselves of the Israeli presence with Russia as their protector. The prophecies in Ezekiel 38 and 39 indicate that God will put a hook in the jaw of Russia and bring her down against the land of Israel in the latter years. The hook could very well be the defense pacts and economic agreements that Russia has established with Syria, Iran and other Islamic nations. In the battle described in Ezekiel, Russia will be the leader of a regional coalition against Israel.”
End time Economic collapse
Inflationary depression worse than the great depression: two thirds of the families in the US are now invested in the stock market compared to three percent in the great crash of 1929. When the economic crash comes, retirement accounts, mutual funds and most paper wealth will be wiped out. Most banks and financial institutions will fail, be bailed out, or be taken over by the government (causing further devaluation of the dollar).
Most people making a living on the service sector of our economy will be unemployed. Prices on everything made in this country will either deflate or paper money will lose most of its value. The resultant depression will affect everyone and it will be the worst that this nation has ever known.
When the US economy goes down it will take the world economy with it. This economic collapse will cause great civil unrest all over the world; cities will be filled with riots and later with troops. Democracy will be dead and people will look to demigods to solve their problems. When the economy of the West crashes Russia may get ideas to invade the Middle East to seize its riches.
There is no precise definition of an economic collapse. The term has been used to describe a broad range of bad economic conditions from a severe, prolonged depression with high bankruptcy rates and high unemployment, such as the Great Depression, to a breakdown in normal commerce caused by hyperinflation (such as in Weimar Germany), or even an economically caused sharp increase in the death rate and perhaps even a decline in population (Former USSR). Often economic collapse is accompanied by social chaos, civil unrest and sometimes a breakdown of law and order.
End time collapse of governments
In his article “When Nations Fall” Noel Horner wrote: “The fall of nations and empires often takes place over several generations. Sometimes, however, it’s sudden and takes place virtually overnight, stunning the world. Are we on the verge of witnessing another collapse? Are we paying attention to growing warning signs?”
Historian Arnold Toynbee (1889-1975) wrote a classic analysis on the rise and fall of civilizations. In his 12-volume work, A Study of History, he examined 21 great civilizations. Of all these, the only one that survives intact to the present is the United States of America.
“If you were to poll Americans about whether they could envision the fall of their nation, most would probably react with a resounding negative answer.
Such a response would be no surprise. Citizens of some of the great empires of the past thought the same, but America would be wise to heed the lessons of history.
America has existed as a nation for less than two and a half centuries. Yet one of the longest-lasting civilizations of the past, ancient Rome, fell after more than 12 centuries. This was after standing first as a monarchy, then a republic, then an empire. America is more than united states, it is a as much an ideal as was the Egyptian, Greek and Roman Empires. It is the fulfillment of the covenants of God and words of Jesus in the Old and New Testament.”
Note in the preamble to the constitution that:” Blessings of Liberty” is capitalized. Most notably in Isaiah 61:1:” The Spirit of the Lord God is upon me, because the Lord has anointed me to bring good news to the poor; He has sent me to bind up the brokenhearted, to proclaim liberty to the captives, and the opening of the prison to those who are bound;” and Galatians 5:1:” For freedom Christ has set us free; stand firm therefore, and do not submit again to a yoke of slavery”. And, finally Romans 8:21:“That the creation itself will be set free from its bondage to corruption and obtain the freedom of the glory of the children of God”. Indeed, liberty is a divine blessing conveying sovereignty, authority and freedom from Satan, evil, enslavement, control, restraint and independence.
In the waning days of the Western Roman Empire, which came to an end in A.D. 476, how did the Romans themselves feel about their status? In his book:”The fall of Rome” Author Bryan Ward-Perkins wrote, “Romans before the fall were as certain as we are today that their world would continue forever substantially unchanged”.

Dake’s structure of theology is definitely dispensational.
He recognized 9 distinct dispensations in Scripture.
1. Dispensation of God’s rule in eternity past.
2. Dispensation of Innocence.
3. Dispensation of Conscience.
4. Dispensation of Human Government.
5. Dispensation of Promise.
6. Dispensation of Law.
7. Dispensation of Grace.
8. Dispensation of Divine Government.
9. Dispensation of God’s rule in eternity future.

Table of Contents
Chapter One: Unfulfilled Prophecy: When and Duration
Chapter two: Who
Chapter Three: Where
Chapter Four: Who
Chapter Five: Who?
Chapter Six: When and by which signs? Deception! Rumors.
Chapter Seven: Travail of Israel
Chapter Eight: The sign of the actual start of The Tribulation
Chapter Nine: Flesh vs. Spirit
Chapter Ten: Birth Pains
Chapter Eleven: Mid-Tribulation
Chapter Twelve: Time
Chapter Thirteen: Sign of His second coming
Chapter Fourteen: Abomination of desolation
Chapter Fifteen: Babylon
Chapter Sixteen: Structural Planetary Topographical changes
Chapter Seventeen: When/Time
Chapter Eighteen: Duration
Chapter Nineteen: Katabole vs. Themelioo
Chapter Twenty: Mid-Tribulation
Chapter: Twenty One: The remnant
Chapter: Twenty Two: Satan’s Work
Chapter: Twenty Three: Discernment
Chapter: Twenty Four: Soul, Spirit and Body
Chapter: Twenty Five: A Supernatural Day
Chapter: Twenty Six: Spirit of Devils
Chapter: Twenty Seven: Marriage Supper of the Lamb

Chapter One: Unfulfilled Prophecy: When and Duration
The foundation of this book is what I call the Cornerstone Narrative Chapter of the great Olivet prophesies of: Matthew 24. Jesus refocuses from the transient mundane to the permanent ethereal reality of God’s creation. The purpose of this chapter is to plant God’s vocabulary of His dispensation of grace which includes our clear understanding. Deuteronomy 31:6 – “Be strong and of a good courage, fear not, nor be afraid of them: for the LORD thy God, He [it is] that doth go with thee; He will not fail thee, nor forsake thee.”
Math 24:1-3 prophesied the destruction of Jerusalem which was fulfilled. However these verses guide us into unfulfilled prophesy.
Mat 24:1. “And Jesus went out, and departed from the temple: and his disciples came to Him for to shew him the buildings of the temple. 2 And Jesus said unto them, See ye not all these things? Verily I say unto you, there shall not be left here one stone upon another that shall not be thrown down”. (This is the First prophecy of Math 24)
Mount of Olives
Mat 243 “And as he sat upon the Mount of Olives (adjacent to the Jerusalem’s Old City), the disciples came unto him privately, saying, Tell us, when shall these things be? and what shall be the sign of thy coming, and of the end of the world? “
As they, we are today’s decuples to uncover the answers to their question where they distinguish between both His coming and the end of the world: the following are where the answers lie: Lu21:20-24 {Times of the gentiles is the brief time the Jewish temple [temple is occupied by the Gentiles and then exited by the second coming of Christ}) WHEN is a conditional prerequisites being the “time of punishment in fulfillment of all that has been written”.
Jewish Temple
Hos 9: 7 “There will be a time which is now when Israel will get punished by God, yet there are many false prophets who will deny this during this time”. The time has come when I am going to punish you.
Mark Kirkpatrick writes:” The time has come when you will have to pay.
You will have to pay for what you have done.
Israel should know about this!
You have so many *sins. You are so angry with me.
This is why you think that the prophet is a stupid person.
You think that he has God’s Spirit but that he is crazy”.
Dan 9:27 WHEN: (Amplified) “And he {Antichrist} shall enter into a strong and firm covenant with the many (Israel and surrounding tribes) for one week [seven years]. ) And in the midst of the week he (Antichrist) shall cause the sacrifice and offering to cease [for the remaining three and one-half years]; and upon the wing or pinnacle of abominations [shall come] one (“long before offering himself a sacrifice once and for all, he [Jesus], did already put an end to all the Levitical sacrifices.”) who makes desolate, until the full determined end is poured out on the desolator. The third period of one week (seven years) in which Antichrist will make and break a covenant with Israel ending with the second advent of the Messiah.( The ultimate in blasphemy is idolatry where the overspreading of wings and the replacing of the “mercy-seat” in the place of the temple with the image of the beast as statues. In Mark 13:14 Christ called this:”the abomination of desolation”. ) (Rev4:1-19:21{see later})
Rev11:1-3 ½ DURATION of tribulation and two witnesses
Rev11:2 “But the court which is without the temple (see below) leave out, and measure it not; for it is given unto the Gentiles: and the holy city shall they tread under foot forty and two months”(31/2 years; half of the seven years of the tribulation).
Bible Study Tools.com writes: “This casting out of the court of the Gentiles because it is the court of the Gentiles, proves the present dispensation at an end. Now Gentiles and Jews stand on the same level. The one has no prerogatives or rights above the other. In the Church there is neither Greek nor Jew, Barbarian, Scythian, neither bond nor free; but all nationalities and conditions in life yield to one common brotherhood and heirship. The text, therefore, tells of a new order of things. . . . The Jew is again in the foreground for the fathers’ sakes, and the Gentiles are thrust back”.
The Lord says: “When you come to appear before Me, who has required this from your hand, to trample My courts? Bring no more futile sacrifices; incense is an abomination to Me. The New Moons, the Sabbaths, and the calling of assemblies-I cannot endure iniquity and the sacred meeting. Your New Moons and your appointed feasts My soul hates; they are a trouble to Me, I am weary of bearing them. When you spread out your hands, I will hide My eyes from you; even though you make many prayers, I will not hear. Your hands are full of blood. (Isa. 1:12-15)”
Jeremiah explains the reason the times of the Gentiles will come to an end is so that the nation of Israel will be free to serve God under the Messianic economy of the Millennial Kingdom. It is God’s jealousy over His chosen nation which will bring this about. Woe to the nations who will fail to appreciate God’s zeal for Israel!
‘Therefore do not fear, O My servant Jacob,’ says the LORD, ‘Nor be dismayed, O Israel; for behold, I will save you from afar, and your seed from the land of their captivity. Jacob shall return, have rest and be quiet, and no one shall make him afraid. For I am with you,’ says the LORD, ‘to save you; Though I make a full end of all nations where I have scattered you, yet I will not make a complete end of you. But I will correct you in justice, and will not let you go altogether unpunished.’ (Jer. 30:10-11)
Read further in footnotes #4

Chapter two: Who
Continuing with Cornerstone Narrative Chapter called the great Olivet prophesy of: Matthew 24:3 “And as he sat upon the Mount of Olives, the disciples came unto him privately, saying, Tell us, when shall these things be? And what shall be the sign of thy coming, and of the end of the world? Now we ask who?
From the Orthodox Jewish Bible (OJB): called “Hisgalus” (Rev.) 17:8-17
8 “The Chayyah: {the part of the soul that allows one to have an awareness of the divine life force itself.} (Anti-Mashiach {Anti-Christ}), which you saw, was, and is not, and is about to come up out of the Tehom (Abyss) and goes to destruction. And the ones dwelling on ha’aretz will be astonished, those whose names have not been found written in the Safer HaChayyim (Book of Life) from the hivvased tevel (foundation of the world), when they see the Chayyah (Anti- Mashiach) that was, and is not, and is to come” .Just suppose “the world” named in this verse does not mean the planet earth and its structure but “the world” referred in John 3:16: “For God so loved the world……………….”. This would mean that for God the world which He loves did not exist until there were believers and/or potential believers. There is no theology I know of that so explains these verses in this way but suppose it were true. That the verses with word “world referred to His created creatures and not the planet earth from which Adam was formed. It would totally mean the end of the world would be the end of believers upon this earth at the time of His second coming and His affinity toward his children from the very beginning of the time of grace until the time of grace ends. There is more about the word world in the foot notes.
9 “This calls for a mind having chochmah (wisdom). The sheva (seven) heads are sheva (seven) mountains. On these the Isha (woman) is sitting also, they are Shiva (seven) melachim (kings);
10 “Five of whom have fallen, one is living, and the other did not yet come; and when he comes, it is necessary for him to remain a little zman (time).
11 “And the Chayyah (beast) which was and is not, even he is an Eighth, but belongs to HaShivah (The Seven) and goes to Avaddon (Destruction).
12 “And the eser (ten) horns which you saw are asarah melachim (ten kings) who have not yet received a malchut, but they are to receive samchut (authority) as melachim (kings), for one hour, together with the Chayyah (Anti-Mashiach).{ Malkuth means Kingdom. It is associated with the realm of matter/earth and relates to the physical world, the planets and the solar system. It is important not to think of this sephirah as merely “unspiritual”, for even though it is the emanation furthest from the divine source, it is still on the Tree of Life. As the receiving sphere of all the other sephirot above it, Malkuth gives tangible form to the other emanations. It is like the negative node of an electrical circuit. The divine energy comes down and finds its expression in this plane, and our purpose as human beings is to bring that energy back around the circuit again and up the Tree.}
13 “These are united in yielding their ko’ach (power) and samchut (authority) to the Chayyah (beast; Anti- Mashiach).
14 “These with the SEH (Lamb, Mashiach) will make milkhamah (war), and the SEH (Lamb, Mashiach) will conquer them, because He is Adon HaAdonim and Melech HaMelachim;{King of kings and Lord of lords} and the ones with him are the Keru’im v’Nivcharim v’Ne’emanim (Called and Chosen and Faithful).”
15 And he says to me, “The mayim {girls name means “water”} (Rv.17:1) which you saw, where the zonah (prostitute) sits, are amim (peoples) and multitudes and Goyim (Nations) and leshonot (languages). [YESHAYAH 8:7; YIRMEYAH 47:2]
16 “And the eser (ten) horns which you saw and the Chayyah (Anti-Mashiach)‖these will have sin’ah (hatred) for the zonah (prostitute), and they will make her desolate and naked and will eat her basar (to gladden with good news) and will burn her up in eish.(surprise)
17 “For Hashem (God) has put it into the levavot (hearts) of them to accomplish his purpose by their acting with one mind and by giving their malchut (kingdom) to the Chayyah (Anti-Mashiach) until will be fulfilled the divrei Hashem. [YIRMEYAH :Jeremiah]
WHO: “The beast: the satanic Prince of Grecia……………………” {demonic beings; territorial spirits; [The Prince of Grecia{Greece} {is one demonic being}
Dan 10: 12 Then he continued, “Do not be afraid, Daniel. Since the first day that you set your mind to gain understanding and to humble yourself before your God, your words were heard, and I have come in response to them. 13 “But the prince of the Persian kingdom resisted me twenty-one days. Then Michael, one of the chief princes, came to help me, because I was detained there with the king of Persia.” This ‘prince of Persia’ is a demonic angelic being that had been assigned to the Medo-Persian Empire to influence it… and not in a good way! It was obviously a powerful angelic being because it could prevent this other messenger getting through to Daniel.
He apparently detained him, proving that angelic beings can be detained; each verse has a symbol which explains the nations that are involved. Dan. 8:21-22, the shaggy goat is the king of Greece.
Dan. 10:20 “The angel also knew that the Greek Empire was going to be raised up after the Medo-Persian Empire “…………………. had ceased to rule in the Apostle John’s day, but shall yet ascend out of the bottomless pit [the abyss] and shall be the demonic force behind the Antichrist—Revived Greece; this ruler of darkness.
(Eph 6:12) over the kingdom of Persia {demon} withstood God’s messenger angel, Gabriel, for 21 days” out the abyss (bottomless pit) who will revive the old Grecian Empire as the eighth kingdom of Rev17:8-11 where John explains
8 “The beast, which you saw, once was, now is not, and yet will come up out of the Abyss and go to its destruction. The inhabitants of the earth whose names have not been written in the book of life from the creation of the world will be astonished when they see the beast, because it once was, now is not, and yet will come.
9 “This calls for a mind with wisdom. The seven heads are seven hills on which the woman sits.
10 They are also seven kings. Five have fallen, one is, the other has not yet come; but when he does come, he must remain for only a little while.
11 The beast who once was, and now is not, is an eighth king. He belongs to the seven and is going to his destruction.
Eph 6:12; “For we wrestle not against flesh and blood, but against principalities, against powers, against the rulers of the darkness of this world, against spiritual wickedness in high places”.
Rev 13:2:“And the beast which I saw was like unto a leopard(Syria/Lebanon/Greece), and his feet were as the feet of a bear (Medeo –Persia/Iran), and his mouth as the mouth of a lion (Babylon): and the dragon (Satan) gave him his power, and his seat, and great authority”. Revived Greece will be the 2nd of the future empires to oppress Israel in “the times of the Gentiles [the times of the Gentiles is primarily a political term and has to do with the political over lordship of Jerusalem; The times of the Gentiles will end only when Israel will permanently gain political control of Jerusalem at the second advent of Christ]” and the last world power to do so. Antichrist will come out of the 10 kingdoms and overthrow 3 of them. The others will submit to him, thus forming the eighth kingdom ………………Dan. 7:23-25; Rev. 17:8-17).” The beast: refer to two beasts described in the Book of Revelation. The first beast comes from “out of the sea” and is given authority and power by the dragon. This first beast is initially mentioned in Revelation 11:7 as coming out of the abyss. His appearance is described in detail in Revelation 13:1-10, and some of the mystery behind his appearance is revealed in Revelation 17:7-18. The second beast comes from “out of the earth” and directs all peoples of the earth to worship the first beast. The second beast is described in Revelation 13:11-18……”It will be defeated by Christ at His second advent. This will end the times of the Gentiles. We will seek further for the identity of the Antichrist”
The Beast

Chapter Three: Where
Cornerstone Narrative Chapter
The great Olivet prophesy of: Mat 243: “And as he sat upon the Mount of Olives (adjacent to the Jerusalem’s Old City), the disciples came unto Him privately, saying, Tell us, when shall these things be”? and what shall be the sign of Thy coming and of the end of the world”?

Spirit of Babylon
Rev178 (of 17) “The beast that thou sawest was (was past when the angel spoke to St. John), and is not……………… (The fifth phial (shallow bowl, of Revelations) brought darkness upon his (beast) kingdom: the woman (spirit of Babylon) took this advantage to seat herself upon him (Beast). Then it might be said, He is not.)…………. and shall ascend out of the bottomless pit, and go into perdition (utter destruction): and they that dwell on the earth shall wonder, whose names were not written in the book of life (Christians are in the book of life) from the foundation of the world (Christians raptured before tribulation), when they behold the beast that was, and is not, and yet is
{Yet shall he afterwards ascend out of the bottomless pit – Arise again with diabolical strength and fury. But he will not reign long: soon after his ascent he goeth into perdition forever.} .
The beast (seven headed/ ten horned beast: the beast is a symbol of three things:
1) Supernatural angel;
2) A mortal man [demon] [13:1] {most likely since only a man and not a kingdom can come up from out of an abyss};
Rev13:1 “And I stood upon the sand of the sea, and saw a (there are two beasts) beast rise up out of the sea, having seven heads and ten horns, and upon his horns ten crowns, and upon his heads the name of blasphemy.
3) A kingdom; (some passages apply to all three while some to only one). Each of his horns represents a county)
Ten Horns are inferences by study of history, geography and political science to be the states of the former Holy Roman Empire
{The Holy Roman Empire was a multi-ethnic and complex union of territories in Central Europe existing from 962(or 753) to 1806: including
Germany;
Bohemia {Czech, Poland, France, Hapsburg Austrian Empire; Italy; Burgundy
{central France} and many smaller states)
and the Roman Empire as: Britain, France, Spain, Italy, Germany, Greece, Turkey, Syria, Egypt, and Iraq
And the eleventh Persia (Iran)
Seven heads are seven Kings.
A. Medeo Persian;
B. Greek; Roman;
D. Charlemagne (French. includes state of the church {Rome};
Holy Roman Empire (see below map)
E. Holy Roman Empire
1. Babylon (Dan 2:36-38); [Daniel was captive of Babylon]
2. Medes and Persians (Daniel 5:25-28);
3. Greece: (Daniel 8:20-22.);
4-7 are the European Union {including former {not The HOLY} Roman Empire and the earlier Greek Empires} [France; Germany; Italy; Greece] eventually we will study Revelations 13 to learn more about the beast and his identity. Timeline of the Holy Roman Empire was from 753 to 1806 from Pope Stephen the II in 753 to when Francis II (German: Franz II, Erwählter Römischer Kaiser) formally brings to an end the 1000-year-old Holy Roman Empire, to keep it from the clutches of Napoleon in 1806 and even to WW II.
Why Holy? The empire grew out of East Francia, a primary division of the Frankish Empire. On Christmas Day 800, Pope Leo III crowned the Frankish king Charlemagne as Emperor, reviving the title in Western Europe after more than three centuries..
The precise term Holy Roman Empire was not used until the 13th century, but the concept of translatio imperii (“transfer of rule”) was fundamental to the prestige of the emperor, the notion that he held supreme power inherited from the emperors of Rome.
The office of Holy Roman Emperor was traditionally elective, although frequently controlled by dynasties. Emperor Francis II dissolved the empire in August 1806 after its defeat by Napoleon at the Battle of Austerlitz.

Holy Roman Empire shown in light yellow above
Source: history.howstuffworks.com (may be subject to copyright.)

Chapter Four: Who
Cornerstone Narrative Chapter is the great Olivet prophesy of: Mat 243 : “And as He sat upon the Mount of Olives (adjacent to the Jerusalem’s Old City), the disciples came unto Him privately, saying, Tell us, when shall these things be? And what shall be the sign of thy coming, and of the end of the world? The apostle’ interrogatives were mainly spurred by concern for Jesus departure which were later answered to John through visions Jesus gave to him on the island of Patmos. These are recorded in the book of Revelations. They too had access to the book of Daniel and the others and so we shall piece together some of the answers they were seeking.
They may not have been able to even imagine to ask about The Beast—the evil dictator—who will be worshipped because Satan will exalt and empower him.
Rev 13:4.”People worshiped the dragon because he had given authority to the beast, and they also worshiped the beast and asked, “Who is like the beast? Who can wage war against it?”
Rev.13:8 “All who dwell on the earth will worship him”
Rev13:12 “And the other beast (the False Prophet) “causes the earth and those who dwell in it to worship the first beast”—much like the worship of the Roman emperors of old (Both the Beast and the False Prophet will be possessed by the spirit of “the dragon [Satan the devil],” which explains why they will have amazing power and charisma
Rev 16:13; {the appearance of these frogs are evil miracles}
Rev.12:7- 9;
7 “And there was war in heaven: Michael and his angels fought against the dragon; and the dragon fought and his angels,
8 And prevailed not; neither was their place found any more in heaven.
9 And the great dragon was cast out, that old serpent, called the Devil, and Satan, which deceiveth the whole world: he was cast out into the earth, and his angels were cast out with him.
Got Questions Ministries, Inc. writes: “The last great angelic battle and Satan’s ultimate expulsion from heaven is described in Revelation 12:7-12. In this passage, John sees a Great War between Michael and the angels of God and the dragon (Satan) and his fallen angels or demons that will take place in the end times. Satan, in his great pride and delusion that he can be like God, will lead a final rebellion against God. It will be a cosmic mismatch. Thus, the dragon and his demons will lose the battle and be thrown out of Heaven forever.
A common misconception is that Satan and his demons were locked away in hell after the fall of Satan. It is clear from many Bible passages that Satan was not barred from heaven or the earth after his first rebellion, which predated the creation. In Job 1:1–2:8, he appears before God to accuse Job of ulterior motives in his worship of God. In Zechariah 3, he again appears before God to accuse Joshua, the High Priest. Indeed, the name Satan means accuser.
In Genesis, he visited the Garden of Eden and tempted Eve. He tempted Jesus in the wilderness before Jesus began His ministry, which is recorded in Matthew 4:1-11. The question arises that if Satan had already rebelled and been cast from heaven before the world was created, why is he free to be in heaven and on earth?
In 2 Corinthians 12:2-3, the apostle Paul provides a major revelation that there are three heavens. In this passage, he seemingly talks about himself being taken up to the “third heaven” where God the Father and Jesus dwell. The second heaven is the universe, outer space, and our atmosphere or air. The Bible indicates that Satan and some of his demons are allowed to move in this space
(Ephesians 2:1-2, 6:12)”.(God is indeed holy and separated from all of His creations, dwelling in the third heaven)
Got Questions Ministries, Inc. continues” “In this age, Satan and his highest ranking angels can still oppose the work of God and hinder the angels of God (Daniel 10:10-14) within the boundaries of the middle or second heaven. The battle recorded in Revelation 12 removes Satan and his minions from this realm. When Satan is expelled from the middle heaven, there will be great rejoicing in heaven, since the age-old accuser will be forever banned from his mission of accusation and slander against the elect. Satan’s power and freedom will be seriously curtailed. However, the inhabitants of the earth will suffer terribly after this event, because Satan will be enraged. He will also be aware that he only has three and a half more years until he is bound and cast into the bottomless pit. This will usher in a period of intensified suffering on earth (Great Tribulation) during which the Antichrist violates his peace treaty with Israel, desecrates their temple, declares himself as god, and begins to systematically murder all those who refuse to worship him.”
The False Prophet is most often associated with the Antichrist. But in Rev.19:19 it is the Beast who will lead the armies of the earth to make war against Christ Since both men will be enemies of Christ—both will demand to be worshipped, both will persecute the saints, and they will be working together like a partnership—it is probably accurate to refer to them both as antichrists. They will receive the same ignominious punishment at the same time. Right after Christ returns, John sees in vision that Rev.19:20 “these two were cast alive into the lake of fire burning with brimstone.”
In Revelation 20:1-3 John writes that when Christ returns, all antichrists will be removed! And the ultimate Antichrist, Satan the devil, will be bound and put away {Holy Spirit and of Christ will rule at this time}
John’s vision continues in Rev.11:15 that “When the seventh angel blows his trumpet, there will be loud voices in heaven, saying, “The kingdoms of this world have become the kingdoms of our Lord and of His Christ, and He shall reign forever and ever!”{Only for millennium; then when universe is transformed and the earth is renewed.
Rev17: 9 (of 17) “And here is the mind which hath wisdom. The seven heads (see previous chapter ) are seven mountains {Babylon}, on which the woman (Babylon=evil) sitteth” . {Woman=Rev17: 18 “and the woman whom you saw is that great city which reigns over the kings of the earth”. Rev17:5: The woman is the great city of Babylon.}
Rev18:9. Historically at the time of John it was thought of as Rome

godlikeproductions.com
The woman is the great city of Babylon

Babylon

Chapter Five: Who?
Mat 24:3 : “ And as he sat upon the Mount of Olives the disciples came unto him privately, saying, tell us, when shall these things be? And what shall be the sign of thy coming, and of the end of the world? But , we want to know more. We look at our current tumultuous world and wonder if the enemy so described by Jesus, Daniel and John are now active and if so where are they and can we identify that person.
Rev17 10 (of 17) John explains:” And there are seven kings: five are fallen, and one is, and the other is not yet come; and when he cometh, he must continue a short space” (8 mountain kingdoms: Egypt, Assyria, Babylon, Medo-Persia, Greece, Rome, and Revised Rome (Not revived Rome but revised: called the “Satanic Trinity” :{ Satan, Antichrist and the Beast}).
(5 of the 7 heads are fallen: Egypt, Assyria, Babylon, Medo-Persia, and Greece. The seventh is yet to be formed inside the Roman Empire (Dan 7:23-24) and is Revised Rome).
Rev17 11 “And the beast that was, and is not, even he is the eighth” {Revived Greece; second future kingdom to suppress Israel; the Antichrist overthrows 3 of them; the others submit to Antichrist forming the 8th kingdom (time of the Gentiles) which then defeated by Christ at His second advent}, “and is of the seven, and goeth into perdition”.
Rev17 12 “And the ten horns” (probably OPEC {originally 5 now varies between 10 and 14}) “which thou sawest are ten kings, which have received no kingdom as yet; but receive power” (power brokers, multi-billionaires, politicians) “as kings one hour with the beast” .(with their mercenary armies)
Rev17 13 “These have one mind, and shall give their power and strength unto the beast”. (These will fight against Christ at Armageddon)
Rev17 14 “These shall make war with the Lamb, and the Lamb shall overcome them: for he is Lord of lords, and King of kings: and they that are with him are called, and chosen, and faithful”.
Rev17 15 “And he saith unto me, the waters (world population) which thou sawest, where the whore (world religious systems: Babylon) “sitteth, are peoples, and multitudes, and nations, and tongues” {the whole world: politicians: No kings, but presidents, dictators, rulers)}.
Rev17:16 “And the ten horns (people from different cultures) which thou sawest upon the beast, these shall hate (ignore or rebel) the whore, and shall make her desolate and naked, and shall eat her flesh, and burn her with fire” . (This is the apostate religious system which dominates the 10 kingdoms, this happens in the middle of Daniel’s seventieth week when the 10 kings give their (water) power to the Antichrist. (Antichrist uses religion to seize control, then double cross, destroying every religious artifact, symbol, ritual and philosophy).The politicians sell out to the Antichrist
Rev17 17 (17 of 17) “ For God hath put in their (the politicians of the 10 kingdoms) hearts to fulfill his will, and to agree, and give their kingdom unto the beast, until the words of God shall be fulfilled. (Rom9:17/ (God then removes His Holy Spirit from these politicians).
Ps76:10: “Surely the wrath of man shall praise thee: the remainder of wrath shall thou restrain.
Matthew Henry’s Concise Commentary on Psalm 76 explains:
“God’s people are the meek of the earth, the quiet in the land, that suffer wrong, but do none. The righteous God seems to keep silence long, yet, sooner or later, he will make judgment to be heard. We live in an angry, provoking world; we often feel much, and are apt to fear more, from the wrath of man. What will not turn to his praise, shall not be suffered to break out. He can set bounds to the wrath of man, as he does to the raging sea; hitherto it shall come, and no further. Let all submit to God. Our prayers and praises, and especially our hearts, are the presents we should bring to the Lord. His name is glorious, and he is the proper object of our fear. He shall cut off the spirit of princes; he shall slip it off easily, as we slip off a flower from the stalk, or a bunch of grapes from the vine; so the word signifies. He can dispirit the most daring: since there is no contending with God, it is our wisdom, as it is our duty, to submit to him. Let us seek his favor as our portion, and commit all our concerns to him”

Source of this image: nicolasdsampson.com Nicolas D. Sampson

Chapter Six: When and by which signs? Deception! Rumors.
Continuing the Cornerstone Narrative Chapter of Jesus’ great Olivet prophesy of:
Matthew 24:4: “And Jesus answered and said unto them, Take heed that no man deceive you. (Now unfulfilled and will be fulfilled in the Second Advent)
(2 Thes. 2: 3-5) when and sign
2 Thes. 2 3 Again Paul writes:” Let no man deceive you by any means: for that day shall not come, except there come a falling away first, and that man of sin be revealed, the “son of perdition”(perdition is spiritual death; loss of soul; sent to damnation; lost/ruined. {Destruction}) (Antichrist) ( in John17:12; Jesus said: “While I was with them in the world, I kept them in thy name: those that thou gravest me I have kept, and none of them is lost, but the son of perdition; that the scripture might be fulfilled”)
2 Thes. 2 4 ” “Who opposes and exalted himself above all that is called God, or that is worshipped; so that he as God sitteth in the temple of God {the taking of the temple is The Pivotal event!} takes the seat {“gnadenstuhl”; seat of grace; or Greek “Hilasterion”} “ in the temple”/ temple means ”Naos” which is the inner most chamber in Greek temple; could be a shrine or any form, of tent over a Christian community; takes the seat in the temple, showing (sign) himself that he is God (sign).By the way Samuel wrote in 2Sam 7:4-7 that God said “don’t build a temple.
The fruit picker, shepherd and prophet writes in Amos 9:11-12 to “ rebuild the temple”; Luke writes in /Acts 15:14-19. “Place of God’s seat:”Arc of Covenant: God was said to communicate from between the two Cherbums” . Where is God’s throne {glory seat}:It is John in Rev.4:2 that we learn that God’s throne is in heaven and Ezek 1:26 we learn of its beauty: “And above the firmament that was over their heads was the likeness of a throne, as the appearance of a sapphire stone: and upon the likeness of the throne was the likeness as the appearance of a man above upon it.”. [Then Christ comes]
In 2 Thes. 25 Again Paul writes:“Remember ye not, that, when I was yet with you, I told you these things?”
To avoid deception Luke writes in Luke 21: 8-11 “when ye shall hear of wars and commotions” :
8 And He (Jesus) said, Take heed that ye be not deceived: for many shall come in my name, saying, I am Christ; and the time draweth near: go ye not therefore after them.”
9 But when ye shall hear of wars and commotions, be not terrified: for these things must first come to pass; but the end is not by and by.
10 Then said he unto them, Nation shall rise against nation, and kingdom against kingdom:
11 And great earthquakes shall be in divers places, and famines, and pestilences; and fearful sights and great signs shall there be from heaven”.
Thus is the beginning of Sorrows (vs.5 and 6) continue with Mathew 24: Cornerstone Narrative Chapter and verse:
Mat 245 :
(1) “for many shall come in my name, saying, I am Christ; and shall
(2) Deceive many. Mat246 and ye shall hear of
(3) Wars and rumors of wars: see that ye be not troubled: for all these things must come to pass, but the end is not yet”
Mat 247 Before Christ comes
(4) “Nation shall rise against nation, and
(5) “Kingdom against kingdom: and there shall be
(6) “Famines, and
(7) “Pestilences, and
(8) “Earthquakes, in divers place”.

These are the prophesies of Jesus Christ as told by Mathew, John, Daniel, and Isaiah,

Chapter Seven: travail of Israel
Mat 24: 8 “All these are the beginning of birth pains” (Now in process) “All” (first eight signs as Mat 24:4-7 “ these are the beginning of sorrows”; (Birth pangs; this refers to the troubles of Israel long ago with the Israelis, and also just before the tribulation).

Isa 66:7-9; predicts the travail of Israel in the last days under Christ.

Isa 66:7 “Before she ,(the woman is Israel {Jewish people} ) travailed, she brought forth; before her pain came, she (Israel) was delivered of a man child” (the country of Israel). The manchild here is returning Jews from captivity as Isa 66:7.
The “children” were the hundreds of thousands of captives dragged away to other parts of Sennacherib’s (Sennacherib was the son of Sargon II, whom he succeeded on the throne of Assyria: as the Jewish Diaspora” {empire, especially Babylon, and of refugees who had fled in terror to surrounding countries to escape the Assyrian cruelties. Included in the Great Diaspora were: Ezra; Nehemiah; Esther; Job; Jeremiah; Ezekiel; and Daniel by Babylon, Persia and Egypt. And now — with the overthrown of the great host of God’s enemies — those captives would return, as though born again, immediately and without a struggle: the children of Zion; Jew’s name for the temple mount in Jerusalem!

Isa 66:8 “”Who hath heard such a thing? Who hath seen such things? Shall the earth be made to bring forth in one day?” “or shall a nation the remnant of Israel be born at once? For as soon as Zion” travailed, she (Israel) brought forth her children”. A promise is given of the great and sudden enlargement of Zion – an increase when conversions would be as sudden as if a child were born without the ordinary delay and pain of parturition; as great as if a nation were born in a day. It’s as though Israel is some supernatural place. And if you count the many reiterations of the covenant that God made to Abraham, Isaac and Jacob you will see that indeed Israel covered by God.
Isa 66: 9 “Shall I bring to the birth, and not cause to bring forth? Saith the Lord: shall I cause to bring forth, and shut the womb? Saith thy God”.
Rev 12: 1-17: Below are the troubles of Israel during the tribulation
Rev 12: 1 “And there appeared a great wonder in heaven; a woman” (Israel: not Babylon as above) “clothed with the sun, and the moon under her feet, and upon her head a crown of twelve stars (Gen 37: 9-11)
Rev.12:2 “and she being with child cried, travailing in birth, and pained to be delivered”. “Verse 5 (below in 8 of 34) says that the woman’s child was “a male child, who is to rule all the nations with a rod of iron; and her child was caught up to God and to His throne.” Clearly, this is describing Jesus. Jesus ascended to heaven (Acts 1:9-11) and will one day establish His kingdom on earth (Revelation 20:4-6), and He will rule it with perfect judgment (the “rod of iron”; see Psalm 2:7-9).
Note: Verses 3 to 17 will follow in proceeding chapters

Chapter Eight: the sign of the actual start of the Tribulation

Cornerstone Narrative Chapter continues the great Olivet prophesy of: Matthew 24
Mat248 “ (continued from last chapter) “All these are the beginning of birth pains” (Now unfulfilled and will be fulfilled in the Second Advent)
Rev 12:3 “And there appeared another wonder in heaven; and behold a great red dragon (Satan) , having seven heads (symbols of the seven world empires that proceed the kingdom of the antichrist, which is the eighth) and ten horns (not crowned therefore his power over the 10 kingdoms will be given to the beast however heads of beast are crowned meaning that the antichrist will has not ruled the seven kingdoms proceeding the 8th kingdom) and seven crowns upon his heads” .
Rev 12:4“And his tail drew the third part of the stars of heaven………….”
( Symbolic of the of the third of God’s angles that rebelled with Lucifer and showing how many will be with him in the future war in heaven under the 7nth trumpet-because of the Devil’s doing) “………………….4 and did cast them to the earth: and the dragon stood before the woman…………………….” (This is the dragon’s first purpose- to destroy the manchild as soon as it is born. He fails in this because God takes the manchild {Jesus Christ} to heaven) “……………………..4 which was ready to be delivered, for to devour her child as soon as it was born” .
Rev 12:5“And she (woman) brought forth a man child (Christ) , who was to rule all nations with a rod of iron……………………….” (As with Christ {Ps.2}
And the Old Testament Saints (Jer 30:9),
The church saints (Mat19:28)
And the tribulation saints (Rev20:4-6)
This honor will be to all saints (Ps149:6-9);
“…………5and her child was caught up (raptured) unto God and to his throne”.
Rev 12:6 “And the woman fled (Christians from Palestine to the Mideast) into the wilderness (Saudi Arabia/Sinai), where she hath a place prepared of God, that they should feed her there a thousand two hundred and threescore days” .
The woman’s flight into the wilderness for 1,260 days refers to the future time called the Great Tribulation. Twelve hundred, sixty days is 42 months (of 30 days each), which is the same as 3 1/2 years.
Halfway through the Tribulation period, the Beast (the Antichrist) will set an image of himself up in the temple (he pretends to be God) that will be built in Jerusalem. This is the abomination that Jesus spoke of in:
Matthew 24:15 “When ye therefore shall see the abomination of desolation (Antichrist) spoken of by Daniel the prophet, stand in the holy place, (whoso readeth, let him understand” and Mark 13:14 : “But when ye shall see the abomination of desolation, spoken of by Daniel the prophet, standing where it ought not, (let him that readeth understand,) then let them that be in Judaea flee to the mountains:

.
Chapter Nine: Flesh vs. Spirit
Arabs caring for Jews: from chapter eight where Rev12:6 refers to Is21:10-17 (footnote #7); continued from chapter eight: Mat248 “All these are the beginning of birth pains” (Now unfulfilled and will be fulfilled in the Second Advent.
When the Beast does this (stands in the holy place) , he breaks the peace pact he had made with Israel, and the nation has to flee for safety—possibly to Petra(Edom)
Daniel 9:27). This escape of the Jews (Rev 12 6) is pictured as the woman fleeing into the wilderness
Rev 12 7 “ And there was war in heaven fought (angels have bodily contact the way men do against the dragon; and the dragon fought and his angels,
Rev 12:8 “And prevailed not; neither was their place found any more in heaven.
Rev.12:9 “And the great dragon was cast out, that old serpent, called the Devil, and Satan, which deceiveth (this is Satan’s chief business) the whole world: he was cast out into the earth, and his angels were cast out with him. (Middle of the tribulation)
(This war in heaven will be the last actual struggle between Satan and God over the possession of the heavenlies where Satan reigns .
The Apostle Paul {Eph 2:2-3; Wherein in time past (before Christ) ye walked according to the course of this world, according to the prince of the power of the air, the spirit that now worketh in the children of disobedience”
About Ephesians 3:2 a bible scholar writes that Sins and transgressions are a road or path, in which all unconverted sinners walk; and this path is a dark, crooked, and broad one, which leads to destruction and death, and yet is their own way, which they choose, approve of, and delight to walk in; and walking in it denotes a continued series of sinning, an obstinate persisting in it, a progress in iniquity, and pleasure therein: and the time of walking in this path, being said to be in time past, shows that the elect of. God before conversion, walk in the same road that others do; and that conversion is a turning out of this way; and that when persons are converted, the course of their walking is altered, which before was according to the course of this world meaning this world, in distinction from the world to come, or the present age.

Eph6:12 “For we (Christians and Jews) wrestle not against flesh and blood, but against principalities (demons led by the devil) , against powers, against the rulers of the darkness of this world, against spiritual wickedness in high places”
Satan still has access to God’s heaven to accuse the brethren, but from the time of his casting out (mid tribulation) he will never again enter heaven.
Job 1:6 & 2:1 “Now there was a day when the sons of God (There are beings in heaven which have a body like Jesus called “prince”) came to present themselves before the LORD, and Satan came also among them”. This war against Satan will be in the middle of Daniels 70th week fought by Michael and his angels
Dan 10:4-6”
4 “On the twenty-fourth day of the first month, as I was standing on the bank of the great river, the Tigris,
5 I looked up and there before me was a man dressed in linen, with a belt of fine gold from Uphaz (gold from India) around his waist.
6 His body was like topaz, his face like lightning, his eyes like flaming torches, his arms and legs like the gleam of burnished bronze, and his voice like the sound of a multitude.”
Dan 10: 10-14:”
10 A hand touched me and set me trembling on my hands and knees. 11 He said, “Daniel, you who are highly esteemed, consider carefully the words I am about to speak to you, and stand up, for I have now been sent to you.” And when he said this to me, I stood up trembling.12 Then he continued, “Do not be afraid, Daniel. Since the first day that you set your mind to gain understanding and to humble yourself before your God, your words were heard, and I have come in response to them. 13 But the prince of the Persian kingdom resisted me twenty-one days. Then Michael, one of the chief princes, came to help me, because I was detained there with the king of Persia. 14 Now I have come to explain to you what will happen to your people in the future, for the vision concerns a time yet to come.” (Persian princes’ will fight Christians).
The Prince of Persia is not referring to Cyrus or any earthly ruler because the opposing force is spiritual. The angel is spirit and he is being resisted in the spiritual realms. The angel is talking about a fallen angel who rules over the kingdom of Persia. The book of Ephesians explains this about the world we live in. Put on the whole armor of God that you may be able to stand against the wiles of the devil.
12 For we do not wrestle against flesh and blood, but against principalities, against powers, against the rulers of the darkness of this age, against spiritual hosts of wickedness in the heavenly places.
Ephesians 6:11-12
The “Flesh and blood” world is the result of spiritual battle, between heavenly forces, played out in the spiritual realms. Through our prayer and involvement God’s will is accomplished in the physical world. God allows his people to be part of his plan. Daniel 21-day period of prayer coincided with the spiritual resistance. A breakthrough came when Michael came to the aid of this angel.
Michael:, intervened against the rulers of Persia in the spiritual realms. Michael is only mentioned three times in the Old Testament (Daniel 10:13, 21; 12:1). Michael role is to watch over the descendents of Israel. When Michael intervened, this angel was freed to answer Daniel question.
Make you understand: The angel came to help Daniel what would happen to his people. From the context of the answer, we can deduce Daniel’s prayer was for the situation of his people.
Daniel, probably discouraged by news coming back from Jerusalem about opposition the returning Jews were receiving, mourned and prayed to God. The angel was sent to reveal to Daniel God’s plan and the eventual success of his people, the Jews and Israel.
Latter days: This phrase is used throughout the Old Testament meaning time at the end.

Four horseman of the Apocalypse
Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse, – Conquest, War, Famine & Death, an 1887 painting (above) by Victor Vasnetsov: The Lamb is visible at the top
Chapter Ten: Birth Pains
Cornerstone Narrative Chapter continues in the great Olivet prophesy of: Matthew 24
Jesus continues to prophesy in Mat248 :
:“All these are the beginning of birth pains” (Now unfulfilled and will be fulfilled in the Second Advent) Rev 12 continues from chapter nine.
Rev12: 10 “And I heard a loud voice saying in heaven, now is come salvation, and [2]strength, and the kingdom of our God, and the power of his Christ: for the accuser of our brethren is cast down, which accused them before our God day and night. 11 “And they overcame him by the blood of the Lamb, and by the word of their testimony; and they loved not their lives unto the death. Rev 12 12 Therefore rejoice ye heavens, and ye that dwell in them. Woe to the inhabiters of the earth and of the sea! for the devil is come down unto you, having great wrath [ 10 things constituting the third woe {there are 3 woes} (Rev.9:12) , “because he knoweth that he hath but a short time”.
Revelation 12:12-17 (footnote #8) speaks of how the devil will make war against Israel, trying to destroy her (Satan knows his time is short, relatively speaking:
See Revelation 20:1-3,10 below:
Rev20:1 “And I saw an angel come down from heaven, having the key of the bottomless pit and a great chain in his hand.
Rev202 And he laid hold on the dragon, that old serpent, which is the Devil, and Satan, and bound him a thousand years,
Rev203 And cast him into the bottomless pit, and shut him up, and set a seal upon him, that he should deceive the nations no more, till the thousand years should be fulfilled: and after that he must be loosed a little season.
Rev20:10 ” And I heard a loud voice saying in heaven, Now is come salvation, and strength, and the kingdom of our God, and the power of his Christ: for the accuser of our brethren is cast down, which accused them before our God day and night.
Rev.12:10 also reveal that God will protect Israel in the wilderness.
Revelation 12:14 says Israel will be protected from the devil for “a time, times, and half a time (“a time” = 1 year; “times” = 2 years; “half a time” = one-half year; in other words, 3 1/2 years).It means that Satan will not have any power on earth for the first part of the tribulation.
Rev 12 13 “And when the dragon (When he sees that he has failed to destroy the 144,000 or the manchild, he will turn on the woman or Israel {or the church} who has produced the manchild {Isa 66:7-9 see below} ) saw that he was cast unto the earth, he persecuted the woman which brought forth the manchild”.
Poetry/ Rap Genius
Rev 12 14 “And to the woman were given two wings of a great eagle, that she might fly”. Isa 16:1-5 predicts the flight of Israel into Moab and Edom, and mentions Sela or Petra, the ancient capital of Edom as their headquarters during the tribulation. {The church is not the subject of any O.T. prophesy} ………….into the wilderness, into her place, where she is nourished for a time, and times, and half a time {Dan 9:24; So on a literal level, time, times and half a time means time (1 year), times (2 years) and half a time (1/2 year) or 3 1/2 years.. The period is the last half of the 70th week of Daniel and the reign of the Antichrist, which is proposed to be fulfilled at some time in the future} , …………………..from the face of the serpent”.

Isaiah 66:7-9
7 Before she travailed, she brought forth; before her pain came, she was delivered of a man child.
8 Who hath heard such a thing? Who hath seen such things? Shall the earth be made to bring forth in one day? Or shall a nation be born at once? For as soon as Zion travailed, she brought forth her children”.
9 Shall I bring to the birth, and not cause to bring forth? Saith the LORD: shall I cause to bring forth, and shut the womb? Saith thy God.

Chapter Eleven: Mid-Tribulation

Mat248 “All these are the beginning of birth pains” (Now unfulfilled and will be fulfilled in the Second Advent)
Rev 12 15 And the serpent cast out of his mouth water as a flood (torrent of people deceit/evil that followed the dragon) after the woman(Israel/believers/Christians) , that he might cause her(believers) to be carried away of the flood.
Rev 12 16 And the earth helped the woman (believers), and the earth opened her mouth (earthquake) , and swallowed {Nu 16:30-34 just below} up the flood which the dragon cast out of his mouth”

Numbers 16:30-34
30 But if the LORD make a new thing, and the earth open her mouth, and swallow them up, with all that appertain unto them, and they go down quick into the pit; then ye shall understand that these men have provoked the LORD.
31 And it came to pass, as he had made an end of speaking all these words, that the ground clave asunder that was under them:
32 And the earth opened her mouth, and swallowed them up, and their houses, and all the men that appertained unto Korah, and all their goods.
33 They, and all that appertained to them, went down alive into the pit, and the earth closed upon them: and they perished from among the congregation.
34 And all Israel that were round about them fled at the cry of them: for they said, Lest the earth swallow us up also.

Rev 12 17 “And the dragon was wroth with the woman, and went to make war with the remnant which keep the commandments of God, and have the testimony (spirit of prophesy) of Jesus Christ.
The Israelis run into the wilderness at mid-tribulation.

The water of the serpent, Devil, or dragon is the evil of the world which is so bad especially in Israel that it divides the people into two parts:
1) The people who follow the Devil.
2) People who believe in God and Christ; this includes some Muslims, Jews and Christians.
When the Israelis run into the wilderness, the desert of Saudi Arabia, they will be pursued by the soldier’s military of the Antichrist which has now proclaimed that he is God. But the earth is swallowing them up; perhaps an earthquake. They will be stopped by God (NU16:30-34 above).
A remnant will remain in Israel but the 144,000 Messianic Jews whose name is in the book of life are raptured before the last 3 ½ years of tribulation.
When the Antichrist is now seen as God (the abomination) there is so much killing going on that the earth, not only Israel will turn into a state of desolation, destruction, the end; the believers during that time which will go to heaven. The Holy Spirit leaves the earth in mid tribulation with 144,000 Messianic Jews. What remains are people in Israel and the believers in the wilderness who will then form in the future the Nation of Israel.
Mat24
9 “Then (after the Holy Spirit leaves the earth) shall they (world people) deliver you
( Christians) up to be afflicted, and shall kill you: and ye shall be hated of all nations for my name’s sake”.
10 And then shall many be offended (all of Christ’s teachings will vanish) , and shall betray one another, and shall hate one another.
11 And many false prophets shall rise, and shall deceive many (new religions).
12 And because iniquity shall abound, the love of many shall wax cold.
13 But he that shall endure unto the end (“telos” the end of life or the ages as:
6. Grace,
7 Millennium,
8. Redeemed/age/eternity), the same shall be saved (saved from sin).
14 And this gospel (“evangaliso” good news), of the kingdom shall be preached in the entire world for a witness unto all nations; and then shall the end come”.
(All this prophesy from v.15 on must be full filled the last 3 ½ years of this age called the “great tribulation”)

Jesus continues in vs.15 “When ye therefore shall see the abomination of desolation spoken of by Daniel the prophet, stand in the holy place, (whoso readeth, let him understand 🙂
{ “shíqqûç”, usually rendered by “abomination” ; “shômem” by the abstract word “desolation” The ultimate fulfillment of the abomination of desolation is not only the statue, it is the final leader of the religious system—the human personification of the Babylonish whore herself—who enters into Jerusalem and says, “I am God.” ; Some translations of the bible render this phrase the “abomination which causes desolation,” a more accurate depiction of the event; for this act of abomination, once committed, will literally cause the desolation (depopulation, ruin and devastation) of Israel. } It will move but will have no signs of life or soul; abominable because it is so hideous and empty of God, Spirit and soul. It is neither mechanical nor automatic nor a product of science e fiction. It is a pure manifestation of evil.

Chapter Twelve: Time
Cornerstone Narrative Chapter continued
Mat 24:15 “When ye therefore shall see the abomination of desolation spoken of by Daniel the prophet, stand in the holy place, (whoso readeth, let him understand :)”
70 weeks are actually seven years because the Heb. Word for weeks is shabua, (seven). 70 weeks of seven years was Daniels prayers for years not days. Seven is very number but it is used by several prophets in different ways as:
Dan 9:2. (The last seven is divided into two parts, the last half explained to be 3 ½ years (the great tribulation).

About time the 70th Week
Dan 9: 27 “And he (the ruler: the antichrist) shall confirm the covenant (agreement that they can practice their religion) with many (people) for one week (seven years) : and in the midst of the week he shall cause the sacrifice and the oblation to cease, and for the overspreading of abominations he shall make it (the temple) desolate, even until the consummation (end of the 70th week) , and that determined shall be poured upon the desolate”. (The awful horror will be placed on the highest point of the temple and will remain there until the one who put it there meets the end which God has prepared for him)
(The end of the 70th week; the beast worship and abomination will continue from the middle of the 70th week through the judgment that will be poured upon the one making the temple desolate. (See below:”these judgments)
The following is a prophecy of Daniel covers approximately 2,500 years.
Until Daniel 9:26 the prophecy is fulfilled; whereas Daniel 9:27 is yet to come in the future.
Dan 9 24 “Seventy ‘sevens are decreed for your people and your holy city to finish transgression, to put an end to sin, to atone for wickedness, to bring in everlasting righteousness, to seal up vision and prophecy and to anoint the Most Holy Place.
25 “Know and understand this: From the time the word goes out to restore and rebuild Jerusalem until the Anointed One, the ruler, comes, there will be seven ‘sevens,’ and sixty-two ‘sevens.’ It will be rebuilt with streets and a trench, but in times of trouble.
Exactly what is meant by “seventy sevens”? The phrase by itself is ambiguous, but taken in context the meaning is clear. Daniel’s prayer in verses 3-19 of the chapter refers to the fulfillment of a specific seventy-year period, the seventy years of the Babylonian captivity (as prophesied by Jeremiah). Daniel received the seventy sevens prophecy in response to his prayer. The prophecy foretold a period of seven times seventy yet to come, or seventy seven-year periods. Seventy seven-year periods equal 490 years. The prophecy goes on to say that “from the issuing of a decree to restore and rebuild Jerusalem until Messiah the Prince there will be seven sevens (49) and sixty-two sevens (434). Then after the sixty-two sevens the Messiah will be cut off and have nothing.”
26 After the sixty-two ‘sevens,’ the Anointed One will be put to death and will have nothing. The people of the ruler who will come will destroy the city and the sanctuary. The end will come like a flood: War will continue until the end, and desolations have been decreed.
27 He (antichrist) will confirm a covenant with many for one ‘seven.’ In the middle of the ‘seven’ he will put an end to sacrifice and offering. And at the temple he will set up an abomination that causes desolation, until the end that is decreed is poured out on him.

The Antichrist by Rolen Romanes

Chapter Thirteen: Sign of His second coming
Narrated by Jesus, recorded in Chapter 24 by Mathew :The great Olivet prophesy Pattif
Mat24:15 “When ye therefore shall see the abomination of desolation spoken of by Daniel the prophet, stand in the holy place, (whoso readeth, let him understand 🙂
(Herod captured Jerusalem in autumn of 43 B.C.; on the fast day (Tishri 10), which fell in mid September that year. The work on the Temple of Jerusalem began in spring of Herod’s 11th year, which would be spring of 32 B.C. It has taken 46 years to build this Temple)
Dan 9: 25 “Know and understand this”: From the time the word goes out to restore and rebuild Jerusalem until the Anointed One, the ruler, comes, there will be seven ‘sevens,’ and sixty-two ‘sevens.’ It will be rebuilt with streets and a trench, but in times of trouble; but again be destroyed”
Dan 9: 26 “The people of the ruler who will come (possibly the Antichrist); we have made a jump of 2000 years) will destroy the city and the sanctuary. The end (the rule of the Antichrist) will come like a flood: War will continue until the end, and desolations have been decreed”.
(Now we go back to Jesus time) “The Messiah is cut off or crucified for men”
(Dan 9: 25-26);
The below is from the so-called “Complete Jewish Bible”.
“Dan 9:26 ”Then, after the sixty-two weeks, Mashiach will be cut off and have nothing. The people of a prince (the Jews surmised it would be Roman king but it is the Antichrist) yet to come will destroy the city and the sanctuary, but his end will come with a flood, and desolations are decreed until the war (battle of Armageddon) is over”.
One seven,7 years, the last 7 years as of this age (tribulation) , ending with the 2nd advent(for the world) of Christ to fulfill the 6 events of Dan 9:24 (previous chapter) In the book of Revelations the seven seals, seven trumpets and seven bowls/vials (are three succeeding series of end-times judgments from God. The judgments get progressively worse and more devastating as the end times progress.
In fact, Jesus comes three times:
1. His birth;
2. Rapture;
3. Return to the battle of Armageddon; for the world it is only twice; (no rapture)

Chapter Fourteen: abomination of desolation
Cornerstone Narrative Chapter continued of the great Olivet prophesy of: Matthew 24
Mat24 15
“When ye therefore shall see the abomination of desolation spoken of by Daniel the prophet, stand in the holy place, (whoso readeth, let him understand)”
Abomination of Desolation (Dan 11:31&Dan12:11) is like the Golem or mummy; living dead, a body desolate of God’s life, soul or spirit but filled with evil of Satan. Too horrible, (The Awful Horror , atrocious, terrifying, putrid, monstrosity, anathema) to imagine and see. When he is on the throne (v.14) then Christ returns, we are caught up and the tribulation begins.
About Dan 9:24 the seven seals, trumpets, and bowls are connected to one another. The seventh seal introduces the seven trumpets and the seventh trumpet introduces the seven bowls. These judgments will consist of the plagues caused by the two witnesses the vial judgments ending with antichrist’s defeat and destruction at:
Armageddon (Rev.16:13-21}

non-living dead
Rev.16 13 “ And I saw three unclean spirits like frogs(demons) come out of the mouth of the dragon( Satan) , and out of the mouth of the beast (Antichrist), and out of the mouth of the false prophet” (religious figure; they had many speeches/propaganda; beguiling the people with their words) .
14 “ For they are the spirits of devils, working miracles, which go forth unto the kings of the earth and of the whole world, to gather them to the battle of that great day of God Almighty” (v.13 and 14 describe dragon’s attempt to rally the forces to fight Christ)
15 Behold, I come as a thief.” (Christ again announces His second advent, which He here associates with Armageddon) “Blessed is he that watches, and kept his garments (be steadfast in our belief), lest he walk naked, and they see his shame”.
16 “And he (antichrist) gathered them together into a place called in the Hebrew tongue Armageddon” ( Is the key position for battle between Euphrates and the Nile is amount of Megiddo southwest of Mount Carmel on the main highway between Asia and Africa).
17 “And the seventh angel poured out his vial (this the seventh vial) into the air; and there came a great voice out of the temple of heaven, from the throne, saying, It is done.” (End of war in Israel)

Crystallike
Facebook.com/Crystallike Cosplay is a young Japanese female artist.
Summary (The Seven bowls are a set of plagues. They are recorded as apocalyptic {affording a revelation or prophecy, esp. of destruction} events that were seen in the vision of the Revelation of Jesus Christ, by John of Patmos. Seven angels are thus given seven bowls of God’s wrath, each consisting of judgments full of the wrath of God. These seven bowls of God’s wrath are poured out on the wicked and the followers of the Antichrist (power expected to corrupt the world but be conquered by Christ’s Second Coming) after the sounding of the seven trumpets.)

Chapter Fifteen: Babylon
Jesus’ Cornerstone Narrative Chapter continued
Mat24 15
“When ye therefore shall see the abomination of desolation spoken of by Daniel the prophet, stand in the holy place, (whoso readeth, let him understand :)”
Rev.16 18 “And there were voices, and thunders, and lightnings; and there was a great earthquake, such as was not since men were upon the earth, so mighty an earthquake, and so great”.
Rev.1619 “And the great city (Jerusalem) was divided into three parts, and the cities of the nations fell: and great Babylon………… (Babylon will become the chief center of demon operation after the rapture. This is the chief cause of her fall.) …………came in remembrance before God, to give unto her the cup of the wine of the fierceness of his wrath”.
Babylon occurs in the Christian New Testament both with a literal and a figurative meaning. The famous ancient city, located near Baghdad, was a complete unpopulated ruin by 275 BC, well before the time of the New Testament. In the Book of Revelation, the city of Babylon seems to be the symbol of every kind of evil.
Babylon was an ancient city in the Fertile Crescent that takes its name from the Hebrew verb “to confuse.” Ruins along the Euphrates River about 60 miles south of modern Baghdad mark the location of the city that played a significant role in the history of the nation of Israel as the destination of the Jewish captives taken by Nebuchadnezzar. It was the capitol of the Babylonian empire in the Old Testament, and is referred to in the New Testament with both a literal and a figurative meaning.
Even though the vast majority of the more than 250 scriptural references to Babylon clearly indicate a literal geographic location, it is also used as a symbol of harlotry and general evil.
Genesis 10.10 names Nimrod, the son of Cush, the founder of Babel, “in the land of Shinar,” which later became known as the city of Babylon, in what is now Iraq. Nimrod’s name means: rebellious, revolt, indignation, even disgraceful, was manifesting the rebellious heart of man without God.

(2000 years earlier; the seeds of evil were sown in Babel) In Genesis 11, the people of Babylon, who had the concept of self-redemption, built a city and a tower to accomplish unity, fame and prosperity. They cried out, “Let us build us a city and a tower, whose top may reach unto Heaven”
Genesis 11.4: Neither Nimrod nor any other strong personality is mentioned in Genesis 11. The people were in charge, as is evident from the repeated use of the word us in verse four. Uniformity apparently was the key to the city’s initial success. Even the building material, brick for stone and slime for mortar expresses the unifying of Babel. Stones come in different sizes and forms; therefore, they must have been difficult to work with. The slime they used may have been similar to our asphalt. Such mortar made separation almost impossible.
Isaiah 13:1-16 & Isaiah: 21:1-5; A prophecy against Babylon that Isaiah son of Amos saw:
Isaiah 13:1-16
1 “A prophecy against Babylon that Isaiah son of Amoz saw:
2 Raise a banner on a bare hilltop,
shout to them;
beckon to them
to enter the gates of the nobles.
3 I have commanded those I prepared for battle;
I have summoned my warriors to carry out my wrath—
those who rejoice in my triumph.
4 Listen, a noise on the mountains,
like that of a great multitude!
Listen, an uproar among the kingdoms,
like nations massing together!
The LORD Almighty is mustering
an army for war.
5 They come from faraway lands,
from the ends of the heavens—
the LORD and the weapons of his wrath—
to destroy the whole country.
6 Wail, for the day of the LORD is near;
it will come like destruction from the Almighty.[a]
7 Because of this, all hands will go limp,
every heart will melt with fear.
8 Terror will seize them,
pain and anguish will grip them;
they will writhe like a woman in labor.
They will look aghast at each other,
their faces aflame.
9 See, the day of the LORD is coming
—a cruel day, with wrath and fierce anger—
to make the land desolate
and destroy the sinners within it.
10 The stars of heaven and their constellations
will not show their light.
The rising sun will be darkened
and the moon will not give its light.
11 I will punish the world for its evil,
the wicked for their sins.
I will put an end to the arrogance of the haughty
and will humble the pride of the ruthless.
12 I will make people scarcer than pure gold,
more rare than the gold of Ophir.
13 Therefore I will make the heavens tremble;
and the earth will shake from its place
at the wrath of the LORD Almighty,
in the day of his burning anger.
14 Like a hunted gazelle,
like sheep without a shepherd,
they will all return to their own people,
they will flee to their native land.
15 Whoever is captured will be thrust through;
all who are caught will fall by the sword.
16 Their infants will be dashed to pieces before their eyes;
their houses will be looted and their wives violated.
And,
Isaiah 21:1-5 A prophecy against the Desert by the Sea (Babylon):
1 Like whirlwinds sweeping through the southland,
an invader comes from the desert,
from a land of terror.
2 A dire vision has been shown to me:
The traitor betrays, the looter takes loot.
Elam, attack! Media, lay siege!
I will bring to an end all the groaning she caused.
3 At this my body is racked with pain,
pangs seize me, like those of a woman in labor;
I am staggered by what I hear,
I am bewildered by what I see.
4 My heart falters,
fear makes me tremble;
the twilight I longed for
has become a horror to me.
5 They set the tables,
they spread the rugs,
they eat, they drink!
Get up, you officers,
oil the shields!
“So the Lord scattered them.”
From that point on, nothing is recorded in the Bible about Babylon until the end of the ten-tribe kingdom of Israel when Babylon assumes prominence with the ascension of King Nebuchadnezzar. This king’s rulership marks the beginning of Gentile world dominion and the golden age of Babylonia.
The prophet Daniel summarizes the significance of Babylon and its role in the Gentile world dominion. A classic example of this is Nebuchadnezzar’s image in the book of Daniel. World history, the present and the future are revealed in this image in Daniel 2.32-33,37-& 38:
Dan 2:
32 “The head of the statue was made of pure gold, its chest and arms of silver, its belly and thighs of bronze, (see illustrations)
33 “its legs of iron, its feet partly of iron and partly of baked clay.
37 “You, O king, are the king of kings. The God of heaven has given you dominion and power and might and glory;
38 “in your hands he has placed mankind and the beasts of the field and the birds of the air. Wherever they live, he has made you ruler over them all. You are that head of gold” .

The Scripture explains,

“Thou, O king, art a king of kings… thou art this head of gold.”
The golden head signifies Nebuchadnezzar’s superiority over any other Gentile empire.
Dan 2:37;” Thou, O king, art a king of kings: for the God of heaven hath given thee a kingdom, power, and strength, and glory.

Chapter Sixteen: Structural Planetary Topographical changes
Cornerstone Narrative Chapter continued
Math 24:15 “When ye therefore shall see the abomination of desolation spoken of by Daniel the prophet, stand in the holy place, (whoso readeth, let him understand :)”

During the “Great Tribulation” there will be many earthquakes:
(See “woes” in footnote #2)
Rev. 16 20 “And every island fled away, and the mountains were not found. Great changes in the geography/topography of the planet take place. Islands are the peaks of mountains.
To get to those events we have to go back to Rev. 16:1. There are 7 bowels of God’s anger, which are poured out during the ruling time of the Antichrist.
Rev. 16:2 resembles Moses’ Egypt of
Ex. 9:9-11 and Job. 2; 7-8.

Ex9:9-11:
9“And it shall become small dust in all the land of Egypt, and shall be a boil breaking forth with blains upon man, and upon beast, throughout all the land of Egypt.
10 And they took ashes of the furnace, and stood before Pharaoh; and Moses sprinkled it up toward heaven; and it became a boil breaking forth with blains upon man, and upon beast.
11 And the magicians could not stand before Moses because of the boils; for the boil was upon the magicians, and upon all the Egyptians.
Job2:7-8:
7 “So went Satan forth from the presence of the LORD, and smote Job with sore boils from the sole of his foot unto his crown.
8 “And he took him a potsherd to scrape himself withal; and he sat down among the ashes.
Rev 16: 2 “And the first went, and poured out his vial upon the earth; and there fell a noisome and grievous sore upon the men which had the mark of the beast, and upon them which worshipped his image”.
As it was then, so it will be in the future; God is constant in His judgments and provides his creations with signs and wonders of His will and dispensations.

The judgments of God get progressively more severe. Rev. 16: 4 -7, this is about the water. At that time it is springs and the river. It seems that the encounter between God, Moses and the Pharaoh was a rehearsal for what is to come.
Rev.16:4-7:
4 “And the third angel poured out his vial upon the rivers and fountains of waters; and they became blood.
5 And I heard the angel of the waters say, Thou art righteous, O Lord, which art, and wast, and shalt be, because thou hast judged thus.
6 For they have shed the blood of saints and prophets, and thou hast given them blood to drink; for they are worthy.
7 And I heard another out of the altar say, Even so, Lord God Almighty, true and righteous are thy judgments”.
Sola Scriptura writes: “You have given them blood to drink” = defines the audience of God’s wrath. “Them” refers to the beast-marked worshipers who are responsible for the death of God’s people addressed in Revelation 16:2. By turning the waters of the earth to blood, the beast-marked worshipers will drink blood since they have poured out the blood of God’s people. Now people do drink blood, but never of the dead. Bowl 2 indicates that the blood is “like that of a dead man.”
The author (Jesus through John) obviously intends a difference. Otherwise, there would no need to distinguish between the blood of the living and the blood of the dead. The blood of the living flows warm and oxygenated. The blood of the dead does not flow and is not oxygenated”.

Another example is Ps. 78:44. {“He turned their river into blood; they could not drink from their streams”.} In the war after the millennium it will be also the ocean (then there will only be many lakes and rivers).
In Rev. 16: 8-9, God uses the sun. Fire is often connected to judgment.
God does all that to bring people to repent.
8 “ The fourth angel poured out his bowl on the sun, and the sun was allowed to scorch people with fire.
9 “They were seared by the intense heat and they cursed the name of God, who had control over these plagues, but they refused to repent and glorify him”.
Rev. 16: 10-11 starts the great tribulation; these verses refer to the throne of the Devil and the religious leader. The Jerusalem and the world are plunged in to utter spiritual darkness.
10 “The fifth angel poured out his bowl on the throne of the beast, and its kingdom was plunged into darkness. People gnawed their tongues in agony 11 and cursed the God of heaven because of their pains and their sores, but they refused to repent of what they had done.”
Rev.16: 15; but if the waters are polluted, in today’s time’s, electricity is in jeopardy; so we are also in physical darkness as well.
We also know about the frogs already, the demon of deception. Propaganda speeches of the Antichrist cause the world leaders to make wrong decisions.
This angers God so much that He sends the 6th. Angel to dry out the Euphrates River so that the Persian King can send his tanks and troupes unhindered into Israel.

Rev. 16:12-14
Now God has enough (His patience runs out) of the disobedience of his people.
12 “The sixth angel poured out his bowl on the great river Euphrates, and its water was dried up to prepare the way for the kings from the East.
13 Then I saw three impure spirits that looked like frogs; they came out of the mouth of the dragon, out of the mouth of the beast and out of the mouth of the false prophet. 14 They are demonic spirits that perform signs, and they go out to the kings of the whole world, to gather them for the battle on the great day of God Almighty.

Rev.16:17-21
17 “The seventh angel poured out his bowl into the air, and out of the temple came a loud voice from the throne, saying, “It is done!”
18″Then there came flashes of lightning, rumblings, peals of thunder and a severe earthquake. No earthquake like it has ever occurred since mankind has been on earth, so tremendous was the quake.
19 The great city split into three parts, and the cities of the nations collapsed. God remembered Babylon the Great and gave her the cup filled with the wine of the fury of his wrath.
20 Every island fled away and the mountains could not be found.
21 From the sky huge hailstones, each weighing about a hundred pounds, fell on people. And they cursed God on account of the plague of hail, because the plague was so terrible.
The pouring out of the 7th vial is the destruction of literal Babylon. It continues in Rev. 18 (to be studied at another time)
Conflicts will be waged between the Antichrist and his political enemies at the same time. Battle between Syria and Egypt and the destruction caused by Antichrist

Dan. 11:40-45:
40 “And at the time of the end shall the king of the south, (Egypt )push at him (Syria), and the king of the north (Syria) shall come against him like a whirlwind, with chariots, and with horsemen, and with many ships; and he shall enter into the countries, and shall overflow and pass over Israel”.
41 “He (Antichrist) shall enter also into the glorious land (Palestine), and many countries shall be overthrown: but these shall escape out of his hand (power) , even Edom, and Moab, and the chief of the children of Ammon (Jordon)” .
(Antichrist breaks his covenant that he made with the Jews in Dan 9:27, entering into Palestine and taking over six kingdoms {see below map} of Revised Rome (Possibly:
1. Egypt;
2. Assyria;
3. Babylon;
4. Medo-Persia;
5. Greece;
6. Roman Empire; or Revived Roman Empire) .

ALL THESE GEOGRAPHICAL DESIGNATIONS (found in Ezk. 38-39, Daniel 11:40-45 and Isaiah 17:12 through 18:7) are in today’s modern Islamic States with the notable exclusion of JORDAN (Daniel 11:41); SYRIA/LEBANON/GAZA (PLO)
Dan. 11 42 “He Antichrist shall stretch forth his hand (power) also upon the countries: and the land of Egypt shall not escape”.
Dan. 11 43 “But he (Antichrist) shall have power over the treasures of gold and of silver, and over all the precious things of Egypt. (He is rich). And the Libyans and the Ethiopians shall be at his (Antichrist) steps.
Dan. 11 44 “But tidings out of the east, (China) and out of the north, (Russia) shall trouble him: therefore he (Antichrist) shall go forth with great fury to destroy, utterly to make away many.(Russia and China support Syria) (The Antichrist will be supported by his 6 kingdoms)
Dan. 11 45 “And he shall plant the tabernacles of his palace between the seas”
o Caspian and the Persian Gulf; or the
o Mediterranean – the great sea – and the
o Dead Sea – the Salt Sea in the glorious holy mountain Mount Zion; “yet he (Antichrist ) shall come to his end, and none shall help him. He will meet his end at the battle of Armageddon”.
o Syria is a Shi’ite country backed by Persia (Iran).
o Egypt is a Sunni country backed pays Saudi Arabia and the West. A war is possible as Dan 11:40-45 (above).
o Assad is an Alawite (followers of Ali [brother of Mohammed] {not Mohammed}) sect and leader of the Ba’ath party

Chapter Seventeen: When/Time
Jesus continues The great Olivet prophesy:
Mat24 15 “When ye therefore shall see the abomination of desolation spoken of by Daniel the prophet, stand in the holy place, (whoso readeth, let him understand 🙂 “
Jesus prophesies again to John in Rev.113 “And I will give power unto my two witnesses, and they shall prophesy a thousand two hundred and threescore days, clothed in sackcloth”.
(Could be Enoch and Elijah but there are many other interpretations).
Dan 12: 1 “And at that time (Dan 11:40-45{see below}) shall Michael stand up, the great prince which standeth for the children of thy people: and there shall be a time of trouble” ……………….(This refers to the time of persecution for Israel and world calamity known as the Great Tribulation. This period is also called the time of Jacob’s trouble in (Jeremiah 30:7; “Alas! for that day is great, so that none is like it: it is even the time of Jacob’s trouble, but he shall be saved out of it.”)……….“such as never was since there was a nation even to that same time: and at that time thy people shall be delivered, every one that shall be found written in the book” Revelation 21:27 – “And there shall in no wise enter into it anything that defileth, neither [whatsoever] worketh abomination, or [maketh] a lie: but they which are written in the Lamb’s book of life”.
Very high standards per 1 Timothy 1:10
“for the sexually immoral, for those practicing homosexuality, for slave traders and liars and perjurers–and for whatever else is contrary to the sound doctrine” And:” fornications, thefts, false witness, blasphemies: these are the things which defile a man: but to eat with unwashed hands defileth not a man”. However in Math 26:28 Jesus assures” for this is My blood of the new covenant, which is shed for many
for the forgiveness of sins” and in Acts that Jesus Christ in the one and only one way to eternal life. Jesus promised the overcomer in the church at Sardis that his name would not be blotted out of the Book of Life. The Beast worshipers were never written in the book ( Rev. 13:8+; Rev. 17:8+). The unrighteous dead were judged by this book: those who were not written in the Book of Life were cast into the Lake of Fire at the passing away of the old order (Rev. 20:12-15+)
Dan 127 “And I heard the man clothed in linen (Jesus, Michael or Gabriel), which was upon the waters of the river, when he held up his right hand and his left hand unto heaven, and swore by him that lived for ever that it shall be for a time, times, and an half (a year, two years and half a year); and when he shall have accomplished to scatter the power of the holy people, all these things shall be finished.”
In Revelation 12: 5-6 and Revelation 12: 14, 17 a “woman” goes to the wilderness where she gives birth to a “man child” and her “remnant,” in verse 17.
The wilderness is metaphoric for being outside of any organized group, and it is metaphoric for the people of God getting out of Egypt and going into the wilderness
“Egypt” is metaphoric for the apostate churches. So the end time Christian Remnant is not organized and not together in a physical place, though they are in substantial unity in Christ.
The Remnant is scattered over the world. The scattered remnant agrees with the King James and Douay-Rheims (Catholic translation) scattering of the holy people. The Christian Remnant is the holy people of the very last days.

When will all this take place? See 2 Thes. 2:3-5
2 Thes2: 3 “Let no man deceive you by any means: for that day shall not come, except there come a falling away first, and that man of sin (Antichrist) be revealed, (as) the son of perdition”;
2 Thes2: 4 “Who opposed and exalted himself above all that is called God, or that is worshipped; so that he as God sitteth in the temple of God, showing himself that he is God”. (Abomination)
2 The2: 5 “Remember ye not, that, when I was yet with you, I told you these things”!
Dan. 11:40-45 {time}:
40 And at the time of the end shall the king of the south, (Egypt) push at him (Syria), and the king of the north (Syria) shall come against him like a whirlwind, with chariots, and with horsemen, and with many ships; and he shall enter into the countries, and shall overflow and pass over Israel.
41 He (Antichrist) shall enter also into the glorious land (Palestine), and many countries shall be overthrown: but these shall escape out of his hand (power) , even Edom, and Moab, and the chief of the children of Ammon (Jordon) .
Revised Roman Empire
(Antichrist breaks his covenant that he made with the Jews in Dan 9:27, entering into Palestine and taking over 6 kingdoms of Revised Rome (Possibly:
1. Egypt;
2. Assyria;
3. Babylon;
4. Medo-Persia;
5. Greece;
6. Roman Empire; or Revived Roman Empire) .

Dan. 11 42 He Antichrist shall stretch forth his hand (power) also upon the countries: and the land of Egypt shall not escape.

Dan. 11 43 But he Antichrist shall have power over the treasures of gold and of silver, and over all the precious things of Egypt. (He is rich). And the Libyans and the Ethiopians shall be at his (Antichrist) steps.

Dan. 11 44 But tidings out of the east, (China) and out of the north, (Russia) shall trouble him: therefore he (Antichrist) shall go forth with great fury to destroy, utterly to make away many.(Russia and China support Syria) (The Antichrist will be supported by his 6 kingdoms)

Dan. 11 45 And he shall plant the tabernacles of his palace between the seas Caspian and the Persian Gulf; or the Mediterranean – the great sea – and the Dead Sea – the Salt Sea in the glorious holy mountain Mount Zion; yet he Antichrist shall come to his end, and none shall help him. He will meet his end at the battle of Armageddon.
Syria is a Shi’ite country backed by Persia (Iran).
Egypt is a Sunni country backed by Saudi Arabia and the West. A war is possible as Dan 11:40-45 above). Assad is an Alawite (followers of Ali [brother of Mohammed] {not Mohammed}) sect and leader of the Ba’ath party. Now there is ISIS an Islamic State made of radical Wahhabi Sunnis.

Chapter Eighteen: Duration
Jesus’ Cornerstone Narrative Chapter continued
Mat24 15
“When ye therefore shall see the abomination of desolation spoken of by Daniel the prophet, stand in the holy place, (whoso readeth, let him understand 🙂
How long will the tribulation last?
(Rev11: 1-2)
1 “And there was given me a reed like unto a rod: and the angel stood, saying, Rise, and measure the temple of God, and the altar, and them that worship therein”. Determining the extent of the Jew’s belief; sponsored by the false prophet unbelieving Jews (Pharisees) were building the temple .
2.”But the court which is without the temple leave out, and measure it not; for it is given unto the Gentiles: and the holy city shall they tread under foot forty and two months” (During the tribulation God is not concerned with non-Christians and Jews) ;

Old Roman Empire
Rev. 13:1 “And I stood upon the sand of the sea, and saw a beast rise up out of the sea, having seven heads and ten horns, and upon his horns ten crowns, and upon his heads the name of blasphemy.
2 “And the beast which I saw was like unto a leopard, and his feet were as the feet of a bear, and his mouth as the mouth of a lion: and the dragon gave him his power (20 different powers), and his seat, and great authority.
3 “And I saw one of his heads as it were wounded to death” ; …………………….
The elimination of all pagan religions; The Christians which were watered down (whitewashed) to ecumenical religion (in its new form adores its new leader (papacy) and is soon a subject of the Devil. There all false doctrines against the will of God but subject to men’s will instead. One of these manifestations is “Theosophy”:
The Theosophical Society was officially formed in New York City, United States, in November 1875 by Helena Blavatsky, Henry Steel Olcott, William Quan Judge and others. Its initial objective was the “study and elucidation of Occultism, the Cabala etc.” After a few years Olcott and Blavatsky moved to India and established the International Headquarters at Adyar, in Madras (Chennai).
They were also interested in studying Eastern religions, and these were included in the Society’s agenda.[3] After several iterations the Society’s objectives evolved to be: to form a nucleus of the universal brotherhood of humanity without distinction of race, creed, sex, caste, or color.
• To encourage the study of comparative religion, philosophy, and science.
• To investigate the unexplained laws of nature and the powers latent in man.
• The Society was organized as a non-sectarian entity.

Rev13:3 continued “ ………….and his deadly wound was healed: and all the world wondered after the beast. 4 And they worshipped the dragon (Satan) which gave power unto the beast: and they worshipped the beast, saying: “Who is like unto the beast?” who is able to make war with him?”
One Bible scholar says he (Antichrist) is a man not now prominent in any world affairs and
other says he a kingdom) (He will have characteristics of Medo-Persia
(the bear) and
Babylon (the lion)( he will receive his power, throne and great authority from
Satan (2 Th2:8-12)
• (One of the heads on the beast is wounded to death and then healed, not the Beast itself)
• (He will have the entire world wondering after him)(He will be an object
of worship)
• (He will be a supernaturally gifted orator)
• (He will be given power and success for 42 months)
• (He will defy God and claim to be God himself)
• ( He will make war on the Jews and the Christians and multitudes will be
killed by him)
• ( He will be given power over all the nations of the old Roman
Empire territory)
• ( He will have a religious leader in the false prophet)
• (He will cause the mark or emblem of his kingdom, or his name, or the
number of his name to be branded upon the right hand or forehead of
his followers)
As Jesus, the Devil had two witnesses;
1. Antichrist: political leaders;
2. Religious leader of the Revived Roman Empire [possibly the pope-because everything is ecumenical].It is a time of religion with all its symbols; but without spirituality.
There are no Christians [as such] ALL are so-called “Ecumenical”.
The world will suffer under the power of the revived Roman Empire, which we now call “New World Order”. The one member nation which makes the whole world suffer the most is the revived Roman Empire (forth beast) the first beast makes the Christians suffer.
Theosophy: Blavatsky held that “the very root idea of the Society is free and fearless investigation.” She addressed the question “What is a theosophist?”:
“One need not necessarily recognize the existence of any special God or a deity. One need but worship the spirit of living nature, and try to identify oneself with it…. Be what he may, once that a student abandons the old and trodden highway of routine, and enters upon the solitary path of independent thought — Godward — he is a Theosophist; an original thinker, a seeker after the eternal truth with ‘an inspiration of his own’ to solve the universal problems.” — The Theosophist, October 1879, p. 6

The Toronto Theosophical Society was one of the most notable of the Theosophical groups, and Gillian McCann’s forthcoming book, Vanguard of the New Age:

Chapter Nineteen: Katabole vs. Themelioo
The great Olivet prophesy of: Matthew 24
Mat24 15 “When ye therefore shall see the abomination of desolation spoken of by Daniel the prophet, stand in the holy place, (whoso readeth, let him understand 🙂
Rev. 135 “ And there was given unto him {beast out of the sea Rev. 135 “a mouth speaking great things and blasphemies” {slander, evil speaking,,; “to speak lightly or amiss of sacred things”} and power was given unto him to continue forty and two months {3 1/2 years}
Rev.13: 6 and he {beast} opened his mouth in blasphemy against God, to blaspheme his name, and his tabernacle {tent, temporary dwelling of God}, and them that dwell in heaven (heaven is now inhabited. God himself that formed the earth and made it; He hath established it, He created it not in vain, he formed it to be inhabited: Col.1:15-18). 7 And it was given unto him to make war with the saints, and to overcome them: and power was given him over all kindred, and tongues, and nations”.
Katabole vs. Themelioo
Rev. 138 “And all that dwell upon the earth shall worship him, whose names are not written in the book of life of the Lamb slain from the foundation (disruption of the pre-adamite world is called katabole (overthrow), refers to the overthrow of the pre-adamite world by the flood of Gen 1:2 and the defeat of Lucifer and his earthly kingdom before Adam {Isa 14:12-14}) of the world.
Isa14:12-14 prophesized 12 “How art thou fallen from heaven, O Lucifer, son of the morning! How art thou cut down to the ground, which didst weaken the nations!
13 For thou hast said in thine heart, I will ascend into heaven, I will exalt my throne above the stars of God: I will sit also upon the mount of the congregation, in the sides of the north:
14 I will ascend above the heights of the clouds; I will be like the most High”
Foundation’: ’Katabole’, overthrow or disruption of a Pre-Adamite world. “Katabole” is not the ordinary word for founding or foundation. A reference to founding of the world would require the use of themelioo {foundation} . Katabole therefore means the disruption, overthrow, or ruin of the social system before Adam.
In Genesis 1:1 we have themelioo, (founding of the earth). In Genesis 1:2, we have katabole we have overthrow of the social system on the earth by a flood.

Hebrews 1:10 10 “And, Thou, Lord, in the beginning hast laid the foundation (themelioo) of the earth; and the heavens are the works of thine hands”: Thus in the N.T it is very clear that the earth became desolate and empty before it was recreated in the 6 days of Genesis 1:3-31.
Rev. 13 9 “ If any man has an ear let him hear.
10 “He that leadeth into captivity shall go into captivity: he that killeth with the sword must be killed with the sword. Here is the patience and the faith of the saints”

Rev. 13 11 “And I beheld another beast coming up out of the earth; and he had two horns like a lamb, and he spake as a dragon”. This means that the second beast appears to be good and righteous, or perhaps even claims to be Jesus (two horns like a lamb), but in fact is controlled by devilish powers (speaking as a dragon). We know that the devil can transform himself into an angel of light:
2 Corinthians 11:14 “And no marvel; for Satan himself is transformed into an angel of light”. (He will come with a lamb-like appearance to deceive, but will speak like the dragon. He will have many powers and work miracles. He will send out demon spirits, He will be in the lake of fire in conscious torment one thousand years later.)
Rev.13: 12 “And he exerciseth all the power of the first beast before him, and causeth the earth and them which dwell therein to worship the first beast, whose deadly wound was healed”.
Rev.13: 13 “And he doeth great wonders, so that he maketh fire come down from heaven on the earth in the sight of men”
14 “ and deceiveth them that dwell on the earth by the means of those miracles which he had power to do in the sight of the beast; saying to them that dwell on the earth, that they should make an image to the beast, which had the wound by a sword, and did live”.
15 “And he had power to give life unto the image of the beast, that the image of the beast should both speak, and cause that as many as would not worship the image of the beast should be killed”.
16 “And he causeth all, both small and great, rich and poor, free and bond, to receive a mark in their right hand, or in their foreheads” (he is not a world-wide dictator):
Rev. 1 7“and that no man might buy or sell, save he that had the mark, or the name of the beast, or the number of his name”.
Rev. 18 “Here is wisdom. Let him that hath understanding count the number of the beast: for it is the number of a man; and his number is Six hundred threescore and six (666)”
(It is widely thought among dispensationalists that the mark will take the form of a number or symbol that will be revealed only during the End Times).

Daniel 2:31-45 “Thou, O king, sawest, and behold a great image .. This image’s head was of fine gold, his breast and his arms of silver, his belly and his thighs of brass, His legs of iron, his feet part of iron and part of clay. Thou sawest till that a stone was cut out without hands, which smote the image upon his feet … Thou art this head of gold … And after thee shall arise another kingdom inferior to thee, and another third kingdom of brass, which shall bear rule over all the earth. And the fourth kingdom shall be strong as iron … And whereas thou sawest the feet and toes, part of potters’ clay, and part of iron, the kingdom shall be divided … Forasmuch as thou sawest that the stone was cut out of the mountain without hands, and that it brake in pieces the iron, the brass, the clay, the silver, and the gold; the great God hath made known to the king what shall come to pass hereafter.’

Chapter Twenty: Mid-Tribulation
Jesus continues to prophesize in Mat 24 16 “………………. then let them which are in Judea flee into the mountains” (Verses 16- 20 describe the recommended response of the faithful who see the abomination of desolation in Jerusalem. They are to “get out of Dodge” as fast as they can. Why? It is because the second-half of the tribulation will be a time of persecution and great tribulation for the Jewish remnant.
Mat24 17 “Let him which is on the housetop not come down to take anything out of his house:
Mat24 18 “neither let him which is in the field return back to take his clothes.
19 And woe unto them that are with child and to them that give suck in those days!
20 But pray ye that your flight be not in the winter, neither on the Sabbath day: (Micah 2:12; “I will surely assemble, O Jacob, all of thee; I will surely gather the remnant of Israel; I will put them together as the sheep of Bozrah, as the flock in the midst of their fold: they shall make great noise by reason of the multitude of men”.
Mat24 21 “for then shall be great tribulation”
Daniel heard from God and wrote in Dan 9:27, “He will confirm a covenant with many for one ‘seven.’ (7 years) In the middle of the ‘seven’ (3 ½ Years, mid-tribulation) he will put an end to sacrifice and offering. And at the temple[ he will set up an abomination that causes desolation, until the end (Armageddon) that is decreed is poured out on him. Already Daniel talked about that.
Rev. 12: 7: “Then war broke out in heaven. Michael and his angels fought against the dragon, and the dragon and his angels fought back”
Rev 12:11” They triumphed over him by the blood of the Lamb and by the word of their testimony; they did not love their lives so much as to shrink from death., and
(Rev. 12:12- 13) “Such as was not since the beginning of the world (see below about pre-adamites) to this time, no, nor ever shall be.
Mat24:22 “And except those days should be shortened, there should no flesh be saved: but for the elect’s sake those days shall be shortened. (Jews, not the church: acts 1:6) Jesus is answering Jews question)
Great tribulation, such as has not been since the beginning of the world until this time: Jesus said that this will be the most awful time in all of human history.
Mat24 23 “Then (during the “great tribulation {”second half second 3 ½ years) “if any man shall say unto you, Lo, here is Christ, or there; believe it not.”

24 “”For there shall arise false Christ’s, and false prophets, and shall shew great signs and wonders” (Satanic powers will be manifest in the tribulation);
(Great deceptions will be made believable even for Christians and Jews)

2 Thes 2:7-12; (false Christ’s) (One thing, must precede the revelation of the antichrist; the rapture first, AND THEN the revelation of the antichrist).
Similarly; this happened to the pre-adamites; Lucifer sat in the temple and made himself to be a god; after that came a world-wide flood; after the ice- time or ice age. And, after that God recreated the world. He moved the sun back in its place.(or the earth back to the sun) and, there was light.

2 Thes 2:7-12
7 For the mystery of iniquity doth already work: only he who now letteth will let, until he be taken out of the way.
8 And then shall that Wicked be revealed, whom the Lord shall consume with the spirit of his mouth, and shall destroy with the brightness of his coming:
9 Even him, whose coming is after the working of Satan with all power and signs and lying wonders,
10 And with all deceivableness of unrighteousness in them that perish; because they received not the love of the truth, that they might be saved.
11 And for this cause God shall send them strong delusion, that they should believe a lie:
12 That they all might be damned who believed not the truth, but had pleasure in unrighteousness.

Twenty One: The “remnant”
The end-time remnant is based primarily upon Revelation 12:17, which states: “And the dragon was wroth with the woman, and went to make war with the remnant of her seed, which keep the commandments of God, and have the testimony of Jesus Christ.”
Jeremiah 23:3 …’And I will gather the remnant of my flock out of all countries whither I have driven them, and will bring them again to their folds; and they shall be fruitful and increase.’
Jeremiah 31:7 …’For thus saith the LORD; Sing with gladness for Jacob, and shout among the chief of the nations: publish ye, praise ye, and say, O LORD, save thy people, the remnant of Israel.’
Joel 2:32 …’And it shall come to pass, that whosoever shall call on the name of the LORD shall be delivered: for in mount Zion and in Jerusalem shall be deliverance, as the LORD hath said, and in the remnant whom the LORD shall call.’
Romans 9:27 …’Esaias also crieth concerning Israel, Though the number of the children of Israel be as the sand of the sea, a remnant shall be saved.’
There are about 13 million Jews in the world at this time, who will return to Israel in the last days. Only 144,000 young Jewish men are selected by God to be sealed before the tribulation. What about the rest of the Jews?
The 144,000 are mentioned three times in the Book of Revelation:
Rev 7:9 “After this I beheld, and, lo, a great multitude, which no man could number, of all nations, and kindreds, and people, and tongues, stood before the throne, and before the Lamb, clothed with white robes, and palms in their hands”;
Rev 7:14 “And I said unto him, Sir, you know. . And he said to me, These are they which came out of great tribulation, and have washed their robes, and made them white in the blood of the Lamb”.
So we see, that not just 144,000 Jews “make it to heaven,” as some people think, but many more do also. They have been persecuted or put to death as martyrs of the faith. They have been tested as faithful during the tribulation, and made it to heaven.
Revelation 14:1
“Then I looked, and behold, on Mount Zion stood the Lamb, and with him 144,000 who had his name and his Father’s name written on their foreheads”.
Revelation 14:3-5
“And they were singing a new song before the throne and before the four living creatures and before the elders. No one could learn that song except the 144,000 who had been redeemed from the earth. For it is these who have not defiled themselves with women, for they are virgins. It is these who follow the Lamb wherever he goes. These have been redeemed from mankind as firstfruits for God and the Lamb, 5 and in their mouth no lie was found, for they are blameless”.
Who are they?
From some interpretations, one gets the impression that the entire population of Jews in the world will return to Israel, and only 144,000 get saved when the tribulation comes. This is not what it says above.
Special points about this group:
1. they are young men only
2. they are not defiled with women – virgins
3. they follow the Lamb (Messiah) wherever He goes
4. they are first fruits to God and to the Lamb
5. they have a special song they sing that only they could learn at the time it was given
6. the tribulation is about to begin, but they will not be harmed.
Obviously, God will not ignore innocent men, women and children whose hearts cry out to God for salvation, and accept their Messiah.
The point of the tribulation is to give mankind one last chance to repent, before the wrath of God hits. God would be wasting his time doing this, if He had already picked out the only ones to be saved before the tribulation starts.
The 144,000 just happens to be a special group – the first to be saved in the land of Israel, that God sets aside as his first fruits. FIRST fruits means there is MORE fruits to come.
The Bible NEVER says the first fruits (144,000), were the ONLY ones saved during this time, only that they were selected out, sanctified, away from others, marked and sealed for special service unto the Lord.
Mat.24: 24 Jesus prophesied: “ For there shall arise false Christs (counterfeits, pretenders, of the Messiah Jesus), and false prophets, and shall shew great signs and wonders” {counterfeits}
2 Thes 2 7 “For the mystery of iniquity (Romans 5 and 7) doth already work: (the hinderer of lawlessness: One of three things:
1. Government (1Pet 2:13);
2. The church ( Mt.5:13);
3. The Holy Spirit: (Jn16:7-15) “only he (Holy Spirit) who now letteth will let, (rapture before antichrist) until he be taken out of the way.”
When the Holy Spirit, as the Restrainer, is taken out of the way, the Body of Christ will go with Him, but He will still minister on the earth to save souls during the Tribulation to follow. In the same way He participated in regenerating people prior to Pentecost,
so will He after the Rapture.

Rev. 7 : (144,000 Sealed)
1 “After this I saw four angels standing at the four corners of the earth. ”,
{ The significance of their position is seen in the fact that they control the whole earth} “holding back the four winds” In the figurative language of Scripture, the blowing of the four winds together, means a dreadful and general destruction.} {of the earth to prevent any wind from blowing on the land or on the sea or on any tree.
2 “Then I saw another angel coming up from the east, having the seal of the living God. He called out in a loud voice to the four angels who had been given power to harm the land and the sea”:
3 “Do not harm the land or the sea or the trees until we put a seal on the foreheads of the servants of our God.”
4 “Then I heard (given to John by an audible voice) the number of those who were sealed: 144,000 from all the tribes of Israel.{ physical descendants of Abraham, Isaac and Jacob. }
5 “From the tribe of Judah 12,000 were sealed,
from the tribe of Reuben 12,000,
from the tribe of Gad 12,000,
6 from the tribe of Asher 12,000,
from the tribe of Naphtali 12,000,
from the tribe of Manasseh 12,000,
7 from the tribe of Simeon 12,000,
from the tribe of Levi 12,000,
from the tribe of Issachar 12,000,
8 from the tribe of Zebulon 12,000,
from the tribe of Joseph 12,000,
from the tribe of Benjamin 12,000. (12×12=144)

The Great Multitude in White Robes
9 “After this I looked, and there before me was a great multitude (huge crowd) that no one could count, from every nation, tribe, people and language, standing before the throne and before the Lamb. They were wearing white robes and were holding palm branches in their hands”.
10 And they cried out in a loud voice:
“Salvation belongs to our God,
who sits on the throne,
and to the Lamb.”
11 “All the angels were standing around the throne and around the elders and the four living creatures. They fell down on their faces before the throne and worshiped God,
12 saying:
“Amen!
Praise and glory
and wisdom and thanks and honor
and power and strength
be to our God forever and ever.
Amen!”
13 “Then one of the elders asked me, “These in white robes—who are they, and where did they come from?”[In English, a “where” question usually anticipates a specific location. However, a specific place is not given but a specific time is indicated. The great tribulation has one parallel in Scripture—Matthew 24:21. In that specific passage, the definite article “the” is not used. As one of the original recipients of the Olivet Discourse (Mark 13:3), John, the apostle, heard Jesus use this very specific term. Therefore, his use reflects previous knowledge. The great tribulation is not a place, but a specific time.]

14 “I answered, “Sir, you know.”
“And he said, “These are they who have come out of the great tribulation; they have washed their robes and made them white in the blood of the Lamb. {This is in harmony with Daniel 12:1, which also calls this period “a time of distress.” This universally innumerable multitude will arrive in heaven during the period of the great tribulation.}

15 “Therefore “they are before the throne of God and serve him day and night in his temple; and he who sits on the throne will shelter them with his presence.”

16 ‘Never again will they hunger; never again will they thirst.
The sun will not beat down on them, ‘nor any scorching heat.
Agnus Dei has been set to music by many composers, usually as part of a Mass setting

17 “For the Lamb (John 1:36) at the center of the throne will be their shepherd;”
‘He will lead them to springs of living water”.’ (Psalm 23:1-6)
‘And God will wipe away every tear from their eyes” (Rev.21:4)

It should be evident that the Holy Spirit will be still at work in the Tribulation, for the work of regeneration is His particular ministry. While the work of restraining evil is removed, allowing the Antichrist to begin his evil rise to power, the Holy Spirit Himself will still be in the world and will have an active ministry. While He will no longer be baptizing (for that is a special ministry for the Church only), He will be performing some of His other ministries, such as regeneration, filling, sealing, etc. In all this, the second purpose of the Tribulation will be accomplished: that of bringing about a worldwide rev

Twenty Two: Satan’s Work

In Mat.24: 24 Jesus prophesized that:“there shall arise false Christs, and false prophets, and shall shew great signs and wonders”
And the Apostle Paul prophesized in 2 Thes 2 8 “And then shall that Wicked (Antichrist) be revealed, whom the Lord shall consume with the spirit of his mouth, and shall destroy with the brightness of his coming”:
And the WHEN? “ When he (the Church) who hinders will be taken out of the way (He goes to heaven), then shall the wicked be revealed”.

Antichrist cannot possibly come until after the rapture of
1 Thes. 4:13-16 (just below).
13 “Brothers and sisters, we do not want you to be uninformed about those who sleep in death, so that you do not grieve like the rest of mankind, who have no hope.
14 “ For we believe that Jesus died and rose again, and so we believe that God will bring with Jesus those who have fallen asleep in him. (Early Christians {not born-again Christians})
15 According to the Lord’s word, we tell you that we who are still alive, who are left until the coming of the Lord, will certainly not precede those who have fallen asleep.

16 For the Lord himself will come down from heaven, with a loud command, with the voice of the archangel and with the trumpet call of God, and the dead in Christ will rise first”. (These are those who are not born-again)
All who go in the rapture will not be here during the days of Antichrist and during the tribulation of Rev 6:1-19; Mat.24-15-21, and
Dan 12:1 ‘And at that time shall Michael stand up, the great prince which standeth for the children of thy people: and there shall be a time of trouble, such as never was since there was a nation even to that same time: and at that time thy people shall be delivered, every one that shall be found written in the book”.
(The first born of Satan; miracles are not real (not of our God) , they are only tricks. His (Satan’s) nemesis is Jesus Christ. ) (Many people do not want to believe on the truth; they want to believe on what they like to have. So, God steps aside. The apostasy is today already on its way) (Modern Israel prefers carnal delusion to spiritual truth, a world view without a creator so that they can be sexually liberated. God gives them that so they can receive the awful consequences.)

2 Thes 2 9 “Even him, whose coming is after the working of Satan with all power and signs and lying wonders”,
(His preparation and revelation will be a work of Satan. The Satanic angel in the abyss will come out and use the human Antichrist to fulfill Satan’s-will in these last days. He will be endued with satanic powers.)
2 Thes 2 10 “And with all deceivableness of unrighteousness in them that perish; because they received not the love of the truth, that they might be saved”.
However, the Holy Spirit reminds in 2 Peter 3:9 that : “The Lord is not slack concerning His promise, as some men count slackness; but is long suffering to us-ward, not willing that any should perish, but that all should come to repentance.”
2 Thes 2 11 “And for this cause God (God cannot save men who persist in damming their own souls) shall send them strong delusion, that they should believe a lie”:
2 Thes 2 12 “That they all might be damned who believed not the truth, but had pleasure in unrighteousness.
(The groundwork of this, Satan’s: delusion is a confused world as we experience now. Nothing on TV is the truth. People search for a world leader. ) (There are multitudes of doctrinal changes in church now. Concentration on self is very subtle but is distracting from God. )
(Emerging religions; tolerance of beliefs of every stripe; new age religions. Already now there is too much information which manipulates all.
The famine is not of words but of hearing it. )

The ignorant fishermen .. “ but had pleasure in unrighteousness
(2 Thess. 2:10-12). “We have just looked at some of the unimaginable and EXPONENTIAL horrific catastrophes which will …”
Note: how they run in the WRONG direction.

Twenty Three: Discernment

We will further divide the great Olivet prophesy of Jesus Christ recorded in Matthew 24.
Mat.24: 24 “For there shall arise false Christs………………………” (“pseudochristos”= false anointed; A false Christ is a false anointed one. It is not the anointing that is false but the anointed one. Jesus said the Holy Spirit would be of the integrity of their hearts (Luke 11:13). We must understand that just because no one can be saved without the Spirit, we cannot conclude that everyone with the Spirit is saved. God sends the rain of the Spirit on the just and the unjust alike (Matthew 5:45). The false Christs that Jesus warned of will come close to deceiving even God’s elect. This is not because their anointing is false, but because they are false. It is not judgmental to insist on seeing fruit. Paul was certainly an anointed man of God; yet when he wrote to God’s people, he said nothing about how anointed he was but instead reminded them of his Christlike character, writing, “You are witnesses, and God also, how devoutly and justly and blamelessly we behaved ourselves among you who believe”
(1 Thessalonians 2:10).
Jude wrote that certain men had crept in unnoticed, which turn the grace of God into lewdness and deny the only Lord God and our Lord Jesus Christ (Jude 4). Paul warned that in the last days, “Evil men and impostors will grow worse and worse, deceiving and being deceived” (2 Timothy 3:13). Peter stated flatly, “There will be false teachers among you, who will secretly bring in destructive heresies, even denying the Lord who bought them, and bring on themselves swift destruction.” He warned that “many will follow their destructive ways, because of whom the way of truth will be blasphemed.” He explained that “by covetousness they will exploit you with deceptive words” (2 Peter 2:1-3). These are all descriptions of the false anointed ones. In connection with the days surrounding the coming of the Lord, Malachi the prophet declared, “Then you shall again discern between the righteous and the wicked, between one who serves God and one who does not serve Him” (Malachi 3:18). Oh, that God would grant His people this power of discernment today.
Mat.24: 24 . ……………..“and false prophets”, The false prophet comes out of the earth. This could mean he comes up from the pit of hell with all the demonic powers of hell at his command. The false prophet comes like a lamb, winsomely, with persuasive words that elicit sympathy and good will from others. He may be an extraordinary preacher or orator whose demonically empowered words will deceive the multitudes. But he speaks like a dragon, which means his message is the message of a dragon. The false prophet’s mission on earth is to force humanity to worship the Antichrist. He has all the authority of the Antichrist because, like him, the false prophet is empowered by Satan.

Mat.24: 24 “………………………….and shall shew great signs and wonders”
There is a difference between a miraculous sign and a miracle: A Miracle always brings lasting change, change that will always lead to a decision about Jesus Christ; a miraculous sign never really lasts for long, and often is used to trick or trap a person. The latter is what the devil and his followers will and do perform. We see a few of the signs that the devil, the beast, and the false prophet will be able to perform. We see that the devil and the beast will appear to rise from the dead, after suffering a death wound In Revelation 13.3 John said: “And I saw one of his heads as it were wounded to death; and his deadly wound was healed: and all the world wondered after the beast. The false prophet, in turn, will also appear to be able to make a statue or image of the beast to live (Revelation 13.15; “And he had power to give life unto the image of the beast, that the image of the beast should both speak, and cause that as many as would not worship the image of the beast should be killed.), and to call down fire from heaven in the presence of the beast
Revelation 13.12-13;
12 And he exerciseth all the power of the first beast before him, and causeth the earth and them which dwell therein to worship the first beast, whose deadly wound was healed.
13 And he doeth great wonders, so that he maketh fire come down from heaven on the earth in the sight of men,)
However, we need to understand that these miraculous signs are designed only to deceive, trick, and cause a person to give up the most precious thing he or she possesses: his or her mortal soul. This is the sole reason that the devil and his angels and willing human followers appear to have power and the ability to perform miracles.

Rev.16:13-16; The false trinity

Rev16:13 “Then I saw three impure spirits that looked like frogs; they came out of the mouth of the dragon, out of the mouth of the beast and out of the mouth of the false prophet”.

The false trinity. Satan has prepared the three religious forces after the pattern of the divine three-member team, these three forces, dragon, beast, and false prophet.
The evil forces decree death and prohibition to buy and sell for those who refuse to worship beast and image. God responds in by warning that those who accept the false worship also receive His unmixed wrath.
The false prophet pretends to be the prophet Elijah and does miracles. Power comes from the mouths of the false trinity; the spirits work miracles to get the kings to fight. They are the driving force of the three-part coalition. Frogs were pests in the second plague on Egypt. Pharaoh’s occult priests copied the plague.
“And the magicians did so with their enchantments, and brought up frogs upon the land of Egypt. They were able to mimic only the first two plagues. An Egyptian goddess, Heqa, was represented as having a frog head. The plague showed that no god was blessing the people and that the Hebrew God was powerful.
Dragon, beast, and false prophet are able to perform real miracles, too. They produce evil spirits which go out to direct the military might of the world.
Frogs link the end-time plagues to the Egyptian plagues in another interesting way. Both scenes start with a river, the Nile in Egypt and the Euphrates in Babylon. From the Nile, frogs came out on the land and went even into the bread dough! God uses the Euphrates, in a different way. He dries it up to make way for the kings of the East who help deliver God’s people. Frogs come out of the mouths of the God’s three enemies. In both frog scenes, the occult or supernatural is at work.

Rev 16:14 “They are demonic spirits that perform signs, and they go out to the kings of the whole world, to gather them for the battle on the great day of God Almighty”.

Jesus Christ prophesied to John which John recorded in Rev 16:15“Look, I come like a thief! Blessed is the one who stays awake and remains clothed, so as not to go naked and be shamefully exposed.”

Rev 16:16 “Then they gathered the kings together to the place that in Hebrew is called Armageddon.

Armageddon: Tel Megiddo is not actually a mountain, but a tell (a hill created by many generations of people living and rebuilding on the same spot)
Rev.19:20; “But the beast was captured, and with it the false prophet who had performed the signs on its behalf. With these signs he had deluded those who had received the mark of the beast and worshiped its image. The two of them were thrown alive into the fiery lake of burning sulfur.”
Mat 24 v.24 continued “…………………………….insomuch that, if it were possible, they shall deceive the very elect” (Jewish elect: Jews which believe on Jesus Christ who are saved. Saved Jews are not the elect because they are Jews; they are the elect because they are saved!).

Mat24 25 “Behold, I have told you before”.

Mat 24: 26 “Wherefore if they shall say unto you, Behold, he (anyone claiming to be Christ) is in the desert; go not forth: behold, he is in the secret chambers
(believe it not.)”

2 Thes 2:4; “He will oppose and will exalt himself over everything that is called God or is worshiped, so that he sets himself up in God’s temple, proclaiming himself to be God”.

Antichrist on throne

The antichrist is the enemy of God who appears during the final years of the world’s existence and takes over the world.
He is a very powerful and evil ruler who pretends

Twenty Four: Soul (,imperishable thing). Spirit and Body
Cornerstone Narrative Chapter continued.
Mat 24: 27 “For as the lightning cometh out of the east, and shined even unto the west; so shall also the coming” (Parousia: personal visible presence) “of the Son of man be. Rapture (caught up)-“parousia”; coming in the air, not to earth, for the saints; Physical presence, arrival – The main use is the physical presence of a person, which where that person is not already present refers to the prospect of the physical arrival of that person, especially the visit of a royal or official personage and sometimes as an extension of this usage, a formal “occasion”. In astrological usage it refers to the presence of a planet at a point on the zodiac.

St. Paul mentions an ecstatic experience in which he was “caught up even to the third heaven”, but, as he says, “whether in the body, I know not, or whether out of the body, I know not; God knoweth.” And this is the dilemma confronting many otherworld journeyers. (source of image) deoxy.org

Relevance: below consolidated from various scriptures as:
Luke 12:35, Mat.24:42., Rev 12:9. 1 Cor 15:23; Rev20:5
1. Watch for your life’s sake. Let not your lamps be quenched, nor your loins unloosed; but be ye ready, for ye know not the hour in which our Lord cometh.
2. But often shall ye come together, seeking the things which are befitting to your souls: for the whole time of your faith will not profit you, if ye be not made perfect in the last time.
3. For in the last days false prophets and corrupters shall be multiplied, and the sheep shall be turned into wolves, and love shall be turned into hate;
4. For when lawlessness increaseth, they shall hate and persecute and betray one another, and then shall appear the world-deceiver as the Son of God, and shall do signs and wonders, and the earth shall be delivered into his hands, and he shall do iniquitous things which have never yet come to pass since the beginning.
5. Then shall the creation of men come into the fire of trial, and many shall be made to stumble and shall perish; but they that endure in their faith shall be saved from under the curse itself.
6. And then shall appear the signs of the truth; first, the sign of an out-spreading in heaven; then the sign of the sound of the trumpet; and the third, the resurrection of the dead;
7. Yet not of all, but as it is said: The Lord shall come and all His saints with Him.
8. Then shall the world see the Lord coming upon the clouds of heaven.
Below 1Thes 2:19; 3:13; 4:13-17; 5:23,
1Thes 219 “For what is our hope, or joy, or crown of rejoicing? Are not even ye in the presence of our Lord Jesus Christ at his coming? (Rapture and second coming)
1 Thes 3:13 “To the end he may establish your hearts unbelievable in holiness before God, even our Father, at the coming of our Lord Jesus Christ (v.4:16-17{below}) with all his saints.
1Thes4:13 “But I would not have you to be ignorant, brethren, concerning them which are asleep, that ye sorrow not, even as others which have no hope”
1Thes4 14 For if we believe that Jesus died and rose again (Rom5:6-11), even so them also which sleep (body sleep not soul sleep) in Jesus will God bring with him”.

“Soul” : It has been said that there are only two things that last: the Word of God (Mark 13:31) and the souls {Immaterial aspect or essence of a person, conjoined with the body during life and separable at death}. of men.
This is because, like God’s Word, the soul is an imperishable thing. That thought should be both sobering and awe-inspiring. Every person you meet is an eternal soul. Every human being who has ever lived has had a soul, and all of those souls are still in existence somewhere. The question is, where?
The souls that reject God’s love are condemned to pay for their own sin, eternally, in hell Romans 6:23. The soul is immortal! But the souls that accept their own sinfulness and God’s gracious gift of forgiveness will live forever beside still waters with their Shepherd, wanting for nothing Psalm 23:2 . Psalm 103: “Bless the Lord oh my soul and all that is within me”. And vice versa Romans 8:3: we were made in God’s image (Gen 1:27) and our flesh (mortal self) can command our soul;
Simply stated, the human soul is the part of a person that is not physical. It is the part of every human being that lasts eternally after the body experiences death. Gen. 35:18 describes the death of Rachel, Jacob’s wife, saying she named her son “as her soul was departing.” From this we know that the soul is different from the body and that it continues to live after physical death.
The human soul is central to the personhood of a human being. As C. S. Lewis said, “You don’t have a soul. You are a Soul. You have a body.” In other words, personhood is not based on having a body. A soul is what is required. Repeatedly in the Bible, people are referred to as “souls” (Exodus 31:14; Proverbs 11:30), especially in contexts that focus on the value of human life and personhood or on the concept of a “whole being” (Psalm 16:9-10; Ezekiel 18:4; Acts 2:41; Revelation 18:13).
Matthew 11:29 tells us that we can turn to Jesus Christ to find rest for our souls and Psalm 16:9-10 is a Messianic psalm that allows us to see that Jesus also had a soul. David wrote, “Therefore my heart is glad, and my whole being rejoices; my flesh also dwells secure. For you will not abandon my soul to Sheol, or let your holy one (Jesus) see corruption.”
This cannot be speaking of David (as Paul points out in Acts 13:35-37; 35 Wherefore he saith also in another psalm, Thou shalt not suffer thine Holy One to see corruption.
36 For David, after he had served his own generation by the will of God, fell on sleep, and was laid unto his fathers, and saw corruption:
37 But he, whom God raised again, saw no corruption.
Because David’s body did see corruption and decay when he died. But Jesus Christ’s body never saw corruption (He was resurrected), and His soul was not abandoned to Sheol. Jesus, as the Son of Man, has a soul! {and we are made in the God’s image}

Rom 8:11,13 “But if the Spirit of Him who raised Jesus from the dead dwells in you, He who raised Christ Jesus from the dead will also give life to your mortal bodies through His Spirit who indwells you… for if you are living according to the flesh, you must die; but if by the Spirit you are putting to death the deeds of the body, you will live”.
The best and most clear explanation I could give you is that you do not have a soul, you are a soul. You may or may not have a live body, and you may or may not have a live spirit (more on this in a moment). But in either case you are a soul. Your soul is your eternal self that will spend eternity in heaven or hell. It is you. It is not necessarily good; it needs to be transformed and healed.
So what does it mean for our spirits to be “alive” or “dead”?
Before we are “born again”,(John 3:1-18) our spirits are dead in the sense that we cannot perform the function for which we were designed. An analogy would be a car without gas in it. It would still be a car (spiritless humans are still human) but it would be dead for the use an owner bought it for. In the same way, we are dead to be able to do anything useful to God without His Spirit quickening us to life.

1 Cor 15:45 So also it is written, “The first man, Adam, became a living soul.” The last Adam [Christ] became a life-giving (quickening) spirit.

So what is the difference between a living soul and a quickening spirit?
Shaun D. McMillan writes that “the Greek word here used is employed nowhere else in the New Testament, but is the very one used by the Septuagint translators of Gen 2:7: ‘And the Lord God formed man of the dust of the ground(stardust) , and breathed into his nostrils the breath of life; and man became a living soul.’ There, man’s original creation was completed by this act of God; who, then, can fail to see that here in John 20, on the day of the Savior’s resurrection, the new creation had begun, begun by the Head of the new creation, the last Adam acting as ‘a quickening spirit’ (1Cr 15:45)!”
John Gill, on the phrase “quickening” or “life-making spirit,” writes,
“though rather I think it is to be understood of his spiritual body, of his body, not as it was made of the virgin, for that was a natural, or an animal one; it was conceived and bred, and born as animal bodies are; it grew and increased, and was nourished with meat and drink, and sleep and rest; and was subject to infirmities, and to death itself, as our bodies be; but it is to be understood of it as raised from the dead, when it was made a spiritual body, for which reason it is called a “spirit”:

John Gill, continues: “not that it was changed into a spirit, for it still remained flesh and blood; but because it was no more supported in an animal way; nor subject to those weaknesses that animal bodies are, but lives as spirits, or angels do; and a quickening one, not only because it has life itself, but because by virtue of the saints’ union to it, as it subsists in the divine person of the Son of God, their bodies will be quickened at the last day, and made like unto it, spiritual bodies; also because he lives in his body as a spiritual one, they shall live in theirs as spiritual ones: and so the apostle shows, that there is a spiritual, as well as an animal body; that as the first man’s body, even before the fall, was an animal or natural one; the last Adam’s body upon his resurrection is a spiritual and life giving one, as the Syriac version renders it. (footnote #5)
As Paul quoted from Genesis 2:7, “Man became living soul” which means that he is created with an animal soul – the body with a life and soul, the living principle of his body.
Quickening spirit would mean not only living soul but the soul which makes alive or the soul which has the power/authority to give life. The gospel of John has more textual evidence of quickening spirit, the one which is alive and gives life
( John 5:21 , John 6:33, John 6:39, John 6:40, John 6:54, John 6:57, John 6:62 and John 6:63).
Shaun d McMillan writes: “Soul” is a religious term but it includes our mind, from which we derive our thoughts, our mentality, and our heart. The soul is in constant interaction with your body. For example, the physical body lets us know when it’s hungry and craves certain tastes. These signals are sent to the brain and the mind tries to work out a solution to answer that need. A more developed mind can overcome the immediate desires of the body in favor of long-term health.
There are the parts of our mind that deal with daily life decisions, but there are also the deeper parts of our soul that deal more with our higher level subconscious self. This part of us becomes fully active when our body sleeps and reaches the dream state. Though our body appears to be doing nothing except maybe breathing, our soul is extremely active having its own experiences.
Spirit:
All flesh is not the same: Men have one kind of flesh, animals have another, birds another and fish another. There are also heavenly bodies and there are earthly bodies; but the splendor of the heavenly bodies is one kind, and the splendor of the earthly bodies is another. – 1 Cor 15:39-40
If there is a natural body, there is also a spiritual body. – 1 Cor 15:44 (“It is sown a natural body; it is raised a spiritual body. There is a natural body, and there is a spiritual body”)
Just as surely as you have a physical body that lives in the physical world, you also have a spiritual body which lives in the spiritual world. Just as there is both male and female, there is also both physical and spiritual. While you are physically alive in this world the body, soul, and the spirit are all connected.
Your spirit resembles your physical body just like your physical body resembles your parents. The spirit has an extremely heightened sense of touch, smell, taste, and hearing.
Your spirit feels things very intensely at the spiritual level which is by far the deepest level. Ultimately the fate of eternity is determined by how well you develop your spirit through your daily life.
If you regularly take action on the word of God, take joy in honoring God through expressions of love, and grow into a loving relationship with God, then your spirit will grow strong and healthy. But if you live only to satisfy physical desires then your spirit will suffer from malnourishment and easily succumb to selfish, hateful, or wicked influences.
Having a spirit is what separates us from the animals. It is our spirit that lives forever and desires to know about and connect with God in the spiritual world. It is our spirit within us that desires to be good and to see good done for others. It is our spirit that is righteous or wicked, and ultimately it is our spirit that goes to either Heaven or Hell.
“I tell you the truth, whatever you bind on earth will be bound in heaven, and whatever you loose on earth will be loosed in heaven”. – Mathew 18:18
Just as you inherit the genes of your parents and learn from the behaviors of those whom you observe, your spirit inherits everything that your physical body does. You can’t take money, fame, or anything physical with you after you die but your spirit inherits the attitudes, tendencies, character, and mentality with which your body lived. In religious terms, your spirit will have either sins or righteousness depending on how you chose to live you The soul is the mediator between the body and the spirit and it constantly gets pulled in either direction. The body has its own wants and needs, and the spiritual body too has its own will and desire. The body wants to eat and sleep, but the spirit wants learn the Word of God and grow. The spirit wants to go to church, but your body wants to sleep in. I’m sure you have experienced this. This is the battle for your soul where ultimately your mind must regularly decide whether to take the physical path or the more spiritual path for life. How you live your physical life will determine your spiritual fate.
Paul writes in Romans 12:2: “And be not conformed to this world: but be ye transformed by the renewing of your mind, that ye may prove what is that good, and acceptable, and perfect, will of God.
To have God’s Spirit in us, whatever our views of the nature of the human spirit, is a great privilege indeed. Jesus makes this possible; for the Holy Spirit would never dwell in carnal, sinful me unless Jesus had died in my place and made me acceptable to be brought into God’s presence; or rather in this instance, for God’s presence to be brought into me. Now my soul is saved forever, even though the body is doomed to die. And our souls have been promised new bodies. Relevance: Not only so, but we ourselves, who have the firstfruits of the Spirit, groan inwardly as we wait eagerly for our adoption to sonship, the redemption (exchanging one for another; usually for a better thing) of our bodies. (Philippians 3:20, 21) And, Paul writes in Romans 8:23 “ And not only they, but ourselves also, which have the firstfruits of the Spirit, even we ourselves groan within ourselves, waiting for the adoption, to wit, the redemption of our body

1cor 15: 51 “Behold, I show you a mystery; We shall not all sleep, but we shall all be changed”,
52 In a moment, in the twinkling of an eye, at the last trump: for the trumpet shall sound, and the dead shall be raised incorruptible, and we shall be changed.
53 For this corruptible must put on incorruption, and this mortal must put on immortality.
54 “So when this corruptible shall have put on incorruption, and this mortal shall have put on immortality, then shall be brought to pass the saying that is written, Death is swallowed up in victory.”
The Watchtower Library says: “ The Greek word translated “immortality” (athanasia) is formed from the negative “a” and from thanatos, meaning “death.” Immortality thus has the basic sense of ‘without death,’ or deathlessness. Understandably, Jehovah is the absolute source of all life and is immortal. (Psalm 36:9; 90:1, 2) This is confirmed by the fact that his glorified Son, who now “is the reflection of [God’s] glory and the exact representation of his very being,” is described as “the King of those [men] who rule as kings and Lord of those who rule as lords, the one alone having immortality.” (Hebrews 1:3; 1 Timothy 6:15, 16) No creature can take Jesus’ life as an immortal, which makes him different from humans or spirits that can die. Further, we read in : Romans 6:9. “Now that [Christ] has been raised up from the dead, [he] dies no more; death is master over him no more.”— This is the core of the “Good News”!

Though immortality is, in a sense, everlasting life, immortality apparently implies more than that its possessor will live forever. It seems to indicate a particular quality of life, and it is linked with incorruption. The Bible says about spirit-anointed Christians who receive the heavenly reward: “This which is corruptible [in its human body] must put on incorruption, and this which is mortal must put on immortality. But when this which is corruptible puts on incorruption and this which is mortal puts on immortality, then the saying will take place that is written: ‘Death is swallowed up forever.’”—1 Corinthians 15:53, 54.
1Thes4:15 “For this we say unto you by the word of the Lord, that we which are alive and remain unto the coming “(The coming in the air (v.17) (not His second advent) (to come: the coming of Christ into the world) {Zech 14} “to the earth of the Lord shall not prevent them which are asleep”. {the dead saints will rise before the living ones are changed, and both will be caught up together to meet the Lord, as is said in the following verses; so that the one shall not come or go before the other, or come at, or into the enjoyment of Christ first, but both together.}
16 “For the Lord himself shall descend from heaven with a shout, with the voice of the archangel, and with the trump of God: and the dead in Christ shall rise first”:

17 “Then we (2 Cor. 5:17-18) which are alive and remain shall be caught up .(harpazo {Greek}: snatch; seize and carry off; rapture could mean transforming, joyful ecstasy bliss, beatitude; transport, or exaltation.) “……………..together with them in the clouds, to meet the Lord in the air: and so shall we ever be with the Lord”. (Hebrew: “So we will be with the Lord forever.” (Not in the air but with Him)
1Thes 5: 23 “And the very God of peace sanctify you wholly; and I pray God your whole spirit and soul and body be preserved blameless unto the coming of our Lord Jesus Christ”.
(The body is the house of the soul and spirit and goes back to dust again at death. {Gen 3:19} and becomes immortal in the resurrection. {1 Cor 15:54-58 as above}It is in the rapture that saints will be set apart wholly unto God and His eternal will and made whole in the body, soul, and spirit .
[Phil 3:21]. Striving against sin means SOUL managing flesh and not vice versa……God wants a reckoned being…….at least being perfected with Jesus through His Holy Spirit.

Apostolic prophet

Twenty Five: A Supernatural Day
Cornerstone Narrative Chapter continued of the great Olivet prophesy of: Matthew 24
Mat 24: 27 “For as the lightning cometh out of the east……………” (“But those that encamp before [i.e. at the front of] the Tabernacle toward the east, even before the Tabernacle of the congregation eastward, shall be Moses, and Aaron and his sons, keeping the charge of the sanctuary for the charge of the children of Israel” (Numbers 3:38) Then, according to The Lord’s instructions, The Temple in Jerusalem, that replaced the Tabernacle In the Wilderness, faced east, toward The Mount Of Olives that will be “ground zero” for The Return Of Jesus Christ (prophetically symbolized by The Feast Of Trumpets):
, ……………………… and shined even unto the west; so shall also the coming of the Son of man be (Parousia: personal visible presence)”. Isaiah 6:1
Christ’s coming will be terrible as lightning to His enemies. Nothing is more terrific than the lightning. It is so powerful, so sudden, and so deadly in its stroke. The strongest man is like a straw before it. Much more terrible will Christ’s appearing be to all unbelievers. To His own dear people it will be like the approach of summer. When they see the signs of His coming, they will say to one another, “the summer is nigh” (Mat.24:32). “He shall come down like rain on the mown grass, as showers that water the earth” (Psalm 72:6). To poor waiting believers “He shall be as the light of the morning when the sun riseth, even a morning without clouds” (2 Samuel 23:4). To those that fear God’s name in this dark world, “The Sun of righteousness shall rise with healing in his wings” (Malachi 4:2). The cry shall be one of ineffable joy to them, “Behold the Bridegroom cometh”.
How different that day shall be to unconverted souls! “Woe unto you that desire the day of the Lord. To what end is it for you? The day of the Lord is darkness, and not light” (Amos 5:18). That day shall burn as an oven to you. “The Lord Jesus shall be revealed from heaven with his mighty angels, in flaming fire, taking vengeance on them that know not God, and that obey not the gospel”

(2 Thessalonians 1: 7-8). Then will be fulfilled that awful word,
“All kindreds of the earth shall wail because of him” (Revelation 1:7), O! thou that obeyest not the gospel, where wilt thou hide from the lightning of His eye? Thou wilt say, Ah! There He is—the crucified One—whom I lightly esteemed. O! mountains and rocks fall on me and hide me from Him that sitteth on the throne, and from the wrath of the Lamb.

(Rapture:”harpazo”: snatch; seize and carry off; rapture could mean transforming, joyful ecstasy bliss, beatitude; transport, or exaltation.)
2. (#1.was the rapture) Second Advent to earth with His saints to reign:
{Getting ready for the battle of Armageddon

Jude 14, “ And Enoch also, the seventh from Adam, prophesied of these, saying, Behold, the Lord cometh with ten thousands of his saints” Enoch is the oldest living person in heaven: Hebrews 11: 5 it says “By faith Enoch was translated that he should not see death; and was not found, because God had translated him: for before his translation he had this testimony, that he pleased God.” suggesting he did not experience the mortal death ascribed to Adam’s other descendants and that he is still alive to this very day. Some Evangelical commentators consider Enoch to be one of the Two Witnesses in the Book of Revelation due to the fact that he did not die according to Genesis 5:24.Alos, before Noah and the flood and the Bible The Book of Enoch was widely read as the word of God.

Zech. 14:1-5: Second Advent) (These follow)

Zech. 14:1 “Behold, the day of the LORD (Second Advent)) cometh, and thy spoil shall be divided in the midst of thee”.
{The phrase “day of the Lord” usually identifies events that take place at the end of history (Isaiah 7:18-25) and is often closely associated with the phrase “that day.” One key to understanding these phrases is to note that they always identify a span of time during which God personally intervenes in history, directly or indirectly, to accomplish some specific aspect His plan. Day of the Lord: endtimes.blogspot.com

Most people associate the day of the Lord with a period of time or a special day that will occur when God’s will and purpose for His world and for mankind will be fulfilled. Some scholars believe that the day of the Lord will be a longer period of time than a single day—a period of time when Christ will reign throughout the world before He cleanses heaven and earth in preparation for the eternal state of all mankind. Other scholars believe the day of the Lord will be an instantaneous event when Christ returns to earth to redeem His faithful believers and send unbelievers to eternal damnation}.
(The day of the Lord begins with the second advent of Christ and lasts to the end of the Millennium, at which time “the day of God” begins and continues through eternity).
Isaiah 13:6 { The day of God shall come as a destruction from the Almighty: – cruel both with wrath and fierce anger, to lay the land desolate: Isaiah 13:9 “ “God hath not appointed us unto wrath”:
We will be raptured before the tribulation 9 For God hath not appointed us to wrath, but to obtain salvation by our Lord Jesus Christ, per 1Thessalonians 5:9

Isaiah 34:8’ “For it is the day of the LORD’s vengeance, and the year of recompences for the controversy of Zion”
Vengeance is of Moses’ law: Hebrews 10:28-30; “
28 “He that despised Moses’ law died without mercy under two or three witnesses:
29 “Of how much sorer punishment, suppose ye, shall he be thought worthy, who hath trodden underfoot the Son of God, and hath counted the blood of the covenant, wherewith he was sanctified, an unholy thing, and hath done despite unto the Spirit of grace?
30 For we know him that hath said, Vengeance belongeth unto me, I will recompense, saith the Lord. And again, The Lord shall judge his people”

– day of vengeance}

1Cor15:24-28 (Second Advent)

1Cor1524 “Then cometh the end (Second Advent) when he shall have delivered up the kingdom to God, even the Father; when he shall have put down all rule and all authority and power”.

Isaiah 9:7 “Of the increase of his government and peace there shall be no end, upon the throne of David, and upon his kingdom, to order it, and to establish it with judgment and with justice from henceforth even forever. The zeal of the LORD of hosts will perform this”
It is not a physical kingdom on a physical earth that lasts a certain number of years. There is no end to his spiritual kingdom. However, even though we are in the kingdom now, we are told to watch and to lay up treasure in heaven to keep our eyes on things above. So the spiritual kingdom inside us is not all there is; but will continue after our physical bodies are no longer.

1Cor1525 “For he must reign, till he hath put all enemies under his feet.

1 Cor 15:26 “The last enemy that shall be destroyed is death”.
The below are excerpts written by C. H. Spurgeon on February 14, 2011:
“Death may well be considered as a foe, because it entered into the world and became the master over the race of Adam through our worst enemy, that is, sin. It did not come in accordance to the course of nature, but according to the course of evil.

Death did not come in by the door, but it climbed up some other way, and we may therefore rest assured that it is a thief and a robber. It was not in the natural constitution of humanity that man should die, for the first man, Adam, was made a living soul. Death itself is at the last to be vanquished by Christ, indeed, it is to be utterly destroyed by him, so that it shall cease to be. In handling the text, there are four things which at once strike you.
Here is death an enemy; but,
secondly, he is the last enemy; and,
thirdly, he is an enemy to be destroyed; but,
fourthly, he is the last enemy that shall be destroyed.
Death is an enemy because it is always repugnant to the nature of living creatures to die. Flesh and blood cannot love death. God has wisely made self-preservation one of the first laws of our nature; it is an attribute of a living man to desire to prolong his life. “Skin for skin, yes, all that a man has he will give for his life”; it is our dearest heritage. To throw away life by suicide is a crime, and to waste life in folly is no little sin. We are bound to prize life. We must do so: it is one of the instincts of our humanity, and he would not be greater but less than man who did not care to live. Death must always, then, by creatures that breathe, be looked upon as a foe.
He is an enemy to us in that he has taken away from us One who is dearer to us than all others. Death has even made a prey of him who is immortality and life. On that cross behold death’s most dreadful work. Could it not spare him? Were there not enough of us? Why should it strike our David, who was worth ten thousand of us? Did it not suffice that we, the common men who had been tainted by sin, should fall by a doom that was justly due to our sin; but must the virgin born, in whom there was no sin—the immaculate Savior—must he die? Yes, death’s vengeance was not satisfied until out of his quiver had been drawn the fatal arrow which should pierce the heart of the Son of God. Behold he dies! Those eyes that wept over Jerusalem are glazed in death’s deepest darkness. Those hands that scattered blessings hang as inanimate clay by that bloodstained but lifeless side.
The body must be wrapped in spices and fine linen, and laid within the silent tomb. Weep, heaven! Mourn, earth! for your King is dead, the Prince of life and glory is a prisoner in the tomb. Death, all conquering tyrant, you are an enemy indeed, for you have slain and led our dearest one into your gloomy cell.
Oh the sweet gains of death! “It is sown in corruption, it is raised in incorruption.” Oh the interest, which we shall win from that arch usurer who thought to claim both principal and interest! “It is sown in weakness, it is raised in power”; it is sown a natural body, it is raised a heavenly and spiritual body.
Oh death! you are no gainer by us, but we shall be mighty gainers by you, for although this poor body shall become worms meat, and through and through and through this mortal frame, decay shall drive its tunnels and make its solemn ways; though back to dust, eye and arm and hand and brain must moulder, yet not lost, nor in any degree injured, shall the whole fabric be; but as it were filtered, purified by the grave, the fair body shall emerge again. The grave shall be to the believer’s body as the bath of spices in which Esther bathed herself to make herself ready to behold the great King. Corruption, earth, and worms only refine this flesh, and make it pure according to God’s will, until we shall put it on afresh at his bidding.
We throw aside a work day dress, all torn, and crumpled and dusty; we are glad to put it off, glad that evening time has come, and that it is time to undress; but when we awaken, we shall find instead of that worn out vesture, a noble change of clothing. The same dress will be there, but marvelously changed,—the great Fuller shall have exercised his art upon it, and made it like the array which Moses and Elijah wore on Tabor.
How goodly will our royal robes be, how decked with pearls, how stiff with threads of gold, and studs of silver, how fitted for God’s priests and kings, how suited for those who shall enter the pearly gates, and tread the golden streets of the heavenly Jerusalem, how good for those who shall walk in the golden light of the city that has foundations, whose maker and builder is God!
Death is thus to be destroyed by the resurrection of the body, when our Lord shall descend from heaven with a shout; a resurrection which shall prove to assembled worlds, that to those who are in Christ Jesus, “to die is gain.”
THAT DEATH IS THE LAST ENEMY THAT WILL BE DESTROYED. Do not, therefore, give yourself so much concern if you do not feel death to be destroyed in you at present. Supposing that it does cause you pain and fear, remember that dying grace would be of no value to you in living moments. Expect that if your faith is not faith enough to die with, yet if it is faith as a grain of mustard seed it will grow; and, growing, it will in a more developed state enable you to die triumphantly when dying time comes. When I looked at the Book of Martyrs and noticed the fearful pictures of saints in their dying agonies, I asked myself, “Could I bear all that for Christ?” and I was compelled to say, “No, I know I could not as I am now.” But suppose I was called to martyrdom should I bear it? and I thought I could say without presumption I could, for Christ would give me grace when grace was needed. Now, death is to be destroyed, but not until the last.

Spurgens concludes: “Now, remember, the enemy is not destroyed, and that he will still make inroads into our family circle. And then remember that you too must die. Bring yourself frequently face to face with this truth that you must die. Do not forget it, Christian friend. No man knows whether his faith is good for anything or not if he does not frequently test that faith by bringing himself right to the edge of the grave. Picture yourself dying, conceive yourself breathing out your last breath, and see whether then you can look at death without quaking, whether you can feel, “Yes, I have rested upon Jesus, I am saved, I will go through death’s tremendous vale with his presence as my support, fearing no evil.” If you have no good hope, may God give you grace at this moment to flee to Jesus, and to trust in him, and when you have trusted in him death will be a destroyed enemy for you. May God grant his blessing for Jesus’ sake! Amen”.

1 Cor 15: 27 “For He hath put all things under his feet. But when he saith all things are put under him, it is manifest that he is accepted, which did put all things under him”.
1 Cor 15: 28 “And when all things shall be subdued unto him, then shall the Son also himself be subject unto him that put all things under him that God may be all in all.
Zech. 14 2 (Second Advent) “For I will gather all nations against Jerusalem to battle (mobilization of the nations to Armageddon); and the city shall be taken……………” The city will be taken a second time by Antichrist at the very end of the tribulation period just before the second advent of Christ. Suddenly Christ will appear with His armies and defeat the Antichrist in a one day battle at this time He will take over the kingdom of this world to reign forever on earth.”

(Isa 63:1-6), “………….and the houses rifled, and the women ravished; and half of the city shall go forth into captivity, and the residue of the people shall not be cut off from the city.

Twenty Six: Spirit of Devils
Cornerstone Narrative Chapter continued of the great Olivet prophesy of: Matthew 24

Mat 24: 27 For as the lightning cometh out of the east, and shined even unto the west; so shall also the coming (parousia: personal visible presence) of the Son of man be”. As any good military attack it will be very swift, harsh, sudden and unannounced.

Rev. 16: 13 Then I saw three impure spirits that looked like frogs; they came out of the mouth of the
1) dragon, out of the mouth of, and
2) the beast out of the mouth of, and
3) the false prophet.

Rev.1614 “For they are the spirits of devils, working miracles, which go forth unto the kings of the earth and of the whole world, to gather them to
the battle of that great day of God Almighty”.
When Satan rebels against God, the rebellion is not just Satan alone.
Perhaps as many as a third of all the Angels (as we’ve seen above). Like Satan, they had free will and chose to leave God and follow Satan
These rebellious (or ‘fallen’ angels) are known as demons, evil spirits or unclean spirits.
They now serve Satan and, like him, are evil and hate God and all people. Remember, demons were once God’s Angels and so they can make themselves look attractive and claim to have more knowledge than they really do, but they only want to cause misery and chaos
So there is a battle going on in the world, and it’s far from just being a physical one
But like their leader, Satan, the demons will lose and share the same fate as Satan
Nowhere in the Bible are Satan and his demons current physical appearance fully described. In this quote from Ezekiel, which describes what Satan originally looked like, being covered in jewels and gold?
Whether this is what he still looks like we don’t know. What Satan and his demons now look like is not described in the Bible. But we are told that he (and his demons) can make themselves look very attractive, so they can try to trick and tempt people (remember Satan’s original ‘Angelic’ name Lucifer means ‘Light Bearer’). He certainly not described as being big and red with a tail and pitchfork
The Bible (and Jesus) warns not to get involved with Satan and his demons! For more on the subject,

This chapter might have seemed gloomy and even frightening; but remember God, Jesus, the Holy Spirit are their Angels are far more powerful than Satan and his demons and the love of God just can’t be beaten physical and mental illnesses
Rev.1615 “Look, I come like a thief! Blessed is the one who stays awake and remains clothed (covering that which is shameful {not yet repented of) , so as not to go naked and be shamefully exposed.”.
This is when the deception and confidence manner of evil which has beset our generation and is the cause of our political, social and economic woes. Often what the world calls beautiful is the mask of Satan (our adversary in disguise. Bating us to become one of his chattels. His team of fallen angels is designed to entrap, misdirect, guide to incorrect demons, and prevent acting out the great commission and often stifling our confession of salvation. While we are alive now in the age of grace Satan and his army are on a heightened state of active duty to rod, distract and dampen any of the “good “God dispenses. It is only by our closeness to the word can we overturn this evil propensity . A propensity in our flesh as well as external by demonic interventions form which we must be awake and clothed.
Eph 6: 10 “Finally, my brethren, be strong in the Lord, and in the power of his might.
11 Put on the whole armor of God that ye may be able to stand against the wiles of the devil.
12 “For we wrestle not against flesh and blood, but against principalities, against powers, against the rulers of the darkness of this world, against spiritual wickedness in high places”.
13 “Wherefore take unto you the whole armor of God that ye may be able to withstand in the evil day, and having done all, to stand”.
14 “Stand therefore, having your loins girt about with truth, and having on the breastplate of righteousness;
Being surrounded, engulfed and immersed in worldly contexts it is no wonder we are often weary and in need of refreshment. The Holy Spirit is the one who provides the fruits, gifts, authority, love and power to be “in but not of” the world.

15 “And your feet shod with the preparation of the gospel of peace;
16 Above all, taking the shield of faith, wherewith ye shall be able to quench all the fiery darts of the wicked.
17 And take the helmet of salvation, and the sword of the Spirit, which is the word of God:
18 Praying always with all prayer and supplication in the Spirit, and watching thereunto with all perseverance and supplication for all saints;
19 “And for me, that utterance may be given unto me, that I may open my mouth boldly, to make known the mystery of the gospel”,
20 “For which I am an ambassador in bonds: that therein I may speak boldly, as I ought to speak”.

Rev.1616 “Then they gathered the kings together to the place that in Hebrew is called Armageddon”.
Zech. 14 3 “Then shall the LORD go forth, and fight against those nations, as when he fought in the day of battle” (Then suddenly Christ will appear with His armies and defeat the Antichrist in a one day battle at this time. He will also take over the earth to reign forever on earth (Rev 19:11-21 below)
Zech14. 4 And his feet shall stand in that day upon the mount of Olives, which is before Jerusalem on the east, and the mount of Olives shall cleave in the midst thereof toward the east and toward the west, and there shall be a very great valley; and half of the mountain shall remove toward the north, and half of it toward the south.

(The lord God and Christ will come with all the resurrected saints and angels of heaven):

Math 25: 31 When the Son of man shall come in his glory, and all the holy angels with him, then (after the second advent) shall he sit upon the throne of his glory)

Ezekiel 1:

26 And above the firmament over their heads was the likeness of a throne, in appearance like a sapphire stone; on the likeness of the throne was a likeness with the appearance of a man high above it.

27 Also from the appearance of His waist and upward I saw, as it were, the color of amber with the appearance of fire all around within it; and from the appearance of His waist and downward I saw, as it were, the appearance of fire with brightness all around.

28 Like the appearance of a rainbow in a cloud on a rainy day, so was the appearance of the brightness all around it. This was the appearance of the likeness of the glory of the LORD.

Chapter Twenty Seven: Marriage Supper of the Lamb
The great Olivet prophesy of: Matthew 24
Mat 24: 27 For as the lightning cometh out of the east, and shined even unto the west; so shall also the coming (Parousia: personal visible presence) of the Son of man be”.
Zech 14 5 “ “And ye shall flee to the valley of the mountains; for the valley of the mountains shall reach unto Azal: yea, ye shall flee, like as ye fled from before the earthquake (Amos1:1) in the days of Uzziah king of Judah: and the LORD my God shall come, and all the saints with thee.” And when that happens
6 And it shall come to pass in that day, that the light shall not be clear, or dark:
7 “But it shall be one day which shall be known to the LORD, not day, nor night: but it shall come to pass, that at evening time it shall be light”.
8 “And it shall be in that day, that living waters shall go out from Jerusalem; half of them toward the former sea, and half of them toward the hinder sea: in summer and in winter shall it be”.
9 “And the LORD shall be king over all the earth: in that day shall there be one LORD, and his name one”.
10 “All the land shall be turned as a plain from Geba to Rimmon south of Jerusalem: and it shall be lifted up, and inhabited in her place, from Benjamin’s gate unto the place of the first gate, unto the corner gate, and from the tower of Hananeel unto the king’s winepresses”.
11 “And men shall dwell in it, and there shall be no more utter destruction; but Jerusalem shall be safely inhabited”.

Rev. 19:11-21 Armageddon (Second Advent) (These follow)
In Rev. 19:11-13 John says,
11`”And I saw heaven opened, and behold a white horse; and he that sat upon him was called Faithful and True, and in righteousness does he judge and make war. His eyes were as a flame of fire, and on his head were many crowns; and he had a name written, that no man knew, but he himself. And he was clothed with vesture dipped in blood: and his name is called the Word of God.”
Jesus will return to the earth one day, and this is a description of His return. When He returns to the earth He will be coming from heaven”. Some people ask, “Where is heaven?” It’s up there. You cannot see it now because when you look up to the skies, you are looking with physical eyes, and heaven is a spiritual place. It cannot be seen with physical eyes. But one day heaven will be opened, not for us to look in, but for Jesus to step out and return to the earth.
He was in heaven from the beginning of time, and He came to the earth once before, but He was unjustly judged and He was killed by those whom He came to save. The next time Jesus comes to the earth He will come as a judge.
John saw Jesus and he saw Him on a white horse. The horse is white in order to be symbolic of truth and goodness. John said that Jesus was called Faithful and True. In this world it’s difficult to find someone who even comes close to being faithful or true.
If someone is faithful, then they can be counted on and depended on. Jesus is faithful to His promises. That’s why one day He will mount upon a great white horse and He will ride into this world to conquer the enemies of truth and justice. If someone is true, then they are genuine. They are not phony. They are what they are with no pretence or deception. One of the problems with this world is the amount of people who so willingly lie. People will lie in order to gain money from you or to get an advantage over you. People will lie when they think it’s in their best interest to do so. It’s possible in this world that you might go your entire life and never meet an honest person. The good news is that if you know Jesus, then you know the One who is called Faithful and True.
Jesus will mount upon a white horse. So we know that there are horses in heaven. This is good news to horse lovers, and if there are horses maybe there are other animals also. After all, God created the animals. It should not be surprising that there would be some in heaven. Maybe animals do go to heaven when they die. They certainly are fitter for it than some humans. Here in Revelation Chapter 19 when Jesus is shown returning to the earth, He is shown riding upon a white horse.

This is the second white horse spoken of in the Book of Revelation. We remember the white horse that was described in Rev. 6:2, and we remember that the best explanation for the one riding on a white horse in Revelation Chapter 6 was that it was the antichrist, attempting to be a substitute for the Messiah.

12 “His eyes were as a flame of fire, and on his head were many crowns; and he had a name written, that no man knew, but he himself.”
dailymedit.wordpress.com
His eyes match the description which John saw in his first vision of the glorified Christ . His gaze is absolutely piercing and impossible to hide from. His absolute righteousness and the justice of His judgment would be impossible to endure except through identification with Him as one of His own: “Who can endure the day of His coming? And who can stand when He appears? For He is like a refiner’s fire and like launderers’ soap” ( Mal. 3:2).
He no longer wears the crown of thorns .He is crowned with glory and honor and has been set by the Father over the works of His hands

Heb2: . 7 You made them a little lower than the angels;
you crowned them with glory and honor
8 and put everything under their feet.
In putting everything under them,[God left nothing that is not subject to them. Yet at present we do not see everything subject to them.
9 But we do see Jesus, who was made lower than the angels for a little while, now crowned with glory and honor because he suffered death, so that by the grace of God he might taste death for everyone.
A Bible scholar suggests the many crowns are an indication of the crowns He will gather when He vanquishes the kings of the earth:
Also, many indicate His collecting of all the rulers’ crowns, signifying that He alone is the sovereign ruler of the earth. Collecting the crown of a vanquished king was customary in the ancient world. After defeating the Ammonites, David “took the crown of their king from his head . . . and it was placed on David’s head” .
More likely, the many crowns worn by Christ are an indication of His right to rule and the many facets of the character of His rule. Zechariah saw two of these crowns: His simultaneous role as priest and king. Only in Messiah, the BRANCH, will these two rules coincide:
Then take silver and gold, and make crowns,2 and set them upon the head of Joshua the son of Josedech, the high priest; and speak unto him, saying, thus speaketh the LORD of hosts, saying, behold the man whose name is The BRANCH; and he shall grow up out of his place, and he shall build the temple of the LORD: Even he shall build the temple of the LORD; and he shall bear the glory, and shall sit and rule upon his throne; and he shall be a priest upon his throne : and the counsel of peace shall be between them both.
( Zech. 6:11-13)
The high priest wore a crown above the miter Messiah shall wear many crowns, one surmounting the other (Rev. 19:12) . It was a thing before unknown in the Levitical priesthood that the same person should wear at once the crown of a king and that of a high priest Messiah shall be revealed fully in this twofold dignity when He shall “restore the kingdom to Israel” (Acts 1:6).
The plurality of crowns also indicates He is the King par-excellence, the “KING OF KINGS”
Had a name written is [gegrammenon] , perfect passive participle: a name having been written. The name was written upon Him in the past. Having many names written, but one specific name which no man has known. No one knew except Himself: no one knew if not Him All the guessing of men throughout history will prove to no avail in identifying this name or else the Word of God would be broken.
His unknown name is the subject of a proverb written by Agur the son of Jakeh:
“Surely I am more stupid than any man, and do not have the understanding of a man. I neither learned wisdom nor have knowledge of the Holy One. Who has ascended into heaven, or descended? Who has gathered the wind in His fists? Who has bound the waters in a garment? Who has established all the ends of the earth? What is His name, and what is His Son’s name, if you know?”
13 John writes:“And he was clothed with vesture dipped in blood: and his name is called
The Word of God.
Rev. 19: 14 “ And the armies which were in heaven followed him upon white horses, clothed in fine linen, white and clean.
These armies include all the redeemed and resurrected saints of all ages and all the angles in heaven. This is proof that the raptured saints go to heaven after meeting Christ in the air and that the marriage supper is held in heaven and not in the air.

Rev 19:5-21 : “And from the throne came a voice saying, “Praise our God, all you his servants, you who fear him, small and great.” Then I heard what seemed to be the voice of a great multitude, like the roar of many waters and like the sound of mighty peals of thunder, crying out, “Hallelujah! For the Lord our God the Almighty reigns. Let us rejoice and exult and give him the glory, for the marriage of the Lamb has come, and his Bride has made herself ready; it was granted her to clothe herself with fine linen, bright and pure”— for the fine linen is the righteous deeds of the saints. And the angel said to me, “Write this: Blessed are those who are invited to the marriage supper of the Lamb.” And he said to me, “These are the true words of God “
Rev 19:9 “And he said unto me, Write, ‘Blessed are they which are called unto the marriage supper of the Lamb.’”

Marriage Super of the Lamb
There is a marriage that is always 100% successful. It is an eternal marriage, made not between a man and a woman, but between the one would believers and receives Jesus Christ as their Savior. Matthew 12:25 tells us that there is no marriage in heaven and believers are like the angels who have no marriage relationship. But there will be a bride in heaven and that bride will be believers who by faith were saved by the grace of God and who the Bible says are the Bride and Body of Jesus Christ.
Today, we come to an event in the future when Jesus will receive His bride. It will happen after the BEMA judgment and it will involve all of God’s children who have been saved since Acts 2 and the Day of Pentecost. This event is commonly referred to as The Marriage Super Of The Lamb. It will be a time of great joy for all the redeemed people of God! You see, for those saved in this the Church Age, the end times shape up like this:
In the Rapture, we will be Caught Up; at the BEMA Judgment Seat of Christ, we will be rewarded; and at the Marriage Supper of the Lamb, we will be Given the special place God has for us!
The marriage takes place in heaven when Jesus takes believers to be with Him in the Rapture.
The marriage supper takes place after the Second Coming of the Lord Jesus and the invited guests are Old Testament and the Tribulation saints. The marriage supper takes place in the Millennium, the one thousand year reign of the Lord Jesus on the earth.
It will be a glorious time for those who have believed and accepted the Bridegroom the Lord Jesus Christ.
What a wonderful thing it will be to have this special relationship and place of service to the Lord throughout eternity.
Like the biblical marriage the wife is to be the help meet of her husband. In her special relationship she has the privilege to serve Him. The bride is a joy to the bridegroom and she is an honor to him.

Chapter Twenty Eight “Marriage Supper”
Cornerstone Narrative Chapter continue The great Olivet prophesy of: Matthew 24
Mat 24: 27 “For as the lightning cometh out of the east, and shined even unto the west; so shall also the coming (Parousia: personal visible presence) of the Son of man be”.
C. H. SPURGEON preached: “He comes out, again, in this highest and noblest of Characters— especially glorious as a Lamb! It is as a Lamb that He celebrates the marriage supper with His Bride, the Church. It is very appropriate for Christ to appear in Glory as a Lamb, because it is as the Lamb that He has most fully displayed His love to His Church, to which He is espoused, and to which He is to be married at that Last Great Day. Beloved, the marriage supper is a feast of love—there, love is at home.”
The meaning of the marriage supper —“Blessed are they which are called unto the marriage supper of the Lamb.” What will that marriage supper be? There will come a time when all God’s redeemed shall be saved.
“There will come a day when all who have died shall have been raised, again, from the tomb, and those who remain alive shall have been changed, so that their corruption shall have put on incorruption, and mortality shall have put on immortality”.
Then will the Church be perfect and complete. No one member will be missing. There will be no spot or wrinkle remaining in her. Then it shall come to pass that Christ will celebrate this marriage supper, which will be the bringing of the people of God into the closest and happiest union with Christ their Lord in Glory”.
Rev. 19 15 “And out of his mouth goeth a sharp sword………………………….
(Eph 6:17; “Take the helmet of salvation and the sword of the Spirit, which is the word of God) , )
…………………………………that with it he should smite the nations: and he shall rule them with a rod of iron
“ Revelation 2:26-28 “The one who conquers and who keeps my works until the end, to him I will give authority over the nations, and he will rule them with a Rod of Iron, as when earthen pots are broken in pieces, even as I myself have received authority from my Father. And I will give him the morning star.” – and he treadeth the winepress of the fierceness and wrath of Almighty God.

(Isa 63:1-6 )
Isaiah 63:
1. “Who is this Who comes from Edom, with garments of glowing colors from Bozrah, this One Who is majestic in His apparel, marching in the greatness of His strength? “It is I who speak in righteousness, mighty to save.”
2 Why is Your apparel red, and Your garments like the One Who treads in the winepress?
3 “I have trodden the wine trough alone, and from the peoples there was no man with Me. I also trod them in My anger and trampled them in My wrath; and their lifeblood is sprinkled on My garments, and I stained all My raiment.
4 “For the day of vengeance was in My heart, and My year of redemption has come.
5 “I looked, and there was no one to help, and I was astonished and there was no one to uphold. So My own arm brought salvation to Me, and My wrath upheld Me.
6 “I trod down the peoples in My anger and made them drunk in My wrath, and I poured out their lifeblood on the earth”
Isaiah 63:1-6 (above) is a fascinating back and forth conversation between the prophet Isaiah (a “watchman” on the wall – of Isa 62:6 “I have set watchmen upon thy walls, O Jerusalem, which shall never hold their peace day nor night: ye that make mention of the LORD, keep not silence,” ), and the Messiah. The Spirit of God in some way has “transported” the prophet to a time future to himself and even future to today (2014). Clearly Isaiah 63:1-6 (above) is prophetic or eschatological and is one of the most majestic, intriguing descriptions of the Messiah at His Second Coming. While it is a passage addressed to Israel, it is a passage filled with great hope of a great future redemption by our Great God, Who alone is mighty to save. Paul writes these encouraging words regarding this grand future event at the consummation of the history of the earth as we know it today…

For the grace of God has appeared (Messiah’s humble First Coming as the Sacrificial Lamb of God), bringing salvation to all men (to all who believe in Him), instructing (child rearing) us to deny ungodliness and worldly desires and to live sensibly, righteously and godly in the present age (preceding the Messianic Age), looking for the BLESSED HOPE (Messiah’s triumphant Second Coming as King of kings) and the appearing of the glory of our great God and Savior, Christ Jesus; 14 who gave Himself for us, that He might redeem us from every lawless deed and purify for Himself a people for His own possession, zealous for good deeds.
Edom was the land originally inhabited by Jacob’s older twin brother Esau. Recall that Jacob (= heel-catcher, supplanted,
(Ge 27:36 ) tricked Isaac into bestowing the blessing on him rather than Esau who was the rightful heir by birth order Jacob’s trickery led to lifelong enmity between the offspring of the twins And so when Israel (Jacob) had been released from Egyptian bondage and was seeking safe passage through Edom, the king of Edom would not allow it, instead attacking Israel,

Later the Edomites opposed King Saul fought against King David (opposed King Solomon opposed King Edom, although a brother nation, personifies the unrelenting hostility of the pagan world toward Israel In later rabbinical literature Edom became symbolic of Rome and all oppressive, pagan power….the name Edom, the other name of Esau
comes from “adom” — “red,” suggesting blood. Bozrah is related to the word “Bazir” — “a vintage.”
Rev. 19 16 “And he hath on his vesture and on his thigh a name written

“KING OF KINGS, AND LORD OF LORDS.”
(Commander-in- chief of the heavenly armies at Armageddon; A commander-in-chief is the person or body exercising supreme operational command and control of a nation’s military forces or significant elements of those forces. As a practical term it refers to the military competencies that reside in a nation-state’s executive leadership; either a head of state, a head of government, a minister of defense, or a national cabinet. Jesus is supreme over all the kings and is the Lord over all the lords. In states this is often referred to as emperor.)

Rapture

Chapter 29: Marriage supper of the lamb
Jesus Christ’s Cornerstone Narrative Chapter continues of The great Olivet prophesy of: Matthew 24
Mat 24: 27 “For as the lightning cometh out of the east, and shined even unto the west; so shall also the coming (Parousia: personal visible presence) of the Son of man be”.
Rev. 19 17 And I saw an angel standing in the sun; and he cried with a loud voice, saying to all the fowls that fly in the midst of heaven, Come and gather yourselves together unto the supper of the great God;

“The supper of the great God” of verse 17 as something quite different to “the marriage supper of the Lamb” in verse 9. The devouring of the flesh of men by birds that is depicted in the latter part of the chapter is seen as a gruesome judgment of the wicked. (Source http://www.revelation4today.com)
The birds are taken to be vultures. The scriptures interpret the sword of the Spirit as the word of God, and so “the sword of him that sat upon the horse, which sword proceeded out of his mouth” can be none other than the words of Christ. At the supper of the great God Israel’s enemies will be eaten by birds and wild animals.
This not to be confused with the marriage supper of the lamb. The marriage supper of the lamb is a very nice banquet where all Church age believers are presented to all faithful Old Testament Jews. All of whom have been resurrected from the dead, and will be very hungry. The marriage supper of the lamb happens on earth after the Great Tribulation. This is where Christians will eat steak with Ezekiel. (Ez39:17; “And, thou son of man, thus saith the Lord GOD; Speak unto every feathered fowl, and to every beast of the field, Assemble yourselves, and come; gather yourselves on every side to my sacrifice that I do sacrifice for you, even a great sacrifice upon the mountains of Israel, that ye may eat flesh, and drink blood.”)

The supper of the great God foretold:
(Ezek38:17-23)
17 “ Thus saith the Lord God; Art thou he (perhaps Isaiah under the name of Leviathan, ( Isaiah 27:1) and by Micah under the name of the Assyrian, ( Micah 5:5 ) and there are several other possibilities) “ of whom I have spoken in old time by my servants the prophets of Israel, which prophesied in those days many years that I would bring thee against them?”
18 “And it shall come to pass at the same time when Gog shall come against the land of Israel, saith the Lord God, that my fury shall come up in my face. (the identity of Gog-Magog According to the Encyclopedia Britannica (1957) and The International Standard Bible Encyclopedia, the Scythian people lived to the north of the Black Sea and north of the Caucasus Mountains. This area today is part of Russia. Gesenius, the Hebrew scholar, says that the descendants of Magog were “a great and powerful people, inhabiting the extreme recesses of the north.”)
19 “For in my jealousy and in the fire of my wrath have I spoken, surely in that day there shall be a great shaking in the land of Israel;
20 So that the fishes of the sea, and the fowls of the heaven, and the beasts of the field, and all creeping things that creep upon the earth, and all the men that are upon the face of the earth, shall shake at my presence, and the mountains shall be thrown down, and the steep places shall fall, and every wall shall fall to the ground.
21 And I will call for a sword against him throughout all my mountains, saith the Lord God: every man’s sword shall be against his brother.
22 And I will plead against him with pestilence and with blood; and I will rain upon him, and upon his bands, and upon the many people that are with him, an overflowing rain, and great hailstones, fire, and brimstone.
23 Thus will I magnify myself, and sanctify myself; and I will be known in the eyes of many nations, and they shall know that I am the Lord.”All of creation must know that God is sovereign, almighty, sanctified , pure, omnipotent and totally separate and distinct from all of His creation.

. Alternatively, Gog’s identity (Hesiod, “the father of Greek didactic poetry” identified Magog with the Scythians and southern Russia in the 7th century B.C. As well, Hesiod was a contemporary of Ezekiel (as). The term “Rosh” employed by Ezekiel (as) is the etymological root of “Russia. Others identify Gog and Magog as sons of Japheth and thus the originators of the European races therefore indicates all Europe. Others identify Gog as Arab Nations/ Hashemite Kingdom (Hashemite Kingdom of Jordon).
To demonstrate the truth of that, the nations of Ezekiel 38 must also be taken literally. When that is the case, you find that Magog, the place where Antichrist comes from, is right in the heart of the territory that Satan has always controlled.
That territory has come down through history in the hands of many nations;
• Assyria,
• Babylon,
• Medo-Persia,
• Grecia,
• Rome,

Muslim and Hashemite. Those are the Empires and Kingdoms that have occupied the land of the Bible. And finally as Syria
Syria/ISIS
Chapter 30: The Final Resurrection of all the dead
Cornerstone Narrative Chapter continued of the great Olivet prophesy of: Matthew 24
Mat 24: 27 For as the lightning cometh out of the east, and shined even unto the west; so shall also the coming (parousia: personal visible presence) of the Son of man be”.
Rev.17:18 & 19; “ Then I saw an angel standing in the sun, and he cried out with a loud voice, saying to all the birds which fly in midheaven, “Come, assemble for the great supper of God, That ye may eat the flesh of kings, and the flesh of captains, and the flesh of mighty men, and the flesh of horses, and of them that sit on them, and the flesh of all men, both free and bond, both small and great”.
“With such violence the great city of Babylon will be thrown down, never to be found again. The music of harpists and musicians, flute players and trumpeters, will never be heard in you again. No workman of any trade will ever be found in you again. The sound of a millstone will never be heard in you again. The light of a lamp will never shine in you again. The voice of bridegroom and bride will never be heard in you again. Your merchants were the world’s great men. By your magic spell all the nations were led astray. In her was found the blood of prophets and of the saints, and of all who have been killed on the earth.” (Rev. 18:11-24)
Everyone of Earth’s current evils had its origin in Babylon, and finally the utter and permanent destruction man’s religious, governmental and commercial systems has come.

Wake up call;” .”to all the birds that fly in the midst of heaven “Come and gather for the supper of the great G-d, “that you may eat the flesh of kings”
Ezekiel 39:17
“Son of man, this is what the Sovereign LORD says: Call out to every kind of bird and all the wild animals: ‘Assemble and come together from all around to the sacrifice I am preparing for you, the great sacrifice on the mountains of Israel. There you will eat flesh and drink blood.”

Rev. 19 19 “And I saw the beast, and the kings of the earth, and their armies, gathered together to make war against him that sat on the horse, and against his army.
The Beast reigns but a short time, but in that brief period, he gathers tremendous military power—provided by the ten rulers who use him as a front man for their predatory purposes. He uses this power to conquer everything in his path. He even thinks that he is powerful enough—with the combined armies of all mankind at his back—to take on Jesus Christ when He returns to earth!
What arrogance! And as it turns out, what folly! This is the mind of a man who places all his bets on his abilities as a military genius.

The supper of the great God gathered:
The invitation to eat flesh alludes to the cleansing of men, in the judgment. The metaphor is somewhat similar to the idea underlying Peter’s vision when the first Gentiles were brought into the church.
Acts 10:9-16
“Peter went up upon the housetop to pray about the sixth hour:
And he became very hungry, and would have eaten: but while they made ready, he fell into a trance,
And saw heaven opened, and a certain vessel descending upon him, as it had been a great sheet knit at the four corners, and let down to the earth:
Wherein were all manner of fourfooted beasts of the earth, and wild beasts, and creeping things, and fowls of the air.
And there came a voice to him, Rise, Peter; kill, and eat.
But Peter said, not so, Lord; for I have never eaten anything that is common or unclean.
And the voice spake unto him again the second time, what God hath cleansed, that call not thou common.
This was done thrice: and the vessel was received up again into heaven.
In Peter’s vision the various creatures represented Gentiles, who had been made clean”
In John’s prophecy the kings, captains, mighty men, and horses also represent people who have been cleansed by God. Just as Peter was invited to eat, the fowl that fly in the midst of heaven represent the saints, who like Peter, are invited to eat at a great supper.
Obviously Peter did not literally eat any of the creatures offered to him. He understood that the creatures in the vision were symbolic of Gentile converts, who Christ had cleansed, and who were then accepted into the fellowship of the church as brethren.
This suggests how John’s prophecy may be interpreted. The invitation to the birds to feast upon the flesh of men does not mean that men are to be literally eaten. In John’s prophecy, as well as Ezekiel’s, Peter’s vision has been turned around; instead of the saints being invited to eat creatures of all kinds, the saints are represented by birds, who are then invited to eat the flesh of men.
As in Peter’s vision of the great sheet, the meaning is that men of all kinds are to be included in the church, as they will be cleansed by God.
The expression “…all the fowls were filled with their flesh” implies they are included in the church, which is “the mother of us all.” [Galatians 4:26] The heavenly Jerusalem will become the spiritual mother of men. [Revelation 21:24-25]

The battle of Armageddon
This will happen when Antichrist conquerors Russia, Germany, and other countries north and east of the 10 kingdoms and has mobilized the nations at Armageddon against Jerusalem.
Dan 11:44
{Syria and not Russia is proposed to be the king of the north
(Having updated the story flow in verses 40-43 to show the Roman dominance of Judea and the end of the “king of the South,” the prophecy now reverts back to its earlier subject, Herod the king. What news came “from the east” to trouble Herod? Clearly, it was the arrival of the magi heralding the birth of the one “who had been born King of the Jews”
(Matt. 2:2). As the next verse in Matthew’s Gospel states, “When Herod the king heard this, he was troubled, and all Jerusalem with him”

(Matt. 2:3).Antichrist from Syria will get power over the 10 kingdoms of Revised Rome in the first 3 ½ years of Daniel’s 70th week and then the war between him and the 10 kingdoms and countries east and north of the old Roman empire territory will be fought Antichrist will conquer and become the ruler of Russia and coming from her
(Dan11:44) At that time Antichrist will become Cog, the chief prince of on Meshach and Tubal of Ez 38-39, at the end of this war or near the end of the last 3 ½ years of Daniel’s seventieth week.
Then and only then will Ezek 38-39 be fulfilled.
The Coming Global Islamic
Invasion: The Study of Ezekiel 38-39 by Dr. Gene A. Youngblood.

The Antichrist will lead them to their destruction to the end of Armageddon.

The Antichrist and the false prophet will be two mortal men killed at Armageddon
Rev. 19 20 “And the beast (Satanically controlled man) was taken, and with him the false prophet (One of the little horns)) that wrought miracles before him, with which he deceived them that had received the mark of the beast, and them that worshipped his image. These both were cast alive into a lake of fire burning with brimstone”.

(Dan7:11), “Their bodies will be resurrected and cast into eternal hell. They are the goat nations (Mt.25:31-34; “………..but the goats on the left.”) will be in the second resurrection which, like the resurrection, has several parts and covers a period of time. This will make the first resurrection before the millennium. The second resurrection will be after the millennium (Rev20).
For the great multitudes of humanity, the second resurrection will be a dividing line between eternal life and eternal damnation.
The second resurrection, or resurrection of judgment, occurs after the resurrection of the righteous, and is the greater of the two in terms of the numbers of people involved. It will include not the redeemed ones, but the unjust ones that Paul speaks of when he says, “And have hope toward God, which they themselves also allow, that there shall be a resurrection of the dead, both of the just and unjust” (Acts 24.15). Thus, the great masses of individuals who are not sanctified to partake in the first will be raised in the second resurrection.
Jesus would say regarding the second resurrection, “Marvel not at this: for the hour is coming, in the which all that are in the graves shall hear his voice, And shall come forth; they that have done good, unto the resurrection of life; and they that have done evil, unto the resurrection of damnation” (John 5.28-29 ). Here Jesus is not referring to any of the redeemed ones, but to the ones who dwell spiritually in the graves.
At the second resurrection, all of the nonbelievers will be raised up from the graves or dust of the earth. For the ones who make it into eternity, it will be a resurrection of life, but for the ones who are cast into Gehenna; it will be a resurrection of damnation.

The Final Resurrection of all the dead
The nature of the second resurrection is brought forth in Revelation, which depicts the dead being released from the power of death for the purpose of a final judgment, “And the sea gave up the dead which were in it; and death and hell [Hades] delivered up the dead which were in them: and they were judged every man according to their works…And whosoever was not found written in the book of life was cast into the lake of fire” Revelation 20.13,15 So the second resurrection is a day of judgment for the unsanctified multitudes, when the wicked are weeded out from among the righteous, and cast into eternal damnation).
In speaking of the second resurrection, Jesus warns of the condemnation to come, “The queen of the south shall rise up in the judgment with the men of this generation, and condemn them: for she came from the utmost parts of the earth to hear the Wisdom of Solomon; and, behold, a greater than Solomon is here”
(Luke 11.31). At this final hour of judgment, the more righteous among the nonbelievers will also rebuke the wicked, because there is nothing that is hidden that will not be revealed.
We can further understand this decisive event with the gospel of Matthew. Here Jesus portrays the second resurrection as a gathering together of the nations, “(Matthew 25.32-34, 41).
Thus, the second resurrection will be a time of judgment and reckoning, when the dead are raised up from Hades, some to receive eternal life, but others eternal condemnation in Gehenna.

Chapter 31: Jesus Returning
Cornerstone Narrative Chapter continued of Jesus Christ’s Great Olivet prophesy as written by Matthew in Chapter 24
Mat 24: 27 “For as the lightning cometh out of the east, and shined even unto the west; so shall also the coming (Parousia: personal visible presence) of the Son of man be”.
The First and Second resurrections
The first resurrection, then, is the raising of all believers. It corresponds with Jesus’ teaching of the “resurrection of the just” (Luke 14:14) and the “resurrection of life” (John 5:29)
”The rapture of the saints including the resurrection of the just in the pre-tribulation”: illustration credit to: New Covenant Ministries
Luke 14:14; “and you will be blessed. Although they cannot repay you, you will be repaid at the resurrection of the righteous.”
Resurrection of the Righteous
Oil Paintings in the Chapel Gallery from Gentle Shepherd Ministries

Dead arise suddenly as the sky erupts in a blaze of color with while jagged fingers of lightning
It is impossible by sound exegesis to make the clause, “even so in Christ shall all be made alive,” embrace the wicked. The wicked will not be made alive “in Christ.” Their resurrection is a matter of justice and not something that accrues from the atonement. If there had been no atonement, the same justice that now demands their resurrection would have demanded it just the same
The language of the entire verse has its parallel in Rom. 5:18, where the “all men,” upon whom the judgment came, are all descendants of Adam; while the “all men,” upon whom the free gift unto justification of life came, are all believers.
The apostle Paul describes the resurrection of the righteous in:
1 Corinthians 15:21-23; 1 Thessalonians 4:14-16 (below)
The first passage here treats the subject of the resurrection as though only the righteous will be resurrected. This is understandable on one ground only, and that is that there is a resurrection in which the righteous alone participate.
The second passage speaks of the resurrection of the righteous only and leaves no place at the time for the resurrection of the wicked. The righteous dead are to be brought forth in immortal bodies and are to be caught up immediately with the translated living saints to meet the Lord in the air. There is no indication that Christ comes to the earth at this time, as would be necessary if the wicked dead are to be raised and judged at this point.
Corinthians 15:21-23;
21 “For since by man came death, by man came also the resurrection of the dead.
22 For as in Adam all die, even so in Christ shall all be made alive.
23 But every man in his own order: Christ the firstfruits; afterward they that are Christ’s at his coming”
1 Thessalonians 4:14-16:
14 “ We believe that Jesus died and rose again and so we believe that God will bring with Jesus those who have fallen asleep in him.
15 “According to the Lord’s own word, we tell you that we who are still alive, who are left till the coming of the Lord, will certainly not precede those who have fallen asleep.
16 “For the Lord himself will come down from heaven, with a loud command, with the voice of the archangel and with the trumpet call of God, and the dead in Christ will rise first.”
The righteous are those that belong to Christ by means of their free will choice receive salvation.

The Millennial Kingdom on Earth: illustration credit: Arnold G. Fruchtenbaum,
The Footsteps of Messiah, (Tustin, CA: Ariel Ministries)
John 5:29 “and come out—those who have done what is good will rise to live, and those who have done what is evil will rise to be condemned.”
The second resurrection, then, is the raising of all unbelievers; the second resurrection is connected to the second death. It corresponds with Jesus’ teaching of the “resurrection of damnation”

The event which divides the first and second resurrections seems to be the millennial kingdom. The last of the righteous are raised to reign “with Christ a thousand years” (Revelation 20:4 below), but the “rest of the dead [that is, the wicked] lived not again until the thousand years were finished” (Revelation 20:5).” The rest of the dead did not come to life until the thousand years were ended.) This (Rev20:4 below) is the first resurrection”

Thrones 1Co 6:2 saints judge the world

Rev. 20:4” I saw thrones on which were seated those who had been given authority to judge. And I saw the souls of those who had been beheaded because of their testimony about Jesus and because of the word of God. They had not worshiped the beast or its image and had not received its mark on their foreheads or their hands. They came to life and reigned with Christ a thousand years”
Rev. 19 21 “And the remnant was slain with the sword of him that sat upon the horse, which sword proceeded out of his mouth: and all the fowls were filled with their flesh.”
Mathew 24 (continued from above)
Mat24:: 27 “……………………………….For as the lightning comes from the east and flashes to the west, so also will the coming of the Son of Man be”.
In Rev. 19: 11 John prophesizes: “And I saw heaven opened, and behold a white horse; and he that sat upon him was called Faithful and True, and in righteousness he doth judge and make war”. When the Second Coming of Christ takes place (Jesus return to earth with the speed of lightning as he prophesized in (Matt. 24: 27), the speed of thought? Yes! The Lord will travel from Heaven (the third heaven) to the sky in a moment’s time. But not coming “In a moment, in the twinkling of an eye…” as I Corinthians 15: 52 describes. That verse applies to the Rapture only, however Matthew 24: 27 (above) is referring to the Second Advent (the Second Coming, the Revelation) when the Heavenly Warrior (Jesus) defeats the beast Again, Rev.19:11 “I saw heaven standing open and there before me was a white horse, whose rider is called Faithful and True. With justice he judges and wages war”

Jesus returning on His white horse
Chapter 32 Pretribulation rapture scripture
Cornerstone Narrative Chapter continued as the great Olivet prophesy of: Matthew 24

Mat 24: 27 For as the lightning cometh out of the east, and shined even unto the west; so shall also the coming (Parousia: personal visible presence) of the Son of man be”.
Some believe Rapture or being caught up will be before (pre-tribulation) some believe after (post-tribulation) tribulation. In the rapture, the true Church of God is removed so they will not go through the trial that will come upon all the earth to try men’s souls (they have no need to). Christ does not come back to take possession of the earth at that time.
The rapture is just another phase of the first Resurrection that began with Jesus Christ. Jesus is the body of Christ and the true Church is also the body of Christ. The total membership making up the body of Christ must arise like Jesus to unite with Jesus. We must go before the bema seat judgment to be given the crowns that will allow us to rule and reign with Jesus when we return. If the rapture and second coming were at the same time you would have to make this judgment and the giving of the crowns an instantaneous event in the clouds at the second coming of Jesus. In the Jewish harvest, you have the first fruits, the general harvest and the gleaning.
The harvest is not one event and neither is the resurrection of the saints. Revelation makes it clear that the 144,000 Israelites who have a ministry in the tribulation are still first fruits, so this would indicate that those in the true Church before the tribulation are also first fruits of this harvest.
There are well over a score of biblical passages that indicate that the return of Jesus for the Church is imminent.
An imminent return is quite impossible if the tribulation has to happen first. Why would Jesus direct his people to be always ready and watching for His coming if they were meant to go through the tribulation and thus would be aware of His coming as much as seven years before He actually came?
Jason Hommel writes:
In 2 Thess. 2:6-7, Paul says “the one who restrains will be taken out of the way” before the Antichrist can be revealed. We believe this refers to the rapture because the Church is clearly the biggest obstacle to the Antichrist becoming a world ruler.
Who will populate the Millennium?
If the rapture occurs at the second coming and the wicked are cast into hell at that time, who will be left to populate the millennium? Only people in their natural (non-resurrected) bodies will be able to have children
Matt. 22:30. (“For in the resurrection they neither marry, nor are given in marriage, but are as the angels of God in heaven”.) With a Pre-Tribulation rapture, the people saved after the rapture who are alive at the second coming will populate the earth during the Millennium.
Enoch – the 6th from Adam – walked with God for 300 years, was taken, and did not see death. Could this be a picture of the sixth church being raptured after a similar period of evangelism? Enoch knew when the judgment would come. He named his son Methuselah. The meaning of the name Methuselah is “when he is dead it will come”. The year Methuselah died is also the year of the great flood. When the Church is taken out the judgment will shortly follow.
Those who are born of the Spirit and who are ready, will go in the pretribulation rapture and escape the time of the tribulation. People who identify themselves as Christians by tradition and culture but who do not have the indwelling Holy Spirit will go through the great trial on earth. Going through the tribulation will cost most of those who continue to identify with Jesus after the rapture their lives. It will be a trial by fire; those who overcome by losing their life for His namesake will be saved. Those cowards that seek to save their lives by denying Him will lose their souls.
All prior believers have tasted death of the flesh. Will Jesus actually deliver those who are living in spiritual adultery and who are faithless from physical death? Enoch, as our example, was taken and did not taste death because he pleased God, but without faith it is impossible to please God.
Jesus tells us to remember Lot’s wife. Lot’s wife looked back to Sodom. Israel also looked back to Egypt after God delivered them out of Egypt. Those who did so were not spared, so why should the Gentiles be spared who are displeasing to God? Those in the Church that look back and get entangled in the world will not be watching and waiting for His return and they also will not be delivered in the rapture of the faithful that are identified as Philadelphia (Revelations).
With the Jesus said it would be like in the time of Noah and Lot.
• Fire destroyed Sodom the day Lot was led out by angels
• The flood came after Noah entered the ark
• God’s wrath for the world in the future will come after the believers are removed. Below are also other picture stories worth finding in scripture that proclaim a removal of God’s people before the rapture:
John 11:25-26 “Jesus said unto her, I am the resurrection, and the life: he that believeth on me though he die, yet shall he live: and whosoever liveth and believeth on me shall never die. (Here Jesus in part is talking about the believers who are translated at his coming.) Judgment. first coming of Christ. When Jesus returns to the sky (the first heaven) everyone on earth will see Him at the same time no matter what side of the world he or she is on.
1 Thes. 4:14-18 “For if we believe that Jesus died and rose again, even so them also that are fallen asleep in Jesus will God bring with him. For this we say unto you by the word of the Lord, that we that are alive, that are left unto the coming of the Lord, shall in no wise precede them that are fallen asleep”.
“For the Lord himself shall descend from heaven, with a shout, with the trump of God: and the dead in Christ shall rise first: then we that are alive, that are left, shall together with them be caught up in the clouds, to meet the Lord in the air: and so shall we ever be with the Lord. Wherefore comfort one another with these words”
1 Th. 5:1-6 “But concerning the times and the seasons, brethren, ye have no need that aught be written unto you. For you yourselves know perfectly that the day of the Lord so cometh as a thief in the night when they are saying, Peace and safety, then sudden destruction cometh upon them, as travail upon a woman with child: and they shall in no wise escape. But ye, brethren, are not in darkness, that that day should overtake you as a thief: for ye are all sons of light, and sons of the day: we are not of the night, nor of darkness; so then let us not sleep, as do the rest, but let us watch and be sober. For they that sleep in the night: and they that are drunken are drunken in the night. But let us, since we are of the day, be sober, putting on the breastplate of faith and love; and for a helmet, the hope of salvation.
For God appointed us not into wrath, but unto the obtaining of salvation through our Lord Jesus Christ, who died for us, that, whether we wake or sleep, we should live together with him. Wherefore exhort one another, and build each other up, even as also ye do”.
2Th 2:1-12 “Now we beseech you, brethren, touching the coming of our Lord Jesus Christ, and our gathering together unto him; to the end that ye be not quickly shaken from your mind, nor yet be troubled, either by spirit, or by word, or by epistle as from us, as that the day of the Lord is just at hand; let no man beguile you in any wise: for it will not be, except the falling away come first, and the man of sin be revealed, the son of perdition, he that opposeth and exalteth himself against all that is called God or that is worshipped; so that he sitteth in the temple of God, setting himself forth as God. Remember ye not, that, when I was yet with you, I told you these things? And now ye know that which restraineth, to the end that he may be revealed in his own season. For the mystery of lawlessness doth already work: only there is one that restraineth now, until he be taken out of the way. And then shall be revealed the lawless one, whom the Lord Jesus shall slay with the breath of his mouth, and bring to nought by the manifestation of his coming; even he, whose coming is according to the working of Satan with all power and signs and lying wonders, and with all deceit of unrighteousness for them that perish; because they received not the love of the truth, that they might be saved.
And for this cause God sendeth them a working of error, that they should believe a lie: that they all might be judged who believed not the truth, but had pleasure in unrighteousness.”

Word of God clearly states that believers will escape the
Tribulation bloodbath.
Paul writes: “For God hath not appointed us to wrath, but to obtain salvation by our Lord Jesus Christ” (1 Thes. 5:9 KJV)
John writes in Rev 3:10 “Because thou hast kept the word of my patience, I also will keep thee from the hour of temptation, which shall come upon all the world, to try them that dwell upon the earth”
Ps 97:10 “Ye that love the LORD, hate evil: he preserveth the souls of his saints; he delivereth them out of the hand of the wicked”
Rom 5:9 “Much more then, being now justified by his blood, we shall be saved from wrath through him.”
Isa 57:1 “The righteous perisheth, and no man layeth it to heart: and merciful men are taken away, none considering that the righteous is taken away from the evil to come”
Mal 4:1 “For, behold, the day cometh, that shall burn as an oven; and all the proud, yea, and all that do wickedly, shall be stubble: and the day that cometh shall burn them up, saith the LORD of hosts, that it shall leave them neither root nor branch.
2Tim 4:18 “And the Lord shall deliver me from every evil work, and will preserve me unto his heavenly kingdom: to whom be glory forever and ever”
Revelation 1:7 says, “…every eye shall see Him…”
Phil. 2: 5 – 9, 10 – 11 This will take a supernatural act on the Lord’s part. Paul speaks about the wicked [one] (the Antichrist) and tells us that the Lord will destroy him “…with the brightness of His coming:”
II Thes. 2: 8. “The Lord’s coming will be quite visible to every being. So, I believe, the part where it says, “…as the lightning cometh out of the east, and shineth even unto the west…”, which is mentioned in the above passage as the Lord returns to earth, is associated with how every person on earth will see Jesus as He descends from the sky (some 200 miles above the earth) after entering earth’s atmosphere, the first heaven.
For the Lord only comes in a moment’s time (at the speed of thought) as far as the sky. Then He descends reasonably slow compared to what He did at the first part (the beginning) of His return”.
Manner and time of the Second Advent:

Mt.25:31; “When the Son of Man comes in his glory, and all the angels with him, he will sit on his glorious throne”
Lk17:22;21:25;” 22 “Then he said to his disciples, “The time is coming when you will long to see one of the days of the Son of Man, but you will not see it..”
2Thes1:7, 2:8; 25 “There will be signs in the sun, moon and stars. On the earth, nations will be in anguish and perplexity at the roaring and tossing of the sea”.
Rev1:7; “Look, he is coming with the clouds,
and “every eye will see him,
even those who pierced him”;
and all peoples on earth “will mourn because of him”
In Dan7: 13 prophesies given to Daniel by God Daniel writes “ I saw in the night visions, and, behold, one like the Son of man came with the clouds of heaven, and came to the Ancient of days, and they brought him near before him”.
Daniel saw means he perceived , understood and realized the contents and meanings of his “night vision” (vision s are “chazon” in Hebrew meaning mental sight dream; could come as a mental picture while awake, or divine utterance of words and “the Hebrew:”chezev” meaning sight or vision; these visions are usually in night dreams while asleep. In Daniel the Hebrew “chalom” is something seen while asleep. There are 24 dreamers and 34 recorded dreams in scriptures; 22 in the O.T. and 12 in the N.T.
Paul cries: “Come soon; Lord Jesus”; “Maranatha” 1 Corinthians 16:22The 1985 New Jerusalem Bible translates 1 Cor 16:22, “If there is anyone who does not love the Lord, a curse on such a one. Maran atha.” In the context of First Corinthians, understanding the Greek “Maranatha” as Aramaic “Maran atha” in the preterite sense would provide substantiation for the preceding anathema. That is, one who does not love the Lord is accursed because our Lord has ascended and come unto his throne (e.g., Dan 7:13) and wields power to implement such a curse. It would also substantiate the following prayer for grace from the ascended Lord Jesus, who has come to his throne and then sends the Holy Spirit.

Maranatha!

“So shall it be! Amen.”

Chapter 33: Dispensations
Cornerstone Narrative Chapter continued/The great Olivet prophesy of: Matthew 24
Mat 24: 27 “For as the lightning cometh out of the east, and shined even unto the west; so shall also the coming (Parousia: personal visible presence) of the Son of man be”.
Manner and time of the Second Advent (continued):
Mark 13:1-37 especially noting:
Mark 13 30 “Verily I say unto you that this generation (Age of “grace”) shall not pass, till all these things be done.”
Finis Dakes writes: “If you want a clear, sane, and harmonious understanding of Scripture, let yourself become well acquainted with God’s plan of the ages and dispensations together with their outstanding features. Get an idea of the history of the past connected with the present, and also understand all the prophecies of the future. Then and then alone can you be “a workman that needeth not to be ashamed, rightly dividing the word of truth” (2 Tim. 2:15). Along with a clear knowledge of the Bible as a whole, you will learn the right use of the Scriptures in your daily life. You will learn how to receive healing, health, prosperity and happiness here and now. After all, that is what you need now, is it not? You will not only gain knowledge of God, but you will learn how to appropriate the full blessings of life, by the proper use of this knowledge.
Dispensation: The Greek word oikonomia means “an administration,” “a stewardship of a household or estate,” “a dispensation.” We could speak of it as a guardianship. In 1 Cor. 9:17; Eph. 3:2; Col. 1:25, (Footnote #9) Paul speaks of his responsibility or trust in preaching the Gospel as a “dispensation of the gospel,” and as “the dispensation of the “grace” of God.” The Millennium is called “the dispensation of the fullness of times,” during which time God is to gather together all things in Christ, and put all enemies under His feet
(as 1 Cor. 15:24-28; Eph. 1:10) (Footnote #10)
The word “dispensation” comes from two Greek words, oikos, “a house,” and nomos, “a law.” As applied to the various ages, it means “a moral or probationary period in human and angelic history.” In each period, God tests free moral agents according to a fixed standard of conduct or responsibility, under which they are supposed to remain true to God and rule for Him on the Earth, or elsewhere in the universe.
Each dispensation has its own beginning and ending; each is characterized by certain distinctive principles of God’s dealings with men; each begins under favorable circumstances and a particular test and ends in failure and judgment. Nothing but confusion can arise from reading certain meanings into Scripture that do not apply to a particular age. In each age God has a different purpose and what He has said during one dispensation may or may not apply to another.

Present Age: This Age of “Grace,” between the first and second comings of Jesus Christ, is referred to many times in Scripture as, “this world” (Greek, age, Mt. 13:22); “end of this world” (age, Mt. 13:39-40; Mk. 4:19; Lk. 16:8; 20:34; Rom. 12:2; 1 Cor. 1:20); “end of the world” (age, Mt. 13:49; 24:3; 28:20); and “present evil world” (age, Gal. 1:4; 2 Tim. 4:10; Titus 2:12). In another sense the phrase “present age” refers to the period from the flood of Noah to the Millennium,
Mt. 13:39 “The enemy that sowed them is the devil; the harvest is the end of the world; and the reapers are the angels.
Mt. 13:40: “As therefore the tares are gathered and burned in the fire; so shall it be in the end of this world.”
Mk4: 19 “And the cares of this world, and the deceitfulness of riches, and the lusts of other things entering in, choke the word, and it becometh unfruitful”
Rom.12: 2 “And be not conformed to this world: but be ye transformed by the renewing of your mind, that ye may prove what is that good, and acceptable, and perfect, will of God.
Mat.13: 49” “So shall it be at the end of the world: the angels shall come forth, and sever the wicked from among the just,
Gal.1: 4 “”Who gave himself for our sins, that he might deliver us from this present evil world, according to the will of God and our Father:
2Tim4: 10” “For Demas hath forsaken me, having loved this present world, and is departed unto Thessalonica; Crescens to Galatia, Titus unto Dalmatia.
Titus2: 12 “Teaching us that, denying ungodliness and worldly lusts, we should live soberly, righteously, and godly, in this present world;”

The above Clarence Larkin chart is not under copy protection
The Seven Dispensations of Man between the Two Eternities
There are seven dispensations in human history between the eternal past and the eternal future; between the creation of man in the six days of Gen. 1-2 and the final restoration of man in the New Heavens and the New Earth of Rev. 21-22.

Finis Dake writes about the seven dispensations as follows:

1. THE DISPENSATION OF INNOCENCE (Gen. 2:15-3:21). This age was from the creation of man and his commission to rule the restored Earth and all things therein, to the fall of man and his expulsion from the new Garden of Eden.

2. THE DISPENSATION OF CONSCIENCE (Gen. 3:22-8:14). This age was from the fall of man and his expulsion from the Garden of Eden to the flood of Noah, a period of 1,656 years.
Tower of Babel and the city of Babylon.
3. THE DISPENSATION OF HUMAN GOVERNMENT (Gen. 8:15-11:32).

This age was from the flood of Noah to the call of Abraham, a period of 427 years.
God’s covenant with Abram
4. THE DISPENSATION OF PROMISE (Gen. 12:1-Exod. 12:37). This age was from the call of Abraham to the exodus of Israel from Egypt under Moses, a period of 430 years. Balanced scales of justice, with Holy See emblem overlaid.
5. THE DISPENSATION OF LAW (Exod. 12:38; Mt. 2:23; 11:10-13; Lk. 16:16). This age was from the exodus of Israel from Egypt under Moses to the preaching of the kingdom of Heaven by John the Baptist; or from Moses to the first coming of Jesus Christ, a period of over 1,718 years.

Lu16:16; “The law and the prophets were until John: since that time the kingdom of God is preached, and every man presseth into it”.
6. THE DISPENSATION OF GRACE (Mt. 3:1-Rev. 19:10). This age has already lasted nearly 2,000 years from the first coming of Christ, and it shall continue until the Second Coming of Christ in the near future. How much longer the age will last is not known.

7. The Dispensation of Divine Government—The Millennium
(Rev. 19:11-20:15). This age will cover the period from the Second Coming of Christ to the last rebellion of Satan and man on the Earth, a period of 1,000 years.

Mark 13:31” Heaven and earth shall pass away: but my words shall not pass away”.
There are three heaven and earth time periods in 2 Peter 3, and the change from one epoch of time to another was referred to as a passing of heaven and earth. The object of that expression was to show a change in God’s dealings with man rather than a change in the literal, material constitution of the world itself.
32 “But of that day and that hour knoweth no man, no, not the angels which are in heaven, neither the Son, but the Father.”

The family and colleague of Professor Horace David Ritchie write:’No one has known’ or ‘Nobody has seen’ has a whole different connotation from ‘no one knows’ or ‘nobody knows’; because it is actually saying ‘nobody has known in the past’. So with the exact translation, it is evident that Jesus was simply saying that no creation had yet been granted a knowledge of the day or the hour from time indefinite up to that time, which was Nisan 11, 33 CE. In any event these two scriptures, seeing as they are written in the past tense cannot be a prohibition on future knowledge of that ‘day’ and that ‘hour’.
33 Take ye heed, watch and pray: for ye know not when the time is.
34 “For the Son of Man is as a man taking a far journey, who left his house, and gave authority to his servants, and to every man his work, and commanded the porter to watch”.
35 Watch ye therefore: for ye know not when the master of the house cometh, at even, or at midnight, or at the cockcrowing, or in the morning:
36 Lest coming suddenly he finds you sleeping.
37 And what I say unto you I say unto all, Watch.

Aurora borealis display

Mat24 28 “For wheresoever the carcass is, there will the eagles be gathered together.”
(Jesus was warning His followers NOT to follow false Christs, or false prophets, even if they show great signs and wonders. He was comparing people who seek after false prophets to buzzards who seek after dead carcasses. The VULTURES are the pathetic people who chase after the false prophets, false Christs and false religionists).

Chapter 34: Anointing
So concludes the Cornerstone Narrative Chapter of Christ’s great Olivet prophesy of: Matthew 24

Mat24 28 “”For wheresoever the carcass is, there will the eagles be gathered together.”(Image by Ken Raggio)
(“The saints shall be gathered to him; as the eagles are to the carcass by natural instinct, and with the greatest swiftness and alacrity imaginable. Saints, when they shall be fetched to glory, will be carried as on eagles’ wings (Ex19:4), as on angels’ wings.

Photo by Daria Sockey
Is40:31: “They shall mount up with wings, like eagles, and like them renew their youth”.
“Your dead shall live; together with my dead body they shall arise. Awake and sing, you who dwell in dust; for your dew is like the dew of herbs, and the earth shall cast out the dead. Come, my people, enter your chambers, and shut your doors behind you; hide yourself, as it were, for a little moment, until the indignation is past. For behold, Yahweh comes out of His place to punish the inhabitants of the earth for their iniquity; the earth will also disclose her blood, and will no more cover her slain.” – Isaiah 26:19-21)
2nd Advent
Mat. 24 29”Jesus continues: “Immediately after the tribulation of those days (great tribulation) shall the sun be darkened” (Rev.6:12 Later John says: “I watched as he opened the sixth seal. There was a great earthquake. The sun turned black like sackcloth made of goat hair, the whole moon turned blood red,”), Jesus Continues: “and the moon shall not give her light, and the stars shall fall from heaven, and the powers of the heavens shall be shaken:
30 “and then (immediately after the tribulation) shall appear the sign of the Son of man “(Jesus speaking of Himself)

“Rev 1:7: “Behold, He is coming with clouds, and every eye will see Him, even they who pierced Him” It says of the same event He is coming in the clouds, with clouds, and on the clouds; and the world will see this event as Hs glory will accompany His return to earth.}
“……………….in heaven: and then shall all the tribes (Zech 14:1-5 already studied above) of the earth mourn, and they shall see the Son of man coming in the clouds of heaven with power and great glory.
31 “And he shall send his angels with a great sound of a trumpet, and they shall gather together his elect from the four winds, from one end of heaven to the other.”
The blowing of trumpets was anciently the signal for the host of Israel on their march through the desert. It summoned to war, and proclaimed public festivals, and marked the beginnings of months; Hence the symbolism of the New Testament. Jehovah’s people shall be summoned before their king by sound of trumpet.
Mat24 32 Now learn a parable of the fig tree; When his branch is yet tender, and putteth forth leaves, ye know that summer is nigh:
33 “so likewise ye, when ye shall see all these things, know that it (the Second Advent) is near, even at the doors”.

Image from coveredbaptists.proboards.com

34 “Verily I say unto you, this generation ……………………….
(The blowing of trumpets was anciently the signal for the host of Israel on their march through the desert. It summoned to war, and proclaimed public festivals, and marked the beginnings of months; Numbers 10:1-10;
Psalm 81:3. Hence the symbolism of the New Testament; Jehovah’s people shall be summoned before their king by sound of trumpet. ) “…………..shall not pass, till all these things be fulfilled”.
35 “Heaven and earth shall pass away…………………” (“Parerchomai”
2Cor 5:17{“Therefore, if anyone is in Christ, the new creation has come: The old has gone, the new is here!”}; to change from one state to another; pass away, as a person passes away in death, or as old things pass away as in the new birth. The heavens and earth are eternal will never pass out of existence. They will be changed. (Heb 1:10-12; be renovated by fire (2 Pet 3:5-13) and be renewed” (Rev.21:1“Then I saw “a new heaven and a new earth,” for the first heaven and the first earth had passed away, and there was no longer any sea.”),
“but they will never pass out of existence. “They will be changed but my words will not be changed”.(see footnote #6)
“………………. but my words shall not pass away”.

Andre Masson – Surrealist, Survivor, Sage. by Martin Ries c2010 http://www.martinries.com
Andre Masson, Goethe and the Metamorphosis of Plants 1940. Goethe and the Metamorphosis of Plants, 1940, oil on canvas, 28¾x45⅝, Vera and Arturo Schwarz
Mat24 36 “But of that day and hour knoweth no man, no, not the angels of heaven, but my Father only. (It will be sudden therefore watch and be ready).
For us who are not asleep: Many people believe there is nothing that can be known about the timing of the Lord’s return because Jesus said He would return like a “thief in the night” (Matthew 24:42-44).
But Paul makes it clear in 1 Thessalonians 5:1-6 that Jesus’ statement does not apply to believers:”But you, brethren, are not in darkness, that the day should overtake you like a thief…” He then proceeds to explain why: “for you are all sons of light and sons of day. We are neither of night nor of darkness; so then let us not sleep as others do, but let us be alert and sober.”
Paul is referring, of course, to the light of the Holy Spirit who indwells all true believers and who can enlighten us through our study of Scripture to know the season of the Lord’s return.

The apostle John in 1 John 2:27 says “But the anointing which ye have received of Him abideth in you, and ye need not that any man teach you: but as the same anointing teacheth you of all things, and is truth, and is no lie, and even as it hath taught you, ye shall abide in Him.” .

The anointing is the indwelling of the Holy Spirit.
John 14:26” But the Comforter, which is the Holy Ghost, whom the Father will send in my name, he shall teach you all things, and bring all things to your remembrance, whatsoever I have said unto you”

John 16:13 “Howbeit when he, the Spirit of truth, is come, he will guide you into all truth: for he shall not speak of himself; but whatsoever he shall hear, that shall he speak: and he will show you things to come.”

2 Corinthians 3:5-6” not that we are sufficient of ourselves to think anything as of ourselves; but our sufficiency is of God; who also hath made us able ministers of the new testament; not of the letter, but of the spirit: for the letter killeth, but the spirit giveth life.”

1 Corinthians 2:10-12 “But God hath revealed them unto us by his Spirit: for the Spirit searcheth all things, yea, the deep things of God. For what man knoweth the things of a man, save the spirit of man which is in him? even so the things of God knoweth no man, but the Spirit of God. Now we have received, not the spirit of the world, but the Spirit which is of God; that we might know the things that are freely given to us of God”

“It is finished”
(Time’s UP

Postscript:
Observations on prophesying, the end times and the second coming: by
Charles Spurgeons
“I am not given to prophesying, and I fear that the fixing of dates and periods has been exceedingly injurious to the whole system of premillennial teaching; but I think I clearly see in Scripture that the Lord Jesus Christ will come—so far I go, and take my stand—that he will come personally to reign upon this earth. At his coming it appears clear to me that he will gather together the Jewish people that Jerusalem shall become the metropolis of the new empire which shall then extend from pole to pole, from the river even to the ends of the earth. If this be a correct interpretation of prophecy, you may read the whole of Zechariah 2 through and understand it; you have the key to every sentence: without such a belief; I see not how to interpret the prophet’s meaning. Dear friends, we may sometimes refresh our minds with a prospect of the kingdom which is soon to cover all lands, and make the sun and moon ashamed by its superior glory.
We are not to indulge in prophesying as some do, making them our spiritual food, our meat and drink; but still we may take them as choice morsels, and special delicacies set upon the table; they are condiments which may often give a sweeter taste, or, if you will, a greater pungency and savor to other doctrines; prophetic views light up the crown of Jesus with a superior splendor; they make his manhood appear illustrious as we see him still in connection with the earth:
to have a kingdom here as well as there; to sit upon a throne here as well as in yonder skies; to subdue his adversaries even upon this Aceldama, as in the realm of spirits; to make even this poor earth upon which the trail of the serpent is so manifest, a place where the glory of the Lord shall be revealed and all flesh shall see it together.
If our view of prophecy be the correct one, it seems to be in perfect harmony with all the doctrines of the gospel. God certainly did elect his people the Jews; he made a covenant with his servant Abraham, and albeit you will remind us that this was only a temporal covenant, I would remind you that it was the type of the spiritual one, and it would be an unhappy reflection for us if the typical covenant should prove to be only temporary as well as temporal; if that came to an end, and if God cast away, in any sense, the people whom he did foreknow, it might augur to us the ill foreboding that mayhap he might cast away his spiritual seed also, and that those who were chosen as the spiritual seed of Abraham, might yet be cut off from the olive into which they had been grafted. If the natural branches are cast away forever, why not the grafted branches too?
But here is our joy, the God who sware unto his servant Abraham that to him and to his seed would he give the land for ever, hath not gone back from his word; they shall possess the land; their feet shall joyously tread its fruitful acres yet again; they shall sit every man under his own vine and under his own fig tree, and none shall make them afraid; and so the spiritual seed to whom the spiritual heritage is given as by a covenant of salt, they also shall possess their heritage forever, and of their rightful portion no robber shall despoil them.”

Sources:
References and Citations
1. Wikipedia
2. Bibles from on-line “Bible Gateway” and Dakes KJV.
3 Orthodox Jewish Bible (OJB
4. New International Version
5. Tim LaHaye, co-author of the best-selling series of end-times books,
6. Chip Berlet, an American investigative reporter
7. Hughes,
Feb. 2011 article entitled Revelation, Revolutions, and the Tyrannical
New World Order
8. Edward Luttwak, “market fundamentalism”
9. George Soros “casino capitalism”
10. Susan Strange “cancer-stage capitalism”
11. John McMurtry
12. Benjamin Barber
13. Clarence Larkin
14. Finis Dakes
15. Chip Berlet,
16. Bill Moyers
17. Tim LaHaye,
18. Edward Luttwak
19. George Soros
20. John McMurtry
21. Benjamin Barber
22. Anton Szandor LaVey.
23. Rev. Adrian Dieleman
24. Dr. Harry Boer
25. Joel Richardson
26. Dan Knezacek
27. Dr. John McTernan
28. Tommorrow’s World
29. Noel Horner
30. Don Koenig
31. Bryan Ward-Perkins
32. Mark Kirkpatrick
33. Bible Study Tools.com
34. Got Questions Ministries, Inc.
35. Matthew Henry
36. Sola Scriptura; (revelation commentary.org)
37. The Bible Study Tools Staff
38. The Theosophist, October 1879, p. 6
39. Marianne (Jewish site)
40. John Gill,
41. Shaun d McMillan ( @gmail.com)
42. Watchtower Library

Illustrations
All the illustrative artwork contained in this book is found on the world wide web (www) at various sites; most of which are listed below. Each work has been credited by the work in the text as far as is found from its site along with the work. The works were selected for their beauty, relevance and manner in which they illustrated the topic in which they each appear. Readers wishing to contact each source may find the below list useful. Often one picture is worth a thousand words and many of the illustrations are a supernatural creative metaphor for the chapter in which it appears. No commercial use of these illustrated works is intended. All gratitude and God’s best blessings to each and every artist and source.

1. church-of-the-firstborn; IVAN J. BARRETT; Brigham Young University;
2. P.O. Box 26800, Provo, UT 84602-6800
3. Stephen Haskell; Seventh-day Adventist Church
4. The ignorant fishermen; Ignorant Fishermen Blog
5. .Rob Bell; Mars Hill Bible Church;
6. foundations in Christianity; http://foundationsinchristianity.org/ ?
7. church in Colorado springs ?
8. http://www.photobible.info endrtimes.blogspot.com ?
9. theworddetective.wordpress.com; Jupiter images/Photos.com/Getty Images.
10. raptureimminent.wordpress.com; HLMM, P.O. Box 470470, Tulsa, OK 74147
email: comments@hallindsey.com
11. dailymedit.wordpress.com
12. /www.worldarchitecture.org/svs/net/mim.aspx?file=889629.jpg&wi=730&he=40
13. Flammkohle Hotel and Casino
14. Gentle Shepherd Ministries
15. New Covenant Ministries
16. Arnold G. Fruchtenbaum,
17. The Footsteps of Messiah, (Tustin, CA: Ariel Ministries
18. saints judge the world
19. Jason Hommel writes:
20. dailymedit.wordpress.com
21. coveredbaptists.proboards.com
22. Crystal Mary Lindsey
23. timbob.wordpress.com/
24. Victor Vasnetsov
25. rolen romanes
26. Antichrist on throne
27. deoxy.org
28. Thisbiblerules.com
29. Greatcitybabylon.com
30. http://revelationrevolution.org/wp
31. http://inplainsite.org
32. Yonkers Tribune
33. Actoon.org/wp of ISIS marching
34. AncientRomeEmpire/images
35. MitchellTEachers.com
36. Nationsonline
37. http://www.bibleworks.com
38. http://mysteryoftheiniquity.files
39. http://www.666man.met/files/sea_
40. http://shewstatic.com
41. Nicolasdsamson.com
42. Wikimedia.org
43. Secularright.org/sr

Footnotes:

1. End Times: Dan 11:35,40: “And some of them of understanding shall fall, to try them, and to purge, and to make them white, even to the time of the end: because it is yet for a time appointed “and “And at the time of the end shall the king of the south push at him: and the king of the north shall come against him like a whirlwind, with chariots, and with horsemen, and with many ships; and he shall enter into the countries, and shall overflow and pass over”
2. Dan 12:4 and 9
“But thou, O Daniel, shut up the words, and seal the book, even to the time of the end: many shall run to and fro, and knowledge shall be increased.” And “9 And he said, Go thy way, Daniel: for the words are closed up and sealed till the time of the end.”
Luke 21:25-26 …’and upon the earth distress of nations, with perplexity; the sea and the waves roaring; Men’s hearts failing them for fear, and for looking after those things which are coming on the earth: for the powers of heaven shall be shaken.’

3. Evidence of “woes” that we now live in the “end times”:

Ten deadliest natural disasters (10 of many)
Rank Death toll (estimate) Event Location Date
1 1,000,000–4,000,000*[1]
1931 China floods
China
July, August, 1931
2 900,000–2,000,000[2]
1887 Yellow River flood
China
September, October, 1887
3 830,000[3]
1556 Shaanxi earthquake
China
January 23, 1556
4 242,000–779,000 1976 Tangshan earthquake
China
July 1976
5 500,000-1,000,000[1]
1970 Bhola cyclone
East Pakistan (now Bangladesh)
November 13, 1970
6 300,000[4]
1839 India Cyclone
India
November 25, 1839
6 300,000[5]
1737 Calcutta cyclone
India
October 7, 1737
8 273,400[6]
1920 Haiyuan earthquake
China
December 16, 1920
9 250,000–300,000[7]
526 Antioch earthquake
Byzantine Empire (now Turkey)
May 526
10 260,000[8]
115 Antioch earthquake
Roman Empire (now Turkey) December 13, 115
List of deadliest floods (6 of 182)
Rank Death toll Event Location
1 2,500,000–3,700,000[1]
1931 China floods
China

2 900,000–2,000,000 1887 Yellow River (Huang He) flood
China

3 500,000–700,000 1938 Yellow River (Huang He) flood
China

4 231,000 Banqiao Dam failure, result of Typhoon Nina. Approximately 86,000 people died from flooding and another 145,000 died from subsequent disease. China

5 145,000 1935 Yangtze river flood
China

6 100,000+ St. Felix’s Flood, storm surge
Netherlands

Tsunami and Hurricanes

The day after Christmas 2004, the massive Indian Ocean tsunami swept her away from her mother and two sisters in Ujong Baroh, Aceh, on the island of Sumatra.

Hurricane Katrina passed southeast of New Orleans on August 29, 2005

August 1992, Hurricane Andrew was the costliest hurricane in United States history; changed everything in Florida and US building design.

Hurricane Charley was the third named storm, 2004 Atlantic hurricane season. Charley lasted from August 9 to August 15, and at its peak intensity it attained 150 mph (240 km/h) winds, making it a strong Category 4 hurricane

List of wars and anthropogenic disasters by death toll (6 of many)
Lowest
estimate Highest
estimate Event Location From To See also
40,000,000[2]
72,000,000[3]
World War II
Worldwide 1939 1945 casualties and Second Sino-Japanese War[4] (this estimate includes worldwide Holocaust and Concentration deaths)
30,000,000[5]
70,000,000[citation needed]
Mongol conquests
Eurasia 1206 1368 Mongol Empire

30,000,000[5]
30,000,000 Late Yuan warfare and transition to Ming Dynasty
China 1340 1368 Ming Dynasty

25,000,000[6]
25,000,000 Qing dynasty conquest of the Ming Dynasty
China
1616 1662 Qing Dynasty

20,000,000[7]
100,000,000[8][9][10][11][12]
Taping Rebellion
China 1851 1864 Dungun revolt

15,000,000[13]
65,000,000
(this estimate includes worldwide flu deaths)[14]
World War I
Worldwide 1914 1918 World War I casualties

Wars and armed conflicts (5 of many)
Matthew 24:6-7 …’And ye shall hear of wars … For nation shall rise against nation and kingdom against kingdom
List of wars by death toll The deaths of civilians from diseases, famine,
Lowest
estimate Highest
estimate Event Location From To See also Percentage of the world population[1]

40,000,000[2]
72,000,000[3]
World War II
Worldwide 1939 1945 World War II casualties and Second Sino-Japanese War[4] (this estimate includes worldwide Holocaust and Concentration deaths) 1.7%–3.1%
30,000,000[5]
70,000,000[citation needed]
Mongol conquests
Eurasia 1206 1368 Mongol Empire
17.1%
30,000,000[5]
30,000,000 Late Yuan warfare and transition to Ming Dynasty
China 1340 1368 Ming Dynasty
6.7%
25,000,000[6]
25,000,000 Qing dynasty conquest of the Ming Dynasty
China
1616 1662 Qing Dynasty
4.8%
20,000,000[7]
100,000,000[8][9][10][11][12]
Taiping
China 1851 1864 Dungan revolt
1.6%–8%

Footnote # 3

About the world:
World is a common name for the whole of human civilization, specifically human experience, history, or the human condition in general, worldwide, i.e. anywhere on Earth or pertaining to anywhere on earth.
1 Peter 1:20 “He was foreknown before the foundation of the world but was made manifest in the last times for the sake of you” What was the foundation of all people on this earth? Were there created beings before Adam and Eve? The foundation was Adam and Eve; Noah and the survivors on the Ark; the Jews who entered into Canaan, and then those that accepted and followed Jesus.
There was a foundation prior to Adam and Eve but is not necessarily considered Biblical; Biblical meaning the Bible with Genesis referencing the beginning and including Adam and Eve. However there is lots of archeological science and even Biblical contexts which are best explained by pre-adamite civilizations.
In Christianity, the term often connotes the concept of the fallen and corrupt world order of human society, in contrast to the World to Come. The world is frequently cited alongside the flesh and the Devil as a source of temptation that Christians should flee. Monks speak of striving to be “in this world, but not of this world”—as Jesus said, and the term “worldhood” has been distinguished from “monkhood”, the former being the status of merchants, princes, and others who deal with “worldly” things.
In a theological context, world usually refers to the material or the profane
sphere, as opposed to the celestial, spiritual, transcendent or sacred. The “end of the world” refers to scenarios of the final end of human history, often in religious contexts. World history is commonly understood as spanning the major geopolitical developments of about five millennia, from the first civilizations to the present. It is not about the age or condition of the planet.
World population is the sum of all human populations at any time; similarly, world economy is the sum of the economies of all societies (all countries), especially in the context of globalization. Terms like world championship, gross world product, world flags etc. also imply the sum or combination of all current-day sovereign states.
In terms such as world religion, world language, world government, and world war, world suggests international or intercontinental scope without necessarily implying participation of the entire world.
The English word world comes from the Old English weorold (-uld), world, world (-uld, -eld), a compound of wer “man” and eld “age,” which thus means roughly “Age of Man.” The Old English is a reflex of the Common Germanic *wira-alđiz, Also reflected in Old Saxon werold, Old High German weralt, Old Frisian world and Old Norse verǫld (whence the Icelandic veröld).
The corresponding word in Latin is mundus, literally “clean, elegant”, itself a loan translation of Greek cosmos “orderly arrangement.”.
While the Germanic word thus reflects a mythological notion of a “domain of Man” (compare Midgard), presumably as opposed to the divine sphere on the one hand and the chthonic sphere of the underworld on the other, the Greco-Latin term expresses a notion of creation as an act of establishing order out of chaos. It is this in particular which persuades me that Jesus and the apostles referred to the world as its people and believes in particular.
‘World’ distinguishes the entire planet or population from any particular country or region: world affairs pertain not just to one place but to the whole world, and world history is a field of history that examines events from a global (rather than a national or a regional) perspective. Earth, on the other hand, refers to the planet as a physical entity, and distinguishes it from other planets and physical objects.
‘World’ can also be used attributively, to mean ‘global’, ‘relating to the whole world’, forming usages such as world community or world canonical texts This view is clearly expressed by king Alfred the Great of England (d. 899) in his famous Preface to the Cura Pastoralis:
“Therefore I command you to do as I believe you are willing to do, that you free yourself from worldly affairs (Old English: woruldðinga) as often as you can, so that wherever you can establish that wisdom that God gave you, you establish it. Consider what punishments befell us in this world when we neither loved wisdom at all ourselves, nor transmitted it to other men; we had the name alone that we were Christians, and very few had the practices.”
The exception is terms such as world map and world climate, where world is used in the sense detached from human culture or civilization, referring to the planet Earth physically. Certainly the story of creation in Genesis is not about the planet but its reconstitution of the disfigured planet and creation of people.
We are urged to be in but not of the world; (1 John 2:15-17) So, to be ‘no part of the world’ means to stay separate from all parts of human society that conflict with God’s will, while fulfilling the commission to lovingly preach and teach unbelievers about God’s purpose.
Rom12:2 “And be not conformed to this world (certainly not the earth) : but be ye transformed by the renewing of your mind, that ye may prove what is that good, and acceptable, and perfect, will of God.

Footnote: #4
Bible Study Tools.com writes: “In the Temple which had been built by Herod, in which Jesus walked when He was here upon earth, the outer court was marked off from the inner one where Israel was permitted to go and it was separated by “the middle wall of partition” (Eph. 2:14). Beyond this no Gentile could go. Paul, accused of breaking this rule, and bringing Gentiles into the holy place, was almost destroyed by angry Jews (Acts 21:28)
In the time of the Second Temple [the Jews] had erected a boundary fence, the Soreg , between the Court of the Gentiles and the Court of the Israelites, with a warning inscription promising death to any non-Israelite who passed beyond it into the Court of the Israelites.
The New Testament (Acts 21:27-28) records a Jewish crowd’s violent reaction to Paul when they mistakenly believed that he had taken a Gentile proselyte (Titus) into the Temple to offer sacrifice. It has been given the portion of the temple which is not under the control of the Jews has been given to the nations to tread. Once again, we see the sovereign purpose of God in the events surrounding the temple during the Tribulation. It is He who has ultimately given control of the outer court to the Gentiles. When Asaph contemplated the apparent success of the wicked, he lamented how God’s “enemies roar in the midst of your meeting place; they set up their banners for signs . . . They have defiled the dwelling place of your name to the ground” (Ps. 74:1-7). Elsewhere, he decries, “the nations have come into your inheritance; Your holy temple they have defiled” (Ps. 79:1). In the setting of Asaph, the temple had been completely destroyed (Isa. 63:18). Here, only a portion of the temple is in the hands of the nations.

Footnote #5
Syriac is a dialect of Aramaic spoken in Syria until about the 13th century ad and still in use as a liturgical language of certain Eastern churches

Footnote #6
(Metamorphosis ( a similar change) is a biological process by which an animal physically develops after birth or hatching, involving a conspicuous and relatively abrupt change in the animal’s body structure through cell growth and differentiation. Some insects, amphibians, molluscs, crustaceans, cnidarians, echinoderms and tunicates undergo metamorphosis, which is usually accompanied by a change of habitat or behavior.
Scientific usage of the term is exclusive, and is not applied to general aspects of cell growth, including rapid growth spurts. References to “metamorphosis” in mammals are imprecise and only colloquial, but historically idealist ideas of transformation and monadology, as in Goethe’s “Metamorphosis of Plants”, influenced the development of ideas of evolution.

Footnote #7
All of the below takes place in the Western Province of Saudi Arabia.
Isaiah 21:10-17
10 O my threshing, and the corn of my floor: that which I have heard of the LORD of hosts, the God of Israel, have I declared unto you.
11 The burden of Dumah. He calleth to me out of Seir, Watchman, what of the night? Watchman, what of the night?
12 The watchman said, The morning cometh, and also the night: if ye will enquire, enquire ye: return, come.
13 The burden upon Arabia. In the forest in Arabia shall ye lodge, O ye travelling companies of Dedanim.
14 The inhabitants of the land of Tema brought water to him that was thirsty, they prevented with their bread him that fled.
15 For they fled from the swords, from the drawn sword, and from the bent bow, and from the grievousness of war.
16 For thus hath the LORD said unto me, Within a year, according to the years of an hireling, and all the glory of Kedar shall fail:
17 And the residue of the number of archers, the mighty men of the children of Kedar, shall be diminished: for the LORD God of Israel hath spoken it.

Footnote #8
Revelation 12:12-17
12 Therefore rejoice, ye heavens, and ye that dwell in them. Woe to the inhabiters of the earth and of the sea! for the devil is come down unto you, having great wrath, because he knoweth that he hath but a short time.
13 And when the dragon saw that he was cast unto the earth, he persecuted the woman which brought forth the man child.
14 And to the woman were given two wings of a great eagle, that she might fly into the wilderness, into her place, where she is nourished for a time, and times, and half a time, from the face of the serpent.
15 And the serpent cast out of his mouth water as a flood after the woman, that he might cause her to be carried away of the flood.
16 And the earth helped the woman, and the earth opened her mouth, and swallowed up the flood which the dragon cast out of his mouth.
17 And the dragon was wroth with the woman, and went to make war with the remnant of her seed, which keep the commandments of God, and have the testimony of Jesus Christ.

Footnote #9
1 Cor. 9:17; “ For if I do this thing willingly, I have a reward: but if against my will, a dispensation of the gospel is committed unto me.”
Eph. 3:2; “ If ye have heard of the dispensation of the grace of God which is given me to you-ward”
Col. 1:25,“Whereof I am made a minister, according to the dispensation of God which is given to me for you, to fulfill the word of God”;
Footnote #10
1 Cor. 15:24-28; 24 “Then cometh the end, when he shall have delivered up the kingdom to God, even the Father; when he shall have put down all rule and all authority and power.
25 For he must reign, till he hath put all enemies under his feet.
26 The last enemy that shall be destroyed is death.
27 For he hath put all things under his feet. But when he saith all things are put under him, it is manifest that he is excepted, which did put all things under him.
28 And when all things shall be subdued unto him, then shall the Son also himself be subject unto him that put all things under him, that God may be all in all.”
Eph. 1:10: “That in the dispensation of the fullness of times he might gather together in one all things in Christ, both which are in heaven, and which are on earth; even in him”

About the author:
Rev. Barie Fez-Barringten: Professor: Global University
Good Shepherd United Methodist Church
doveslanding@email.com
http://www.bariefez-barringten.com
*Barie Fez-Barringten: See www for other information and
Chairperson: Education Committee: Good Shepherd United Methodist Church and Professor: Global University: Springfield, Missouri
Formerly: Former Contact pastor to the USAF
National director Global University for Saudi Arabia
Founding pastor: Christian Fellowship at Del Tura
Author: ”Where Christ is forbidden”; “Architecture: the making of metaphors” “Pastor’s Sketch book”;”Gibe”; co-author:”Legend”
(See Fez-Barringten’s Illustrated Saudi Arabia Mission Report and many articles and “Where Christ is forbidden” and
http://writethevision.webs.com
Blogger.com AuthorsDen.com Academia.Edu
Architecture: The Making of Metaphors is his latest secular book which can be ordered at Amazon.com and/or Cambridge Scholars Publishing Ltd, England; and most national book stores such as Barnes and Noble.
Currently Barie is researching, writing and speaking on the end times, Christ’s second coming, the old testament, architecture, urbanism and Saudi Arabia including monographs on architecture: the making of metaphors; and, recently published two books: Gibe and Legend which may be purchased on Amazon.com. Barie is often invited to present his inspiring life’s story to students in colleges and universities.
In 2008, he was Design Manager for Barwa City in Qatar and twenty years as an architect, business manager and project manager; and in Saudi Arabia including teaching for five years at KFU. While as professor at King Faisal University he wrote over twenty monographs on metaphors and architecture, which were widely published in Turkey, Saudi Arabia, England, America, Finland and Lebanon.
All his secular writings were based on his lecture series he presented 1968 at Yale University called “Architecture: the making of metaphors” which was then published in part by “Main Currents in Modern Thought”, and various research into the works of Paul Weiss, Andrew Ortony, David Zarefsky and W.J.J. Gordon; and most recently others were published by the MIT Press, the Journal of Enterprise Architecture by the University of Syracuse; Cardiff University, Brunnel University, Reconstruction, University of Alaska Fairbanks; University at Brighton; and published by Springer of London and New York.
Earlier in Houston, Texas where he was Director of Special Projects for the Gulf Oil Corporation he wrote the policies and procedures for all of Gulf Oil’s non-oil design and construction activities which was then published by John Wiley and sons in a book called Project Manual Standards(PMS). In Saudi Arabia he founded a chapter of the American Institute of Architects.
He is an ordained as minister of the gospel by the Assemblies of God and a Registered Architect in the State of Florida and certified by the National Council of Architectural Registration Boards.
Born and raised in New York City, Barie has completed his memoir of the first 21 years of his life called “Bronx Stardust” which includes his early years as a radio broadcaster at Pratt Institute Radio Station, which he founded while studying design. To support his studies at Yale University he worked as an announcer at WLAE-FM in Hartford and owned his own design business in New Haven.
He earned his Masters of Architecture degree at Yale University and is now a trustee of the Yale Alumni association of Southwest Florida formerly helping new aspiring students to apply for education of that prestigious university.
His monographs include: Schools and metaphors”; User’s metametaphoric phenomena of architecture and Music”; Metametaphors and Mondrian; The metametaphor theorem”; Multi-dimensional metaphoric thinking”; “Metaphors and Architecture.”; Teaching the techniques of making architectural metaphors in the twenty-first century.”; “Urban Passion”:;Metaphor as an inference from sign”; “A partial metaphoric vocabulary of Arabia”;”The Aesthetics of the Arab architectural metaphor”;“Framing the art vs. architecture argument; An architectural history of metaphors”: and “The sovereign built metaphor”. Recently he received The Florida AIA’s Presidential Honor Award “for volunteerism over multiple years to inform, guide or contribute to the AIA’s board’s mission “and his lecture is available at this link: http://globaluniversity.academia.edu/BarieFezBarringten/Books/1449761/Architecture_The_Making_Of_MetaphorsFor more about his various monographs, careers, art work, building designs, and city plans please visit many links by his name on the www and his website at http://www.bariefez-barringten.com

Barie Fez-Barringten: AIA/NCARB.

Twenty Years in Saudi Arabia

By

Barie Fez-Barringten

www.bariefez-barringten.com


The ultimate cultural  shock wave of our time is yet to come from the kingdom of Saudi Arabia which is silently in the throws of a great change. I believe this change will manifest politically, socially and economically as it unfolds making these observations  important to prepare for what is to come.

What is astonishes me about the kingdom is the rapid pace from which it has come from its own medieval times to engage “the future”. I am in awe of its ability to manage its people through social, economic and political upheavals in a calm and orderly fashion.  It both cherishes family values and relationships while being ecstatic about western technology, life style, social and economic affluence. It is a country without being a country and a kingdom without traditional despotism. It is politely ruled by a disciplined ruling family and offset by a hairline balance between religion and civil order. Take the matter of eminent domain and re planning its cities. Take the way it distributes its oil wealth amongst its people and educates and provides health and other services. Take the way it contracts and employees experts, planners, investors, banks, governments and people from so many nations. This feat alone is phenomenal.

Unfortunately early in its inception the Saud family made deals with the wrong people on its way to “becoming” which now haunt its future. One was to welcome Wahhab and to relocate the capital of Islam from Jerusalem to Mecca. According to a Saudi scholar, there was a time when the worship of Allah was toward a shrine in Jerusalem.

Its Arab character and personality have both been eclipsed and subordinated and now it faces efforts to retrofit itself into a world of pluralism and forward thinking with precepts which strongly  cherish history and the past and hold dearly to its distinctives, singular ideals and unique place in history . It s like the teaching my students design when they get some of these clichés and themes and will not let them go and ruin there own designs because they can’t let go. They have got it in them but hold on to triviality believing they can do both.

Having said this in many ways they have the big picture in mind and are forging a nation state despite these contradictions and handicaps. These may even be the very glue that is bringing it through these changes and transitions. It may be the secret ingredient which in time it will shed to emerge a bright desert diamond. At the moment the world views them in relation to oil, terrorism and religion. However the kingdom is progressing and overtaking other countries in key commercial, social and economic sectors. They manage to keep themselves from war and civil strife and distance themselves form fanatical and chaotic behavior.

They have been a steady and sure economic ally and sure venue for oil production and output. There finances are far from transparent and they keep secrets. But they always step up to bat when it comes to oil production to stabilize world oil prices. They do so in there own interest as they are heavily invested in United States of America and world markets. There main product is after all denominated in dollars and there Riyal has never changed from it s current exchange rate of 3.75 Saudi Riyal to one dollar.

Our stay in Saudi dramatically highlighted the difference between the urban and non-urban mind. Particularly the difference between our experience with the plethora of the typical expat from small USA villages and towns. We found ourselves easily received by any class and economic status so long as they were from the major metropolitan areas of their country. We were in the crossroads of Islam, Wahabism and the silent globalization.

Our biggest social and compatibility problems came from the US small town provincial expats even at University of Ohio and Texas A&M. These provincials were uninterested in fashion, sophistication or education; as a matter of fact: “well educated professional people made them feel uncomfortably provincial”. They knew they had a limited perspective that was narrow and self centered but this is who they were and people not like them were not welcome.

So they shunned and rejected us. Because we were cosmopolitan and what we did seemed to challenge and confront.  We did not confront but they believed we did.

I was already accustomed to this because it is exactly what happened to me as a boy with my parents, family and childhood friends. Christina comments that because the restaurants and most other commercial facilities cater to men that Dammam is a male dominated city while she observed that Riyadh and AlKhobar catered to the needs and wishes of married couples. Saudis distinguish service and access by gender in all things. The gender difference is pronounced by a kind of macho and chauvinism. In fact the male is quit lost as a beatnik was in the USA in the fifties and sixties. Many males can be found loitering in various offices and shops. Unemployment, useless career s, and lack of jobs for natives are in excess of world standards.

Being as how I was about forty  when starting work in the kingdom of Saudi Arabia (August 11,1981 I was exactly 43. 75) and about sixty  (just turning 62) when completing my last day and returning to the United Sates of America on November 11,1999 Saudi Arabia occupied about a third of my life to that point.

It was also a place in which I had no apriori and real interest. I’d much rather been in Europe, China, or Japan. Certainly not anywhere in the mid-east, Africa, nor, India. Indeed it was the money, and more, the ability to continue my professional career in less than a bankrupt economic climate. For all its worth, my chosen profession, without a second income, could not be sustained as a private practice and, since the 1978 the construction/real estate industry was in its worst downturn in over a decade. We could not make ends meet as faculty of Texas A&M and the offers from Saudi Arabia finally were convincing enough to get our undivided attention.

It was also not a place in which I would find my identity or develop an Arab insignia. Unlike most other countries I had lived and visited Saudi’s kept infidels an d strangers at an arms distance. So even though I spent nearly twenty years in Saudi I had new memories and experiences.

I had, for the moment lost either flesh or spiritual urge “to be” or “not be”. I could only think of being on a “hand- to –mouth” and mundane nature. It was not unfamiliar territory, because I had scrimped and saved to get through Pratt; and, then, Yale. There were bankruptcies and failures all around me; and the world economy seemed on the brink of an implosion. No, Saudi Arabia was not my choice, I had resisted it for several years, but it seemed that God was presenting this place as his sanctuary to deliver us from economic disaster. Our debt had mounted and was near the threshold of impossibility; soon our debt payments would be greater than our income, let alone paying for daily needs.

Years later when itinerating to various churches, zealous young potential missionaries would come up to me either wishing to return with us or them selves go to KSA. They wanted my advice and suggestions. I could only be truthful and answer them in the context of my personal experience. Much like my experience as a design professional I couldn’t boast or give them a great and fantastic testimony of a “call” to go to this specific venue and profession.

It was God bringing us to a place for healing and repair. A place in the wilderness, away from our “world” to where He alone could do HIS work. We certainly knew this to be the truth. It was a mission for us (as to Ezekiel, Job, and Abraham), not to the place or people we were headed for. Was this the truth to tell some enthusiastic missionary?


This period was filled with the stress of living and working in a war zone and separated from the continental U.S. without our passport. Upon arrival our passports were always kept by our employer or sponsor in exchange for an Igama or letter saying that the Igama was applied for and in process.

The work and the living conditions were made needlessly challenging and we experienced what most other expats do, which is an initial period of adjustment (shock and awe). Below you will find a great deal of specific detail about the contracts jobs and works provided by God. When you look at my CV/resume you will find a wide variety of business, professional, technical and administrative positions marketing, designing, building, recruiting, managing, supervising, writing, and teaching.

When we  divide this 20-year period in two we see that the first half was being spent between the eastern and central province while the second solely residing in the eastern province (we made many visits to Riyadh promoting ICI and networking before 1993). It too was distinguished by the first where we had a second home in Kitzbuhel, Austria while the second making trips to Christina’s home town of Leipzig, Germany.

Because of the times we live in and because my experience was so diverse, long and complex I dare not try to out guess the issues you may find important that I did not address. I was sure during this period, as I am now that God is sovereign and fully capable. Our job is to Love, obey and follow Him and let Him prevail. The stories you will read below are only the highlights; for practically every day was eventful, special and contained some supernatural acts of God.

God showed us His authority by revealing professorship at  Texas A&M University and King Faisel University;the US Embassy and Consulate; Architect founding AIA Chapter and Provider of continuing education and Plans examiner in Lee County.

Most of the Saudi people I worked for were either Sheiks or members of the Royal family. They would refer to me as sheik as well because of my seniority, commitment to serve, and education.

Special Purpose in Saudi Arabia

From the time I arrived both times I would try to expose my self to key persons in anticipation that God might have sent me here for some special purpose beyond earning money. Of course so many things opened up and we did whatever crossed our path but there was always that sense of unfinished business and possibility that we might be needed by the royal family or some key Saudi to perform a special assignment.

This is documentation of historical facts that occurred between 1981 and 1999 (Eighteen Years) in Saudi Arabia.

While Saudis yearn for WTO status the leaders of the Saudi Royal family are ailing while the kingdom is challenged by terrorism and the talk about terrorism,

The entire period includes our presence in Saudi, Kitzbuhel, Lee County, India, Philippines, South Africa, and Leipzig. While chapter one. This chapter,  is more about the period than about the kingdom subsequent chapters describe Saudi Arabia in detail.


Later that same year on August 11 we arrived in Saudi Arabia to begin employment with ARAMCO.

I had already rejected several offers to go to Saudi in 1979 and one in 1981 to teach at King Faisel University. I was very pessimistic and skeptical about getting paid, options and the freedom to return to the USA.

Was there an effect on us after living in KSA for nearly twenty years? In particular, would there have been any difference between living in Saudi and the USA for the same period? One of the factors to be considered in such a consideration would have to be the stress and subtle impact of the differences. One of the differences surely strained our every move was being a non-resident alien living full time without passport and no access to any due process. Always looming over our head and predicating our decisions and reactions was that someone for any legitimate or pretended reason could complain and have us ousted, imprisoned or worse.

As one adapts and understands the realities one develops the ability to survive and negotiate pathways; the stress is covered with activity and initiatives designed to provide cover, escape, and create a semblance of normality. Yes, eventually everything is Saudi became quit normal to us and it is this normalcy that I present in this work.

Another side effect of the experience has been our choice of the place and way we now live. Our choices for work, residence and recreation are totally disoriented to the ongoing roles and mores of our original urban New York and Leipzig contexts. We have chosen to live in a place and amongst people very different from those we would before we left and in a life style and type housing we would never have considered before.

The twenty years taught us to sense and appreciate differently. I do believe some of our old friends and family are quite bewildered by our current choices. Today our activities are very limited and we notice that the more we limit our activities and enjoy equipoise our health improves and further adjust to acceptability.

Difficult Situations:

When I first am provided a fully furnished residence I must review its contents and sign an inventory of the contents. When the contract is complete and before I vacate the premise the inventory is reviewed by the company’s “government representative” and he and I must sign the inventory. This is one of the documents the company must provide immigration before I leave the kingdom or transfer sponsorship that the sponsor has no claims against me.  This frees the government to issue an exit visa or transfer my Igama to a new sponsor. It one of the tedious formalities which reminds you that you are a stranger in a foreign land. Even though I had spent so many years education there royalty and common people and assessing build their economy; I was treated as a stranger and equal with every other worker from street sweeper to corporate president. All of this did not have a leveling effect letting you have no delusions that you were any different nor had any special privilege, social rank or inner place. In fact as we originally immigrated August 11, 1981 so we departed November 11, 1999, as strangers.

Changed Perspectives

God made time for extraordinary secular, civic, and professional works to write and publish monographs in learned journals, found a chapter of the AIA, publish a monthly newsletter; serve in various capacities to the American Business Men’s Groups in Riyadh and Dhahran.  I was able to assume professorship role at Texas A&M and King Faisel University; represent America amongst Saudi companies and in  US Embassy, consulates, and schools; as architect and sworn to serve county officials.

Our own experience was portrayed very well in a film by deCaprio called “Lost in Translation” demonstrating what happens when you bridge two languages using a computer to translate. The result is a disassociated conglomeration of out of context metaphors correct to a thesaurus but inconsistent and irrelevant to the time, circumstance or the sense of the conversation and intended meanings.

The film shows how strangers to their own and original circumstances can meet and interact in there own language without really touching each other similar to the untouched when people of two different languages do not touch each other because of the gibberish exchanged between them .The film had a Kubrick-like quality and very deCaprio in is photographic and pictorial excellence and use of symbols, architecture and costume to communicate the anomi, tragedy and complexity.

Because of Wahabism in Saudi the usual love and passion exhibited when traveling to other countries is totally lacking in this experience because of the Wahabi restrictions, protocols and limitations. Had the time been spent in most other countries language would be overcome and used successfully to live and work.

When I traveled in most other countries I’d communicate in the native language in a very short time because of the native s intense interest to welcome and invite me into their world. They would be proud and happy to expose themselves and their vulnerabilities hoping their love of me would be returned by my love of them. They wished to exchange their humanity and participate in my life.

Commercial development, retail stores and Western support facilities provided a semblance of familiar western couture manifest in very luxurious hotels, clubs, restaurants, sports clubs, radio stations, English language newspapers, markets and claims by the Saudi’s about the similarity between our conception of God and commonality of Abraham (they call him Ibrahim)

Either because of price or availability these places have excellent menus, chiefs, and ingredients and served in the world’s highest standards. All of this to form a western metaphoric that alien environment as a facade to hide the life of the Saudi which takes place behind the veil, walls, desert, mosques, etc. They too have adopted and blended to the western metaphor and some have adapted to western culture. The alien westerner can compare the differences and knows that the trappings of all these elements are missing freedom, rights, and causal access. However, one does adapt and gives the term networking new meaning. Everything is networked and the facilities and opportunities are one metaphor strung together by networking and know where, when and how to access. For example, commerce shuts down at prayer time, certain places are known to be very heavily guarded and monitored, it is easy to pretend and romanticize. One adopts and focuses on the symbols, accouterments, and facades. One remembers, and with the assistance of the cliche  and contents of music, videos, etc one’s perceives the message of equipoise embodied in products, decoration, architecture, landscaping, media, and display materials. These pages are remnants of the memories of those elements and like their western fountain and authors are designed to remind us of our origins and contexts.

I learned in Kingdom of Saudi Arabia the importance of showing and declaring presence In a way that is invisible to authorities but visible to believers and seekers. I did this with AIG/ME; I learned the value of incurring no debt, using buildings which were unoccupied and free or where paying to keep costs at minimum and achieve maximum contact. I also learned to work in teams and in AIG/ME; American Institute of Architects would open every meeting with “together we can do what alone we cannot”. I learned from my own life and God’s dispensation  of fellowship,walking in the streets that one many can make a difference. That each of us are very unique and it is only Satan who teaches in business corporations the expend-ability of the unique and individually talented person. The world teaches that we are dispensable and throw away while the word of God teaches that even our hairs are counted and cared for by our creator.

Prayer Time

Salah five times a day you can hear prayer call bellowing from loud speakers at close by mosque. And, on Friday you can hear hours of preaching in Arabic. From window in Arieb villa it was especially loud because it right opposite and on line with my bedroom window. From Bin Jumah building we could see congregations straggling to and fro. We could also see Christian worshipers going to and from underground

Bread:

Arabic Bakeries are subsidized by the government and the bread is very inexpensive. Arabic bread comes in many sizes varieties and styles. All Arabic bread is baked in the same pottery pot kiln at very high temperatures by placing a rolled and tossed dough by hand to stick on the side of the pot through an opening on the top. It bakes until it becomes a balloon, drops to the floor of the pot, and is scoped up by the baker. Arabic breads are distinctive in tastes from Saudi, Iraqi, Syrian, etc. The Iraqi is a very large and another small tasting like a New York Bialy. The key to its taste is the poppy seeds and other spices. Further, each bakery made its own kind of pizza with the Arabic bread spiced with a covering of zata or goat cheese, or “pate”, etc. Each so tasty. Then there are the Indian beads best referred to Naan bread which is also spiced with poppy and or sesame. Of course all these when served warm and fresh is enticing and delicious.

Another bread that we would seek out was German bread baked locally with ingredients and by bakers imported form Germany. This included rye, pumpernickel, etc. We found a very good bakery in Riyadh and in hotels and special bakers in the Eastern Province and Riyadh. The Alghosiabi hotel and Dhahran International baked especially for us.

Banking

I have had accounts in NCB (National commerce Bank) which included ATM privileges through its affiliate al-Ahli electronic banking services; Al-Raji for currency exchange when traveling to Germany, India, France, Austria or Philippines; alFranzi with there new offices in downtown Khobar ;Saudi British Bank on King Abdul Aziz Blvd ;and Saudi American Bank (a subsidiary of Citi-Corp.) I had many dealings with a variety of banks for business and personal reasons. I had American, Indian, British and other national friends working for these banks and stock broker corporations including a bank in Riyadh where I spend several evenings with the American chief financial officer who was a Gideon. I was a juror of a competition to design a new Saudi American Bank, I participated with Mr. Jizawi and Mr. Kahn to provide the janitorial and food services for both the Saudi British and Sam banks. I also helped Mr. Jizawi with some contract work for the Egyptian Bank. Prince Faisel alSudairi was beholding to several banks and I met with there USA representatives to discuss there work-out proposals for the Prince. In Riyadh our USA ABGR had several US officers hosting our breakfasts at the banks executive facilities. Banks and banking played an important part of the life in KSA. However inviting and helpful are all the banks and there ability to facilitate exchange, deposits, write transfers and letters of credit when it came to Saudi open transparency and financial status reporting International rating agency such as Standards and Poor ,etc. still gives Saudi and less than acceptable rating for being invited to the World trade Organization.

With each employer I’d add anew account with a new Bank so as to expedite automatic check deposits and wire transfers to Christina. Our last bank was NCB on King Abdul Aziz and King Khalid where I would handle my business. This was n new branch in which one of bankers from Bahrain carried out his management functions. Being that AlFoadia did all there maintenance I could always go in the back door to see someone or have access during prayer time. This was also true of the US embassy, US School and consulate. Experts assess Saudi Arabia’s effort to join the World Trade Organization. Today, Saudi Arabia is facing the prospect of enormous economic and social change

As it seeks membership in the World Trade Organization (WTO), a step that will enable the Kingdom to participate in the dramatic globalization that has transformed the world since the end of the Cold War.


Houseboys

Many of the niceties and polite practices we carried out in our home as well as the homes and offices we worked and visited were due to our houseboys, tea boys and servants. They were happy for the work and welcomed being trained.  Christina taught ours how and with what to clean, setting the table, cooking, washing cloths and setting the table.  Some liked to sew and iron cloths.  Washing and waxing the car. Small repairs around the house. Sunan was a great cook but he used too many chilies. Murti learned to cook very well and eventually enjoyed eating our food.


Bigotry, Discrimination, Prejudice alive and well in KSA

For example, I do not share the attitudes of my fellow expatriates about our Saudi hosts.  Such attitudes were even commercialized and marketed in on e of thje US compounds selling toys presenting the Saudi’s in a very bad way. I have never liked such things in America about nationalities, races, etc and I certainly did not appreciate seeing such things sold in Saudi about the Saudis by Americans.  It just seemed like a very distasteful and dangerous idea. However, once the bombings began, the salespeople thought twice about the wisdom of displaying such things. Our psychiatric counselors however looked at the artifacts as symptoms of the residents we had to serve and calm. The problems perceived by the expat community wax pale against the more sinister problems, which underlie the silly aberrations upon which they play.

Repatriation Trips

Preparation, planning and communicating about exit and reentry occupied a great deal of time and resources. One of the best businesses in the kingdom is the Travel agency. All of social, economic status, educational level, and us from every country returned home or made some trip every year. The exception was the poor janitors and TCN labor whose single status contracts paid for only one trip for as long as every three years.

After Christina settled in Florida I corresponded with her by fax to prepare for my joining her in Naples where she would be visiting the Tatums’. I was flying through Frankfurt and told Christina I‘d buy a gift there for them and us. I wore the sheepskin jacket we had bought in the Riyadh market and brought them a gift of candle with glass from the “Kinder-Mart” I had a great time shopping and seeing the lights, shops and shop keepers. In a fax to Christina I commented about how Murthy had prepared a great authentic Indian meal and Edwardo was getting the fax machine fixed. During those years and having Murthy and Edwardo when I left to come to the states It was so casual and easy to leave the apartment with them knowing that they would be caring for everything and having it perfectly in order when we returned.

Of course my visit s to the states were always a so different from what I left and once in Florida in the green and company of friends I forgot about every thing and enjoyed the Florida peace and ease of driving, communicating and routines.

The attempt at perverting Saudi’s urban people is being eroded by an impetuous of the government to quench attacks against its way of life. These attacks dramatically pose the Saudis with choosing between urbanism and the values of the civilized world or returning to feudalism, anarchy, and poverty. The choice was  clear.

For years before leaving Saudi we watched the Oasis compound being built by a construction and real estate company owned by the son-in-law of al_Khosisbi.  Christina and I went to the gala opening of the facilities and especially the Italian restaurant which was managed by the father of one of my students who had managed the Alghosiabi restaurant and had gotten us a 50% discount pass to the Alghosiabi.  He gave us the same privileges in the new Oasis restaurant as well.  Also, the developer accountant was an n American who tried to get me a job with the owner and I visited him several times on compound filled with animals across for the Oasis.  The compound was a bunch of engineered boxes with over decorated cementous facades.  The engineer running the design of these boxes met with me and frankly told me he needed only Philippino CAD  operators to reconfigure the boxes and do overlays for the various utilities and detail modifications.  Any way Christina and I both had friends who finally moved in to the Oasis which soon become the leading high price address in AlKhobar.  Inhabited mostly by the new wave of non-American or newly immigrated American s for counties like Pakistani, India, etc. who would receive lower wages but get good family housing. David Raines and I had lunch in one of the restaurants at the ground floor. It was a very nice facility with indoor pool, Spa, exercise, massage, and beauty treatments for ladies, etc.  Charlene McClaren and her husband who worked for National Commerce Bank lived there.

Resident Alien:

For twenty years in KSA we were there, but visiting; not connected: We learned to live accordingly. They’re with roots and rights elsewhere.

Non-resident alien in KSA with and Igama; having physical presence in KSA and for many years passing the IRS non-physical presence test for Non-resident tax status.

All visitors to Saudi Arabia must hold a valid passport. Citizens of Bahrain, Kuwait, Oman, Qatar and the United Arab Emirates do not require visas for entry into Saudi Arabia. All other citizens require a valid visa. There are two types of visa – Entry and Transit. Exit visas are also required. For business an entry visa is mandatory since Transit visas are only valid for 3 days.

All prospective visitors must obtain a No Objection Certificate or letter of invitation in the first instance, issued through a local sponsor. Visa applications should be made to Saudi embassies abroad. Visitors’ passports should be valid for at least three months and must be accompanied by photographs, sponsor’s NOC or letter of invitation and a supporting letter from the visitors employer. Multiple re-entry visas are not usually granted.

In the first seven year and two month period we arrived August 11, 1981 and I returned to join Christina in the USA October 1988. For two years and eleven months (35 months) we lived, ministered, and worked in the USA. Then, in September 1991 we began the second eight year and two month period, which lasted till November 11, 1999.

This spans over an eighteen year and three month period and aside from the thirty  five  month pause it includes a total of 608 (1.6 year) days out side of the kingdom consisting of two hundred and fifty seven days in the first period and four hundred and fifty one days in the second for a total of 1.6 years. This is significant because it precipitated twenty-seven round trips in and out of the kingdom encountering airport customs and police. ARAMCO granted me leave for 30 days; Suhaimi to get visa, International Associates 14 ,elSeif  21; Arieb to get visa 30; and AlFoadia to get visa and some vacation 141 days. Additionally, 400 for vacation and normal Ramadan and Eid holidays from KFU, 21 from RSAL and 30 from alMuhaidib.

This included 16 one-way trips in the first period and thirty-eight one-way trips in the second.  Trips were made on such carriers as Saudia, Pan Am, Delta, Swiss Air, Lufthansa and Philippine Air to the USA, Kitzbuhel, South Africa, India, Philippines, and Leipzig.

During this period I made about twenty in-kingdom air trips on Saudia to Jeddah, Riyadh, Tabuk, and Dhahran. We also made about five round trips to Bahrain, United Arab Emirates.  This does not include the many auto trips to Riyadh, Khobar, Jubail, Abquiq, alHasa, Ras Tanura, and alKharj.

I have occasionally used public transportation in Saudi including the city busses but never the rail between Dammam and Riyadh. My friend Elias and others did so and they enjoyed the trip. The only inconvenience had to buy the ticket a day in advance so as to assure your seat and the company they had enough passengers to warrant running the train.

We abided in the Kingdom thirteen years and eight months, which is 4920 days or 164 months, which includes 656 weeks and weekends and there fore times to preach, teach and hold services.

I have challenged my self to have the intellectual chutzpah to trumpet the implications of this work. I hope that people may desire to read this work because it is very interesting but also that:” this changes everything”!

This is my testimony of what I have witnessed and is the evidence of the reader may use to determine the facts to judge according law as given by God. In this way it may be interesting and compelling as a body of factual reporting.

Metaphors, as life, are admixtures and can be lived and read as a work of art. Part of the mix includes special places and events and these vary in significance, interest and affects. In my case, as with many others, my most important accomplishment is being forgiven and given the gift of eternal life and it not even something I worked to accomplish, it was given to me as a gift from God.

In the first seven year and two month period we arrived August 11, 1981 and I returned to the USA October 1988. For two years and eleven months we lived and worked in the USA. Then, in September 1991 we began the second eight year and two month period, which lasted till November 11, 1999.

This spans over an eighteen year and three month period and includes a total of 608 days out side of the kingdom consisting of two hundred and fifty seven days in the first period and four hundred and fifty one days in the second for a total of 1.6 years.

This is significant because it precipitated twenty-seven round trips in and out of the kingdom encountering airport customs and police. ARAMCO granted me leave for 30 days;

Suhaimi to get visa; 21 days

  • IA; 14 days  ,
  • elSeif :21 days ;
  • Arieb to get visa; 30 days ;
  • and’ AlFoadia to get visa and some vacation;  141 days.
  • Additionally, 400  days for vacation and normal Ramadan and Eid holidays from KFU, 21 days  from RSAL and 30 days  from alMuhaidib.

This included 16 (sixteen) one-way trips in the first period and thirty-eight one-way trips in the second.  Trips were made on such carriers as Saudia, Pan Am, Delta, Swiss Air, Lufthansa and Philippine Air to the USA, Kitzbuhel, South Africa, India, Philippines, and Leipzig.

During this period I made about twenty in-kingdom air trips on Saudia to Jeddah, Riyadh, Tabuk, and Dhahran. We also made about five round trips to Bahrain, United Arab Emirates.  This does not include the many auto trips to Riyadh, Khobar, Jubail, Abquiq, alHasa, Ras Tanura, and alKharj.

I have occasionally used public transportation in Saudi including the city buses but never the rail between Dammam and Riyadh. My friend Elias (deceased) and others did so and they enjoyed the trip. The only inconvenience had to buy the ticket a day in advance so as to assure your seat and the company they had enough passengers to warrant running the train.

We abided in the Kingdom thirteen years and eight months, which is 4920 days or 164 months, which includes 656 weeks and weekends and there fore times to preach, teach and hold services.

Several of our trips back into Saudi were flown in the “black”. No lights, shades closed; any lights in the cabin. Occasionally we flew over a war zone or hostile fire was expected.

In 1996  my contract for employment was terminated  by the president of King Faisel University and I started with CDE

In 1997 I made a trip to Jeddah and the saw the Blakeslee’s.

Barry and Betty had been with us Riyadh. These trips were paid for by Saudi Projacs as part of the consulting work they contracted with me to review the design work for the Ministry of parliament designed by Zuhair Fayez. I was hosed in a very fine Swiss hotel downtown.

A long cry from my first visits being interviewed by Idea center some fourteen years earlier. I had already phoned Barry so he knew I was coming.

I called him from the hotel and he picked me up with Betty in the front seat.  I kissed her on the check after entering the car. She smiled and answered Barry, as he would ask her questions.

Barry filled me in on the Betty’s already deter iterated disease which has now rendered her immobile.

He must do everything.

When he is at work he has someone sitting with her. He told me he was already planning to go back to England where he will get the kind of care Betty needs.

When we reached our destination and he lifted and carried her into the villa I was devastated.

I met the young couple who was our host and an older brother and another young Indian couple.

It turns out that the host worked for Zuhair Fayez in an information technology department. Before leaving we were able to eat snacks and fellowship. Barry carried Betty back out to the car and he drove me back to the hotel. The trip each way took a little under one hour to a very remote part of Jeddah.  The villa and this employee worked  for a member of the Shoura council who by the way was also a member of AIG/ME.

Barry and I were both very big. Betty used to call me big Barie. I learned something from this visit, which will last me a lifetime.  What Christian love and care actually looks like. Barry’s joy and compassion caring for his dear wife was not a hard thing for Barry and never once the whole evening did he make any slightest gesture or remark of impatience or despair.  His love and compassion flowed and exuded.  This was one of the rare moments in my life to know some one for such along time, to see and experience such deterioration in health and the care given by Barry.  I was this bit with my Uncle Irving toward Aunt Shirley. He too, was very compassionate. But, Barry, to do all of this as a Christian all these years and with Betty in this condition was truly a work of God.  Barry’s commitment to serve his wife with steadfast love was remarkable and a show of God’s salvation.

In 1997 I worked for Full Time for CDE involved in the Sultan Bin Abdulaziz al-Saud Charity foundation Science and Technology Center on the Corniche in AlKhobar for HOK/Tampa, Florida as Sr. Project Manager; SAJAPHCO and Saudi American Dhahran Academy .


On the Corniche in Saudi Arabia I met a young Saudi named Khalid who had many brothers and sisters and was part of a big tribe. He worked as a fireman for ARAMCO so he had lots of free time, as did I, and, would come along and sit on the rocks opposite me and talk about so many subjects.  Due to my health problems he one day breached the discussion of the difference between Arab and western families. The basic difference was incest and the intermarrying of family members. We discussed the differences and the pros and cons of both.  He pointed out that the reason Arabs are, as he thought stronger and better is because the death of many that results in death leaves superior living beings. Whereas non-incest results in weakness. I only mention this subject here to point out that while I totally disagreed with Khalid, as I did on most of his points, the subject of how we fulfill our instinctive mission to continue our species plays an important part of the role of the family.  It is where many of the western customs started and how we even gave importance to the family unit in the first place.

For most of my life I have not relied upon my family for either security or resources. I have departed from them and turned to world democracy where I have had authority over my self and relied upon elected officials to do the right thing.  I have enjoyed free choice and was able to experience the world and its properties. I appreciate what God created and awed by His power. I have always thought of my family as I enjoyed any of God’s blessings wishing they were with me or hoping we could share or experiences of His wonder together.  God gave me this experience early in my childhood and then with my dear wife Christina.

I have never missed my family because they have always been in my thoughts and minds eye.

As the life of the flesh is in the blood

Tribes:

As a  family we don’t carry people from our past to our future.

We observed this between Catholics and Protestants; Pentecostals and other main line denominations; ARAMCO and independent ministries; etc.

This is because tribes are a unit of sociopolitical organization consisting of a number of families, clans, or other groups who share a common ancestry and culture and among whom leadership is typically neither formalized nor permanent. I can see this now as I visit from one to another of my cousins and there children and grandchildren.  What took to be of extreme importance, our family heritage and close connections they regard with little to no fanfare at all.

In a world where Islamicists are trying to make a difference by returning to the status quo of there history in sacrifice of the future of there lives, the west cataclysmically destroy s and looks toward a workable future.

My life encapsulates the evolution of this end- time phenomenon. The consequences of looking toward the future and leaving the past.

Identity fusion

Sociologist has identified a pattern in which bi-cultural or multicultural children combine their  different identities into one.

It is not Yale verses Harvard but lawyers verses doctors, architects and engineers. For a moment in time it seemed that Information technology and computer wizardry would over take the rest until the numbers , nationalities and markets of these services was absorbed and globalized.


They saw the fusion of the God’s spirit and the world of Adam.

I was Jesus in Adams world.

The cultural fusion was useful and brought widespread success.

It is exactly what God ordained.

Mindful of  the scale and proportion of dynasties to the meager wealth amongst the milieu I have been reluctant to change or alter my course. Little anyone could offer short of control of a dynasty would be creative and rich in God’s called authority.  If God called me to create , manage or control such  a dynasty he would so call me.  At best I have grazed the and entered some dynasties in service and support as the bible’s Joseph and Daniel in Saudi for several families such as El-Seif; Sudairy; Jizawi; Hadi; al-Muhaidib,  etc.

Our experiences with specific features of Saudi were the bond between our hosts and us. The heat, sand, weather, souks, corniche, parks, airport, Safeway, Rashid mall and other malls, sidewalks, eating, prayer call, and driving are amongst the key activities and elements, which we all dealt with on a regular basis.  I will not list the government or regular police because we did not have regular contact with them. Unlike many I did have a great deal of contact working for and with Saudis. They were my students and teachers, friends and hosts; adversaries and surrogates; source of income and threat of financial loss. Our very first glimpse of Saudi was from the same airport we departed for the last time however full of a treasure of memorable fragrances, tastes, faces, names, vocabulary, and customs. I would be one of American guys that lasted for two decades and had won the respect of the Saudis for giving more than I got and sharing there world. Sharing there pride and there shame; sharing there strengths and there weaknesses and enduring there admittedly backward and dysfunctional society. We like shared in there rich customs and traditions and learned to respect and understand that they are as much a victim of there culture and its limitations as many other traditions and customs on this planet. All of this took place amidst aspects of Saudi which are described below:

Heat:

The heat combined with humidity was our immediate first impression as we came off the plane on our initial arrival at the Dhahran airport 2:00 AM, August 11, 1981. The impact was immediate and overwhelming, permeating ones cloths and resting on the skin. One does not walk fast in such a heat. This is the heat we lived with until we relocated to Riyadh but returned to in 1991 till 1999. It is a heat, which produces a huge amount of condensation on windows, roofs and car’s windshields. It pervades the climate for at least six months and then dramatically subsides making ways for six months of beautiful spring like weather. The climate changes other than the excessive temperatures and humidity are much as Florida’s’.

During the day the combination of sun and humidity produces dangerous conditions, which warrant caution and keeping indoors.  If going out, be brief and well covered. It’s the kind of condition, which let’s petrol stations permit keeping the car and ac running while filling up and cars running when parked to keep cool.

The air conditioner is a very valuable and necessary item. Indeed there are other methods the Arabs have invented for keeping the air flowing which is a an giant rectangular air exhaust shaft on the roof in the center of the house opening to below to facilitate cross ventilation.

This, along with shrubs and palms keep traditional houses comfortable.

However, the apartments and villas constructed and occupied by over ninety five percent of the population rely upon air conditioners.

The most inconvenient one we experienced were in the Bin Jumah building where we resided for the first year and the last eight years of our stay.  They were always broke and getting spare parts was very difficult.  This difficulty compounded by our building janitorial and mechanical crew being subject to give priority to repair Mansour Bin Jumah’s residence made us focus on the maintenance and repair.  It also, affected our life style having to use the rooms that were air-conditioned.

The noise of air conditioners working is pervasive and a welcome sound where ever you go.

Recreation in Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

Corniche/Strand/Waterfront/Beach

Summer or winter, the attraction to either the Red Sea or Arabian Gulf in Saudi is irritable and an occasion for recreation and escape from the normal desert. Living on either coast is considered a very big plus. We scuba dived with the ARAMCO dive-group off of alKharj Island north of Jubail in 1982. We saw many various colored tropical fish at a sight where there was a boat wreck and sponge encrustation’s. We took many photographs off of which Christina made a painting of the boatman.  We were raided and searched by the coast guard but were let to go about our business after a while.

Seeing the Arabia Sea from the air displays geodetic plates which explains the shallow water for such a great distance from the shore and why big boats can only marginally sail in the center of the gulf from one end to the other. From the air the plates are like my cardboard site model cutouts in segmented amebic form layers jutting out from the land to the sea overlapping and undulating.  The water is so clear you can see all the way to the center of the sea when it gets dark and blurred because of the depth. There are also wild birds and one time we saved a mature crane by calling and managing to get the wildlife preservation to capture and restore the crane. He was stranded on the Khobar corniche.

We also swam in the Red Sea as part of a weekend vacation where we stayed at the Red Sea Hotel.

The corniche changed over the total period of time we lived in Saudi. From 1981 to 1988 the eastern province shoreline was undeveloped and the numbers of any Arabs using the beach to swim or picnic was nil. In this early period we swam in the Arabian Gulf’s very warm and calm waters every weakened. When we moved from Rahima to AlKhobar we would drive to Mina and Ed’s and sleep over their house and swim.  We did this only in the summer when the water was warm.  At first they lived out side of the ARAMCO camp and later moved in to there own two-story villa. They were superb hosts and we loved them and our visits. They always cooked Persian food and the combination of swimming; eating and amiable conversation made our recreational time just lovely.

The corniche of AlKhobar was rough and crude sixth black sand and even sunset beach was unusable and brackish. We never would visit the AlKhobar Corniche and only drove to sunset beach to see the salt lakes and dunes.

When we moved to Sea view our house was directly on the water, but soon the dredging for landfill began.

By the time we returned to reside again in the eastern province the landfill was completed, a new seashore highway built and beautiful seaside parks built in Dammam, AlKhobar and Sunset Beach. Even Jubail, which we had visited and stayed at the Sheraton (now Holiday Inn) Hotel to swim in the gulf in 1982, was now fully developed and complete with boating and locker facilities.

Khalid and my Syrian friends who helped me buy my Buick to swim in Sunset beach portion of the gulf invited me.  It was incredible to see the way the Arabs had discovered and used the facilities.  Of course all the taboos of males and females exposing themselves prevailed and they dressed in cumbersome black ling pants and the women in full dresses, etc.

Even more spectacular were the changes in Ras Tanura, which was now well occupied by various Arabs, including Saudi Arabs.  They not only swam, but also walked along the corniche full covered in Abayas and other large dark colored capes. It was awesome.  Because of there presence, gone were the bikinis and open western style dress. Now where should westerners go to swim?

The University and the US consulate opened up a beach for expats only.  The University’s was still conservative and restrictive while the consulates were well guarded and open.  A private company opened up a beach house and welcomed expats.  That was pretty interesting and I knew these two brothers personally, as they were Azmi’s neighbors in the Khoderi Building in AlKhobar.

The other aspect of the corniche, which was the one we used most often, was the AlKhobar Corniche Park. A former student of KFU was its project manager and I was able to get first hand details of its design.  He gave lectures at our AIG/ME meetings showing slides of the way it was formed by rocks, dredging, etc. When Christina was not in Saudi I would walk and sit on our bench at least once if not twice daily. I’d bring my bible and walk and sit on the bench and read.

Some times a Saudi named Khalid would sit on the rocks opposite me and discuss so many things. Khalid was a fireman working for ARAMCO and would tell me about his beliefs in Islam and discuss his ideas of democracy, etc. A topic, which made a lasting impression on me and my understanding of the Muslims and Arabs, was his theory on why incest is superior then the western system.  It is superior because of the deaths it causes due to inbreeding. It is the deaths of weak siblings that ultimately yield a superior, stronger and ultimately healthier race.  That is why incest amongst the Arabs is a basic practice amongst Saudis.  It is what Khalid taught me.  I argued for weeks with him but he was sure I was mistaken and this fundamental belief was why western people are not as strong as Arabs are.

He liked to exercise his English with me. Knowing I was suffering from some sickness he gave us a gift of a large and expensive jar of Honey.

Then there were the many cat who befriended us and whom we fed daily. For a few years there was one cat and her children who would hear us coming from far an away come running so as to walk and purr and rub up against us.  She was so sweet and Christina and I would be faithfully there each evening or morning to feed her and her children.  Her children grew and so did the others. I had a special blanket and pillows we kept in the trunk of our car for a cushion and protection to sit on the bench.  We some times sat on different benches depending on the direction of the sun and views of the sky, birds, etc, There e=[were always the migrating birds and the other birds which lived in t the trees. When I worked for the University I could come in the weekday mornings and would meet an older Saudi gentleman dressed in his sparkling clean white thob who took his walk on my route daily.  We always nodded and greeted each other: “Becher”, etc. We’d go in the winter so Christina could get sun and light.  In the day it was usually empty so we could sit in private and get the sun.  We’d always talk about so many things, and when she was not with me I’d make recordings and we’d listen and speak on tapes.

The evenings were so wonderful when the lights went down we’d sit around the side facing the road and see the colorful vertical reflections of the road lights.  On our usual bench we could see the reflections of the whole city in the water.  Occasionally we’d see the birds

I noticed the way the trees aligned them and wanted to photograph or paint what I saw but did not. Likewise I wanted to photograph or paint the women with there children. The women in there black

Abayas and the children in there special play cloths; the girls in with frilly dresses and the boys in pants and shirts.  There was a windy season when the families would come out with their kites and another time when a vendor came with his decorated camels and gave the children rides.

In the evenings and weekends the whole family came out with pots of food and the barbecue fires were going radiating the smells of kebobs, chicken, stakes, etc.

I always managed to park in the same place, right next to the start of the circular path, which meandered with the five fingers jutting out into the sea.  There often fisherman and one would chat and see the catches of the day.  Fro our apartment we could see the restaurant called the casino.  We even ate there occasionally.  I used their rest room occasionally.  One day Ghazi  took some of the faculty working on the campus plan for a nice dinner.  The was a new fish restaurant that opened and you pick the fish and order how they should cook the fish. The manager and I had a big squabble, which I finally won after several years about the bight floods light w he used to show his building. It also killed the nice peaceful views of the streetlights. Finally, he turned them off. I did also complain to my Saudi students in the municipality.

To us the corniche was an extension of our apartment and besides the occasional alternative visit to malls etc; the corniche was destination of choice.

Another part of the Arab gulf we loved visiting was an Island off of Dammam in which fishing boats were stored and used by Indian and Arab fisherman.  I was able to take the most extraordinary photographs of the boats when the tide was very low with them stuck in the sand. They are beautiful hands built Dows and the fishermen who sail them are living in this Island. I had several students living n this Island and over the years visited and watch it as the little fisher village deteriorated and even the famous Turkish fort finally was let totally destroyed by the weather. We were able to meet the most extraordinary man who has dedicated himself to the restoration and preservation of his village and its artifacts.  It is with his sentiment and love that I too am writing this autobiography to preserve, at least in print the images and beauty of a world, which is deteriorating. Years before we visited the place and took photographs of the beautiful nets they use to fish.  Today, they still use the same nets. There is an artist living on the Island who is painting the boats and landmarks. We have a collection of all their books and leaflets along with handwritten descriptions and recollections of current residents. I was hoping someday someone would be interested to see these photographs and know about this tiny island in the Arabian Gulf.

Desert:

Unlike the Bedouins and our boys and girls in the military we spent little time directly in and on the desert. In all the time we lived in Saudi, probably more sand came into our rooms through cracks in the window and doors and air conditioners then we directly experienced.  The exceptions are our drives to and from Riyadh and especially when we drove on the desert with our Oldsmobile.  Oh how wonderful that was. The guard at Sea view took us to specific destinations and we got hooked on this thrilling experience.  It was like being in a speedboat.  You have to keep up your speed and you bounce and glide over the short dunes as you would over water.  WE would visit various ruins I the desert.

The other desert experienced we had was visiting the Rube Chali (Empty Quarter or red desert) on an ARAMCO cargo plane. It was all red sand and we walked and slid down the dunes. We traveled on a cargo plane and landed on salt flats and were I by buggies and brought tot the camp.  Wee were fed in air-conditioned pre engineered manufactured buildings. It was splendid. Another tremendous experience was being taken by Mohammed to his family’s desert farm.  There we danced with the farmers and shepherds; we experienced a sandstorm, known as: “Shammal” and saw a large flock of camels, a large mixed flock of sheep and goats. This was an exciting event which we were able to video tape and later add music.

Other events included a trip with the “hash Harriers” where we walked over sand in the desert of the eastern province.  I have worked in the desert as the project engineer building a sports park stadium for the Presidency of Youth welfare and when I first arrived and worked for ARAMCO many of our facilities were located in the desert. Many of the concerts we attended were at compounds in the desert. Our ministries were often in the desert, particularly surrounding Riyadh where about 1000 Christian’s believers gathered to praise and worship God.

UPM in a desert context and many of our friends had desert locations.  The desert is one of God’s awesome creations. Just as the Alps, Rockies, and other mountains; as the Sea and lakes, as the tundra on the plains and the great coasts of South Africa’s Cape Town or the ocean drive on the California coast.  The desert is awesome both from the air and land.  It welcome forbids and inspires. It can be a place of tragedy as it was for our friend Roger Standish who died on his desert trek. Its sands can sand blast a windshield and fill a car’s motors.

Social customs include the one where when invited for a meal one talks and drinks and converses for a very long time; however, after completing the very big feast one politely gets up washes and leaves.

The other, is the custom of visiting someone while he may be entertaining another and be kept waiting, even they’re in their presence until he has completed. Related to that custom is “custom” being invited and visiting but not returning the favor? The host is using you to build his Harem and majalis without really having any regard for you personally but only as a measure of his accomplishment and power.  So while you may be invited and entertained very well by your hoist, he will never visit you. I also noticed this custom reaching Europe and America with my relative’s .So long as I called and visited my parents welcomed us; but they would not call or write to us. Yes, in response to a call or letter, but they would not initiate a contact.

Rightfully, the Saudi religious authorities and writers have published many articles about the negative influence of commerce on the spiritual and family life. On the other hand, these urban commercial institutions and natural wonders is the key to life and distinctive urbanity of Saudi.  It is in their complaint and thought that I find my self in perfect agreement that urbanity and its operational elements are opposing our spiritual natures and reality. Indeed they are worldly and becoming even more worldly.

The argument goes back to the time of John the Baptist and the Essennes whose idea of holiness was separation from the mundane and fleshly nature of the world.  The word of God has taught us to be in, but not of the world. But the concern is real and the epidemic is growing as Saudi now has met the franchise craze and begun to add Popeye, McDonalds, Wendy, Pisa Hut, etc. chains to the shopping malls and strips. Suks are being engulfed with modernity and the restaurants and hotels are only growing in number and quality.

However, it all of these things in contracts and combination which gives Saudi its unique and peculiar urban identity. The freedom of pedestrian movement and limited relations between the sexes and restrictions on meetings, etc is off set by these other strong natural and commercial elements.  It is where the “UR”-like Arabic derivative nature manifests and we see the stirrings of vitality and life in a kingdom, which has no public movie theatres (but, every home has a video and rents and buys tapes); no nightclubs, dance halls, orchestra, dance halls, and other forms of entertainment,

Suks in Saudi Arabia is one of the urban landmarks of each major community and defines the city context as urban. Although each souk takes of the distinguishing characteristics of its city geographical and ethnic mix they are all similar.  I can only describe the ones we have visited which are located in Jeddah, Riyadh, Car souks, Dammam, Khobar’s women suk, Al Khobar and Abquiq. The suk is where you not only see a plethora of goods displayed but also have opportunity for the most. Intense urban transactional communications you will face in your entire life.  Proprietors beckon and make claims about you and their products as you pass and if you slow or stop continue to size you up and discern your personality and nature.  It is a constant exercise in flirting, recognition, and open scrutiny in the kingdom. It is here that all the taboos governing women to men and men to women break down. Shopkeepers will beckon abaya-clad ladies as well as men.  Of course they have a special treatment for the non-Arab or foreigner.

The souk defines the Arab Urban context in its social framework being the place where the religious police tolerate open interactions so long as the rules are followed.  The most dominant rule is that women are fully covered.  If they’re not they will scold and hit the disobedient. These events are the cause of much controversy and government intervention.  It is of interest to no one when the Mitawas get over zealous or carry out their duties with too much enthusiasm.

One ambulates through a souk slowly so as to see the many displays, which are usually grouped by product types.

This model of grouping permeates most of the Arab planning of commercial centers. So all the carpets, dresses, luggage, appliances, crafts, foods, etc will be grouped together.  In this were vendors competing about price and, design, size, color, etc? When you get a price on an item is understood that you will continue shopping and haggling. The one you buy from usually realizes you are with him because his is the “last price” lowest of all; or, perhaps the same as others except that you may like the way he behaved or presented his articles.  Many traders will offer and serve you hot Saudi coffee out of a traditional pitcher into very tiny coffee cups. The coffee looks like tea.  It is clear and taste somewhat sour.  It is probably sweetened and usually you will be very please to have a chance to rest and enjoy the coffee and the hospitality.  Of course, this helps to induce your ability to buy at this place.

The Jeddah suk is mixed between traditional Jeddah buildings and is covered with a beautiful and huge tent like covering.  It meanders but has a main concourse lined with out door coffee shops and humbly bubblies.

The Dammam Suk is in downtown Dammam behind the governor’s palace. It is within buildings and totally covered in carpets and wares. Like the Riyadh site you can amble away from the souk and into the normal market.

The Riyadh souk in separate building and under the highway. Overpass. This is the souk in which I bought my wife’s abaya that I insisted she wear. She bought and began wearing them under protest.

These souks and the many markets are different from each other.  The many retail shops strewn throughout each city are not souks and no bargaining is normal in these places with notable exception.  The downtown shops for electronics is simply a matter of going from one to another for the lowest price offered.  Once reached the last proprietor will often lower his price below his competitor to win your business.

The ladies souk is peculiar in that male shoppers are not welcome and discouraged unless you are obviously an older and married man shopping to buy something for your wife who does not happen to be with you at the moment.  Maybe she is home or out of the kingdom, but certainly walking down the streets and potentially talking to the ladies is a “no-no” (haram).

The car souks are an auction-taking place on the desert where there are hundreds of dealers and many sales and repair shops. The cars are brought in and parked and can be seen prior to the evening auction.  These events are daily and dynamic. All over the area there are gauntlets where you can drive or the car is drive by standing still and racing the motor and testing the brakes and the transmission. If the car passes your test you make an offer, which is either accepted or rejected.  If accepted the seller and buyer goes to one of the huge shops which has an agent who for a standard fee transfers the title, get the plates, etc. the car is paid in full there and he keeps the car. Once all the formalities are complete you call each other and get the car.

Another kind of souks about cars is the auto repair souks, which I have detailed in my description of Thugba.  Suffice it to say that the car repair souks in Jeddah, Riyadh and Thugba are e about the same. One metal building after the other with dirt floors and many streets in which you can find repairman and parts for just about any make and model of car or truck. The repairman are from all over the planet and they can take disassemble and reassemble and automobile part in any car. This includes engines, carburetors, transmissions, starters, etc. I know because I have spent countless hours watching and waiting while they repaired the many problems with my cars.

There are Safeway’s all over the kingdom. Now there are many other supermarkets, which have recently opened and serve the public as an American or European supermarket. Stores such as Euromarche and Giant have expanded their basis of operations but still Safeway is still the best.  However it is more famous for being a center of urban activity in each of the cities.  A place where westerner’s can find other westerners, etc.  The brands are familiar to European shoppers and US and there are Saudis who like wise like the brands and style of shopping.  Safeway must observe the salah times and there fore must either close or lock you in during the Salah period. Many have been the time when we have arrived a bit too early and had to wait outside parked in our car with other s waiting for the Safeway to open.  It is the Safeway I have often met people who I have not seen for a long time.  Around each Safeway have grown shopping centers and restaurants catering to the western tastes.

If you like to eat and dine out Saudi Arabia is the place to live. Regardless of the city men alone or with other men and women with their husbands will find an endless supply of excellent five stars, gourmet, or greasy spoon simple kitchens to eat.  Restaurants are located in hotels compounds, shopping centers, corniche, universities and company work compounds, and of course in the Suks, market places, etc.  The bakeries around and town are subsidized and excellent for any Arabic bread.  Of course the staple, pita in white or wheat is served right from the special ovens where you can watch these balloon like breads coming out and standing before they’re wrapped and sold to you.  Then there is zata and other coverings, which can be, applies and then there are the different national breads which have very special seasoning such as Iraqi, Lebanese, Persian, Indian (nam bread), etc. We even found a bakery in Riyadh that had fresh German bread made by a German baker with German ingredients.

Our favorite places were various Chinese and Indian restaurants, Oberoi hotel, Marriott Hotel, Meridian Hotel, Silver Tower restaurant, Alghosiabi Hotel, USMTM club, many men only fish and broasting restaurants, many chicken and rice take out restaurants, Arabic Lebanese banqueting restaurants both indoor and out, Oasis restaurant in Eastern Province which is no longer operational, ARAMCO dining halls, KFU dining hall, Saudi British Bank dining hall, street kabob and shwarma stands (a shwarma is pita bread around chicken or beef with slices and mayonnaise), Hyatt hotel Saudi British Bankdining, Dhahran International Hotel dinning room, special banquets and halls, Riyadh Intercontinental hotels dining halls, and so many others just too numerous to  mention.  The man buffets where you eat all you can is a Saudi tradition in most of the hotel, camps and community centers. And, of course the hospitality of many friends who prepared great meals In there homes for every country in the world including Philippines, Eritrean, Pakistani, Indian, Egyptian, French, German, Italian, Persian, Korean, etc. People who have not been abroad always ask about the food expecting our answer to be one thing when it is the other.

Living as a pilgrim in a city and on this planet but separate and a part from the “sticks and stones” of this earth has been learned and cultured. I have been weaned away from co dependence on society, man and world to dependence upon God. In doing this I have been become independent and borderline “anti-social” I mean really very careful not to be unequally yoked or dependent upon man and his institutions.  At an early age I became “objective” and clinical.

However, I am still thrilled and can recall Manhattan in Central Park in the snow. I remember its stillness and smell. I can see the condense clouds I breath and feel the cold on my cheeks. I am in but of the world and yet the world I know is beautiful and lovely. I am glad God has given me so much to experience of His world and I‘d welcome these perceptions again, but I am neither those things nor perceptions of those things. My value is based upon God’s values and gifts not man’s trophies.

Communications:

As part of our organizing AIG/Me we bought a business fax machine with a built in answering machine. We communicated by Fax to each other when Christina was out of the kingdom. We had bought a fax machine at DelTura as well. We faxed to all the AIG/Me board and members to invite them for meetings, etc. I used the fax for job searches to send letters and resumes and when I had the trouble transferring my Igama it was use to send documents. When we got ready to leave we used the fax to advertise the sale of our personal effects. It was priceless communicating to USA ICI and vice versa for registering our students and keeping up with their grades.

We had several phones throughout the apartment and in the last year had access to the Internet and our own email address. Christina communicated a great deal by cassette tapes where I would record while many things in progress and she would listen and the n respond. We were able to delve deeply into a variety of subjects and save a lot of money on long distance telephone calls. Many in kingdom calls were kept brief and in code when discussing our Christina events because there was always the possibility that our calls were screened by the religious police. We were even able to listen in ON others people’s conversations that had cell phones.

The Indian Restaurant between in Riyadh between Airport and Sateen accessible only from University because so many of the streets ended at the sidewalks of sateen.  Bari Paul originally introduced the restaurant to me and I took Christina there. It was hard to get to and mysterious set in an Indian neighborhood. There were many such places all over Saudi Arabia and for different times and occasions. The fact is that we learned to live in Saudi with the job and mission coming second but spending a lot of time and effort on life support and social circumstances. I resided in the Batha Hotel; in the Riyadh hotel when our apartment was not ready; in the Marriott Hotel on visiting form ARAMCO and then when we started at IA; at the alKhosama hotel and at the Intercontinental when visiting with Tawfiq when I worked for alMuhaidib. I ate in every Royal Chinese restaurant in the kingdom including the first one in Riyadh next to the zoo in Riyadh.  Bob Vinton and I had a lunch there where I basically had a job interview with him; he was over one hour late. The Riyadh equestrian club is where we had our Yale University Club meetings; The Japanese restaurant in Riyadh is where we spent one New Years Eve. Where we ran into the Pollen’s doing the same thing. In a variety of

Chinese restaurants in Riyadh in a base of an big office and apartment building in the Batha; another China Royal in Olaya; a big Chinese restaurant in Olaya; our favorite in Olaya where they served a wonderful sesame oil soup similar to the noodle soup we got in the basement Chinese restaurant in AlKhobar and the Shanghai restaurant in down town AlKhobar.

Between 1984 and 1988 Bassam’s bakery was where we bought German rye bread and rolls. They also sold cakes and many different German cold cuts, coffee and fish. It was a wonderful place located in its own building in front of Aldreez office and filling station on the

Dammam /Riyadh Highway at Sateen Street. I learned just where to park which was at the curb. Reluctantly I’d park in the provided parking area, which was more trouble. We’d often arrive during prayer and have to wait outside. They later added a second story for cloths, etc. Unfortunately when we returned to visit Riyadh in 1992 it was closed.

Oberoi Chinese in penthouse and coffee shop, which offered excellent service and special gourmet buffets including charcoal, broiled African lobster tails and many other delicacies. The view of the Dammam corniche was great, as was its men’s room with wall to wall and floor to ceiling glass window overlooking the corniche near the urinals. The dinning tables were covered in tablecloths and we often dinned here with friends or alone. We dinned here with Abdul Hamid and Moshera, Kim and Sunheh, Howard and Jackie, Zed and Randy, etc. The lobby of the hotel was so attractive and the coffee shop below had great buffet, which we enjoyed. Mr Jizawi and/or Mr Kahn would often have me attend his company’s luncheons with me as his honored guest. It was very splendid. Christina and I often visited this buffet when the y had gourmet dinners with Thai, German or the national guest chefs. We sometimes sat or stroll in the lobby and visited its shops to look in the windows. I would often smoke a cigar on the way home driving in our very comfortable Buick Park Ave. from Dammam to AlKhobar at 140 Kilo/hr. Depending on the occasion Christina would dress up because the environments was so beautiful and interesting.

Meridian Hotel on Corniche in AlKhobar was a milestone in our life in the Eastern Province where we attended American business Men’s luncheon and dinner events and sometime sat in the lobby to have coffee. In Christina’s absence I sat there and met an American who I befriended and later he recommended me and I got my first job working in Riyadh. The lobby was a place to socialize and relax. When people visited we’d meet in the lobby and being that it was so close to our apartment could easily reach the place. We could see it from our window in the distance. It had plenty of places to park but was very tight. Mr. Khan loved to invite me to dine with him when he visited, as did others. They too had a famous but expensive buffet. The airlines used the hotel to house pilots and stewardess.

Riyadh Women’s Group:

Christina and I enjoyed the many meetings and diner parties with a lady who was it president and good friend, Freda S. Her husband Milton was the head surgeon of a military hospital and they lived in a large villa. They were Greek and very nominal Christina’s. He once embarrassed me at a diner party at his home by telling me to not give his wife such music to play in his home. The club met monthly in an elaborate “conference Palace” in Riyadh where I and/or our houseboy would bring and collect Christina. The final meeting which ended the club’s existence featured a Syrian American who had married a Saudi and she showed in detail the eating and cooking habits of the family.  By the time the meeting closed police and religious police were waiting to escort the presenter to jail and some of the leaders to detention. I recall whisking Christina away to the safety of our nearby villa. Later Christina and Freda remained close friends and tried to do what ever they could to have gatherings of women, couples, etc. Christian held parties at our villa and encouraged other executives to do the same.

The AlKhobar corniche fish restaurant:

Newly built on the rocks jutting into the Gulf was the strange shaped building? Of course we all heard and saw it and son we too visited. They had a long counter with a wide variety of fresh fish exhibited, which customers selected and they prepared to your instructions. The service was excellent any even had buffets. They offered our favorite shrimp tempura, which we’d order and eat till we were busting. The Maitre’d been
Egyptian and the waiters and cooks were from Pakistan and other Arabs. They then added the brightest halon light to the exterior, which destroyed the view from the benches near the restaurant. I complained but the Maitre’d would not remove them. Finally after I bought it to the attention of the Saudi engineer in charge of the corniche it was finally removed. The engineer was one of the visits I took my class for a couple of years in the governor’s office and then a speaker at my AIG/ME meetings.

I had three experiences with the Saudi Police: Once in AlKhobar for driving in an extreme right curb where my car was confiscated and I was brought to the ARAMCO gate police to pay an SR 800 fine and more to get my car and license back

The other was at the airport where I brought in my suitcase a stomach medicine containing alcohol I bought in Vienna at my favorite grocery store.

The third was in Riyadh where an army lieutenant hit my car from the rear and where I was able to cruise to my usual parking space on the side of the Ministry of Interior building in which worked. Fortunately the perpetrator stopped in front of our building which was filled with MOI police and they quickly contacted the city police who arrested the two of us and put us into there squad car to take us top jail. On the way and in the middle of the dessert after the lieutenant confessed that I had done 100% nothing and he everything they stopped the car and commanded me to get out. I did so in the middle of the Riyadh desert. The very spot which is now the where the largest hospital in the kingdom is located. I walked back to my office and proceeded d to see about getting my car fixed and paid for the damages. It turned out that the lieutenant convinced me to release him even though my car was not fixed to my satisfaction saying that he would see to it that they fixed it correctly. He did nothing once he was released and I learned an important and expensive lesson when making agreements In Saudi.

Christmas in Saudi Arabia

The first Christmas in Saudi Arabia was spent alone in Bin Juma building with us standing on our balcony overlooking King Abdul Aziz Blvd. Wishing and praying because we were alone and not invited to any thing.  Several days later we were invited and traveled to Bahrain to spend the holidays in a beautiful hotel and had a grand dinner with all the fixings including a beautiful Indian girl who sold and she lit my cigar after dipping it in Grand Mariner. It was very nice. There was Christmas music and se toured the Island. The Griffith organized the trip. Everything was so special in Saudi about Christmas. We would go to the souks and King Khalid Blvd and Ghazzas had to buy gifts including glasses, cloths and carpets.

In the early eighties we invited our ARAMCO group to turkey dinners and later our church groups to dinners. We shopped in the malls.

In 1991 I spent my Christmas in Saudi without Christina and was invited by Jan V.  to his home for Christmas Eve where his wife and daughter where very hospitable and we exchanged gifts. They introduced me to the Christmas dinners at the corps of Eng. desert in at the airport where I later spent many holidays with our groups and friends. They served turkey and ham with all the fixings including a Christmas tree, lights and music. Unfortunately Mrs. V. , a Lebanese, was so aggressive and hostile one evening insisting I get her husband a job at the University and challenging why I could be employed at the University and not her husband. Jan and I were always friends but I avoided his wife. Jan later invited me to join him to visit the Prince and royal family for Ramadan holiday.

In Riyadh we prepared a wonderful Christmas dinner for Alfonso DeMatteis and his secret girl friend attended by Michael Murray and served by Sunan in our el-Seif villa.

In  Riyadh we shopped in Ghazzas on  Sateen Street and the Riyadh souks. We had found a German bakery so we always had excellent bread and German Cakes. Our friends made Christmas dinner party at the desert Inn and there was the Christmas choir and performances at the desert Inn and later at the US Embassy. We also attended Christmas celebrations at the Riyadh and Dhahran US consulate. Those parties included alcoholic beverages and while Bill Brew was in office we were invited to his home for sumptuous Christmas dinner. The Inter coin hotel manager once invited us for a great dinner at his home in Riyadh and the Boyhans invited us fro a proper English dinner at here villa in Seaview.

Christmas was always a dangerous time in Saudi because the religious police liked to invade our gatherings.

At King Faisel University I was invited to give a lecture on Metaphors to the whole school on Christmas Eve and jested with the Iraqi/American organizer that I’d show up in Santa Claus outfit; he was so worried that I would and kept begging me to reconsider.

Another Christmas I entered a room filled with my Saudi colleges and quietly wished them a merry Christmas to which one of the faculty reprimanded me and warned me not to ever do this again was a great lesson in the value and privilege we have in the USA to have the freedom to practice our faith openly. We do not want to ban this practice in the USA.

During the time when Christmas coincided with the Ramadan holidays the holidays were particularly festive.

There were stores In Khobar, which specialized in selling Christmas cards, treats and lights to us heathen/expats. They had there wares in back rooms, up stairs and hidden from the view of the public and the search of the religious police. It was so interesting to visit their shops. We bought a tree and cards. There was Arab stores, which sold hand painted cards disguised with Arab scenes but writing “merry Christmas” or “seasons greetings”.

Our celebrations were usually festive and carried out judiciously. In our Khobar home during the nineties we’d have songbooks prepared and gather in the back prayer room where we’d sing songs accompanied by Christina. Later we’d prey and eat the turkey. The fellowship and camaraderie during these many years in both the Desert Inn Rose, embassies, consulates and our home and villas was wonderful.

There were rare occasions when we were able to get out for the holidays to Germany or Kitzbuhel and these were very special as well.

We sometime brought home the US and British military and I met several officers at Ian’s’. Later we invited chaplains to our home for Christmas dinner. I once preached to the soldiers in their undergoing church for Christmas in Khobar Towers. One Christmas when the main streets were decorated with lights and arches over the streets because the king was due to visit and how often the light were strung around the Khobar water tower during Christmases. There was always a courtesy paid to us westerners to give us the time off to quietly celebrate. There was nothing said but we all knew.

Several of my employers would openly wish me a merry Christmas being proud that they could and shared their generosity of spirit with me. The ladies would always make Christmas parties and invite Christina and me to their homes in both Riyadh and Eastern Province.

I especially liked exchanging gifts with Tony from Lebanon and where each of brought gifts and were exchanged them in our home between brothers and sisters from so many countries including Nigeria, India, Philippines, England, ,etc. I recall a Christmas party with our French School master and his wife. There were also nice Christmas parties at the home of Günter B. , then manger of the Dhahran International Hotel.

In the mid eighties I was given the name of a friend who was one of the organizers of the orchestra and after a very clandestine conversation he agreed to let me meet him at his office. It was there he invited me to their first concert. Now there are hired and paid conductors and leaders bought in from the outside to do these jobs. Oh yes, there is also a Theater group which performs and gives awards to best play, show actor ,etc. called the “desert rose Awards”

Riyadh’s orchestra and choral group was the most spectacular giving Christmas concerts in embassy and other special venues.  The British did there share on New Years Eve to give us the flag waving “Night at the Proms” concerts including bagpipes. It seems that westerners did more than they could to recall the holidays in Saudi. It was so precious!

Enforcing dietary Restrictions in Saudi Arabia:

People are arrested at borders and if not when carrying contraband items rejoice as though accomplishing some great work. So many smuggle bibles, pornography, ham, bacon, alcohol and alcoholic products, dope, marijuana, cocaine, guns, etc.

There are raids and inspections as well as border searches and people stopped on streets. The consequences can be imprisonment, deportation, fines, and worse. Even the military, diplomatic and ARAMCO commissaries which are permitted areas are subject to investigations and raids during Christmas celebrations mostly searching to see if native Saudi nationals are participating. Airport and road searches are horrendous and stressful Christina often brought in bibles and Christian tapes on the top of her goods inside trunks and overlooked by customs. I once had a bottle filled with my notes taken and another time arrested for alcoholic stomach medicine I bought in Vienna. However, when we had a fire in our apartment and the fireman and police searched my house while I was absent not a word was mentioned about our many bibles and Christian materials. I even personally went to the neighborhood security inspectors to sign a final release to discuss their search and they were only kind and friendly. We were often given hams and pork products to prepare at home by friends and hid it well in the event our place was searched. I recall living off ARAMCO compound and taking home ham in our car’s trunk fearing we’d be stopped or have an auto accident and then found with this off the ARAMCO permitted grounds. Going from our car to our apartment was just as dangerous and we were very careful. We’d wrap bibles in plain paper and carry them in shopping bags. After a while we learned it was all talk and that house searches were forbidden. In other words if you had something in your home it was accepted. But getting it there was the problem.

Immigration to Saudi Arabia:

With all of the recent negative press surrounding the kingdom it is hard for outsiders to realize that many desire to immigrate and become Saudi citizens. They wasn’t to make Saudi Arabia there home. They see Saudi as having a promise of a future and improved living conditions for them and there families for not and the future. Many are from other Muslim countries or those already trading with Saudi. They convert to Islam and learn Arabic. They get a stipend from the government when they come and then are fully supported by  the government.  Once a subject they fully participate in a all the welfare the kingdom offers. They are from Indonesia, Africa, Asia, China, Central Europe, and even the USA and Europe. The kingdom is rather measured about accepting these applications and meters these rights very sparingly. There was a time when many for Palestine, Yemen, Spain, Eritrea, Lebanon, Syria, and India were open. The current Saudi population has many persons who can trace there families origins and education back to these roots.

Saudi Arab had heart attack on plane

I was sitting on the aisle and across from me was a Saudi Arab together with many ladies in abaya and face gear with a few babies in the center aisle. He was a chain smoker and they did not stop eating and talking. Later in the evening when we were all sleeping suddenly the ladies screams rang out and i reached across and sure enough the man had stopped breathing I shouted for the steward, the light were snapped to full brightness and from somewhere an expert in heart attacks appeared fully equipped to rescue and save the man’s life.  The dying man did not speak English but we were able to communicate. I later talked to the heart medical expert who told me that he was on this flight heading for another location.  It was the Saudi man’s good fortune.

Guess what, later, after the man had recovered and breakfast was being served, he took out a cigarette and began smoking. I scolded his women and him.  He put it out.  But a half-hour later he was back to chain smoking.  I stood over the clan and talked to them and told them that “god had rescued him and that they should now take care. There answer to me was something along the lines that if he was to die it would be God’s will so he will continue smoking. Later I again saw the medical rescue man and encouraged him to see his new patient. He did and then told me that he see this all the time.

Saudi Projacs: November 1, 1997: On one assignment to Jeddah I was in the steam room and talking to a young Saudi. He asked me so many questions including my work history in the kingdom. I told him as much as I could remember including my short time with the University of Petroleum minerals; he suddenly blurted “Professor Barie Fez-Barringten”, explaining that he was one of students. That was fourteen years ago, I was rather surprised but pleased that he remembered. He was now in charge of construction and design projects for the city of Jeddah. I later was to meet many of my students who had become either mayors, directors of municipalities and public works. Others for banks, manufacturers, commissions and within ARAMCO. Many of them have children and now grandchildren. I would meet them from time to time in the office as I pursued my work in the kingdom. Of course they were always very kind and helpful.

My small vocabulary

  • Hadi: do you have; I have
  • Marahaba: hello
  • Moaleem: wife
  • Mucher
  • Shukran: thanks
  • Shukran jazeera: thank you very much
  • Shoula: flame; there was a shopping mall in Riyadh and alKhobar bearing the name the Shoula Mall. However, the Shoula Mall in Khobar was closed following a fire. It was soon popular with its roof top parking and three floors of shopping. It was famous for finding everything and a hangout for Philippinos and other expats TCN workers. We shopped there often for necessary items such as luggage, tapes, etc. It did not exist in 1983 and by the fire shutting it down occurred just before we left in 1998/99. Christina and I liked to browse the windows and see the people. It was also a nice place to possibly see familiar faces and say hello.
  • Afwan: you are welcome or welcome
  • Ahalan: welcome
  • Becher: good
  • Saba al cher: good day
  • Nasar bacher: good darkness
  • Saba a noor: good light
  • Tusba ala cher: wishing you well
  • Fe aman ela: hello
  • Kwais: excellent
  • Zain: super
  • Kabir: big
  • Sagquar: small
  • Hum du le ala: thank God
  • Min futlag: please
  • Sarraya: car
  • Jamaiat University
  • Muhandis: engineer
  • Muhandeseen:
  • Beyt: house
  • Moaleem: wife
  • Itneen: one
  • Talata: two
  • Talata: three
  • Arba: four
  • Zeft: zero
  • Yani:”like”;”you know”

Barie

Barie

Excerpts from 20 Years in Saudi Arabia
By
Barie Fez-Barringten
19,134 words

Chapter 1. Unexpected changes
Background:

I was first called in spirit to Saudi Arabia through a gallery owner in Jackson, Tennessee, when she asked if she could exhibit and sell my collection of European pen-and-ink drawings. I did not give her my artwork, because I had always hoped the sketches of Europe would be kept together and sold as a collection to one person only.
So I offered to make her a new collection, and she agreed.

Barie with Saudi KFU Students

Without realizing it, she inspired me to sketch visions of my future life.
At that time the song “Midnight in the Oasis” was often played on the radio, and it intrigued me. I considered converting the music to pictures, not only reifying the words describing the oasis, but also the entire context of Arabia and its environs.
Being in Jackson without a good library, I had to rely on my imagination and memory of old movies and photographs.

I’d imagine and sketch places, buildings, incidents, events, and contexts, playing with scale, light, shadow, form, building types, costumes, and architectural drawing techniques. The results were awesome. Everyone would ask if I’d been there, and I said that, unlike the European collection, these drawings were all from my imagination. Years later, when we actually were in Saudi, it was amazing to see how many of these drawings resembled the actual places.
I did the sketches in 1974, during the formation of OPEC and the Arab oil embargo. We did not know then that the sketches were prophetic. Today we know it was a sign from God, telling us to get ready.

When I look back, my professional career began in an extremely promising fashion. After graduating from the Pratt Institute, where I won the “Best Portfolio” prize, a top New York firm, Designs for Business, offered me a job. After that, I worked for the famous architect, Edward Durrell Stone. And then, after an extended journey throughout Europe to visit some 72 cities and view the architecture of cities in Italy, France, and Spain, I went to Yale University to study for my master’s degree in architecture.

In my first year of study in New Haven I married Christina. She had come from Germany to New York to study Philosophy at Hunter College, but had then switched to Fine Art at the Art Students Leak and Columbia University. Her sculptures were well received, and were exhibited at the Frank Laurence Gallery on 57th Street and on Madison Avenue.

Before we got married I had rented a villa in New Haven. There was enough space to live, and to accommodate my drafting business, which enabled me to pay for my studies and support my new family. New Haven was a typical New England town. It had its Schubert Theater, where all the Broadway plays were tested. It also had Yale University, with its unique Library and fine art museums. It had a mayor who chose famous architects to design the new city building. It was simply an ideal place to stay after graduating to praxis architecture. At least that was our plan.

For more than a year, all went well; then, in 1967, the percentage rates for loans suddenly went sky-high, which was the death-knell for the building industry. My business came to a screeching halt and, shortly before I graduated at Yale, my drafting business failed. It was very disappointing, but being optimists by nature, we looked forward and not back. We struggled financially until I got my thesis in February 1968; after that I believed I would get a job and all would be well.

But to our disappointment there were no jobs available anywhere, and so we made a spontaneous but whimsical decision: we reasoned, it would be best to escape the poor job prospects and unpleasant winter in New Haven by going where it was warm, and where, hopefully, there would be a job waiting for me.

Without much planning but full of expectations, we flew to Puerto Rico. There, after I got a job, I could study and get ready to take the very difficult Architecture-License Examination.

With a few dollars in my pocket, a suitcase, some addresses, and a lot of faith we arrived in that strange new place. We caught the cheap midnight flight to San Juan, where we landed at 4 am to be greeted by the balmy tropical air of the island, and a lonely taxi, parked forlornly on the sidewalk. The driver took us to an all-night cafeteria in town where we could wait for a decent hour to make a phone call.

First I called Bob Carpenter, who was design chief of the Conquistador Hotel for Morris Lapidus. He was on the address list I had hastily compiled before leaving. When he heard my story he told me frankly I was insane to come to Puerto Rico in the high season, because there was nowhere to stay and no jobs, but he was kind enough to let me use his office to make phone calls.

Then I called John Fernandez, president of the Yale Club, and brother of the famous Hollywood actor, Francesco Fernandez. He happened to be a realtor. As luck would have it, he had a condominium for rent in the swanky section of Miramar. There was no furniture, only two beds, a table, and a few chairs but we didn’t care; it was great. More than that, it was a miracle.

We moved in the same day as our arrival. Some kind people lent us some pillows and blankets for the night, and there was even a connected telephone, so I could continue calling other local architects for a job. But soon it began to look hopeless.

Finally I found the courage to call the biggest architecture and engineering firm on the island. To my surprise, within days, and after only a few friendly interviews, Elloy Ruiz and his partner, Gilberto Gonzalez-Seijo, offered me a junior partnership in their firm in Rio Piedras. They bought me a brand-new Toyota Corolla and gave me a small expense account to cover meals, so I would not have to make the trip home daily for lunch. I was the young partner who went after new business, designed the most interesting projects, and negotiated design problems on their most prestigious project for the El Mundo Newspaper Company, which was managed by Peter Albi. The New York Building Management Company was Cushman and Wakefield. I designed the warehouse buildings for the rum company, Ron Rico, a police station, the Cayey Vocational High School, and a department store. Wunderbar!

Also, it was easy to make friends with the hospitable people of Puerto Rico. Patty Pease, the original owner of our building, lived in the penthouse on the tenth floor. We loved visiting with her in the early evening to watch the sunset, while we enjoyed our cocktails. She told us the condominium was situated in such a way that the wind circulation made air-conditioning unnecessary. It had been designed by the island’s top German architect, Klaus Klumb, a specialist in tropical design.
Later, when we visited him at his home, and stood in the midst of a lush tropical garden, we were impressed. We had never seen a more beautiful tropical paradise; it was a perfect example of how to combine a human habitat with nature.

We had no plans to stay in Puerto Rico, but slowly we changed our minds. Christina studied Spanish and delved into the island’s cultural background. We became very active with the Yale Club. Later, Thomas Tilley, who drove an Ambassador Hudson car and was a partner in a law firm, became president. Through him, at the club, we got to know Carlos Romero Barceló, whom our club’s members helped get elected mayor of San Juan. Before him, Donna Felisa was mayor. Louis Ferre, of Ponce, was governor. We got to meet them all. It was fun and interesting.

Only one tragic event dampened our spirits. We had become good friends with Pastor Gerald Bergen and his family, because I had spent a lot of time going with him to visit the slums of San Juan. We helped the people of “La Pearla” build and improve their primitively built, but imaginative, shacks. I made sketches of how to improve the shacks, and the newspapers did stories on my projects. The media helped us get free labor and materials to make these very clumsy, unprofessional but artistic dwellings stronger, safer and more sanitary.

Sadly, in the middle of all the activities our young and active Pastor died of a brain hemorrhage. It came as a great shock to us all. I invited Governor Ferre to our Grace English Lutheran Church, to be the guest of honor to comfort the family and congregation.
Before Pastor Bergen left us, he had recruited me to give the large parish center a new paint job and to manage this project. I got all the materials donated, and the US Army Corps of Engineers sent their young men to volunteer their time. It was this exercise that taught me what I needed to produce the first New York City Earth Day, and then build the loft for LME in New York City.
The volunteers loved to help, because the women at the church cooked the most scrumptious meals for them, and it made them feel like they were coming home to mother.
Through Christina’s friend, Beatrice Lopez-Pritchard, we got to know the city of St Germaine, a charming town on the east end of Puerto Rico, untouched by modern times and tourists. It also had the oldest Church in America. We stayed in their family’s lovely summer cottage on one of the thousands of little romantic islands on the Atlantic Ocean.

We became acquainted with many interesting people. The Puerto Rican-born architect Jose Fernandez and his wife, Maya, were so very kind to show us the history and local side of San Juan. John Vincent Kane, a US interior designer, had made his home in old San Juan and became my good friend. Jamie Cobas, a Puerto Rican, and my classmate at Yale University, showed us all the most fashionable art galleries and people. They introduced us to Pablo Casal, the famous cellist, and to the owner of a modeling agency, for which we did little modeling jobs, just for fun. We appeared in newspaper ads. I did a TV commercial for Miller’s Beer, and we were extras in a movie called Stiletto, starring Brit Ekland, who was very quiet and unassuming. It seemed that most movie stars really only lived there in their films. This was an incredible experience, and the people we met were so vital and fresh.

We still found time to complete an island-wide plan of public libraries. We had to visit all 72 municipalities by cutting through the rain forest and driving endlessly up and down the island’s rich green mountains. I met the librarians, and so many very kind and wonderful people throughout the island; many were employees of the Department of Education.
I was a member of the Collegio d’enginerios, and I did my NCARB (National Council of Architectural Registration Boards) exam in Puerto Rico. My engineer, Raymond Watson, made sure I passed the structural part by tutoring me on earthquakes and seismic design.
I realized later how important it is to reach out for knowledge whenever one finds it. One never knows when it comes in handy. My knowledge of tropical architecture later got me my first teaching job.

Christina was deeply involved in the creation of her fabulously imaginative collection of collages when she got the good news that her father, Max Schneider, from the city of Leipzig, which was behind the Iron Curtain then, had been granted a rare visa to leave the Russian-occupied East German zone to visit West Germany. She and her friend Patty flew to Munich immediately.
It was a tearful reunion; she had not seen her father for 12 years. After her visit Christina returned home sad and happy at the same time. She was happy she had finally been able to see her father again, but was sad he could not just stay with us permanently.
To ease her thoughts, she concentrated deeply on the creation of her artwork, and when she was just about ready to give a one-man show of her collection in one of old San Juan’s many great galleries, the unthinkable happened.

Suddenly, one of the partners of the company, Gilberto Gonzalez-Sejomy, died, and my successful life came to a screeching halt. His partner, Elloy Ruiz, who was getting on in years, decided to close the business and retired immediately. I was not ready to take over that big a company, and so for us it meant curtains; we had no other choice but to return to New York. But before doing that, God favored us with a contract to complete the plan for public libraries across the island, and design Centro Modus for Armanda, the sister-in-law of my dear, deceased Gilberto. We became great friends of both Arturo and Armanda.
Somehow the grief we felt over the loss of a person we had become so very fond of in such a short time helped us forget our own personal misfortune.
Also, when I came home in 1969, we became very busy; my city of New York was not kind to us. To our surprise, apartments had become expensive and hard to find. And jobs were still not readily available. But with my usual determination I found an apartment in Picasso House on East 58th Street, just a block from Bloomingdale’s. And, finally, I found a drafting job. Christina worked as a designer for Vladimir Cagan, who is famous for his Plexiglass tables.

Yet all the setbacks I had experienced in the past did not destroy my dream to have my own design office. And when the first opportunity came, I grabbed it. When I got a part-time teaching position at my old school, the Pratt Institute, I decided this would give me enough free time to start my own architecture office.

I searched and prayed to find the right place to work, and for Christina to have an art studio. So, after going through the newspapers and contacting some real-estate agents, I found myself walking from street to street, and from building to building, until I came to a factory building and the office of Mr. Fernandez, a Spaniard, who owned many tenements on the East Side. He also owned and operated a first-class bakery making breads and rolls for the fanciest hotels and restaurants in Manhattan.
Right above the bakery was the loft I was interested in. After begging and pleading with him, he made me an offer I could not refuse: I could lease half the third floor west of the freight elevator, an area of 4,000 square feet, for $450 a month.
The place was between Second and First Street, around the corner from “Maxwell’s Plumb,” which was owned by Warner Leroy, who had an office in our building. The fashion photographer Avidon had his brownstone house across from us. This was again a super miracle.
With time, Christina, a few friends and I transformed the huge space into an architectural experience.

We spent months building and prepping the place, getting materials donated by construction companies. Some of my Pratt students volunteered to help scrape paint and years of residue off the existing brick and wood beams above us. In the end we had exposed brick walls, which we painted a glossy white/white. The exposed wood-beam ceiling was stained dark brown, and we had several skylights. At each end of the loft were tall, gigantic double-hung windows, which went from three feet off the floor to the ceiling, which was about 14 feet high. We built double-tiered drafting tables and walkways out of 4 by 10 timbers. There were bathrooms, a kitchen, and a closet with even a sleeping loft above it, accessed by a ship’s ladder. The highlight was a sun parlor at the back, which became Christina’s studio. It had floor panels that lifted up to store our trunks, which were filled with books and antiques that came from Christina’s family in Germany.
There was a wall on which to show slides, and a small office for Christina to do the bills and write letters. The loft had a reception room and a conference area.
On the corner of our street was a great, inexpensive restaurant where we ate late at night after a hard day’s work. But we did not need to go there too much because the bakery let us and our many friends, volunteers and visitors eat as much bread and buns as we could carry home.

I had my license to practice architecture, and expected that New York City, my hometown, would not disappoint me and give me business. We had the green light and had created a base for a quality future.
The city gave me several libraries and schools to design, and my friend Gil Colgate recommended me to be the architect for the planned Ice-Hockey Stadium. It was a great beginning, and we worked hard to fulfill our obligations.

Shortly before moving in to the loft, I met Adam Alexander, who worked for the special projects division in the office of Mayor Lindsay.
I saw him again on Earth Day, which I organized in Union Square, while he was walking around as part of Mayor Lindsay’s team coordinating community affairs. Adam was a mathematical scholar, who had long gray hair but dressed surprisingly conservatively in a suit and tie. He had a wonderful sense of humor, was articulate and brilliant, and could talk on any subject. He lived within walking distance of us and would come to our home in Picasso House on 65th Street. We chatted, while Christina made dinner.

Together we thought about the loft under construction and its possibilities. We knew the loft would become an exciting place, a showcase for all to see. We stipulated it would become an impressive place for the usual architectural clientele to visit, but could also become a place for young people. If we invited them, they would be inspired, and see what potential architecture had.
Finally, the first drafting tables at the loft were built. There we noisily continued our inspirational talks. I would draw the subjects we discussed, and Adam and many newcomers would stand around me and everyone would help me formulate a program that developed into the “Laboratory for Metaphoric Environments,” a not-for-profit organization.

When we were finally ready, we invited children from nearby schools and organizations, especially from Harlem, to listen to lectures and see our slides. Of course, we always had freshly baked, warm, rye-bread and rolls for all to eat.
We did well. We lifted up their spirits by showing them buildings and places of quality they had never seen before. The kids got all excited about the building profession and wanted to see more. They told us they mostly saw pictures of slums and cheap housing, so what they saw in our place was all new to them.

We showed them castles and great old buildings from Europe. The Munich Olympics Stadium, and its fantastic tent-like roofs, designed by Otto Frei, fascinated them.
These were all things worthy of looking forward to, with the hope that one day we could participate in the development of similar buildings.

Many influential people became interested in what we did. Business people and others from Wall Street noted our dedication to help make a difference with the programs we devised at LME. We had influential helpers like Livingston Bryant, Jeffery Chusid, Gamal ElZogby, Allen Lapidus, Henry Classing, Christopher Sweeney, Gilbert Colgate, Gregory Kipnis, Sarah Schiffman, Barbara Scot, and others. Stanley Sommers, my old boss from Classic, visited us in our loft just a half block from where he had assigned me to be his representative in Classic’s new Manhattan Decorators’ Center in 1957, just 14 years earlier.

We had meetings, conducted open-school classes about urbanism and the environment. We also held fund-raising parties. Henry Classon and I developed our LME prospectus. We discussed the idiosyncrasies of “Architecture is the Making of Metaphors,” a theory I had already developed with Christopher Tunnerd, Vincent Scully, Paul Wiss and others at Yale University.

I really regret not having photographed the Laboratory’s loft before and after its creation. LME and the Loft were the reification of our marriage, love, dreams, hopes and aspirations of urbanity, stylishness, timeliness, charity, status, and identity.
It was to be our vehicle for success and a manifestation of our hopes. It was where we wanted to be, and once shaped would fill itself in and become our Queen Mary.
Great, we had it made.
Wrong! Again our visions were shattered and our hopes were in vain when the impossible became possible. New York was out of money and could not pay me. I had to surrender my dream of establishing a private architectural practice, when our contract work for New York was completed; the city was on the verge of bankruptcy and could not pay me on time. I had incurred considerable expenses, and could not wait.

In addition, our landlord, Fernandez, who had helped us through many difficult times, because he loved all the exciting work we did, had a fatal accident in his new Mercedes, and now his son, a totally dull and unsympathetic individual, announced that our rent for the loft would be tripled. And so, in order not to go bankrupt myself, I had to give up all we had worked for in the past three years.
To find work in New York was hopeless. I knew I had to look for work elsewhere. This was the end; regretfully we had to begin anew. But how?

There were only a few ads for architects in the New York Times, but one tiny ad was of interest to me. A Tennessee Insurance company needed an architect for their three large vacation developments. I wrote to them. Needless to say, I got the job.

I started to wonder what in the world I was doing. After I had graduated at Pratt I had sailed into an economic free-fall that had resulted in me being dismissed or starting again over and over and over.
The impact of NYC’s near bankruptcy was leading us to Jackson, Tennessee, to yet another new life. It wasn’t south verses north, as was politely mused, but it was rather urban verses rural. Jacksonians exuded rural values and a rural mind. Designing vacation homes and clubhouses was a far cry from big city office buildings, but I knew it would be a challenge and a new venture. I left for Jackson, Tennessee, immediately; to a place Christina called exile to a warm Siberia.

Bernard-Henri Levy pointed out that the intellect is responsible for history because he takes history seriously, and regards reasoning and man’s mind as a means to affect that history in some way.
In this secular world I have tried to make a difference. I do see consequences, cause and effects, but I began to get the distinct feeling my destiny was not in my hands.
Levy suggests he has gone to places not where the light of the media already shines and shimmers; where journalists and government advisors clamor, but to dark places in need, where the light could make a difference. Levy also points out that the intellect need not be an ongoing and perennial thing; likewise my work, in any place, whether its years of work, a moment, or only a brief visit, can have meaning.
I could not call myself a spiritual person at that time. But a pattern seems to emerge of things to come, and in this way, for a short or long-time, and to dark or needy places, Christina and I will go.

Now it was 1973; I was 36 and had started working for Peoples Protective, in Jackson Tennessee. I became their chief architect. After a while, I began to like my work and life in that little town. I designed restaurants, sport facilities, clubhouses, and vacation homes. And many times I flew in my company’s private jet from Jackson to Gatlinburg to inspect the buildings I had designed on nearby English Mountain. I knew there was work for many years to come. For me this was quite satisfying professionally.

Yet for Christina, leaving New York and all her contacts was the end of her hopes of becoming a known artist. But she accepted the inevitable, and got to teach art to children for the Tennessee Arts Council.
Jackson became gemuetlich, it was a cozy place, and better than we expected. I made pen-and-ink drawings and watercolor paintings. We went with our new artist friend, Kenneth Grissom, a fabulous jewelry designer, to outdoor art shows and exhibited our work. Visitors appreciated my artwork and one of them recommended an important Memphis art gallery that bought many of my drawings.
Life became very pleasant, and so we decided to buy our first house. It was a very pretty brick house in a popular colonial style, and large enough for an addition to our family.

We moved in about December of 1973. Then, in April 1974, we heard the shocking news that the apparently solid, dependable People’s Protection Insurance Company had filed for Chapter 11 Bankruptcy Protection.
The Arab oil embargo had happened. Strangely, it caused the demise of the company I worked for. Reluctantly, Bob Smith, the owner of People’s Protection Insurance Company, had to let me go. Leaving the company and starting again without a steady income was to be another financial tumble. I could not take any more changes. I began to give up hope of ever amounting to much in my learned profession.
Little did we know that God had a purpose for me, and He prepared us for it.
It was the first in a line of events that would ultimately lead us to live and work in Saudi Arabia.

While waiting for the results of my job search letters, I did architectural work for a local business in Jackson. Thanks to God, it did not take long. I had an interview with the Golf Oil Real Estate Development Company (GOREDCO), and with it came the change I never thought would be possible. I left my first love, architecture, and went to do construction management.

Chapter 2. Off we go again.

The OPEC oil embargo continued, and the Watergate crisis resulted in Nixon’s resignation. The Seventies saw the stock market hit new lows (the Dow was around 800, and the inflation rate was very high (18-22%). We began the decade with great hopes in a New York City loft, and ended it, perplexed and puzzled, in a College Station rented house.
I worked for Gulf Oil Real Estate Development Corporation (GOREDCO) from 1974 to 1979, when new dark clouds appeared on the horizon.
I started in Reston, Virginia, in August of 1974, to work for Gulf Oil as Manager for Special Projects. My boss was Chuck Myers, a former three-star general. One year later his boss, Bill Magnus, the president of GOREDCO, called me to Houston to build his offices on the upper floors of the Houston Center.
Houston was a large, booming city. We were excited about the prospect of making this city our permanent home. We bought a townhouse near the Galleria. At the time, that area off Westheimer was almost the edge of the city. Not far from my home was the site of Gulf Oil’s new large Computer Center, for which I was the project manager.

This was a job which definitely changed our lives and perspectives on the corporate business world. I learned to be a corporate, middle-class American. It was a position we were to experience and enjoy until the novelty wore off.
I was on my way up. I started just below corporate vice-president and had access to bank accounts and corporate decisions about expenditures. I was really friendly with several of the company presidents I serviced. I worked hard and expected the same from all those who worked for me. My assistant, Frank Sorrels, once commented to Christina after we returned from one of our vacations, that I was the kind of project manager whose absence caused the entire contractor and design team to walk around the site as though they had eaten “cat-nip.”

Christina & Barie

Christina & Barie

I was able to be the Gulf Oil representative of Houston’s cultural societies and many charities. There was the “Theater Under The Stars” (TUTS) in Houston in 1978, and when Helen Hayes, Eartha Kitt and Geofrey Holden visited, we dined, conversed, and partied with them before and after their performances. The musical was a black rendition of Kismet. It was excellent, and so was our time with these stars.
I played golf with Bob Herring the president of Houston Natural Gas at the River Oaks Golf Club; even I never learned to be much fond of the game.
Christina’s friend, Dorothy Thomas, introduced her to Barbara Bush. The Bushes had just come home from China and had a townhouse near us. To Christina’s surprise it was a rather modest home. But Barbara Bush was a gracious host to all the ladies she invited to her afternoon tea. At times we met the Bushes at the Yale Club and had dinner together.

In Houston Christina did not get much artwork done. She was too busy with her newly formed German Wine society. She had been approached at one of the functions held by the visiting German Ambassador to help promote German wines, and so she did. With the help of Houston’s Bobby Sackowitz, the owner of a department store, Karl Heinz De Boir, head of the German Chamber of Commerce, the German Consul General and some other oilman she formed the society.

Soon there were wine-tasting and wine-appreciation classes, awards and, best of all, the most elegant parties on yachts and on the top floor of the Houston Petroleum Club, with food and wines especially flown in from Germany, together with appropriate wine glasses, silverware, dishes and plates.
The German, Graf Matuschka von Greifenklau, came to describe appropriate wines for every course at the seven-course dinners. Merle Oberon flew in from Acapulco, Houston’s Gene Tierney was there, as well as famous fashion-designers from Paris and Italy, whose extraordinary gowns and dresses the women wore at the occasion.
Later, in Saudi Arabia, I realized how special these events were, and that they could be matched only by the palatial diners we had at the Yale Club meetings, which were held at the Equestrian Club in Riyadh, with many of the Saudi princes present.
At smaller dinners at the US Embassy, or in private palaces of well-to-do Saudis, the food could match the very best European cuisine but not the wine, however hard they tried.

B.P. Gulf Oil Building

B.P. Gulf Oil Building

Gulf Oil

As time went on, I was busy overseeing all Golf Oil’s new projects. I tried very hard to find professional satisfaction in managing engineers and architects rather than to be the architect. I felt distinctly some creative outlet was missing. So, when at one of the charity parties we attended, the Dean of Houston University’s Architecture Department ask me to teach a design class, I was very happy and agreed without a second thought.

The class I had chosen was delightful. My students and I reached for the unknown and the original of architecture right from the start. I even brought Bob Allen, the astronaut, whom I had met at the Yale Club meeting, to join me in my class. The designs reached great heights, right up into space. That is, we designed everything needed to live in space. It was a great success. The dean and my students were very excited and I thought this happy lifestyle would never end.
But again I was wrong.

It was 1977. Kuwait, the country which produced a great part of the oil for the
Gulf Oil Corporation, decided its US partner was not needed any longer, and threw the company out. In addition, there were some problems at the highest level of corporate management. Suddenly Gulf Oil was no more. GOREDCO closed, and once more I was out on my own, dismissed.
At first I did not think the news was that bad. I had done my job well. I was told that I was the first manager of Gulf Oil for a long time who had finished a project before its deadline. I had saved the company millions of dollars. I had a very good reputation. I firmly believed another Fortune 500 corporation would pick me up in no time.

I networked to hundreds of companies. I flew to many places in the USA for interviews, including California and Northup. But I was disappointed not to get one decent job offer from 2,000 letters my secretary had sent out.
During our so-called outplacement we lived on a one-year expense account gift, from the expiring Gulf Oil Corporation. I tried so hard to get a job. I talked to George Bush at the Yale Club; he was not really willing to help, but he told me there were no jobs at this time. All the major corporations were cutting down on personnel and streamlining their companies.

Finally, one day, a realtor friend of ours, John Schumacher, encouraged us to become realtors. He said, “I get so many calls daily, my office cannot handle them all; I wish you would come and help me.” And so we got our license to sell real estate. The first day we worked in John’s office, not a single customer came looking for a house. John did not believe it. What was going on? Little did we know that Houston’s great depression had begun. The boom was over.

At that time I was introduced to Amhad Dawood by the president of the local Houston branch of Mellon Bank. I was told he was one of the wealthiest men in Pakistan. Mr. Dawood asked me to make him acquainted with Houston’s business world. He also needed a little house for him and his wife. I showed him several nice, rather expensive houses, without success. I wondered why? Only later, in Saudi Arabia, when I learned to know people from the Middle and Far East did I get the answer. I simply did not know how very rich some people from Third-World countries really are.
Amhad and his wife had become our friends, and one day he invited us to his new house he had got from another broker. It was a mansion in River Oaks and looked like a small French castle. I realized that being a realtor was not for me. I am an architect; I design buildings, I do not sell them.

Christina and I pushed and worked hard, yet with all our efforts and daily hassle we could not make ends meet. We fell into debt, which was not good.
When it comes to debts, we have adopted one principle throughout our lives, and that is never to have any. And so we decided to sell our townhouse. We knew the sale would be profitable enough to pay our debts.

In all that time, Christina was totally unhappy. Living in a rented apartment and selling real estate was not what she had hoped for. She is an artist at heart; selling is not her calling. Even so, she liked to use her gift to find just the right house to match her customers’ dreams; the market was sluggish, yet she did sell several houses pretty quickly, but was glad when we finally moved to Brian College Station because I had become an associate professor at Texas A&M. That I preferred a position at the University more then being a realtor is understandable. I like to teach. I enjoyed my class at the University of Houston. And so, it was only reasonable to respond to a newspaper ad from Texas A&M in the Houston Chronicle.
Within days I got a call for an interview. I recall virtually being hired on the phone, because we were so broke at the time I did not want to make the trip to College Station unless I knew they were serious. The department’s chairman, Jim Marsh, interviewed me, and I was hired full time as Associate Professor, to teach Construction Law and Management, and additionally take on graduate teaching responsibilities so they could maximize my pay.
The earnings were about 25% below our expenses, and the job was doomed to fizzle. At first I also continued to teach in Houston, until they announced that I could not teach at both the University of Houston and at Texas A& M at the same time.

This was an additional blow. Not only was the reduction in my income bad enough, but the dull subject of Construction Law at A&M made it worse. I was miserable and discouraged. I was 42 and had a low income, and the future looked dismal. However, in the two years of teaching I managed to get my first book contract. Gulf Oil Corporation employed me to author its policies and procedures for building non-oil production facilities. John Wiley and Sons later contracted me to publish this book called “Project Manual Standards” (PMS). This was a small light at the end of the tunnel.
The big light eventually came from Christina, but not before I got one more blow which brought me to my knees.

When I felt secure in my new teaching position and knew I had a small but steady income, I invested the balance of my profit from the sale of the house in silver.
Summer vacation started and we went on a little trip to explore the west of Texas. Upon our return we received nasty news. The investments I had made were lost. Silver had taken a tumble. The silver market had been crushed by the misdealing of the Hunt brothers, who then declared bankruptcy. In August of 1988 the Hunts were convicted of conspiring to manipulate the market.

I was crushed. Christina said that’s what happens when one does not listen to the Lord. From then on she handled our finances. I know now that to invest in the stock market is a gamble, and gambling is not the will of God. I did not know it then.

Now there was no more hope to design my own super-modern, Paul Rudolph-style house, or even to pay for the little “0-lot-line” dwelling we had rented with an option to buy when we moved to Bryan-College Station.
Our new home was located right on the Heitman Playing Field, backing onto a rural area with a power line. It had a double-trellised carport and a very large living room with a fireplace. We had two cats at that time and they loved this place.
It was here that I bicycled to and from work daily, except on rainy days when I used our Pacer. By then we did not have a second car.

The location of our house had an extra attraction. It was exactly across the field from where Texas A&M lit its annual bonfire. We and our friends had front seats. The fire was several storeys high before it was lit, and much higher when ablaze. It gave off lots of light and there was an atmosphere of fellowship and pride. Of course, this was not all that went on.

There was little need for Christina’s talent at College Station, so she could not help financially. But she created a nice home and, as always, she knew how to stretch the dollars so no one knew how broke we were.
Christina spent much time with her German lady friends, all wives of professors at Texas A&M., and other ladies from Bryan-College Station. They founded the Brazos County Concert Group, which hired musicians and a conductor to perform the classics. And she did a new thing: she watched TV more then usual. She had discovered the 24-hour Christian TV Station, which we could not get in Houston. When I came home she wanted me to see some of her favorite programs, but I felt these Christian programs were a waste of time, and I switched the channel.

So it was, until one night when I awoke to the sound of the small TV in our bedroom. Christina was listening to a Christian program. I asked her rather sharply to please turn off the TV because I could not sleep.
Chris said, “Neither can I, but if you let me watch this boring program a bit I will soon fall to sleep.” This made sense to me, and I let it go.
The next night it happened again; she could not sleep. But I hoped it would soon be over. Then I listened to some gospel singing and fell asleep.

This went on night after night. Christina knew I was too sleepy to get up to switch off the TV. We had no clickers at that time. Here and there I listened but then I would fall asleep again. Then, one time when it was still dark, about four or five in the morning, Dr. Schiller was preaching and I started to listen. What is he talking about? I wondered. Early the next morning Dr. Stanley was preaching, and I listened again.
Then it came about that Christina had not turned the TV on, I had. I began to like what I heard. It was all very new to me but it made a lot of sense. While I listened intensely I learned I had never really known God.

One day Christina fastened a tiny pin saying, “Jesus First”
on my shirt collar. She had gotten it as a response to a donation she had made.
A student of mine named Ricky looked at it, and after talking a while, he invited me to his church. “Thank you but we go to our Lutheran Church,” I replied, and that was it.

But came Sunday morning the doorbell rang and Ricky arrived, and with a bright smile invited us to come to church with him. I had told Christina to tell him I was not home. Christina said nothing to me, but she said to Ricky, “Come on in; Barie is just getting ready to go.’’
“Grrrrrrrr” I said to myself, but to Ricky, I said, “Ok, let’s go; we’ll follow you with our car.”
And so we went to his church.

When Ricky stopped his car before a small store right next to the boarded-up movie theater in a deserted Main Street, I shook my head in disbelief, “You must be kidding,” I said, “We are not going in there.”

At that moment a few other students of mine came to enter the little store. When they saw me, their eyes lit up. They greeted me in such a friendly manner; much different to the way they did in school where every one of them looked at me with resentment, because I had to teach that dull but necessary subject called Construction Law, which none of them liked to study.
At the church, however, my students behaved differently; they and all the others tried to make us feel so welcome. Also the pastor came and shook our hands just before the service started.

To my astonishment it was the kind of service I had never experienced before. The room was filled with a joyful noise, singing and praising the Lord. It was nice, I must admit. Yet when it was over, I grabbed Christina’s arm and pulled her to the car as fast as I could.
I wondered how Christina could be happy in a little storefront church when she knew so much better. She had told me about the impressive Lutheran Thomas Church in Leipzig where Johan Sebastian Bach used to play the organ, and the famous Thomaner Choir sang. When I talked with her about this, she only smiled agreeable and then the subject was closed.

To my surprise, the following Sunday when it was time to go to church, Ricky and many other of my students stood before our door to pick us up. During the week in class they had not said anything. Perhaps they looked at me with a little more kindness. But on Sunday they were downright loving. I was not prepared for that. I just heard Christina holler, “My husband is coming!” and she walked over to Ricky’s car. I had no choice but to follow.

Again I noticed the whole congregation greeted us with genuine love and friendliness, and the joy during the worship time was truly overwhelming. My arms that I had clutched tightly to my body moved slowly up until they stretched freely to heaven. And when the pastor gave his altar call, I was there. I did not know how I got there but I kneeled before the Lord and spoke in tongues. I was filled with the power of the Holy Spirit; I was born again.

From then on we did not need a special invitation to come to church; we could not wait for the next Sunday. We went to Bible studies; we could not get enough from the Word of God. Previously I had looked at the Bible once in a while, but now it was my steady companion.

I became quite popular in my school, and even my Syrian and Lebanese students invited us to Arab club dances and food parties at the University Student Center.
Again it was a pointer of things to come.
I loved to sample all the different flavored tidbits served on large, round platters, a Middle-Eastern custom which we discovered later. The tasty food reminded me of my Grandmother , who cooked similar dishes. There were spinach pancakes, rice stuffed in vine leaves, hummus, and other familiar, yummy food. Grandmother had ten sons and two daughters, and I had many cousins to play with.

I loved my grandmother, very much. As a young boy I spent a lot of time in her home after my Grandfather had died. I guess I was her favorite.
She was a woman from the Island of Rhodes, and spoke very broken English. But this did not stop us from singing and dancing to the Greek music records she knew I loved to listen to as much as she did. She was alive, and filled with exciting ideas. When I was in high school, she showed me how to dance just like a Greek man.
Later, this knowledge came in handy when we lived in Saudi Arabia and I had Greek people working with me.

Christina and I visited my grandmother before she passed away. She was very weak and did not want to talk much, but when Christina asked her about the origin of the family she became animated and told us, “We come from a great big family, all live around the Mediterranean.’’
Grandmother was saddened that not one of her children had an interest in the family’s history. She continued to explain our origins with great pride by reaching for a map. She pointed to the city of Fez, and talked about the Beringers or Barringters in France and told us to check on the names.

While teaching at Texas A&M (Agriculture and Mining) , I tried to give more meaning to my life by taking
“Continuing Education” courses. It was worth my efforts. The school selected exceptionally well-known teachers, who included Milton Friedman and Paul Samuelson. They taught us to write curriculums and economics. I got to know these two mental giants very well, before I finally decided to go to Saudi Arabia.

To leave the USA was not easy for me, and Saudi Arabia was not a place I would choose to go to. I had gotten rather attractive job offers all along.
I almost wound up in Saudi in 1979. I had had a job interview with Northrop Aircraft in Hawthorne, California, to build military housing and airstrips, with FE Basil to build sports parks all over the kingdom, and or with Rashid al-Rashid and his family, to manage his architectural office in Riyadh. But instead I went to work for Texas A&M University.

My uncle Irving proclaimed Saudi as one country that had a model welfare state, and he was very anxious for me to report its virtues and victories to him. Indeed, we found out later, he was correct in all aspects – from food, housing, and fuel, to education subsidies, health and hospitalization, and childcare.
You can buy a pack of Arab pocket bread for a quarter, and fill your tank for less than $3.00; you can send sons and daughters to university, where not only are tuition, books and housing free, but where each one receives a stipend (salary) for attending.
Everyone can build a home, and get a no-interest loan. The loan must be paid when the house is complete. The houses are large three-storey villas for more than one family. Usually, the third floor has walls with windows but no roof. This is how most people avoid paying – by not completing the house for a lifetime.

At the university I tried to make things work out. Even so, my dislike for my job did not diminish. My first book was soon to be published by John Wiley. We hoped it would help improve our finances, but no matter how carefully we handled our money, our debts mounted
Knowing I had to get out of debt, I kept my eyes open for a better opportunity to make money. The ups and downs of my profession had shown me I had to give up my dreams to become a great architect. All I now wanted was to provide my family with an appropriate lifestyle, according to my skills and education. I did not have to wait long for this to happen.

Ten weeks later, Jim Young from ARAMCO, the Arabian American Oil Company, came from Saudi Arabia to Texas A&M, asking for professionals to train their young Saudi employees.
Sheikh Al Turkey, the Dean of King Faisal University in Saudi had offered me a faculty position weeks earlier, but I had declined; I was simply not interested in going to that country. Now, however, I viewed Jim’s ARAMCO offer as a possibility.
I knew the grade code was too low, but the pay was high. Then again, I had no choice. There was apparently no other way to get me out of my dilemma.

Christina looked at it as an adventure, and an opportunity to travel to Europe more often. So I signed the contract. We had to leave almost immediately. We had to get our papers ready; first our passports, then our visas, for which we had to show our marriage licenses. This was as if a bomb had dropped. We could not find our marriage licenses anywhere. We went to the Saudi Consulate and assured the official that we were truly married and had been since 1966, and it was now 1981. “Sorry,’’ said the Saudi. You must go now; she stays here.”

We called the City Hall in New Haven in desperation.
“Please send us our marriage license as fast as you can.”
“Ordinarily we would do that,’’ came the answer, “but right now, we put all our documents on computers. It will take three to five months before we can send it to you.”

In desperation Christina called the City Hall of Bryan-College Station for help. She had reached the County Councilman and told him the whole predicament we were in. He listened patiently, then he said, “Officially I truly cannot help you, but unofficially I keep thinking, why don’t you marry again?’’

That was all Christina needed to hear. It was a Friday morning. She called me at school and, without going into detail, said, “I have made an appointment with a doctor; we need a blood test. Then we go to the City Hall to get married.”
I got the picture. I jumped on my bicycle and raced home. The doctor gave us a clean bill of health, and an hour later we had the elusive license. I called the pastor of our church and he happily agreed to marry us on Sunday.

When we entered our little storefront church, to our surprise the room was decorated.
An impressive-looking wedding cake graced a long table and a little girl with a shiny face handed Christina a lovely wedding bouquet.
I could not help to thinking of our wedding day 15 years earlier. Christina’s family could not be with us; they were in Germany, locked behind the Iron Curtain.
However, I had family in New York. I told my parents that we got married in New Haven’s City Hall. Right after that, we drove to New York to spend the day with them. When we got there my mother said, “ Your brother had other commitments and could not be here, and my father gave me $15 and said, “Go and get Chinese food on us”. That was then, but what does it matter; this time we had a loving father in Heaven, and over 100 caring Christian brothers and sisters all rejoicing over our union.

It became clear to me that God was not concerned with my worldly success. God’s interest was that I progress on my spiritual path. That is way he directed me to the professorship with Texas A&M, and to its nearby church – so that I had the opportunity to find my Christian family and know that He is my loving father. He also wanted to specially bless our marriage, which so far had been legalized only by the state. Why else did we have to marry again?

Chapter 3
An American in Saudi Arabia (2,330 words)

After boarding our Pan Am charter to Saudi Arabia, I sank back in my seat and thought about the events of the previous days.
ARAMCO had put all our personal effects safely into storage. The car was sold and we were free to travel. With us on the plane were our two cats and several large suitcases. All was right, yet I did not feel good.
Before we left, we had attended a five-day orientation with many other new hires at a very nice hotel in Houston. During this time we had met Ed and Mina Pleasance and their nine-year-old son, Ted. We would remain friends with them for many years. Both are teachers. Ed is an American; he taught in Iran where he met Mina, who was born there. Throughout the time we attended the orientation classes, the usually friendly Mina looked rather stern. We wondered why.

Could it be she did not like the tales they told about Kingdom of Saudi Arabia ?
They told us we would experience culture shock when we arrived in Saudi Arabia, unless we stayed in the American compound. We were warned not to mix and talk to the people and stay mostly in Dhahran, which, they assured us, was a pretty little home town America built for us through ARAMCO.
We guessed Mina did not like the scare tactics they used to apply at our sendoff. She knew the people from the Middle East, and found them friendly and hospitable. We also were told not to bring our Bible and other religious symbols. Christina and I were not pleased with that, but we were open-minded; we listened to the instructor’s advice, did what was right, and packed our Bible. The words of a song came to my mind: “If it had not been for the Lord on my side where would I be?”

Fifteen hours later, at 2:00 am, we arrived at Dhahran Airport. Our Pan Am plane descended quickly, banked sharply, and then after a prolonged silence, made a typical landing in the hot desert: bump, bump, lift up, then down, bump, bump, up again, then down hard, and then hard wind gushing past the flaps.
It was August 11, 1981 and it was very hot and humid; climbing out of the plane felt like stepping into a sauna. There were over 100 of us, each to be greeted by someone who would give us papers to sign.

In our case the very man who had come to College Station, Jim Young, was there and made sure we boarded the bus with all our stuff, including the cats. Then off we went north into the unknown darkness.

We had seen a sign saying Rahima, indicating a little village in the desert near the new ARAMCO town of Ras Tanura, about 80 miles north of Dammam. The Jubail/ Ras Tanura highway had not yet been built, so we drove very slowly for hours on dirt and paved roads.
Only three other couples were with us on the bus, Rosa and Vinny, Ted and Mina Pleasance, and Charley and his wife who engineered the boiler plant at the refinery at Ras Tanura…and
Halfway to our destination the bus came to a screeching halt. Two soldiers with machine guns stormed in and demanded to see our Igama. We had no idea what they were talking about. But to our relief, the Philippino bus driver said something half in Arabic and half in English to the soldiers, and they departed.

Then, as we reached our destination, it was all so eerie; we saw two fiery flames like giant candles in the desert, spewing fire and black smoke. These were the Gas Oil Separating Plants, GOSPS, burning off gas from the many oil wells in the oil fields that we could barely in the dark against the polluted sky.
After having passed through two more official checkpoints, where our passports and our persons were spot-checked by Bedouin officers with machine guns, we arrived at a large iron gate, and again were greeted by little skinny men with guns. What a welcome, I thought.

We disembarked with our co-workers and were escorted in the dark to various bungalows. Christina and I were then taken by the bus through a large opening behind a high concrete wall topped with barbed wire. We were hustled out of the bus very quickly into a wooden barrack. They told us to keep the air conditioners going and get to sleep immediately, because someone would take us to work in the morning. And, indeed, that is what happened. An Arab Shiite guard had been assigned to care for us.
And so, after dressing for business quickly the next morning, I left the barrack and walked outside to see what place we were in. I realized I had simply to slip through a hole in the concrete wall where I would board one of three buses to take me to Dhahran, but never without the Shiite officer and his gun beside me.

The bus stopped at the Ras Tanura Commissary Cafeteria Building, where I was able to get breakfast. I quickly learned that the food is good in Saudi, and I sampled perhaps a little too much of all the delicate morsels.
The building had a second storey at its far end, housing a special executive dining room and a few rooms for traveling guests.
It was really a clubhouse for the ARAMCO employees, and was nicely located, directly on the beachfront. It was a pretty romantic place, with an outside dance floor, and a large library. It had a swimming pool, benches, and terraces overlooking the Gulf. It all reminded me of some old movie. Coming to this place over the years would be a source of rest and relaxation.
But on this and succeeding mornings for nearly three months I routinely had my breakfast there before the 80-mile drive to my workplace in Dhahran.

Christina was glad when I came home. She wondered what we had done. Had we really listened to the Lord when I had signed the contract to work for ARAMCO? At the time I had received other offers, including one from King Faisal University. Why had we come to this God-forsaken place? Well, it was to change later, and with our usual optimistic nature we began to see the bright side of it all.

Christina told me that after she had woken up from a very short sleep, she had glanced through the living room window and for a moment had become real scared. She had seen a large, oblong-shaped space, surrounded by a very high, sinister gray wall, topped with barbed wire. Left and right along the wall stretched a row of barracks. No one seemed to live there. And straight ahead she saw the burned down remnants of a large building. In the middle was a square filled with sand that looked like a place where prisoners had been lined up to be shot. She got the feeling that she had been caught in some twilight zone

But the cats did not give her much time to think; they wanted food, and so she walked into the kitchen. When she opened the refrigerator, to her surprise she saw it was filled with food, including cat food. Then she saw a very big carton standing prominently in a corner; she opened it, and there was an array of households items, ranging from blankets and pillows, to dishes and flatware. She found vases and many other pretty things, and got busy putting them in place.
The bedroom and living room were furnished with new Danish furniture, and when Christina opened the door at the back of the house to let the cats out, she saw a big old tree. It was the first green living thing she had seen for a long time. Well, it can’t be all that bad, she thought.

Then, I also told her what my day had been like. At first they had confiscated our passports, which made me feel naked and uneasy. Then they replaced them with an Igama – an essential document; without it one cannot stay in Saudi Arabia. Of course, the wives are registered on their husbands’ Igamas, which assures the Saudis that our wives cannot go anywhere on their own. Then, when I got to my office, on the eighth floor of a high office building, Jim Young introduced me to my co-workers and to several of my friendly Saudi trainees. Then Jim explained a bit sheepishly it was my fault that I did not get the promised house in Seaview because I had had to finish the semester at the University in Texas, and it was too late for us to fly to Saudi Arabia with ARAMCO’s own plane, which is furnished throughout with first-class seats. Also, the house designated for me was given to some other earlier arrivals. And so, until my new house was ready, we would have to stay in the British Camp for a while.

I must admit, it was all so new and exciting, at first I really did not mind the long ride through the desert twice a day. My work was in ARAMCO headquarters in Dhahran. When I looked around Dhahran, the town they were building for ARAMCO employees, I was glad I did not live there. I actually did have culture shock there.
I did not get culture shock from the Saudi trainees I was working with. Nor did I get culture shock from the countryside and the little towns I passed by on my way to work. I got culture shock when I saw the dismal, unimaginative design of the houses, and the landscaping and town planning done in Dhahran by my fellow Americans. I was ashamed that my countrymen had not set a better example of what a new little town can look like. I truly was not interested in moving into that place. This was especially so because Christina, while exploring her compound, had discovered a cool, clean swimming pool. She had spotted a narrow, green door in that sinister gray wall, which she had opened, and seen a tree-lined street flanked by a row of trailers.
She had walked along the road toward a very wide staircase which led up to a beautiful villa, on the top of which was a long, gray building with a flat roof. It was a cafeteria, with chairs and tables, and at the back, through the picture window of a long room, she had spotted a high, plastic corrugated roof, underneath which was a glittering, Olympic-sized swimming pool.

Some women were sitting chatting in the pool chairs, and were amused when they saw the astonished look on Christina’s face. It turned out this was a British compound, and we and a few other Americans were only temporary guests. Nevertheless, Christina made good friends with all of them, and during the day our wives enjoyed swimming in the pool.

In the evening, after the husbands returned from work at the nearby oil refineries, the pool was filled with guys playing water ball or showing off their skills diving, while the two busy Philippinos in the cafeteria kitchen cooked dinner for all those who wanted to join the party. There were even several Saudi couples and their children who were part of our happy group.

Sometimes a special bus took the women to Rahima to shop for necessities. The town was still relatively unchanged. There were narrow streets, with two-story brick houses, flat roofs and many barred windows.
The Saudi man explained that these bars had been put in to protect the women from intruders, and were, therefore, necessary. However, if there was a fire, the women would be trapped on the second floor and would burn to death, an event, the Saudi said, would be the will of Allah. I don’t think so!

The town had no supermarket, only a myriad little shops, but amazingly, for a very low price, you could find anything you could get at home at Wal-Mart. The one thing we could not find on the street or in the shops at that time was Saudi women. Occasionally we could see a ghostlike figure covered from head to toe in black, sliding along the walls of the houses like a shadow running away from its owner. Saudi Arabia is a man’s country.
All the sales people are men, even those at the dress shops, and they are mostly Pakistanis or Indians. Saudis do not do demeaning work. At best, the Saudi owner of the shop will sit at the cash register. The men are friendly and helpful to the Western women, even a little amused at their behavior.

The Saudi men were also amused at the fact that these crazy western women would carry heavy grocery bags and other items to the bus in that scorching heat. Saudi women will never do that. They send their husbands and sons out in the sun to shop, and let them do the hard work, while they play with the kids in their cool air- conditioned houses.

A few days had passed. We had just gone to sleep when a loud bang woke us up. We tried to see what had happened but the lights did not work. We rushed out of the house in the dark, and when we got outside, we discovered we were wet all over. From the roof came streams of water, but it wasn’t raining. We looked up and saw stars in the sky. What was going on?

We went through the narrow green door to look for someone who had an answer. A smiling guard came along and told us that because of the exceptional humidity that night the electric wires were so wet they could not transfer electricity. Therefore, they had to flash the wires, and that was the big bang we had heard. “No problem,’’ he said, a phrase we heard a lot in all situations. But he was right, there was not much of a problem; after about three hours the air-conditioner kicked in and the meat in the freezer was saved.

Chapter 9 (8,552 words)
The Problems of doing business in Saudi Arabia.
One of the most alarming events that occurred was trying to transfer my Igama, which is a work permit, from King Faisel University to a private sponsor. My particular Igama was especially valuable because it allowed me to stay in the country while changing jobs. This privilege is not given to everyone. Most people must leave the country when their work contract ends. Then they must give back the Igama to the employer. However I had my one Igama that was a document similar to the U.S. Green Card, but it lacked many of the rights the Saudis have with their Green Card in the USA. Americans, for example, could not own a business, buy land, or own a house in Saudi Arabia. I was not free to travel throughout the country. Even with my special Igama, I had to surrender my American passport to my employer for so-called “safekeeping” and only hoped I could get it back when I wished to leave the Kingdom. The difference was that I had the freedom to change jobs when and as often as I wanted. That is, except for one time.
In 1995 my five-year contract with King Faisel University had ended. While I was contemplating whom to call for a new position, I remembered Azmi Hadi. I had known Azmi for many years. In 1983, when I worked for the American Saudi Oil Company, Arabian American Oil Company ARAMCO, his Consulting Design Engineering, CDE company was under contracts with my supervision. It was one of the companies I had to monitor and visit. I recall that at the exact moment I was terminated from ARAMCO in 1983, Azmi made me an offer to join his company. I had declined at that time. Yet when I again contacted CDE in 1997, Azmi remembered and reinstated his offer.
Azmi is a very charming and personable man. He is very private and is one of those Muslims who did not openly display reverence for God by open prayer in the office. He’d leave the office and return after prayer times. He is small, slender, and about seventy years of age. He is a cosmopolitan person devoted to business and his family. He has three children and a kind wife. Azmi also had an office in Morocco. He preferred that office to his Saudi Arabian headquarters. He often asks me to spend time with him there. Azmi Hadi is of Palestinian background, but is a naturalized Saudi.
Homeless Palestinians have had a tremendous affect on the Arabian Gulf and especially on Saudi Arabia. It is a repository for refugees. Many of the Saudi Arabs I have known were immigrants, and because of the generosity and sponsorship of someone, they are now citizens of Saudi Arabia. Years ago a new citizen was a boon to Saudi Arabia. Now because of Saudi has a rapidly exploding population, immigration is very limited. Moslems can marry up to four wives and women are expected to have many children with four to seven being the average.
Azmi operated his company as a godfather in a typically larger-than-life fashion. There are no corporations in Saudi Arabia. It is families that own all the multi billion-dollar Saudi companies. Saudis are still tribal in many ways and they trust no one other than their own family. They also cling closely to traditions and enforce them with strict rules. The enforcement of tribal rules became uncomfortably clear at the beginning of my first arrival in that dessert country. There was a rumor that a Saudi princess had fallen in love and entertained a relationship with a Palestinian student. Her behavior was considered degrading and contrary to the tradition of the royal family. So the decision was to publicly execute both of these young lovers. It is hard to believe that this actually happened in the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia in the Twentieth Century. After that, Saudi Arabia had no more contact with the Palestinians. Also there is one more problem. Palestine is not a nation under which to issue a visa or a passport.
Amr Khashoggi, a Saudi businessman, whom I knew well at the time when I worked in Riyadh, wrote recently in the Arab-News (the Middle East’s leading English language daily) an article stating that Saudi Arabs have to conform to the Twentieth Century. He writes:
We Arabs are learning to “come clean” and admit our weaknesses and are working diligently for home grown solutions that can be implemented at a pace that can be accepted by our quite conservative society. This effort is public and is translated in the many reforms that you can easily read in our local newspapers published online in English (and sometimes news of such efforts get reported in your newspapers, although it is preferred by some media circles to publish only the negative news). These reforms have enabled Saudi women to be elected to the chambers of commerce and industry and engineering societies, have increased their work opportunities, and generally are taking control of their rights and lives. These rights have always been accorded to them under Islam.
Azmi Hadi, now a citizen of the Kingdom for a long time, finally built his one huge villa in a newly developed area of AlKhobar. All Villas that the Saudis build are large enough to house the parents and the families of one or two sons. It is a practical custom. The children can later easily care for their elders. The houses are huge, with a living, dining, and family room resembling the size and layout of a medium-sized hotel lobby. At my first visit in Azmi’s house, we men were sitting on the low ottomans in the public area, when his neighbor approached me to get my advice in the design and decoration of his new marble- mansion. One needs to know the customs of the Arabs in order to design a functional house, especially in Saudi Arabia. These mansions (or small palaces) have a family or women’s section and a public area for the male guests. Usually, the ground floor has an impressive entrance hall with a wide ornamental marble stairway to the second floor. On one side of the entrance is a lavish bathroom for men only with basins to wash their feet and hands before entering a huge opulently furnished room. The washing of feet is a Moslem religious, hygienic custom based upon their life in the dessert.
The floors in all Saudi homes are invariably fashioned from Italian marble. Stretched along the walls of the big public room are low, cushioned ottomans. Baroque gold ornaments adorn small side tables and other small cabinets. All these items are produced and imported from Italy or Turkey. There is a large kitchen and the servant quarters are usually in an extra building outside in the garden. There is a second, less impressive, entrance on the side of the house for women with stairs leading to the second floor. Upstairs is a large central area for the children to play. Doors lead from the large central room to the bedrooms, bathrooms, upstairs kitchen, and into the family dining room. The windows on the second floor have bars to prevent intruders from climbing into the women’s rooms. Unfortunately they also prevent the women from escaping in the event of a fire. This happened during our stay in that country.
Women guests are allowed to roam throughout the whole house, but men must stay at the ground floor. It is fun to design a building such as that. However, these kinds of deals are usually hard work for the person who may take them with the expectation of a handsome fee. That person may be disappointed at the end of the project. There is often no pay. The Saudi smiles and says, “Got you”.
Other Americans and I have heard this “got you” line too many times in the past. That is why Americans and Europeans have become leery of doing business with Saudi firms. However, there are many men such as Amr Khashoggi who deal in fair trade with the western world, and who truly try to breach the gap between their century and ours.
He said:
I am a Saudi who graduated from American universities. I liked it so much that two of my children (a girl and a boy) also graduated from American universities. (My youngest daughter is a student at a British University by her own choice.) I am a businessman and I have worked over the past three decades with American companies, and we were very successful to healthy mutual benefit. I am still working with American companies but it is getting harder to do business with America. I have relatives who are Americans. I have many friends in America from coast to coast. I also have been working very hard at fostering the relationship between America and Saudi Arabia for the past 28 years, even though it has been through an individual and limited effort. Whenever I talk with my American friends they are always expressing kind words and heart-felt sentiments. These are encouraging and do give me greater impetus to stay the course of building bridges of understanding between our two nations. I believe that this effort must be energetic, continuous and for the long haul, to have any meaningful and lasting impact. It only takes a few minutes of a mindless act of violence to destroy not only the lives and livelihood of victims but also the strong friendship between nations such as ours that it took decades of hard work to build. Terrorism knows no borders and terrorists in my opinion have no religion, nationality, gender, color, race, or noble beliefs to carry out their heinous crimes against humans and humanity with the intention of driving a wedge between us, which will take both of us major effort to close and overcome. In order to do that we need to work shoulder to shoulder in the rebuilding effort and in countering this global menace of terrorism.
Azmi Hadi and Sons
I was glad the job with CDE happened.
We had established our mission. Our International Correspondence Institute, ICI, seminary was running smoothly. Many Christian brothers depended on me, so I could not possibly leave the Eastern Province. I needed the job with CDE. The office location was ideal. The CDE Company was just a few blocks from the “Bin Jumah Bldg” where I lived. My office at CDE was on the fifth floor and my office windows faced my condominium a block away. I was aware it was God who had made it all happen. He knows that a job close by gives me more time for our mission.
Our services usually started about eight o’clock at night. It is hot in Saudi Arabia, and most labourers work from early morning till noon, and then again from four to eight. For me these flexible hours made it possible to handle two jobs: His and theirs.
Every morning at CDE, when the coffee boy brought the strong sweet Turkish coffee, I visited with Azmi in his office to get his latest instructions and news. I became the architect of record for the Dhahran Academy, Saudi Japanese Pharmaceutical building, Dhahran US consulate, and I was the project manager for a museum on the Corniche. In addition, I received a fabulous Wireless Telephone Antenna contract from Lucent. It was worth millions of dollars, When Azmi left on vacation, which was quite frequently, I was in charge of all his companies, including the clinic, the chickens, and the egg farm. His brother was in charge of the company’s bank and he had a Chinese national in charge of administration. Azmi appeared to be very generous. He encouraged me to travel, stay at five-star hotels, and eat at very expensive restaurants. I had an unlimited expense account, which I rarely used. My wife, Christina, was not in the kingdom during much of this period, and I had a mission to run, so I did not eat out nor did I travel. The one luxury I allowed myself was driving Azmi’s Jaguar that he lent to me when he was out of town.
Azmi was always fair to me.  My friend, Roy, is a good example, he got tangled up in an unfortunate situation with my boss.
I first met Roy 1985 in Riyadh’s Desert Rose Inn, at a men’s Christian breakfast meeting that later became the Full Gospel Bible Men’s Fellowship, Inc. (FGBMFI). He worked for the Corps of Engineers and he arranged for us to use the Inn for our meetings.
In 1997, I am sitting in my CDE office in Al Khobar when I get a phone call from Roy who is in Oklahoma. Roy is now a recruiter for an employment agency. He saw the ad that Azmi and I had placed in the New York Times for a “telecom engineering specialist”. He told me he had qualified candidates to fill the position. By this time in my career in the Kingdom of God, I knew the way every company handled such things. If it came to specialists, they expected correct schooling, degrees, and licenses. What Roy told me did not sound right. I tried my best to discourage Roy’s urgings. But Roy was persistent. Finally, Frank, the successful candidate, arrived and started working for our client–Saudi ARAMCO.
Azmi went out of town a lot. His only goal in life was that his children should take over the business as soon as possible. He wanted to be free to travel. He treated his children like heirs to a throne. He gently fed and increased their responsibility. I was there as a backup. I did all I could to train and teach them. After all, I had a fond memory of Abdul Latif. I knew Azmi’s oldest son when he was a very young boy from the time I had first visited his father in the early eighties. Now he had become a man. He was married and because he was the older brother, he was destined to assume ownership and management of CDE. Abdul Latif had red hair and was very slim. He was a respectful and polite young man. He was able to speak fast, change subjects at an instant, and keep several calls going at one time. He was a chain smoker and had a huge collection of cigarette lighters. He had been educated at Miami University, and was very adroit, well-traveled, quick, and had a very good sense of humor. We had a friendly relationship with Abdul Latif and his Saudi wife. She had been a Journalist in New York before her marriage.
I thought to myself that it would be so easy for Abdul Latif to do things right. He was the one who could redeploy and hire people or get other firms to complete the work. The contracts were for design and construction engineering for Kingdom of Saudi Arabia Arabian ,Japanese Pharmaceutical Company, SAJAPHCO, Dhahran Academy, French and Saudi Company in Jeddah, etc. Abdul Latif went to all the work meetings and knew that his schedule and his engineers were just about able to meet the requirements. But he did not see it the right way. But at least it was good to see that Abdul Latif was young, positive, optimistic, and extremely resourceful, and he was able to adjust himself and his company enough to carry out the work after all. I simply arranged for meetings and reports to be drawn up by Alaa and presented to Azmi for reconciliation. In the end he listened to my advice, Azmi surrendered fees and segments of work and considered phasing out the Jeddah office.
Mission Inn.
Daniel Tighe the head of the international school and Dhahran Academy called me. He was not exactly my friend, but I had to deal with him when he wanted to add several new building to his complex. I did not like him very much because on one occasion he had confiscated my camera after I had taken pictures at a conference with Mr. Anthony’s Arab/American group. He had no right to do so. It was a petty reason. For the sake of peace I did not make an issue out of it. I reasoned that perhaps controlling and bossing around his children all day long prevented him from controlling his behavior when he was involved in a distinctly different situation. Now that I was the Chief American Liaison to the academy for CDE, he looked to me for help, and I gave it to him. I saved the Academy over a hundred thousand dollars in design and construction costs by guiding him through the process. We later became friendlier and had several good dinners together. One was at the Mission Inn.

Barie with Saudi KFU Students

These facilities in Riyadh and in the eastern province where we lived where designed to give military personnel stationed in Saudi Arabia a feeling of home. The Inn’s purpose was to provide a meeting place for military personal and all American expats and their guests in a club-like atmosphere. There we ate many good breakfasts of eggs, bacon, and ham–the kind of forbidden food that is unavailable in Saudi restaurants. In AlKhobar I used the place for most of my business meetings. Its safe relaxed atmosphere was a treat for my non-American customers. Also our initial American Institute of architects/Architects International Group/Mid-East, AIA/AIG/Me meetings were held in the dining room. Christina and I attended all the special holiday dinners and dances. There we could eat delicately baked ham or scrumptious thick pork chops. Our Arabic friends, like professor Abdul Hamid Shalaby and his wife Moshera, where glad when we invited them to the Inn. They knew that in Mission Inn, men and women could feel normal and can enjoy a meal sitting together openly in a restaurant as they do all over the world–except in Saudi Arabia. There couples are shuffled to a corner of a restaurant and a big screen is set up around them.
For many of us, the Mission Inn was a home away from home. For me it was special. One of the Americans responsible for that place was a good friend of mine. This was not the only danger we faced. We had to drive often through a raging storm called Shamal(norther) , all the way to Riyadh to pick up other shipments. Driving the highways of Saudi, even though the roads were new and well engineered, is simply suicidal. We were stopped at various Saudi checkpoints along the Riyadh/Dammam highway. It was dangerous all the way. The country is under constant marshal law.
The sudden end of the oh-so-pleasant Mission Inn came when terrorists bombed the military housing in AlKhobar. Security made it necessary to close the place. Only the restaurant was moved at first to the McDonald Douglas compound on the corniche and then to the Rashid family’s eastern Province ROC compound. It now was behind concrete barricades. Parking and access to the club was through dirt and gravel. The facility lost most of its original purpose. It was now only a restaurant. It had to be moved to an in-town location at a compound I knew very well. The owner was my friend Rashid, a Saudi architect. He had built the inn in the first place, and then had leased it to the Saudi military. Now, however, the U.S. military used it. When I saw that terrorists had bombed it in 2003, I was deeply shocked. It was an unnecessary tragedy. Seeing the bombed compound, I was reminded of the water tower I had designed that was standing in a new town on the Saudi Kuwait border. During the Gulf War, I was watching TV in my home in Florida when I saw that tower. I called Christina to look at my water tower. In that very moment there was a big bang and the tower was no more.
After the war when we returned to Saudi, we realized the kingdom we had known has changed. We expected to hear that Saudis were grateful that the American armies had protected them from being occupied by a foreign dictatorship. On the contrary we heard that the Kingdom had hired and overpaid our military to be there as mercenaries to fight their war. Now we Americans had no business being there any more. This was strange. Saudi people had welcomed us when we came in 1980s, so what was happening. Christina, sensed a rising hostility. The articles in the Saudi English languish newspapers clearly demonstrated their paranoia of western culture.

The Dilemma of the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia.
The longer I am away from Saudi and reflect back upon our time and experience there, it becomes clear what was obvious, that the Saudis are the victims of their own absolutism s and that foreigners entering into their context are perceived as being a lot more than they really are. As elsewhere foreigners are victims of exaggerated misconceptions. For both the native and the foreigner there is a difference between absolutism and pragmatism seeing that the Saudis see their world as stagnant and historical, while the western foreigner sees opportunity and a future. The Saudi government is different from the country’s religious organizations. That is apparent and clear. The Government is tolerant, pragmatic, comparative, and relative in digesting foreign behavior and contributions. The religious Wahabbis, on the other hand, are connotative, ambiguous, and equivocal. They see their world in absolutes while the Government sees the world in relative terms proportional and according to relative good benefit and prosperity while the opposite oppose growth in favor of stagnation fearing or pretending to fear change and invasion. The two are worlds of metaphors which on one level seem disparate and antagonistic. And on many other levels are supportive, similar, the same, and even identical.
The Wahabbis start out believing that they and not God can make the difference. As Christians have long trusted in God instead of the world and its money, so the Wahabbis Moslems lean upon their guile and structure as multinational to take and maintain their share of the market through their own resources. They do not depend on anything else and they see their nation as global, multiracial, national, and even religious. It is anarchy vs. cooperation and totalitarian. It is not inclusive, relative, or compatible. It establishes it’s metaphor as an insoluble ideal and projects its identity upon others through suicide jihad as a metaphoric assertion of its being and justification for life and sovereignty. With each death, bombing, and assertion comes its proclamation of sovereignty and identification. It is the distortion of faith, and not faith as the substance of things hoped for, nor things unseen. It is that man may trust in himself with what he can bring, by his own self will deeds and acts. It is a problem for a world that works to live and let live with biblical differences and choices for each person, family, community, state, and nation. The Government of the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia clearly wants to be part of this family, but has within its own family, members who oppose this adaptation? While other nations have gone through this same dilemma, the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia is trying to catch up and come into the Twenty-First century in philosophy as well as technology and science. Absolutes while the Government sees the world in relative terms proportional and according to relative good, benefit, and prosperity while the opposite oppose growth in favor of stagnation fearing and or pretending to fear change invasion The two are worlds of metaphors that on one level seem disparate and antagonistic, while on other levels are supportive, similar, the same, and even identical. This work shows the many people, contexts, and values where absolutes do not collide and where metaphors are shared and supported. The Wahabbis start out believing that they, and not God, can make the difference.
Long ago we trusted in God instead of the world and its money. The Wahabbis seem to lean upon their own guile and structure as multinationals to take and maintain their share of the market through their own resources. They do not depend on anything else and see their nation as global and multiracial, national, and even religious. It is anarchy vs. cooperation and totalitarian. It is not inclusive, relative, or compatible. It establishes its metaphor as an insoluble ideal and projects its identity upon others through suicide jihad as a metaphoric assertion of its being and justification for life and sovereignty. With each death, bombing, and assertion comes its proclamation of sovereignty and identification. It is the distortion of faith as an “ism” and not faith as the substance of things hoped for of things unseen, but the man may trust in himself and what man can bring about on his own by self-will, deeds, and acts. It is a bother for the world that works to live and let live with biblical differences and choices for each person, family, community, state and nation.
I remember the early 80s. I was hired for two semesters to teach at the University of Oil and Mineral, UPM. It was a new beautiful campus, designed by Caudill, Rowlett, and Scott, CRS. It was a place students and teachers where proud of. There was the tendency at that school to avoid engaging teachers from other countries. I did not get the promised permanent professorship I had hoped for. But still in the early 80s, the people were joyful, friendly, hospitable, and somewhat curious about Americans, perhaps because TV was not so widely viewed, and movie houses, theatres, and concert halls were permanently forbidden. Americans were still perceived as heroes and somewhat of a mystery. Upon our return to Saudi in the 90s we realized the people there have come of age. The atmosphere at the University of Oil and Mineral had turned into oil and vinegar. And the people were indifferent. Many had traveled abroad. They had one house in the U.S. and their babies there born there too. I am in Saudi Arabia because it is God’s will. Period. I also help the Saudis catch up and become part of the developed countries. That is why the new communications contract from Lucent that I got for my company is a tremendous opportunity for CDE and a big step ahead for the kingdom.
Christina and I observed the Kingdom and its people where changing. They became withdrawn, almost hostile, and fearful. I noticed long before I left KFU that most of my students had no hope for the future. I used to enjoy teaching, but lately it was a drain. At King Faisel University we used to say “Happy Easter” and “Merry Christmas.” Now it was forbidden. None of the niceties were permitted even at parties and dinners–activities Saudis love so much became very scarce. Most of the Saudis felt embarrassed about the new attitude they had to display. Relationships became strained. The Saudis where encouraged by preaching of the mullahs to stay away from the “imbeciles”—non Muslims—which dirty the country with their presence. Their angry voices screaming daily over the loudspeakers on every minaret spread heat and war that is heard over many blocks. The older Saudis knew and were grateful that the Americans had come to their Kingdom in friendship. They realized the Americans had come with a sincere desire to educate and help to build up the new land they call home. They would gladly continue doing business and just living and letting the Saudis live their own lives. But now a new generation of Saudis had been indoctrinated with the destructive ideas of their Wahabbis teachers. The up and coming Wahabbis is a fundamental Islamic group whose only desire is to gain enough power to rule the world, regardless whom they kill, hurt, or destroy along the way. Their first target was the educational system. That is why I and other Americans and non-Saudis had to leave the University. I got hit very early in the game. Then they concentrated on the government. And now they try to scare all non-Moslems.
Disturbing news.

Al-Foadia Group with Barie

Al-Foadia Group with Barie

All was apparently going very well with my work in CDE. We looked forward to starting work on the Lucent communications project. I had gotten for CDE. I knew the President of Lucent Technologies John H. from Riyadh. John contacted me years ago at Al Foadia in Riyadh to ask me to do work for his ATT compound in Riyadh. Since then we had become good friends. I love to work with him. John is one of my Christian brothers and is always very helpful. Suddenly, one morning Mohammed, the government relations’ official for the company, came with disturbing news. He informed me that there is a law that someone initially contracted by the government, as in my case, is prohibited from finding non-government employment in the kingdom. Neither the management of CDE nor I realized that this law existed or what it would take to overcome it. Every large company employs a man like Mohammed. Often that man is a poor relative. These men must have family and friends employed by the government so that he has a chance to be employed. These men are the caretakers of passports, visas, travel letters, and other legal matters. This was the moment Mohammed had to get into action. For weeks Mohammed used all his contacts to get my Igama changed from KFU to CDE, but without success. Finally he let my employer and I know that it was not possible to transfer the Igama, and that I now have to exit the kingdom.
When Azmi saw the situation was so complicated, he decided to terminate my contract, leaving me high and dry. I was out on a limb without a salary and without a sponsor. I stayed in the kingdom illegally, but under the protection of AlFoadia my Employer for whom I had worked in Riyadh years before.. I usually knew how to handle that myself, but this time I got caught in a snare. All our efforts were without positive results. The fact was that I had come to the university with my one Igama and they really had no right to withhold my property. We tried every legal way, only to find it becoming very complicated. I had no choice I had to leave the country and hopefully after many months of waiting for my visa, I could finally return and resume my work–if the job was still available.
This meant I had to give up my apartment filled with books, printing machine, furniture, and telephone lines, all of which had cost thousands of dollars to acquire. Or I could keep the apartment and continue to pay the rent, and hope that all would work out so that I could return in six months or a year. The decision was easy, we simply could not effort to leave.
However, the fact was that I was in a dilemma. I could not believe that I had gotten into such a seemingly hopeless situation. It was usually not so difficult to live in the Kingdom. I prayed for wisdom. Even my friends at the American Businessmen’s Club could not understand how the Saudis could act that way. At the end, we all sensed Saudi Arabia had reached a turning point. It became clear that the foundation of AlQuida, the Wahabbis, are now beginning to exercise their power and force their laws into the open. While the Saudis needed the Americans and the western world to develop the Kingdom, the Wahabbis had stepped back and tolerated us. Now that the Saudi development was almost complete, the Wahabbis raised their ugly heads once more and pushed to get us out of the country so they could take over.

God steps in.
It became apparent I stood alone fighting a rising power that most people don’t even know exists. I called all my friends. I contacted Rashid Al-Rashid, an architect friend of mine, and the head of one of the most powerful business families in Saudi Arabia. Rashid spoke to the officials at the University to take me back. No go. I called Prince Naif’s office to get an exception. I contacted the chief of protocol at the office of Prince Mohammed of the Eastern Province. Ghazi Otaibi the former president of the University gave me a hand when I needed it. He went with me personally to his cousin in Al Khobar to get my passport; only the mayor of AlKhobar can get an exception for that to happen. I spoke to my good friend Ibrahim Dooh owner of a chain of drugstores in the Kingdom, and Ibrahim Zamil in Riyadh, nothing happened. And even Abdullah Dabbagh, who was often a dinner guest in our house when we lived in Riyadh, and who is now a top leader at the Government could not help. Nothing, Nothing, Nothing.

Anguish

Anguish

I contacted the diplomatic quarter government office in Riyadh. They knew me because they had considered me seriously for a contract position in the past. But even their Saudi personnel manager could not help me. I kept trying to reach the Minister who knew me well, but he was on vacation. I happened to talk to a clerk who, to my surprise, remembered me and knew that he had once before helped me coordinate meetings when I visited there. I explained my situation. He said he could help get my Igama transferred. Then I contacted Yoseph Kahn in Riyadh. I asked him to coordinate payments and get the letters and the Igama I needed. Then I asked Mohammed and Azmi to extend the deadline of my departure. And then, good news, one night at a very late hour and after so many fax and phone calls, Mr. Kahn’s courier delivered the letter and the document to my door. With the help of God, I had won the battle. I could once again legally work for CDE. I had a new, transferable Igama to go full speed a head.
It was high time, as I needed to get to work. I had run low with my finances. Bills needed to be paid. . But this was not all. Not working for months caused losses enough, yet there was more.

Chris

Chris

My car’s engine needed to be replaced. Always when I have car trouble, I go to Thugba to Chris my Philippine car mechanic and his friends. These little genius boys can practically do miracles. They fix carburators by taking them apart. They replace the wiring in a car, and they can fix an engine. If they do not have a replacement for a broken part they make it from scratch. All the boys in Thugba liked to see me coming. They where mostly Christians from the Philippines. They never had a day off, to go to a Bible study or church service. They worked from early morning till late at night seven days a week. So they loved to hear me talk about Jesus Christ. I did that all the while I was waiting for them to fix my car. They worked under a corrugated metal roof, and it was hot. The Saudi owner of the business, sitting in his easy-chair could care less what we where talking about, but sometimes he liked to listen. Soon my Buick, it was the symbol of my independence, was in tiptop shape again. I loved that big old car which had carried us safely through out the country until the day when I almost lost my live.
Some of the twists and turns from other chapters (2,705 words)
(And there are lots more!)
General that applies to all periods):
• Drivers cutting across three or four lanes of traffic to exit off highways or at intersections at red light. One must expect driver from far left or far right to cut across all lanes of traffic to make the left or right turn. Also, young teens circle four corners late at night like a race track on only two wheels. Suicidal driving can especially be seen during a Shammal (northern winds) on the highway connecting Riyadh to Eastern Province as drivers exceed 100 mph in zero visibility. One can see many vehicles with tails up in the air or submersed in sand with only rood tops showing. In 1982, I saw the dead bodies of a family of five strewn over the highway leading from Khobar to Sunset Beach where the huge Cadillac obviously had hit the concrete divider and turned over many times killing the entire family. During the early years, the highway authority left the broken cars on the sides of the road to warn drivers to drive safely. Death by auto was one of the highest causes of fatalities in the kingdom and my King Faisal University students.

Grieving

Grieving

• The Kingdom of Saudi Arabia persona is secretive and hides where women wear veils and all the men dress in white thobs. Bank accounts and net worth are not transparent and kept very private. The result is an unreliable and weak lending and investment community without recourse to claim, lien property, estate, etc.
Early Section chapters
• Michael S.  was a Maroon Christian Lebanese member in Riyadh. He later relocated his offices into our ElSeif villa and was the Carrier representative for the Kingdom. He was also involved in shipments of military vehicles into Iraq. Bob Vinton came to work for Michael. Bob was taken hostage in Iraq and we saw him on TV on CNN from the United States of America. We visited Michael at his lavish Alakariah penthouse apartment in Riyadh. Six months later, we got a call from Michael that Bob had died of a heart attack at his home in Santa Fe.
Bob was one of my best friends and co-worker at Arieb in Riyadh.

• After hitting me with his car from the rear, an army lieutenant and I were taken by police heading for the jail. After some discussion in Arabic, I was released in the middle of the Riyadh city desert while the lieutenant was taken to prison. After some negotiations, he agreed to pay for repairs of my car. Some time went by and after a while, he pleased for release before the work on the car was complete promising to make good. I agreed and he was never to be found again and I had to complete the work at my own expense. Because it was his fault, the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia auto insurance would not pay for any of the expense.
The drama was the way he hit me in the rear; he tailed me on a route I
used daily to go to work. I pulled over to let to let him pass he went behind me; I pulled to the right he changed lanes and went behind me this repeated so many times until he raced his engine and slammed into may car with such a force that it propelled my car so that I was able to just make it to my usual parking space. Immediately I entered my building where I worked for the Ministry of the Interior police, Captain Saad immediately dispensed his men to bring in the lieutenant, and then they called the civil police.
The irony to all this was working for a state military organization which let me fend for myself and gave me very little advice and suggestions. Even visiting him in prison, I had no one to help me.
• Rocky Horror Picture show live performance in Riyadh performed by western English and American players on a compound. It was very risqué and a surprise of daring and confrontation. There were neither raids nor reprisals. This theatrical group did many musicals, plays as well as symphony and choirs.
• I prevented our house boy Sunan from committing suicide with our big kitchen knife in his room one evening. He had driven me to a dinner with US Ambassador Walter Cutler meeting at his home then in the center of Riyadh. When Sunan came to pick me up, he was late and drunk. He drove badly and after a lot of insisting finally surrendered the wheel to me. He went to his room. I later went to him and it was there that he had words with me and took the knife to himself. I wrestled with great strength and effort to separate him from the knife. That night I called Khalid El-Seif’s Uncle Farouq Arabi and had Sunan removed from our home. Sunan continued to work for the ElSeif family and we never saw him again.
• Tanzanian workers not paid for over six months and stranded in there labor camp with our t food nor airline tickets to return home. They all face imprisonment upon return to Tanzania because they borrowed the money to pay agents fees and cannot repay the money because Saudi employer does not honor the contract.

• Michael Murray was arrested and jailed for three days and nights for stopping at a blinking yellow light on a deserted avenue in Riyadh. He had just returned from his holiday and since my car was not available, he drove me home. When he stopped, I urged him to “go: go, go …go” I said but he froze. A policeman appeared from no where and arrested him. I took the car, followed, and got the US embassy and our company to intervene, but to no avail. After paying the full fine and serving the full three day term, he was released. We learned there is little the US government can or will do in such situations.

Barie with Saudi KFU Students

Barie with Saudi KFU Students

King Faisal University Period
• On a visit by our ABLE team to the McDonald Douglas compound on the corniche in AlKhobar in a gift shop we found derogatory defamatory trinkets, statues figures and gifts meant to jeer, defame, and cast dispersions of Saudis. We were appalled. Our ABLE team was constituted as a result Lt. Cor. Cornthwaith after the Khobar bombing who requested I gather several certified and registered counselors specializing in trauma to prepare for the next possible strike by terrorists. Before departing for alKharj Cornthwaith told me that the first time shame on you the second time shame on us and he was doing everything he could to prepare to prevent the next attack. But if it should come, the councilors would be ready. As it turned out our team was very much in demand for the affects of the Khobar Tower bombing on US and European civilian moral. He also told me that our team was registered with central command for possible future deployment.
• Khobar towers bombing took place about two miles from our apartment in the bin Jumah building while Christina was out of the kingdom. I had heard a thud and checked to find a clear sky of a beautiful evening. Later that evening Christina phoned to give the news of what happened. Later that day I drove to find the site but could not. It was at a building a passed a thousand time to go to Thugba to fix my car. The next day One of my Kingdom of Saudi Arabia colleagues escorted me to the site. Later that day Lt Col Cornthwaith contacted me and we toured the carnage. He told me that the broken glass caused the most fatalities. Later Ishteeaque and the American Institute of Architects studied the structural and architectural construction of the towers with the cooperation of the Mayor of AlKhobar who was a King Faisal University former student and member of my architects group.
Late:
• After conferring American Institute of Architects mid east its’ chapter status the American Institute of Architects withdrew AIA/ME chapter status and we reformed as AIG/ME getting it approved by Prince Mohammed and the Saudi Eastern Province chamber of commerce. It was with the encouragement and endorsement of Dean Abdul Aziz Saati and many other prominent Saudis that we started the chapter. These include a member of Sharia Court and author Zuhair H. Fayez and Dr. Sami Angawi who recently met in Jeddah with US Undersecretary of State for Public Diplomacy Karen P. Hughes. Angawi assessed meeting as successful while other Saudi women thought otherwise as being presumptive and insensitive. As other meetings, we had with employed and working Kingdom of Saudi Arabia professionals /Kingdom of Saudi Arabia women are rebellious and tenacious, self sufficient and resist intervention and control. They are different form my female King Faisal University students. And of course as professor, my relationship with my female students was different from a visiting foreign government dignitary. The Saudis knew my record and that I was there to serve and grow there people and county. My record is clear.
• Attending the majalis of Prince Mohammed in the gargantuan royal hall at the Dammam Royal Palace as part of the US delegation with the dignitaries of the military and all the sheiks in there large and flowing black, brown and white capes. The red carpet lay diagonally across the hall and when the prince and his entourage entered I was the first to be escorted to him to be embraced and return embrace and kiss and be kissed by the prince. Since he had approved our American Institute of Architects meetings, it was an especially warm and welcome moment. I remember the people and hall reminding me of the halls in heaven which I will be with the “Lamb of God”. The scale and pomp of this was monumental.
• 

• In the last days of selling our furniture a Saudi Arabian visited to see what bargains he could find and after noting my scholarly collection of books encouraged me to convert to Islam. This was done in my house and with little of the usual breathing room; I normally have in public places.